diff --git a/README.md b/README.md --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ## Version -`1.5.0` +`1.6.0` ## Description diff --git a/amazonka-rds.cabal b/amazonka-rds.cabal --- a/amazonka-rds.cabal +++ b/amazonka-rds.cabal @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ name: amazonka-rds -version: 1.5.0 +version: 1.6.0 synopsis: Amazon Relational Database Service SDK. homepage: https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka bug-reports: https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka/issues @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ license-file: LICENSE author: Brendan Hay maintainer: Brendan Hay -copyright: Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +copyright: Copyright (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay category: Network, AWS, Cloud, Distributed Computing build-type: Simple cabal-version: >= 1.10 @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource , Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction , Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , Network.AWS.RDS.BacktrackDBCluster , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterParameterGroup , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterSnapshot , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup @@ -78,6 +79,7 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterBacktracks , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameters , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes @@ -131,6 +133,7 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime , Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress , Network.AWS.RDS.StartDBInstance @@ -143,7 +146,7 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Sum build-depends: - amazonka-core == 1.5.0.* + amazonka-core == 1.6.0.* , base >= 4.7 && < 5 test-suite amazonka-rds-test @@ -163,8 +166,8 @@ , Test.AWS.RDS.Internal build-depends: - amazonka-core == 1.5.0.* - , amazonka-test == 1.5.0.* + amazonka-core == 1.6.0.* + , amazonka-test == 1.6.0.* , amazonka-rds , base , bytestring diff --git a/fixture/BacktrackDBCluster.yaml b/fixture/BacktrackDBCluster.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/BacktrackDBCluster.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +method: POST +headers: + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/rds/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=? + Host: rds.us-east-1.amazonaws.com + Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: abcdef + X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z +body: + '' diff --git a/fixture/BacktrackDBClusterResponse.proto b/fixture/BacktrackDBClusterResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/BacktrackDBClusterResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks.yaml b/fixture/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +method: POST +headers: + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/rds/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=? + Host: rds.us-east-1.amazonaws.com + Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: abcdef + X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z +body: + '' diff --git a/fixture/DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse.proto b/fixture/DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3.yaml b/fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +method: POST +headers: + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/rds/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=? + Host: rds.us-east-1.amazonaws.com + Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: abcdef + X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z +body: + '' diff --git a/fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response.proto b/fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response.proto diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ -- -- Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that makes it easier to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in the cloud. It provides cost-efficient, resizable capacity for an industry-standard relational database and manages common database administration tasks, freeing up developers to focus on what makes their applications and businesses unique. -- --- Amazon RDS gives you access to the capabilities of a MySQL, MariaDB, PostgreSQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, or Amazon Aurora database server. These capabilities mean that the code, applications, and tools you already use today with your existing databases work with Amazon RDS without modification. Amazon RDS automatically backs up your database and maintains the database software that powers your DB instance. Amazon RDS is flexible: you can scale your database instance's compute resources and storage capacity to meet your application's demand. As with all Amazon Web Services, there are no up-front investments, and you pay only for the resources you use. +-- Amazon RDS gives you access to the capabilities of a MySQL, MariaDB, PostgreSQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, or Amazon Aurora database server. These capabilities mean that the code, applications, and tools you already use today with your existing databases work with Amazon RDS without modification. Amazon RDS automatically backs up your database and maintains the database software that powers your DB instance. Amazon RDS is flexible: you can scale your DB instance's compute resources and storage capacity to meet your application's demand. As with all Amazon Web Services, there are no up-front investments, and you pay only for the resources you use. -- -- This interface reference for Amazon RDS contains documentation for a programming or command line interface you can use to manage Amazon RDS. Note that Amazon RDS is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces might require techniques such as polling or callback functions to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a command is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the maintenance window. The reference structure is as follows, and we list following some related topics from the user guide. -- @@ -169,6 +169,9 @@ -- ** InstanceQuotaExceededFault , _InstanceQuotaExceededFault + -- ** DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault + , _DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault + -- ** DomainNotFoundFault , _DomainNotFoundFault @@ -286,9 +289,15 @@ -- ** DBSnapshotCompleted , dbSnapshotCompleted + -- ** DBSnapshotDeleted + , dbSnapshotDeleted + -- ** DBInstanceDeleted , dbInstanceDeleted + -- ** DBSnapshotAvailable + , dbSnapshotAvailable + -- * Operations -- $operations @@ -364,6 +373,9 @@ -- ** DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes + -- ** BacktrackDBCluster + , module Network.AWS.RDS.BacktrackDBCluster + -- ** PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster , module Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster @@ -409,6 +421,9 @@ -- ** DeleteEventSubscription , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription + -- ** DescribeDBClusterBacktracks + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterBacktracks + -- ** DescribeDBParameterGroups (Paginated) , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups @@ -559,6 +574,9 @@ -- ** DescribeDBInstances (Paginated) , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances + -- ** RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 + -- ** DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Paginated) , module Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion @@ -598,9 +616,16 @@ , csCharacterSetName , csCharacterSetDescription + -- ** CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + , CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + , cloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + , clecDisableLogTypes + , clecEnableLogTypes + -- ** DBCluster , DBCluster , dbCluster + , dcBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords , dcEngineVersion , dcStatus , dcStorageEncrypted @@ -612,6 +637,8 @@ , dcDBClusterParameterGroup , dcMasterUsername , dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled + , dcEarliestBacktrackTime + , dcBacktrackWindow , dcDBClusterResourceId , dcEarliestRestorableTime , dcEngine @@ -637,6 +664,16 @@ , dcPort , dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships + -- ** DBClusterBacktrack + , DBClusterBacktrack + , dbClusterBacktrack + , dcbStatus + , dcbBacktrackIdentifier + , dcbBacktrackTo + , dcbDBClusterIdentifier + , dcbBacktrackedFrom + , dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime + -- ** DBClusterMember , DBClusterMember , dbClusterMember @@ -717,7 +754,10 @@ , devSupportedCharacterSets , devDBEngineDescription , devValidUpgradeTarget + , devSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs + , devSupportsReadReplica , devSupportedTimezones + , devExportableLogTypes -- ** DBInstance , DBInstance @@ -755,6 +795,7 @@ , diDBSubnetGroup , diMultiAZ , diOptionGroupMemberships + , diEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports , diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN , diSecondaryAvailabilityZone , diPerformanceInsightsEnabled @@ -1083,6 +1124,12 @@ , pParameterName , pDescription + -- ** PendingCloudwatchLogsExports + , PendingCloudwatchLogsExports + , pendingCloudwatchLogsExports + , pcleLogTypesToEnable + , pcleLogTypesToDisable + -- ** PendingMaintenanceAction , PendingMaintenanceAction , pendingMaintenanceAction @@ -1104,6 +1151,7 @@ , pmvLicenseModel , pmvCACertificateIdentifier , pmvDBInstanceIdentifier + , pmvPendingCloudwatchLogsExports , pmvBackupRetentionPeriod , pmvMultiAZ , pmvAllocatedStorage @@ -1221,6 +1269,7 @@ import Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource import Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction import Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress +import Network.AWS.RDS.BacktrackDBCluster import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterParameterGroup import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterSnapshot import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup @@ -1249,6 +1298,7 @@ import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterBacktracks import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameters import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusters @@ -1302,6 +1352,7 @@ import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime import Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress import Network.AWS.RDS.StartDBInstance diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddRoleToDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddRoleToDBCluster.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddRoleToDBCluster.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddRoleToDBCluster.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AddRoleToDBCluster --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -62,16 +62,18 @@ -> AddRoleToDBCluster addRoleToDBCluster pDBClusterIdentifier_ pRoleARN_ = AddRoleToDBCluster' - {_artdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_, _artdcRoleARN = pRoleARN_} + { _artdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + , _artdcRoleARN = pRoleARN_ + } -- | The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with. artdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' AddRoleToDBCluster Text -artdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _artdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_artdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +artdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _artdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_artdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) -- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora DB cluster, for example @arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole@ . artdcRoleARN :: Lens' AddRoleToDBCluster Text -artdcRoleARN = lens _artdcRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_artdcRoleARN = a}); +artdcRoleARN = lens _artdcRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_artdcRoleARN = a}) instance AWSRequest AddRoleToDBCluster where type Rs AddRoleToDBCluster = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -69,18 +69,18 @@ -> AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription addSourceIdentifierToSubscription pSubscriptionName_ pSourceIdentifier_ = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription' - { _asitsSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ - , _asitsSourceIdentifier = pSourceIdentifier_ - } + { _asitsSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ + , _asitsSourceIdentifier = pSourceIdentifier_ + } -- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source identifier to. asitsSubscriptionName :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription Text -asitsSubscriptionName = lens _asitsSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_asitsSubscriptionName = a}); +asitsSubscriptionName = lens _asitsSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_asitsSubscriptionName = a}) -- | The identifier of the event source to be added. Constraints: * If the source type is a DB instance, then a @DBInstanceIdentifier@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB security group, a @DBSecurityGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a @DBParameterGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ must be supplied. asitsSourceIdentifier :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription Text -asitsSourceIdentifier = lens _asitsSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_asitsSourceIdentifier = a}); +asitsSourceIdentifier = lens _asitsSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_asitsSourceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription where @@ -137,18 +137,18 @@ -> AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse pResponseStatus_ = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse' - { _asitsrsEventSubscription = Nothing - , _asitsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _asitsrsEventSubscription = Nothing + , _asitsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. asitsrsEventSubscription :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -asitsrsEventSubscription = lens _asitsrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_asitsrsEventSubscription = a}); +asitsrsEventSubscription = lens _asitsrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_asitsrsEventSubscription = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. asitsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse Int -asitsrsResponseStatus = lens _asitsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_asitsrsResponseStatus = a}); +asitsrsResponseStatus = lens _asitsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_asitsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ -- | The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are added to. This value is an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see . attrResourceName :: Lens' AddTagsToResource Text -attrResourceName = lens _attrResourceName (\ s a -> s{_attrResourceName = a}); +attrResourceName = lens _attrResourceName (\ s a -> s{_attrResourceName = a}) -- | The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource. attrTags :: Lens' AddTagsToResource [Tag] -attrTags = lens _attrTags (\ s a -> s{_attrTags = a}) . _Coerce; +attrTags = lens _attrTags (\ s a -> s{_attrTags = a}) . _Coerce instance AWSRequest AddTagsToResource where type Rs AddTagsToResource = AddTagsToResourceResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ -- -- * 'apmaApplyAction' - The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. Valid values: @system-update@ , @db-upgrade@ -- --- * 'apmaOptInType' - A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. An opt-in request of type @immediate@ cannot be undone. Valid values: * @immediate@ - Apply the maintenance action immediately. * @next-maintenance@ - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance window for the resource. * @undo-opt-in@ - Cancel any existing @next-maintenance@ opt-in requests. +-- * 'apmaOptInType' - A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. An opt-in request of type @immediate@ can't be undone. Valid values: * @immediate@ - Apply the maintenance action immediately. * @next-maintenance@ - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance window for the resource. * @undo-opt-in@ - Cancel any existing @next-maintenance@ opt-in requests. applyPendingMaintenanceAction :: Text -- ^ 'apmaResourceIdentifier' -> Text -- ^ 'apmaApplyAction' @@ -74,23 +74,23 @@ -> ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction applyPendingMaintenanceAction pResourceIdentifier_ pApplyAction_ pOptInType_ = ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' - { _apmaResourceIdentifier = pResourceIdentifier_ - , _apmaApplyAction = pApplyAction_ - , _apmaOptInType = pOptInType_ - } + { _apmaResourceIdentifier = pResourceIdentifier_ + , _apmaApplyAction = pApplyAction_ + , _apmaOptInType = pOptInType_ + } -- | The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see . apmaResourceIdentifier :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction Text -apmaResourceIdentifier = lens _apmaResourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_apmaResourceIdentifier = a}); +apmaResourceIdentifier = lens _apmaResourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_apmaResourceIdentifier = a}) -- | The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. Valid values: @system-update@ , @db-upgrade@ apmaApplyAction :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction Text -apmaApplyAction = lens _apmaApplyAction (\ s a -> s{_apmaApplyAction = a}); +apmaApplyAction = lens _apmaApplyAction (\ s a -> s{_apmaApplyAction = a}) --- | A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. An opt-in request of type @immediate@ cannot be undone. Valid values: * @immediate@ - Apply the maintenance action immediately. * @next-maintenance@ - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance window for the resource. * @undo-opt-in@ - Cancel any existing @next-maintenance@ opt-in requests. +-- | A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. An opt-in request of type @immediate@ can't be undone. Valid values: * @immediate@ - Apply the maintenance action immediately. * @next-maintenance@ - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance window for the resource. * @undo-opt-in@ - Cancel any existing @next-maintenance@ opt-in requests. apmaOptInType :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction Text -apmaOptInType = lens _apmaOptInType (\ s a -> s{_apmaOptInType = a}); +apmaOptInType = lens _apmaOptInType (\ s a -> s{_apmaOptInType = a}) instance AWSRequest ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction where @@ -145,18 +145,18 @@ -> ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse applyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse pResponseStatus_ = ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse' - { _apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = Nothing - , _apmarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = Nothing + , _apmarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse (Maybe ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) -apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = lens _apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions (\ s a -> s{_apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = a}); +apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = lens _apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions (\ s a -> s{_apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. apmarsResponseStatus :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse Int -apmarsResponseStatus = lens _apmarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_apmarsResponseStatus = a}); +apmarsResponseStatus = lens _apmarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_apmarsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -82,33 +82,33 @@ -> AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress pDBSecurityGroupName_ = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' - { _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing - , _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _adsgiCIdRIP = Nothing - , _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing - , _adsgiDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ - } + { _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + , _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _adsgiCIdRIP = Nothing + , _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing + , _adsgiDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ + } -- | AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. Otherwise, @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ and either @EC2SecurityGroupName@ or @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); +adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}) -- | Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. Otherwise, @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ and either @EC2SecurityGroupName@ or @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a}); +adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a}) -- | The IP range to authorize. adsgiCIdRIP :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -adsgiCIdRIP = lens _adsgiCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_adsgiCIdRIP = a}); +adsgiCIdRIP = lens _adsgiCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_adsgiCIdRIP = a}) -- | Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. Otherwise, @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ and either @EC2SecurityGroupName@ or @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = lens _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a}); +adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = lens _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a}) -- | The name of the DB security group to add authorization to. adsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress Text -adsgiDBSecurityGroupName = lens _adsgiDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_adsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a}); +adsgiDBSecurityGroupName = lens _adsgiDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_adsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress where @@ -167,16 +167,18 @@ -> AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse pResponseStatus_ = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' - {_adsgirsDBSecurityGroup = Nothing, _adsgirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + { _adsgirsDBSecurityGroup = Nothing + , _adsgirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. adsgirsDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) -adsgirsDBSecurityGroup = lens _adsgirsDBSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_adsgirsDBSecurityGroup = a}); +adsgirsDBSecurityGroup = lens _adsgirsDBSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_adsgirsDBSecurityGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. adsgirsResponseStatus :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse Int -adsgirsResponseStatus = lens _adsgirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_adsgirsResponseStatus = a}); +adsgirsResponseStatus = lens _adsgirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_adsgirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/BacktrackDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/BacktrackDBCluster.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/BacktrackDBCluster.hs @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.BacktrackDBCluster +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Backtracks a DB cluster to a specific time, without creating a new DB cluster. +-- +-- +-- For more information on backtracking, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.BacktrackDBCluster + ( + -- * Creating a Request + backtrackDBCluster + , BacktrackDBCluster + -- * Request Lenses + , bdcForce + , bdcUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable + , bdcDBClusterIdentifier + , bdcBacktrackTo + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , dbClusterBacktrack + , DBClusterBacktrack + -- * Response Lenses + , dcbStatus + , dcbBacktrackIdentifier + , dcbBacktrackTo + , dcbDBClusterIdentifier + , dcbBacktrackedFrom + , dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'backtrackDBCluster' smart constructor. +data BacktrackDBCluster = BacktrackDBCluster' + { _bdcForce :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _bdcUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _bdcDBClusterIdentifier :: !Text + , _bdcBacktrackTo :: !ISO8601 + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'BacktrackDBCluster' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'bdcForce' - A value that, if specified, forces the DB cluster to backtrack when binary logging is enabled. Otherwise, an error occurs when binary logging is enabled. +-- +-- * 'bdcUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable' - If /BacktrackTo/ is set to a timestamp earlier than the earliest backtrack time, this value backtracks the DB cluster to the earliest possible backtrack time. Otherwise, an error occurs. +-- +-- * 'bdcDBClusterIdentifier' - The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be backtracked. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ +-- +-- * 'bdcBacktrackTo' - The timestamp of the time to backtrack the DB cluster to, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, see the Constraints: * Must contain a valid ISO 8601 timestamp. * Cannot contain a timestamp set in the future. Example: @2017-07-08T18:00Z@ +backtrackDBCluster + :: Text -- ^ 'bdcDBClusterIdentifier' + -> UTCTime -- ^ 'bdcBacktrackTo' + -> BacktrackDBCluster +backtrackDBCluster pDBClusterIdentifier_ pBacktrackTo_ = + BacktrackDBCluster' + { _bdcForce = Nothing + , _bdcUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable = Nothing + , _bdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + , _bdcBacktrackTo = _Time # pBacktrackTo_ + } + + +-- | A value that, if specified, forces the DB cluster to backtrack when binary logging is enabled. Otherwise, an error occurs when binary logging is enabled. +bdcForce :: Lens' BacktrackDBCluster (Maybe Bool) +bdcForce = lens _bdcForce (\ s a -> s{_bdcForce = a}) + +-- | If /BacktrackTo/ is set to a timestamp earlier than the earliest backtrack time, this value backtracks the DB cluster to the earliest possible backtrack time. Otherwise, an error occurs. +bdcUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable :: Lens' BacktrackDBCluster (Maybe Bool) +bdcUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable = lens _bdcUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable (\ s a -> s{_bdcUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable = a}) + +-- | The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be backtracked. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ +bdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' BacktrackDBCluster Text +bdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _bdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_bdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) + +-- | The timestamp of the time to backtrack the DB cluster to, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, see the Constraints: * Must contain a valid ISO 8601 timestamp. * Cannot contain a timestamp set in the future. Example: @2017-07-08T18:00Z@ +bdcBacktrackTo :: Lens' BacktrackDBCluster UTCTime +bdcBacktrackTo = lens _bdcBacktrackTo (\ s a -> s{_bdcBacktrackTo = a}) . _Time + +instance AWSRequest BacktrackDBCluster where + type Rs BacktrackDBCluster = DBClusterBacktrack + request = postQuery rds + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "BacktrackDBClusterResult" + (\ s h x -> parseXML x) + +instance Hashable BacktrackDBCluster where + +instance NFData BacktrackDBCluster where + +instance ToHeaders BacktrackDBCluster where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath BacktrackDBCluster where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery BacktrackDBCluster where + toQuery BacktrackDBCluster'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("BacktrackDBCluster" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Force" =: _bdcForce, + "UseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable" =: + _bdcUseEarliestTimeOnPointInTimeUnavailable, + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _bdcDBClusterIdentifier, + "BacktrackTo" =: _bdcBacktrackTo] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -74,31 +74,31 @@ -> CopyDBClusterParameterGroup copyDBClusterParameterGroup pSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier_ pTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier_ pTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription_ = CopyDBClusterParameterGroup' - { _cdbcpgTags = Nothing - , _cdbcpgSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = - pSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier_ - , _cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = - pTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier_ - , _cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = - pTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription_ - } + { _cdbcpgTags = Nothing + , _cdbcpgSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = + pSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier_ + , _cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = + pTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier_ + , _cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = + pTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdbcpgTags :: Lens' CopyDBClusterParameterGroup [Tag] -cdbcpgTags = lens _cdbcpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdbcpgTags = lens _cdbcpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter group. For information about creating an ARN, see . Constraints: * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group. * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example @my-db-cluster-param-group@ , or a valid ARN. * If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example @arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1@ . cdbcpgSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBClusterParameterGroup Text -cdbcpgSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdbcpgSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = a}); +cdbcpgSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdbcpgSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Cannot be null, empty, or blank * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-cluster-param-group1@ cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBClusterParameterGroup Text -cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = a}); +cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = a}) -- | A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group. cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription :: Lens' CopyDBClusterParameterGroup Text -cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = lens _cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = a}); +cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = lens _cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = a}) instance AWSRequest CopyDBClusterParameterGroup where type Rs CopyDBClusterParameterGroup = @@ -156,18 +156,18 @@ -> CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse copyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' - { _cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = Nothing - , _cdcpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = Nothing + , _cdcpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup :: Lens' CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBClusterParameterGroup) -cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = lens _cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = a}); +cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = lens _cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdcpgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse Int -cdcpgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdcpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdcpgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdcpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ -- -- You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. In that case, the AWS Region where you call the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ action is the destination AWS Region for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region, you must provide the following values: -- --- * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS Key Management System (KMS) key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. +-- * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS Key Management System (AWS KMS) key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. -- -- * @PreSignedUrl@ - A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster snapshot is copied from. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. -- @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ -- -- * @DestinationRegion@ - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot will be created in. -- --- * @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2 region, then your @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115@ . +-- * @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115@ . -- -- -- @@ -100,15 +100,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdbcsPreSignedURL' - The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot to copy. The @PreSignedUrl@ parameter must be used when copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the @CopyDBSClusterSnapshot@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @KmsKeyId@ - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. * @DestinationRegion@ - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot will be created in. * @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2 region, then your @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . +-- * 'cdbcsPreSignedURL' - The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot to copy. The @PreSignedUrl@ parameter must be used when copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the @CopyDBSClusterSnapshot@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. * @DestinationRegion@ - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot will be created in. * @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . -- --- * 'cdbcsCopyTags' - True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB cluster snapshot; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- * 'cdbcsCopyTags' - True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB cluster snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false. -- --- * 'cdbcsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, Amazon RDS encrypts the target DB cluster snapshot using the specified KMS encryption key. If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ , then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ . To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must set @KmsKeyId@ to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you cannot use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. +-- * 'cdbcsKMSKeyId' - The AWS AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ , then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ . To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must set @KmsKeyId@ to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, an error is returned. -- -- * 'cdbcsTags' - Undocumented member. -- --- * 'cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not case-sensitive. You cannot copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region to another. Constraints: * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. * If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information, go to . Example: @my-cluster-snapshot1@ +-- * 'cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not case-sensitive. You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region to another. Constraints: * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. * If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information, go to . Example: @my-cluster-snapshot1@ -- -- * 'cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster-snapshot2@ copyDBClusterSnapshot @@ -117,40 +117,40 @@ -> CopyDBClusterSnapshot copyDBClusterSnapshot pSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ pTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ = CopyDBClusterSnapshot' - { _cdbcsPreSignedURL = Nothing - , _cdbcsCopyTags = Nothing - , _cdbcsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _cdbcsTags = Nothing - , _cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = - pSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ - , _cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = - pTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ - } + { _cdbcsPreSignedURL = Nothing + , _cdbcsCopyTags = Nothing + , _cdbcsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _cdbcsTags = Nothing + , _cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = + pSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = + pTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ + } --- | The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot to copy. The @PreSignedUrl@ parameter must be used when copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the @CopyDBSClusterSnapshot@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @KmsKeyId@ - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. * @DestinationRegion@ - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot will be created in. * @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2 region, then your @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . +-- | The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot to copy. The @PreSignedUrl@ parameter must be used when copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the @CopyDBSClusterSnapshot@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CopyDBClusterSnapshot@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. * @DestinationRegion@ - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot will be created in. * @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your @SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . cdbcsPreSignedURL :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -cdbcsPreSignedURL = lens _cdbcsPreSignedURL (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsPreSignedURL = a}); +cdbcsPreSignedURL = lens _cdbcsPreSignedURL (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsPreSignedURL = a}) --- | True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB cluster snapshot; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- | True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB cluster snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false. cdbcsCopyTags :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -cdbcsCopyTags = lens _cdbcsCopyTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsCopyTags = a}); +cdbcsCopyTags = lens _cdbcsCopyTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsCopyTags = a}) --- | The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, Amazon RDS encrypts the target DB cluster snapshot using the specified KMS encryption key. If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ , then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ . To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must set @KmsKeyId@ to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you cannot use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. +-- | The AWS AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ , then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for @KmsKeyId@ . To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must set @KmsKeyId@ to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, an error is returned. cdbcsKMSKeyId :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -cdbcsKMSKeyId = lens _cdbcsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsKMSKeyId = a}); +cdbcsKMSKeyId = lens _cdbcsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsKMSKeyId = a}) -- | Undocumented member. cdbcsTags :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshot [Tag] -cdbcsTags = lens _cdbcsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdbcsTags = lens _cdbcsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce --- | The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not case-sensitive. You cannot copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region to another. Constraints: * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. * If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information, go to . Example: @my-cluster-snapshot1@ +-- | The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not case-sensitive. You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region to another. Constraints: * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. * If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information, go to . Example: @my-cluster-snapshot1@ cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshot Text -cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster-snapshot2@ cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshot Text -cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest CopyDBClusterSnapshot where type Rs CopyDBClusterSnapshot = @@ -205,15 +205,17 @@ -> CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse copyDBClusterSnapshotResponse pResponseStatus_ = CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse' - {_cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = Nothing, _cdcsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + { _cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdcsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBClusterSnapshot) -cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = lens _cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = a}); +cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = lens _cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdcsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse Int -cdcsrsResponseStatus = lens _cdcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdcsrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdcsrsResponseStatus = lens _cdcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdcsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -78,28 +78,29 @@ -> CopyDBParameterGroup copyDBParameterGroup pSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ pTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ pTargetDBParameterGroupDescription_ = CopyDBParameterGroup' - { _cdpgTags = Nothing - , _cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = pSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ - , _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = pTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ - , _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = pTargetDBParameterGroupDescription_ - } + { _cdpgTags = Nothing + , _cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = pSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ + , _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = pTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ + , _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = + pTargetDBParameterGroupDescription_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdpgTags :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup [Tag] -cdpgTags = lens _cdpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdpgTags = lens _cdpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information about creating an ARN, see . Constraints: * Must specify a valid DB parameter group. * Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example @my-db-param-group@ , or a valid ARN. cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text -cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a}); +cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. Constraints: * Cannot be null, empty, or blank * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-db-parameter-group@ cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text -cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a}); +cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a}) -- | A description for the copied DB parameter group. cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text -cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = lens _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = a}); +cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = lens _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = a}) instance AWSRequest CopyDBParameterGroup where type Rs CopyDBParameterGroup = @@ -153,17 +154,17 @@ -> CopyDBParameterGroupResponse copyDBParameterGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = CopyDBParameterGroupResponse' - { _cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup = Nothing - , _cdbpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup = Nothing + , _cdbpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBParameterGroup) -cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup = lens _cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup = a}); +cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup = lens _cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdbpgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroupResponse Int -cdbpgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdbpgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CopyDBParameterGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ -- -- You can copy a snapshot from one AWS Region to another. In that case, the AWS Region where you call the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action is the destination AWS Region for the DB snapshot copy. -- --- You cannot copy an encrypted, shared DB snapshot from one AWS Region to another. --- -- For more information about copying snapshots, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. -- module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot @@ -76,13 +74,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdsPreSignedURL' - The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CopyDBSnapshot@ API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot to copy. You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the source region option instead of this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. The presigned URL must be a valid request for the @CopyDBSnapshot@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @DestinationRegion@ - The AWS Region that the encrypted DB snapshot is copied to. This AWS Region is the same one where the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 region to the us-east-1 region, then you call the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action in the us-east-1 region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action in the us-west-2 region. For this example, the @DestinationRegion@ in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 region. * @KmsKeyId@ - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. * @SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 region, then your @SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . +-- * 'cdsPreSignedURL' - The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CopyDBSnapshot@ API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot to copy. You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the @--source-region@ option instead of this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. The presigned URL must be a valid request for the @CopyDBSnapshot@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @DestinationRegion@ - The AWS Region that the encrypted DB snapshot is copied to. This AWS Region is the same one where the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region to the us-east-1 AWS Region, then you call the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action in the us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the @DestinationRegion@ in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region. * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. * @SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your @SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . -- --- * 'cdsCopyTags' - True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- * 'cdsCopyTags' - True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false. -- --- * 'cdsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot. If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for this parameter. If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the copy is encrypted. If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you cannot use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. +-- * 'cdsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot. If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for this parameter. If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the copy is encrypted. If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. -- --- * 'cdsOptionGroupName' - The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot. Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server, you must specify this option when copying across regions. For more information, see . +-- * 'cdsOptionGroupName' - The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot. Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server, you must specify this option when copying across AWS Regions. For more information, see . -- -- * 'cdsTags' - Undocumented member. -- @@ -95,43 +93,43 @@ -> CopyDBSnapshot copyDBSnapshot pSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier_ pTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier_ = CopyDBSnapshot' - { _cdsPreSignedURL = Nothing - , _cdsCopyTags = Nothing - , _cdsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _cdsOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _cdsTags = Nothing - , _cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = pSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier_ - , _cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = pTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier_ - } + { _cdsPreSignedURL = Nothing + , _cdsCopyTags = Nothing + , _cdsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _cdsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _cdsTags = Nothing + , _cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = pSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = pTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier_ + } --- | The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CopyDBSnapshot@ API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot to copy. You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the source region option instead of this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. The presigned URL must be a valid request for the @CopyDBSnapshot@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @DestinationRegion@ - The AWS Region that the encrypted DB snapshot is copied to. This AWS Region is the same one where the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 region to the us-east-1 region, then you call the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action in the us-east-1 region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action in the us-west-2 region. For this example, the @DestinationRegion@ in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 region. * @KmsKeyId@ - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. * @SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 region, then your @SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . +-- | The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CopyDBSnapshot@ API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot to copy. You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the @--source-region@ option instead of this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. The presigned URL must be a valid request for the @CopyDBSnapshot@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @DestinationRegion@ - The AWS Region that the encrypted DB snapshot is copied to. This AWS Region is the same one where the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region to the us-east-1 AWS Region, then you call the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action in the us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the @DestinationRegion@ in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region. * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CopyDBSnapshot@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. * @SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier@ - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your @SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . cdsPreSignedURL :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -cdsPreSignedURL = lens _cdsPreSignedURL (\ s a -> s{_cdsPreSignedURL = a}); +cdsPreSignedURL = lens _cdsPreSignedURL (\ s a -> s{_cdsPreSignedURL = a}) --- | True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- | True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false. cdsCopyTags :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -cdsCopyTags = lens _cdsCopyTags (\ s a -> s{_cdsCopyTags = a}); +cdsCopyTags = lens _cdsCopyTags (\ s a -> s{_cdsCopyTags = a}) --- | The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot. If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for this parameter. If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the copy is encrypted. If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you cannot use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. +-- | The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot. If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for this parameter. If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the copy is encrypted. If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. cdsKMSKeyId :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -cdsKMSKeyId = lens _cdsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdsKMSKeyId = a}); +cdsKMSKeyId = lens _cdsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdsKMSKeyId = a}) --- | The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot. Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server, you must specify this option when copying across regions. For more information, see . +-- | The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot. Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server, you must specify this option when copying across AWS Regions. For more information, see . cdsOptionGroupName :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -cdsOptionGroupName = lens _cdsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdsOptionGroupName = a}); +cdsOptionGroupName = lens _cdsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdsOptionGroupName = a}) -- | Undocumented member. cdsTags :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot [Tag] -cdsTags = lens _cdsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdsTags = lens _cdsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The identifier for the source DB snapshot. If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. For example, you might specify @rds:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805@ . If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot ARN. For example, you might specify @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805@ . If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this parameter must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB snapshot. If you are copying an encrypted snapshot this parameter must be in the ARN format for the source AWS Region, and must match the @SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier@ in the @PreSignedUrl@ parameter. Constraints: * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. Example: @rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01@ Example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805@ cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot Text -cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier for the copy of the snapshot. Constraints: * Cannot be null, empty, or blank * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-db-snapshot@ cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot Text -cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest CopyDBSnapshot where type Rs CopyDBSnapshot = CopyDBSnapshotResponse @@ -186,15 +184,15 @@ -> CopyDBSnapshotResponse copyDBSnapshotResponse pResponseStatus_ = CopyDBSnapshotResponse' - {_cdsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing, _cdsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_cdsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing, _cdsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. cdsrsDBSnapshot :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) -cdsrsDBSnapshot = lens _cdsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdsrsDBSnapshot = a}); +cdsrsDBSnapshot = lens _cdsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdsrsDBSnapshot = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshotResponse Int -cdsrsResponseStatus = lens _cdsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdsrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdsrsResponseStatus = lens _cdsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CopyDBSnapshotResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -78,28 +78,28 @@ -> CopyOptionGroup copyOptionGroup pSourceOptionGroupIdentifier_ pTargetOptionGroupIdentifier_ pTargetOptionGroupDescription_ = CopyOptionGroup' - { _cTags = Nothing - , _cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier = pSourceOptionGroupIdentifier_ - , _cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier = pTargetOptionGroupIdentifier_ - , _cTargetOptionGroupDescription = pTargetOptionGroupDescription_ - } + { _cTags = Nothing + , _cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier = pSourceOptionGroupIdentifier_ + , _cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier = pTargetOptionGroupIdentifier_ + , _cTargetOptionGroupDescription = pTargetOptionGroupDescription_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cTags :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup [Tag] -cTags = lens _cTags (\ s a -> s{_cTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cTags = lens _cTags (\ s a -> s{_cTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about creating an ARN, see . Constraints: * Must specify a valid option group. * If the source option group is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid option group identifier, for example @my-option-group@ , or a valid ARN. * If the source option group is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid option group ARN, for example @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options@ . cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text -cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier = lens _cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier = a}); +cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier = lens _cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier for the copied option group. Constraints: * Cannot be null, empty, or blank * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-option-group@ cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text -cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier = lens _cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier = a}); +cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier = lens _cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier = a}) -- | The description for the copied option group. cTargetOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text -cTargetOptionGroupDescription = lens _cTargetOptionGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cTargetOptionGroupDescription = a}); +cTargetOptionGroupDescription = lens _cTargetOptionGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cTargetOptionGroupDescription = a}) instance AWSRequest CopyOptionGroup where type Rs CopyOptionGroup = CopyOptionGroupResponse @@ -152,15 +152,15 @@ -> CopyOptionGroupResponse copyOptionGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = CopyOptionGroupResponse' - {_cogrsOptionGroup = Nothing, _cogrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_cogrsOptionGroup = Nothing, _cogrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. cogrsOptionGroup :: Lens' CopyOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) -cogrsOptionGroup = lens _cogrsOptionGroup (\ s a -> s{_cogrsOptionGroup = a}); +cogrsOptionGroup = lens _cogrsOptionGroup (\ s a -> s{_cogrsOptionGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cogrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CopyOptionGroupResponse Int -cogrsResponseStatus = lens _cogrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cogrsResponseStatus = a}); +cogrsResponseStatus = lens _cogrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cogrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CopyOptionGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBCluster.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBCluster.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBCluster.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBCluster --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ , cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier , cdcMasterUsername , cdcDBSubnetGroupName + , cdcBacktrackWindow , cdcPreSignedURL , cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow , cdcAvailabilityZones @@ -81,6 +82,7 @@ , _cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) , _cdcMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) , _cdcDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcBacktrackWindow :: !(Maybe Integer) , _cdcPreSignedURL :: !(Maybe Text) , _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) , _cdcAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -104,7 +106,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdcEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine to use. __Aurora__ Example: @5.6.10a@ +-- * 'cdcEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine to use. __Aurora MySQL__ Example: @5.6.10a@ , @5.7.12@ __Aurora PostgreSQL__ Example: @9.6.3@ -- -- * 'cdcStorageEncrypted' - Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. -- @@ -116,17 +118,19 @@ -- -- * 'cdcDBSubnetGroupName' - A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be default. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ -- --- * 'cdcPreSignedURL' - A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CreateDBCluster@ action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated from. You only need to specify @PreSignedUrl@ when you are performing cross-region replication from an encrypted DB cluster. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the @CreateDBCluster@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @KmsKeyId@ - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This should refer to the same KMS key for both the @CreateDBCluster@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. * @DestinationRegion@ - The name of the AWS Region that Aurora Read Replica will be created in. * @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 region, then your @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ would look like Example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . +-- * 'cdcBacktrackWindow' - The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). -- --- * 'cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +-- * 'cdcPreSignedURL' - A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CreateDBCluster@ action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated from. You only need to specify @PreSignedUrl@ when you are performing cross-region replication from an encrypted DB cluster. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the @CreateDBCluster@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This should refer to the same KMS key for both the @CreateDBCluster@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. * @DestinationRegion@ - The name of the AWS Region that Aurora Read Replica will be created in. * @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ would look like Example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . -- --- * 'cdcAvailabilityZones' - A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be created in. For information on regions and Availability Zones, see . +-- * 'cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. -- +-- * 'cdcAvailabilityZones' - A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be created in. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see . +-- -- * 'cdcCharacterSetName' - A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified CharacterSet. -- --- * 'cdcKMSKeyId' - The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. If an encryption key is not specified in @KmsKeyId@ : * If @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ identifies an encrypted source, then Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. * If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true and @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ is not specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, you must set @KmsKeyId@ to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region. +-- * 'cdcKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. If an encryption key is not specified in @KmsKeyId@ : * If @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ identifies an encrypted source, then Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. * If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true and @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ is not specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, you must set @KmsKeyId@ to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region. -- --- * 'cdcPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- * 'cdcPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. -- -- * 'cdcBackupRetentionPeriod' - The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 1 to 35 -- @@ -136,135 +140,140 @@ -- -- * 'cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, @default.aurora5.6@ is used. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. -- --- * 'cdcOptionGroupName' - A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. +-- * 'cdcOptionGroupName' - A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. -- -- * 'cdcTags' - Undocumented member. -- --- * 'cdcPort' - The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. Default: @3306@ +-- * 'cdcPort' - The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. Default: @3306@ if engine is set as aurora or @5432@ if set to aurora-postgresql. -- --- * 'cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- * 'cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ -- -- * 'cdcDBClusterIdentifier' - The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ -- --- * 'cdcEngine' - The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. Valid Values: @aurora@ +-- * 'cdcEngine' - The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. Valid Values: @aurora@ (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), @aurora-mysql@ (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), and @aurora-postgresql@ createDBCluster :: Text -- ^ 'cdcDBClusterIdentifier' -> Text -- ^ 'cdcEngine' -> CreateDBCluster createDBCluster pDBClusterIdentifier_ pEngine_ = CreateDBCluster' - { _cdcEngineVersion = Nothing - , _cdcStorageEncrypted = Nothing - , _cdcMasterUserPassword = Nothing - , _cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier = Nothing - , _cdcMasterUsername = Nothing - , _cdcDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _cdcPreSignedURL = Nothing - , _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _cdcAvailabilityZones = Nothing - , _cdcCharacterSetName = Nothing - , _cdcKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _cdcPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _cdcBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing - , _cdcDatabaseName = Nothing - , _cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _cdcOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _cdcTags = Nothing - , _cdcPort = Nothing - , _cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _cdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ - , _cdcEngine = pEngine_ - } + { _cdcEngineVersion = Nothing + , _cdcStorageEncrypted = Nothing + , _cdcMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _cdcMasterUsername = Nothing + , _cdcDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _cdcBacktrackWindow = Nothing + , _cdcPreSignedURL = Nothing + , _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _cdcAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _cdcCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _cdcKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _cdcPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _cdcBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _cdcDatabaseName = Nothing + , _cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _cdcOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _cdcTags = Nothing + , _cdcPort = Nothing + , _cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _cdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + , _cdcEngine = pEngine_ + } --- | The version number of the database engine to use. __Aurora__ Example: @5.6.10a@ +-- | The version number of the database engine to use. __Aurora MySQL__ Example: @5.6.10a@ , @5.7.12@ __Aurora PostgreSQL__ Example: @9.6.3@ cdcEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcEngineVersion = lens _cdcEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_cdcEngineVersion = a}); +cdcEngineVersion = lens _cdcEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_cdcEngineVersion = a}) -- | Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. cdcStorageEncrypted :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Bool) -cdcStorageEncrypted = lens _cdcStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_cdcStorageEncrypted = a}); +cdcStorageEncrypted = lens _cdcStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_cdcStorageEncrypted = a}) -- | The password for the master database user. This password can contain any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. cdcMasterUserPassword :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcMasterUserPassword = lens _cdcMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_cdcMasterUserPassword = a}); +cdcMasterUserPassword = lens _cdcMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_cdcMasterUserPassword = a}) -- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica. cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier = lens _cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier = a}); +cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier = lens _cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier = a}) -- | The name of the master user for the DB cluster. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. cdcMasterUsername :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcMasterUsername = lens _cdcMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_cdcMasterUsername = a}); +cdcMasterUsername = lens _cdcMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_cdcMasterUsername = a}) -- | A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be default. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ cdcDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdcDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +cdcDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdcDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcDBSubnetGroupName = a}) --- | A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CreateDBCluster@ action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated from. You only need to specify @PreSignedUrl@ when you are performing cross-region replication from an encrypted DB cluster. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the @CreateDBCluster@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @KmsKeyId@ - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This should refer to the same KMS key for both the @CreateDBCluster@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. * @DestinationRegion@ - The name of the AWS Region that Aurora Read Replica will be created in. * @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 region, then your @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ would look like Example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . +-- | The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). +cdcBacktrackWindow :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Integer) +cdcBacktrackWindow = lens _cdcBacktrackWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdcBacktrackWindow = a}) + +-- | A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CreateDBCluster@ action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated from. You only need to specify @PreSignedUrl@ when you are performing cross-region replication from an encrypted DB cluster. The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the @CreateDBCluster@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This should refer to the same KMS key for both the @CreateDBCluster@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. * @DestinationRegion@ - The name of the AWS Region that Aurora Read Replica will be created in. * @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ would look like Example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . cdcPreSignedURL :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcPreSignedURL = lens _cdcPreSignedURL (\ s a -> s{_cdcPreSignedURL = a}); +cdcPreSignedURL = lens _cdcPreSignedURL (\ s a -> s{_cdcPreSignedURL = a}) --- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +-- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); +cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}) --- | A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be created in. For information on regions and Availability Zones, see . +-- | A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be created in. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see . cdcAvailabilityZones :: Lens' CreateDBCluster [Text] -cdcAvailabilityZones = lens _cdcAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_cdcAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdcAvailabilityZones = lens _cdcAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_cdcAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified CharacterSet. cdcCharacterSetName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcCharacterSetName = lens _cdcCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_cdcCharacterSetName = a}); +cdcCharacterSetName = lens _cdcCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_cdcCharacterSetName = a}) --- | The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. If an encryption key is not specified in @KmsKeyId@ : * If @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ identifies an encrypted source, then Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. * If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true and @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ is not specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, you must set @KmsKeyId@ to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region. +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. If an encryption key is not specified in @KmsKeyId@ : * If @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ identifies an encrypted source, then Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. * If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true and @ReplicationSourceIdentifier@ is not specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, you must set @KmsKeyId@ to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region. cdcKMSKeyId :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcKMSKeyId = lens _cdcKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdcKMSKeyId = a}); +cdcKMSKeyId = lens _cdcKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdcKMSKeyId = a}) --- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. cdcPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcPreferredBackupWindow = lens _cdcPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdcPreferredBackupWindow = a}); +cdcPreferredBackupWindow = lens _cdcPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdcPreferredBackupWindow = a}) -- | The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 1 to 35 cdcBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Int) -cdcBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _cdcBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_cdcBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); +cdcBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _cdcBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_cdcBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) -- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster. cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' CreateDBCluster [Text] -cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do not provide a name, Amazon RDS will not create a database in the DB cluster you are creating. cdcDatabaseName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcDatabaseName = lens _cdcDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_cdcDatabaseName = a}); +cdcDatabaseName = lens _cdcDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_cdcDatabaseName = a}) -- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, @default.aurora5.6@ is used. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); +cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) --- | A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. +-- | A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. cdcOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) -cdcOptionGroupName = lens _cdcOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcOptionGroupName = a}); +cdcOptionGroupName = lens _cdcOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcOptionGroupName = a}) -- | Undocumented member. cdcTags :: Lens' CreateDBCluster [Tag] -cdcTags = lens _cdcTags (\ s a -> s{_cdcTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdcTags = lens _cdcTags (\ s a -> s{_cdcTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce --- | The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. Default: @3306@ +-- | The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. Default: @3306@ if engine is set as aurora or @5432@ if set to aurora-postgresql. cdcPort :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Int) -cdcPort = lens _cdcPort (\ s a -> s{_cdcPort = a}); +cdcPort = lens _cdcPort (\ s a -> s{_cdcPort = a}) --- | A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Bool) -cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_cdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) -- | The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ cdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBCluster Text -cdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _cdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +cdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _cdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) --- | The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. Valid Values: @aurora@ +-- | The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. Valid Values: @aurora@ (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora), @aurora-mysql@ (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora), and @aurora-postgresql@ cdcEngine :: Lens' CreateDBCluster Text -cdcEngine = lens _cdcEngine (\ s a -> s{_cdcEngine = a}); +cdcEngine = lens _cdcEngine (\ s a -> s{_cdcEngine = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateDBCluster where type Rs CreateDBCluster = CreateDBClusterResponse @@ -297,6 +306,7 @@ _cdcReplicationSourceIdentifier, "MasterUsername" =: _cdcMasterUsername, "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _cdcDBSubnetGroupName, + "BacktrackWindow" =: _cdcBacktrackWindow, "PreSignedUrl" =: _cdcPreSignedURL, "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =: _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow, @@ -342,15 +352,15 @@ -> CreateDBClusterResponse createDBClusterResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateDBClusterResponse' - {_cdcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _cdcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_cdcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _cdcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. cdcrsDBCluster :: Lens' CreateDBClusterResponse (Maybe DBCluster) -cdcrsDBCluster = lens _cdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_cdcrsDBCluster = a}); +cdcrsDBCluster = lens _cdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_cdcrsDBCluster = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDBClusterResponse Int -cdcrsResponseStatus = lens _cdcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdcrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdcrsResponseStatus = lens _cdcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdcrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateDBClusterResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ -- -- * 'cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. -- --- * 'cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily' - The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. +-- * 'cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily' - The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. __Aurora MySQL__ Example: @aurora5.6@ , @aurora-mysql5.7@ __Aurora PostgreSQL__ Example: @aurora-postgresql9.6@ -- -- * 'cdcpgDescription' - The description for the DB cluster parameter group. createDBClusterParameterGroup @@ -86,28 +86,28 @@ -> CreateDBClusterParameterGroup createDBClusterParameterGroup pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ pDBParameterGroupFamily_ pDescription_ = CreateDBClusterParameterGroup' - { _cdcpgTags = Nothing - , _cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ - , _cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ - , _cdcpgDescription = pDescription_ - } + { _cdcpgTags = Nothing + , _cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ + , _cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ + , _cdcpgDescription = pDescription_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdcpgTags :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroup [Tag] -cdcpgTags = lens _cdcpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdcpgTags = lens _cdcpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroup Text -cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); +cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) --- | The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. +-- | The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. __Aurora MySQL__ Example: @aurora5.6@ , @aurora-mysql5.7@ __Aurora PostgreSQL__ Example: @aurora-postgresql9.6@ cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroup Text -cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); +cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}) -- | The description for the DB cluster parameter group. cdcpgDescription :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroup Text -cdcpgDescription = lens _cdcpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgDescription = a}); +cdcpgDescription = lens _cdcpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgDescription = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateDBClusterParameterGroup where @@ -165,18 +165,18 @@ -> CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse createDBClusterParameterGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' - { _cdbcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = Nothing - , _cdbcpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _cdbcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = Nothing + , _cdbcpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdbcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBClusterParameterGroup) -cdbcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = lens _cdbcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = a}); +cdbcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = lens _cdbcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdbcpgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse Int -cdbcpgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbcpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdbcpgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbcpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbcpgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -73,23 +73,23 @@ -> CreateDBClusterSnapshot createDBClusterSnapshot pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ pDBClusterIdentifier_ = CreateDBClusterSnapshot' - { _cdcsTags = Nothing - , _cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ - , _cdcsDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ - } + { _cdcsTags = Nothing + , _cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _cdcsDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + } -- | The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot. cdcsTags :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshot [Tag] -cdcsTags = lens _cdcsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdcsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdcsTags = lens _cdcsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdcsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1-snapshot1@ cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshot Text -cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. Example: @my-cluster1@ cdcsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshot Text -cdcsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _cdcsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcsDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +cdcsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _cdcsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcsDBClusterIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateDBClusterSnapshot where type Rs CreateDBClusterSnapshot = @@ -141,17 +141,17 @@ -> CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse createDBClusterSnapshotResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse' - { _cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = Nothing - , _cdbcsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdbcsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBClusterSnapshot) -cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = lens _cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = a}); +cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = lens _cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdbcsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse Int -cdbcsrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdbcsrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ , cdiPort , cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication , cdiStorageType + , cdiEnableCloudwatchLogsExports , cdiDBName , cdiDBInstanceIdentifier , cdiDBInstanceClass @@ -127,6 +128,7 @@ , _cdiPort :: !(Maybe Int) , _cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: !(Maybe Bool) , _cdiStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _cdiDBName :: !(Maybe Text) , _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text , _cdiDBInstanceClass :: !Text @@ -138,7 +140,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdiEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine to use. The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MariaDB__ * @10.1.23@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.1.19@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.1.14@ (supported in all regions except us-east-2) * @10.0.31@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.0.28@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.0.24@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.0.17@ (supported in all regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2016__ * @13.00.4422.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @13.00.2164.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) __Microsoft SQL Server 2014__ * @12.00.5546.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @12.00.5000.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @12.00.4422.0.v1@ (supported for all editions except Enterprise Edition, and all AWS regions except ca-central-1 and eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2012__ * @11.00.6594.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @11.00.6020.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @11.00.5058.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @11.00.2100.60.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2__ * @10.50.6529.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @10.50.6000.34.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @10.50.2789.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) __MySQL__ * @5.7.19@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.17@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.16@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.11@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.37@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.35@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.34@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.29@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.27@ (supported in all regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, eu-west-2) * @5.5.57@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.5.54@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.5.53@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.5.46@ (supported in all AWS regions) __Oracle 12c__ * @12.1.0.2.v9@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v8@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v7@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v6@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v5@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v4@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v3@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v2@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v1@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) __Oracle 11g__ * @11.2.0.4.v13@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v12@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v11@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v10@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v9@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v8@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v7@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v6@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v5@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v4@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v3@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v1@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) __PostgreSQL__ * __Version 9.6.x:__ @9.6.5 | 9.6.3 | 9.6.2 | 9.6.1@ * __Version 9.5.x:__ @9.5.9 | 9.5.7 | 9.5.6 | 9.5.4 | 9.5.2@ * __Version 9.4.x:__ @9.4.14 | 9.4.12 | 9.4.11 | 9.4.9 | 9.4.7@ * __Version 9.3.x:__ @9.3.19 | 9.3.17 | 9.3.16 | 9.3.14 | 9.3.12@ +-- * 'cdiEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine to use. The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MariaDB__ * @10.2.12@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.2.11@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.31@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.26@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.23@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.19@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.14@ (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2) * @10.0.34@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.32@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.31@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.28@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.24@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.17@ (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2017__ * @14.00.1000.169.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) __Microsoft SQL Server 2016__ * @13.00.4451.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @13.00.4422.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @13.00.2164.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) __Microsoft SQL Server 2014__ * @12.00.5546.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @12.00.5000.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @12.00.4422.0.v1@ (supported for all editions except Enterprise Edition, and all AWS Regions except ca-central-1 and eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2012__ * @11.00.6594.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @11.00.6020.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @11.00.5058.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @11.00.2100.60.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2__ * @10.50.6529.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @10.50.6000.34.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @10.50.2789.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) __MySQL__ * @5.7.21@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.19@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.17@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.16@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.39@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.37@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.35@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.34@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.29@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.27@ (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, eu-west-2) * @5.5.59@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.5.57@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.5.54@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.5.53@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.5.46@ (supported in all AWS Regions) __Oracle 12c__ * @12.1.0.2.v9@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v8@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v7@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v6@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v5@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v4@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v3@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v2@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v1@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) __Oracle 11g__ * @11.2.0.4.v13@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v12@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v11@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v10@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v9@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v8@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v7@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v6@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v5@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v4@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v3@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v1@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) __PostgreSQL__ * __Version 10.1__ * __Version 9.6.x:__ @9.6.6 | 9.6.5 | 9.6.3 | 9.6.2 | 9.6.1@ * __Version 9.5.x:__ @9.5.9 | 9.5.7 | 9.5.6 | 9.5.4 | 9.5.2@ * __Version 9.4.x:__ @9.4.14 | 9.4.12 | 9.4.11 | 9.4.9 | 9.4.7@ * __Version 9.3.x:__ @9.3.19 | 9.3.17 | 9.3.16 | 9.3.14 | 9.3.12@ -- -- * 'cdiDBSecurityGroups' - A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. -- @@ -146,7 +148,7 @@ -- -- * 'cdiDBClusterIdentifier' - The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. For information on creating a DB cluster, see 'CreateDBCluster' . Type: String -- --- * 'cdiMasterUserPassword' - The password for the master user. Can be any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MariaDB__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Microsoft SQL Server__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. __MySQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Oracle__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. +-- * 'cdiMasterUserPassword' - The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MariaDB__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Microsoft SQL Server__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. __MySQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Oracle__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. -- -- * 'cdiPubliclyAccessible' - Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. * __Default VPC:__ true * __VPC:__ false If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is private. -- @@ -156,51 +158,51 @@ -- -- * 'cdiDBSubnetGroupName' - A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. -- --- * 'cdiMonitoringRoleARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. +-- * 'cdiMonitoringRoleARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. -- --- * 'cdiIOPS' - The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be initially allocated for the DB instance. Constraints: Must be a multiple between 3 and 10 of the storage amount for the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if the size of your DB instance is 500 GB, then your @Iops@ value can be 2000, 3000, 4000, or 5000. +-- * 'cdiIOPS' - The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be initially allocated for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see see . Constraints: Must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if the size of your DB instance is 500 GiB, then your @Iops@ value can be 2000, 3000, 4000, or 5000. -- -- * 'cdiDomain' - Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in. -- -- * 'cdiMonitoringInterval' - The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If @MonitoringRoleArn@ is specified, then you must also set @MonitoringInterval@ to a value other than 0. Valid Values: @0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60@ -- --- * 'cdiTDECredentialPassword' - The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the device. +-- * 'cdiTDECredentialPassword' - The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device. -- -- * 'cdiPromotionTier' - A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . Default: 1 Valid Values: 0 - 15 -- -- * 'cdiLicenseModel' - License model information for this DB instance. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ -- --- * 'cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see . Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +-- * 'cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see . Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. -- -- * 'cdiCharacterSetName' - For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified CharacterSet. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . -- --- * 'cdiEnablePerformanceInsights' - True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance; otherwise false. +-- * 'cdiEnablePerformanceInsights' - True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. -- --- * 'cdiKMSKeyId' - The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. +-- * 'cdiKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. -- -- * 'cdiDBParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified engine is used. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -- --- * 'cdiPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. For more information, see . __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see . Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- * 'cdiPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. For more information, see . __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see . Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. -- --- * 'cdiAvailabilityZone' - The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance is created in. For information on regions and Availability Zones, see . Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example: @us-east-1d@ Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter cannot be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . The specified Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current endpoint. +-- * 'cdiAvailabilityZone' - The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see . Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example: @us-east-1d@ Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . The specified Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current endpoint. -- -- * 'cdiBackupRetentionPeriod' - The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated backups. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 0 to 35 * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas -- --- * 'cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId' - The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +-- * 'cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. -- -- * 'cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds' - A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. -- --- * 'cdiMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. +-- * 'cdiMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. -- --- * 'cdiAllocatedStorage' - The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the database instance. Type: Integer __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space that you use in an Aurora cluster volume. __MySQL__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __MariaDB__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __Oracle__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 10 to 6144. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. __SQL Server__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024. +-- * 'cdiAllocatedStorage' - The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. Type: Integer __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space that you use in an Aurora cluster volume. __MySQL__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __MariaDB__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __Oracle__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. __SQL Server__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024. -- --- * 'cdiOptionGroupName' - Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- * 'cdiOptionGroupName' - Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance -- --- * 'cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- * 'cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. -- -- * 'cdiTimezone' - The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported only by . -- --- * 'cdiTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +-- * 'cdiTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. -- -- * 'cdiDomainIAMRoleName' - Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. -- @@ -208,17 +210,19 @@ -- -- * 'cdiPort' - The port number on which the database accepts connections. __MySQL__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer __MariaDB__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer __PostgreSQL__ Default: @5432@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer __Oracle__ Default: @1521@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ __SQL Server__ Default: @1433@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ except for @1434@ , @3389@ , @47001@ , @49152@ , and @49152@ through @49156@ . __Amazon Aurora__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer -- --- * 'cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines: __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MySQL__ * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ +-- * 'cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines: __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MySQL__ * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ -- --- * 'cdiStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- * 'cdiStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ -- +-- * 'cdiEnableCloudwatchLogsExports' - The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch Logs. +-- -- * 'cdiDBName' - The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you use. Type: String __MySQL__ The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine __MariaDB__ The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine __PostgreSQL__ The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores. * Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine __Oracle__ The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you specify @null@ , the default value @ORCL@ is used. You can't specify the string NULL, or any other reserved word, for @DBName@ . Default: @ORCL@ Constraints: * Cannot be longer than 8 characters __SQL Server__ Not applicable. Must be null. __Amazon Aurora__ The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine -- -- * 'cdiDBInstanceIdentifier' - The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @mydbinstance@ -- --- * 'cdiDBInstanceClass' - The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +-- * 'cdiDBInstanceClass' - The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. -- --- * 'cdiEngine' - The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. Valid Values: * @aurora@ * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ +-- * 'cdiEngine' - The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. Valid Values: * @aurora@ (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) * @aurora-mysql@ (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) * @aurora-postgresql@ * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ createDBInstance :: Text -- ^ 'cdiDBInstanceIdentifier' -> Text -- ^ 'cdiDBInstanceClass' @@ -226,213 +230,218 @@ -> CreateDBInstance createDBInstance pDBInstanceIdentifier_ pDBInstanceClass_ pEngine_ = CreateDBInstance' - { _cdiEngineVersion = Nothing - , _cdiDBSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _cdiStorageEncrypted = Nothing - , _cdiDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing - , _cdiMasterUserPassword = Nothing - , _cdiPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _cdiMasterUsername = Nothing - , _cdiDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _cdiMonitoringRoleARN = Nothing - , _cdiIOPS = Nothing - , _cdiDomain = Nothing - , _cdiMonitoringInterval = Nothing - , _cdiTDECredentialPassword = Nothing - , _cdiPromotionTier = Nothing - , _cdiLicenseModel = Nothing - , _cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _cdiCharacterSetName = Nothing - , _cdiEnablePerformanceInsights = Nothing - , _cdiKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _cdiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _cdiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _cdiAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _cdiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing - , _cdiMultiAZ = Nothing - , _cdiAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _cdiOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing - , _cdiTimezone = Nothing - , _cdiTDECredentialARN = Nothing - , _cdiDomainIAMRoleName = Nothing - , _cdiTags = Nothing - , _cdiPort = Nothing - , _cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _cdiStorageType = Nothing - , _cdiDBName = Nothing - , _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - , _cdiDBInstanceClass = pDBInstanceClass_ - , _cdiEngine = pEngine_ - } + { _cdiEngineVersion = Nothing + , _cdiDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _cdiStorageEncrypted = Nothing + , _cdiDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _cdiMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _cdiPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _cdiMasterUsername = Nothing + , _cdiDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _cdiMonitoringRoleARN = Nothing + , _cdiIOPS = Nothing + , _cdiDomain = Nothing + , _cdiMonitoringInterval = Nothing + , _cdiTDECredentialPassword = Nothing + , _cdiPromotionTier = Nothing + , _cdiLicenseModel = Nothing + , _cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _cdiCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _cdiEnablePerformanceInsights = Nothing + , _cdiKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _cdiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _cdiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _cdiAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _cdiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _cdiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _cdiAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _cdiOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdiTimezone = Nothing + , _cdiTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _cdiDomainIAMRoleName = Nothing + , _cdiTags = Nothing + , _cdiPort = Nothing + , _cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _cdiStorageType = Nothing + , _cdiEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = Nothing + , _cdiDBName = Nothing + , _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _cdiDBInstanceClass = pDBInstanceClass_ + , _cdiEngine = pEngine_ + } --- | The version number of the database engine to use. The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MariaDB__ * @10.1.23@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.1.19@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.1.14@ (supported in all regions except us-east-2) * @10.0.31@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.0.28@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.0.24@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @10.0.17@ (supported in all regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2016__ * @13.00.4422.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @13.00.2164.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) __Microsoft SQL Server 2014__ * @12.00.5546.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @12.00.5000.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @12.00.4422.0.v1@ (supported for all editions except Enterprise Edition, and all AWS regions except ca-central-1 and eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2012__ * @11.00.6594.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @11.00.6020.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions) * @11.00.5058.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @11.00.2100.60.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2__ * @10.50.6529.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @10.50.6000.34.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @10.50.2789.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) __MySQL__ * @5.7.19@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.17@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.16@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.11@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.37@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.35@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.34@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.29@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.27@ (supported in all regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, eu-west-2) * @5.5.57@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.5.54@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.5.53@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.5.46@ (supported in all AWS regions) __Oracle 12c__ * @12.1.0.2.v9@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v8@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v7@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v6@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v5@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v4@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v3@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v2@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v1@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) __Oracle 11g__ * @11.2.0.4.v13@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v12@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v11@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v10@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v9@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v8@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v7@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v6@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v5@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v4@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v3@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v1@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) __PostgreSQL__ * __Version 9.6.x:__ @9.6.5 | 9.6.3 | 9.6.2 | 9.6.1@ * __Version 9.5.x:__ @9.5.9 | 9.5.7 | 9.5.6 | 9.5.4 | 9.5.2@ * __Version 9.4.x:__ @9.4.14 | 9.4.12 | 9.4.11 | 9.4.9 | 9.4.7@ * __Version 9.3.x:__ @9.3.19 | 9.3.17 | 9.3.16 | 9.3.14 | 9.3.12@ +-- | The version number of the database engine to use. The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MariaDB__ * @10.2.12@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.2.11@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.31@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.26@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.23@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.19@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.1.14@ (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2) * @10.0.34@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.32@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.31@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.28@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.24@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @10.0.17@ (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2017__ * @14.00.1000.169.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) __Microsoft SQL Server 2016__ * @13.00.4451.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @13.00.4422.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @13.00.2164.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) __Microsoft SQL Server 2014__ * @12.00.5546.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @12.00.5000.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @12.00.4422.0.v1@ (supported for all editions except Enterprise Edition, and all AWS Regions except ca-central-1 and eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2012__ * @11.00.6594.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @11.00.6020.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) * @11.00.5058.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @11.00.2100.60.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) __Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2__ * @10.50.6529.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @10.50.6000.34.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) * @10.50.2789.0.v1@ (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) __MySQL__ * @5.7.21@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.19@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.17@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.7.16@ (supported in all AWS regions) * @5.6.39@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.37@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.35@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.34@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.29@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.6.27@ (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, eu-west-2) * @5.5.59@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.5.57@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.5.54@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.5.53@ (supported in all AWS Regions) * @5.5.46@ (supported in all AWS Regions) __Oracle 12c__ * @12.1.0.2.v9@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v8@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v7@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v6@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v5@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v4@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v3@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v2@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) * @12.1.0.2.v1@ (supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) __Oracle 11g__ * @11.2.0.4.v13@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v12@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v11@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v10@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v9@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v8@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v7@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v6@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v5@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v4@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v3@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) * @11.2.0.4.v1@ (supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) __PostgreSQL__ * __Version 10.1__ * __Version 9.6.x:__ @9.6.6 | 9.6.5 | 9.6.3 | 9.6.2 | 9.6.1@ * __Version 9.5.x:__ @9.5.9 | 9.5.7 | 9.5.6 | 9.5.4 | 9.5.2@ * __Version 9.4.x:__ @9.4.14 | 9.4.12 | 9.4.11 | 9.4.9 | 9.4.7@ * __Version 9.3.x:__ @9.3.19 | 9.3.17 | 9.3.16 | 9.3.14 | 9.3.12@ cdiEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiEngineVersion = lens _cdiEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_cdiEngineVersion = a}); +cdiEngineVersion = lens _cdiEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_cdiEngineVersion = a}) -- | A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. cdiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Text] -cdiDBSecurityGroups = lens _cdiDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdiDBSecurityGroups = lens _cdiDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . Default: false cdiStorageEncrypted :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdiStorageEncrypted = lens _cdiStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_cdiStorageEncrypted = a}); +cdiStorageEncrypted = lens _cdiStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_cdiStorageEncrypted = a}) -- | The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. For information on creating a DB cluster, see 'CreateDBCluster' . Type: String cdiDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiDBClusterIdentifier = lens _cdiDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +cdiDBClusterIdentifier = lens _cdiDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBClusterIdentifier = a}) --- | The password for the master user. Can be any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MariaDB__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Microsoft SQL Server__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. __MySQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Oracle__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. +-- | The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MariaDB__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Microsoft SQL Server__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. __MySQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Oracle__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. cdiMasterUserPassword :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiMasterUserPassword = lens _cdiMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_cdiMasterUserPassword = a}); +cdiMasterUserPassword = lens _cdiMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_cdiMasterUserPassword = a}) -- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. * __Default VPC:__ true * __VPC:__ false If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is private. cdiPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdiPubliclyAccessible = lens _cdiPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_cdiPubliclyAccessible = a}); +cdiPubliclyAccessible = lens _cdiPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_cdiPubliclyAccessible = a}) -- | Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window. Default: @true@ cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); +cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}) -- | The name for the master user. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The name for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MariaDB__ Constraints: * Required for MariaDB. * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. __Microsoft SQL Server__ Constraints: * Required for SQL Server. * Must be 1 to 128 letters or numbers. * The first character must be a letter. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. __MySQL__ Constraints: * Required for MySQL. * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. __Oracle__ Constraints: * Required for Oracle. * Must be 1 to 30 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints: * Required for PostgreSQL. * Must be 1 to 63 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. cdiMasterUsername :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiMasterUsername = lens _cdiMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_cdiMasterUsername = a}); +cdiMasterUsername = lens _cdiMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_cdiMasterUsername = a}) -- | A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. cdiDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdiDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +cdiDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdiDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBSubnetGroupName = a}) --- | The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. +-- | The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. cdiMonitoringRoleARN :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiMonitoringRoleARN = lens _cdiMonitoringRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_cdiMonitoringRoleARN = a}); +cdiMonitoringRoleARN = lens _cdiMonitoringRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_cdiMonitoringRoleARN = a}) --- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be initially allocated for the DB instance. Constraints: Must be a multiple between 3 and 10 of the storage amount for the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if the size of your DB instance is 500 GB, then your @Iops@ value can be 2000, 3000, 4000, or 5000. +-- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be initially allocated for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see see . Constraints: Must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if the size of your DB instance is 500 GiB, then your @Iops@ value can be 2000, 3000, 4000, or 5000. cdiIOPS :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) -cdiIOPS = lens _cdiIOPS (\ s a -> s{_cdiIOPS = a}); +cdiIOPS = lens _cdiIOPS (\ s a -> s{_cdiIOPS = a}) -- | Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in. cdiDomain :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiDomain = lens _cdiDomain (\ s a -> s{_cdiDomain = a}); +cdiDomain = lens _cdiDomain (\ s a -> s{_cdiDomain = a}) -- | The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If @MonitoringRoleArn@ is specified, then you must also set @MonitoringInterval@ to a value other than 0. Valid Values: @0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60@ cdiMonitoringInterval :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) -cdiMonitoringInterval = lens _cdiMonitoringInterval (\ s a -> s{_cdiMonitoringInterval = a}); +cdiMonitoringInterval = lens _cdiMonitoringInterval (\ s a -> s{_cdiMonitoringInterval = a}) --- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the device. +-- | The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device. cdiTDECredentialPassword :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiTDECredentialPassword = lens _cdiTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_cdiTDECredentialPassword = a}); +cdiTDECredentialPassword = lens _cdiTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_cdiTDECredentialPassword = a}) -- | A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . Default: 1 Valid Values: 0 - 15 cdiPromotionTier :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) -cdiPromotionTier = lens _cdiPromotionTier (\ s a -> s{_cdiPromotionTier = a}); +cdiPromotionTier = lens _cdiPromotionTier (\ s a -> s{_cdiPromotionTier = a}) -- | License model information for this DB instance. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ cdiLicenseModel :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiLicenseModel = lens _cdiLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_cdiLicenseModel = a}); +cdiLicenseModel = lens _cdiLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_cdiLicenseModel = a}) --- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see . Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +-- | The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see . Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); +cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}) -- | For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified CharacterSet. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . cdiCharacterSetName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiCharacterSetName = lens _cdiCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_cdiCharacterSetName = a}); +cdiCharacterSetName = lens _cdiCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_cdiCharacterSetName = a}) --- | True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance; otherwise false. +-- | True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. cdiEnablePerformanceInsights :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdiEnablePerformanceInsights = lens _cdiEnablePerformanceInsights (\ s a -> s{_cdiEnablePerformanceInsights = a}); +cdiEnablePerformanceInsights = lens _cdiEnablePerformanceInsights (\ s a -> s{_cdiEnablePerformanceInsights = a}) --- | The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. cdiKMSKeyId :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiKMSKeyId = lens _cdiKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdiKMSKeyId = a}); +cdiKMSKeyId = lens _cdiKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdiKMSKeyId = a}) -- | The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified engine is used. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens cdiDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiDBParameterGroupName = lens _cdiDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBParameterGroupName = a}); +cdiDBParameterGroupName = lens _cdiDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBParameterGroupName = a}) --- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. For more information, see . __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see . Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. For more information, see . __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see . Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. cdiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiPreferredBackupWindow = lens _cdiPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdiPreferredBackupWindow = a}); +cdiPreferredBackupWindow = lens _cdiPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdiPreferredBackupWindow = a}) --- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance is created in. For information on regions and Availability Zones, see . Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example: @us-east-1d@ Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter cannot be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . The specified Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current endpoint. +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see . Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example: @us-east-1d@ Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . The specified Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current endpoint. cdiAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiAvailabilityZone = lens _cdiAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_cdiAvailabilityZone = a}); +cdiAvailabilityZone = lens _cdiAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_cdiAvailabilityZone = a}) -- | The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated backups. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 0 to 35 * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas cdiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) -cdiBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _cdiBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_cdiBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); +cdiBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _cdiBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_cdiBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) --- | The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = lens _cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = a}); +cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = lens _cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = a}) -- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Text] -cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce --- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. cdiMultiAZ :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdiMultiAZ = lens _cdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_cdiMultiAZ = a}); +cdiMultiAZ = lens _cdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_cdiMultiAZ = a}) --- | The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the database instance. Type: Integer __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space that you use in an Aurora cluster volume. __MySQL__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __MariaDB__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __Oracle__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 10 to 6144. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 6144. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. __SQL Server__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024. +-- | The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. Type: Integer __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space that you use in an Aurora cluster volume. __MySQL__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __MariaDB__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. __Oracle__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. __SQL Server__ Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. * Magnetic storage (standard): * Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024. * Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024. cdiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) -cdiAllocatedStorage = lens _cdiAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_cdiAllocatedStorage = a}); +cdiAllocatedStorage = lens _cdiAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_cdiAllocatedStorage = a}) --- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance cdiOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiOptionGroupName = lens _cdiOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdiOptionGroupName = a}); +cdiOptionGroupName = lens _cdiOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdiOptionGroupName = a}) --- | True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- | True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); +cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}) -- | The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported only by . cdiTimezone :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiTimezone = lens _cdiTimezone (\ s a -> s{_cdiTimezone = a}); +cdiTimezone = lens _cdiTimezone (\ s a -> s{_cdiTimezone = a}) --- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +-- | The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. cdiTDECredentialARN :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiTDECredentialARN = lens _cdiTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_cdiTDECredentialARN = a}); +cdiTDECredentialARN = lens _cdiTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_cdiTDECredentialARN = a}) -- | Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. cdiDomainIAMRoleName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiDomainIAMRoleName = lens _cdiDomainIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDomainIAMRoleName = a}); +cdiDomainIAMRoleName = lens _cdiDomainIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDomainIAMRoleName = a}) -- | Undocumented member. cdiTags :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Tag] -cdiTags = lens _cdiTags (\ s a -> s{_cdiTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdiTags = lens _cdiTags (\ s a -> s{_cdiTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. __MySQL__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer __MariaDB__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer __PostgreSQL__ Default: @5432@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer __Oracle__ Default: @1521@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ __SQL Server__ Default: @1433@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ except for @1434@ , @3389@ , @47001@ , @49152@ , and @49152@ through @49156@ . __Amazon Aurora__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer cdiPort :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) -cdiPort = lens _cdiPort (\ s a -> s{_cdiPort = a}); +cdiPort = lens _cdiPort (\ s a -> s{_cdiPort = a}) --- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines: __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MySQL__ * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines: __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'CreateDBCluster' . __MySQL__ * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ cdiStorageType :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiStorageType = lens _cdiStorageType (\ s a -> s{_cdiStorageType = a}); +cdiStorageType = lens _cdiStorageType (\ s a -> s{_cdiStorageType = a}) +-- | The list of log types that need to be enabled for exporting to CloudWatch Logs. +cdiEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Text] +cdiEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = lens _cdiEnableCloudwatchLogsExports (\ s a -> s{_cdiEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + -- | The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you use. Type: String __MySQL__ The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine __MariaDB__ The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine __PostgreSQL__ The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores. * Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine __Oracle__ The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you specify @null@ , the default value @ORCL@ is used. You can't specify the string NULL, or any other reserved word, for @DBName@ . Default: @ORCL@ Constraints: * Cannot be longer than 8 characters __SQL Server__ Not applicable. Must be null. __Amazon Aurora__ The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. Constraints: * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine cdiDBName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdiDBName = lens _cdiDBName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBName = a}); +cdiDBName = lens _cdiDBName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBName = a}) -- | The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @mydbinstance@ cdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text -cdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +cdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) --- | The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. cdiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text -cdiDBInstanceClass = lens _cdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBInstanceClass = a}); +cdiDBInstanceClass = lens _cdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBInstanceClass = a}) --- | The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. Valid Values: * @aurora@ * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ +-- | The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. Valid Values: * @aurora@ (for MySQL 5.6-compatible Aurora) * @aurora-mysql@ (for MySQL 5.7-compatible Aurora) * @aurora-postgresql@ * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ cdiEngine :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text -cdiEngine = lens _cdiEngine (\ s a -> s{_cdiEngine = a}); +cdiEngine = lens _cdiEngine (\ s a -> s{_cdiEngine = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateDBInstance where type Rs CreateDBInstance = CreateDBInstanceResponse @@ -505,6 +514,10 @@ "EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication" =: _cdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, "StorageType" =: _cdiStorageType, + "EnableCloudwatchLogsExports" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "member" <$> + _cdiEnableCloudwatchLogsExports), "DBName" =: _cdiDBName, "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier, "DBInstanceClass" =: _cdiDBInstanceClass, @@ -529,15 +542,15 @@ -> CreateDBInstanceResponse createDBInstanceResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateDBInstanceResponse' - {_cdirsDBInstance = Nothing, _cdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_cdirsDBInstance = Nothing, _cdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. cdirsDBInstance :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -cdirsDBInstance = lens _cdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_cdirsDBInstance = a}); +cdirsDBInstance = lens _cdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_cdirsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdirsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceResponse Int -cdirsResponseStatus = lens _cdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdirsResponseStatus = a}); +cdirsResponseStatus = lens _cdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateDBInstanceResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs @@ -12,20 +12,20 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates a new DB instance that acts as a Read Replica for an existing source DB instance. You can create a Read Replica for a DB instance running MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL. +-- Creates a new DB instance that acts as a Read Replica for an existing source DB instance. You can create a Read Replica for a DB instance running MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL. For more information, see . -- -- --- All Read Replica DB instances are created as Single-AZ deployments with backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, except as specified below. +-- Amazon Aurora doesn't support this action. You must call the @CreateDBInstance@ action to create a DB instance for an Aurora DB cluster. -- --- /Important:/ The source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. +-- All Read Replica DB instances are created with backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, except as specified following. -- --- For more information, see . +-- /Important:/ Your source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. -- module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica ( @@ -45,12 +45,14 @@ , cdirrKMSKeyId , cdirrAvailabilityZone , cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId + , cdirrMultiAZ , cdirrOptionGroupName , cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot , cdirrTags , cdirrPort , cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication , cdirrStorageType + , cdirrEnableCloudwatchLogsExports , cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier , cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier @@ -83,12 +85,14 @@ , _cdirrKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) , _cdirrAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) , _cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdirrMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) , _cdirrOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) , _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) , _cdirrTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) , _cdirrPort :: !(Maybe Int) , _cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: !(Maybe Bool) , _cdirrStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdirrEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text , _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) @@ -104,147 +108,161 @@ -- -- * 'cdirrDBSubnetGroupName' - Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC. Constraints: * Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies a DB instance in another AWS Region. * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same AWS Region in which the operation is running. * All Read Replicas in one AWS Region that are created from the same source DB instance must either:> * Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas are created in the same VPC. * Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas are created outside of any VPC. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ -- --- * 'cdirrMonitoringRoleARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. +-- * 'cdirrMonitoringRoleARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. -- -- * 'cdirrIOPS' - The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be initially allocated for the DB instance. -- -- * 'cdirrMonitoringInterval' - The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If @MonitoringRoleArn@ is specified, then you must also set @MonitoringInterval@ to a value other than 0. Valid Values: @0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60@ -- --- * 'cdirrPreSignedURL' - The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB instance. You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the source region option instead of this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. The presigned URL must be a valid request for the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @DestinationRegion@ - The AWS Region that the encrypted Read Replica is created in. This AWS Region is the same one where the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance in the us-west-1 region, from a source DB instance in the us-east-2 region, then you call the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action in the us-east-1 region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action in the us-west-2 region. For this example, the @DestinationRegion@ in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 region. * @KmsKeyId@ - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the Read Replica in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. * @SourceDBInstanceIdentifier@ - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are creating an encrypted Read Replica from a DB instance in the us-west-2 region, then your @SourceDBInstanceIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . +-- * 'cdirrPreSignedURL' - The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB instance. You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the @--source-region@ option instead of this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. The presigned URL must be a valid request for the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @DestinationRegion@ - The AWS Region that the encrypted Read Replica is created in. This AWS Region is the same one where the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance in the us-west-1 AWS Region, from a source DB instance in the us-east-2 AWS Region, then you call the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action in the us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the @DestinationRegion@ in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region. * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the Read Replica in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. * @SourceDBInstanceIdentifier@ - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are creating an encrypted Read Replica from a DB instance in the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your @SourceDBInstanceIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . -- --- * 'cdirrDBInstanceClass' - The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. +-- * 'cdirrDBInstanceClass' - The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. -- --- * 'cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights' - True to enable Performance Insights for the read replica; otherwise false. +-- * 'cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights' - True to enable Performance Insights for the read replica, and otherwise false. -- --- * 'cdirrKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted Read Replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you specify this parameter when you create a Read Replica from an unencrypted DB instance, the Read Replica is encrypted. If you create an encrypted Read Replica in the same AWS Region as the source DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter. The Read Replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance. If you create an encrypted Read Replica in a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you cannot use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. +-- * 'cdirrKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted Read Replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you specify this parameter when you create a Read Replica from an unencrypted DB instance, the Read Replica is encrypted. If you create an encrypted Read Replica in the same AWS Region as the source DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter. The Read Replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance. If you create an encrypted Read Replica in a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. -- -- * 'cdirrAvailabilityZone' - The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example: @us-east-1d@ -- --- * 'cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId' - The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +-- * 'cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. -- +-- * 'cdirrMultiAZ' - Specifies whether the Read Replica is in a Multi-AZ deployment. You can create a Read Replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance. RDS creates a standby of your replica in another Availability Zone for failover support for the replica. Creating your Read Replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance is independent of whether the source database is a Multi-AZ DB instance. +-- -- * 'cdirrOptionGroupName' - The option group the DB instance is associated with. If omitted, the default option group for the engine specified is used. -- --- * 'cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- * 'cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica, and otherwise false. The default is false. -- -- * 'cdirrTags' - Undocumented member. -- -- * 'cdirrPort' - The port number that the DB instance uses for connections. Default: Inherits from the source DB instance Valid Values: @1150-65535@ -- --- * 'cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. Default: @false@ +-- * 'cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. Default: @false@ -- --- * 'cdirrStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- * 'cdirrStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ -- +-- * 'cdirrEnableCloudwatchLogsExports' - The list of logs that the new DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. +-- -- * 'cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier' - The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. -- --- * 'cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' - The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas. Constraints: * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL DB instance. * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6. * Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL DB instance only if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for cross region replication). * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup retention period must be greater than 0. * If the source DB instance is in the same AWS Region as the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance identifier. * If the source DB instance is in a different AWS Region than the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to . +-- * 'cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' - The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas. Constraints: * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL DB instance. * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6. * Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL DB instance only if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for cross-region replication). * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup retention period must be greater than 0. * If the source DB instance is in the same AWS Region as the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance identifier. * If the source DB instance is in a different AWS Region than the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to . createDBInstanceReadReplica :: Text -- ^ 'cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier' -> Text -- ^ 'cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' -> CreateDBInstanceReadReplica createDBInstanceReadReplica pDBInstanceIdentifier_ pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ = CreateDBInstanceReadReplica' - { _cdirrPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _cdirrDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _cdirrMonitoringRoleARN = Nothing - , _cdirrIOPS = Nothing - , _cdirrMonitoringInterval = Nothing - , _cdirrPreSignedURL = Nothing - , _cdirrDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights = Nothing - , _cdirrKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _cdirrAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _cdirrOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing - , _cdirrTags = Nothing - , _cdirrPort = Nothing - , _cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _cdirrStorageType = Nothing - , _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - , _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ - } + { _cdirrPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _cdirrDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _cdirrMonitoringRoleARN = Nothing + , _cdirrIOPS = Nothing + , _cdirrMonitoringInterval = Nothing + , _cdirrPreSignedURL = Nothing + , _cdirrDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights = Nothing + , _cdirrKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _cdirrAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _cdirrMultiAZ = Nothing + , _cdirrOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdirrTags = Nothing + , _cdirrPort = Nothing + , _cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _cdirrStorageType = Nothing + , _cdirrEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = Nothing + , _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ + } -- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. * __Default VPC:__ true * __VPC:__ false If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is private. cdirrPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) -cdirrPubliclyAccessible = lens _cdirrPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPubliclyAccessible = a}); +cdirrPubliclyAccessible = lens _cdirrPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPubliclyAccessible = a}) -- | Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the Read Replica during the maintenance window. Default: Inherits from the source DB instance cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) -cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); +cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}) -- | Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC. Constraints: * Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies a DB instance in another AWS Region. * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same AWS Region in which the operation is running. * All Read Replicas in one AWS Region that are created from the same source DB instance must either:> * Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas are created in the same VPC. * Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas are created outside of any VPC. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ cdirrDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdirrDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdirrDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdirrDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +cdirrDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdirrDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdirrDBSubnetGroupName = a}) --- | The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. +-- | The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. cdirrMonitoringRoleARN :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdirrMonitoringRoleARN = lens _cdirrMonitoringRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_cdirrMonitoringRoleARN = a}); +cdirrMonitoringRoleARN = lens _cdirrMonitoringRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_cdirrMonitoringRoleARN = a}) -- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be initially allocated for the DB instance. cdirrIOPS :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Int) -cdirrIOPS = lens _cdirrIOPS (\ s a -> s{_cdirrIOPS = a}); +cdirrIOPS = lens _cdirrIOPS (\ s a -> s{_cdirrIOPS = a}) -- | The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If @MonitoringRoleArn@ is specified, then you must also set @MonitoringInterval@ to a value other than 0. Valid Values: @0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60@ cdirrMonitoringInterval :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Int) -cdirrMonitoringInterval = lens _cdirrMonitoringInterval (\ s a -> s{_cdirrMonitoringInterval = a}); +cdirrMonitoringInterval = lens _cdirrMonitoringInterval (\ s a -> s{_cdirrMonitoringInterval = a}) --- | The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB instance. You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the source region option instead of this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. The presigned URL must be a valid request for the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @DestinationRegion@ - The AWS Region that the encrypted Read Replica is created in. This AWS Region is the same one where the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance in the us-west-1 region, from a source DB instance in the us-east-2 region, then you call the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action in the us-east-1 region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action in the us-west-2 region. For this example, the @DestinationRegion@ in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 region. * @KmsKeyId@ - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the Read Replica in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. * @SourceDBInstanceIdentifier@ - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are creating an encrypted Read Replica from a DB instance in the us-west-2 region, then your @SourceDBInstanceIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . +-- | The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB instance. You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the @--source-region@ option instead of this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. The presigned URL must be a valid request for the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values: * @DestinationRegion@ - The AWS Region that the encrypted Read Replica is created in. This AWS Region is the same one where the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action is called that contains this presigned URL. For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance in the us-west-1 AWS Region, from a source DB instance in the us-east-2 AWS Region, then you call the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action in the us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the @DestinationRegion@ in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region. * @KmsKeyId@ - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the Read Replica in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the @CreateDBInstanceReadReplica@ action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. * @SourceDBInstanceIdentifier@ - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are creating an encrypted Read Replica from a DB instance in the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your @SourceDBInstanceIdentifier@ looks like the following example: @arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115@ . To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see and . cdirrPreSignedURL :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdirrPreSignedURL = lens _cdirrPreSignedURL (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPreSignedURL = a}); +cdirrPreSignedURL = lens _cdirrPreSignedURL (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPreSignedURL = a}) --- | The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. cdirrDBInstanceClass :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdirrDBInstanceClass = lens _cdirrDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_cdirrDBInstanceClass = a}); +cdirrDBInstanceClass = lens _cdirrDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_cdirrDBInstanceClass = a}) --- | True to enable Performance Insights for the read replica; otherwise false. +-- | True to enable Performance Insights for the read replica, and otherwise false. cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) -cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights = lens _cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights (\ s a -> s{_cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights = a}); +cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights = lens _cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights (\ s a -> s{_cdirrEnablePerformanceInsights = a}) --- | The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted Read Replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you specify this parameter when you create a Read Replica from an unencrypted DB instance, the Read Replica is encrypted. If you create an encrypted Read Replica in the same AWS Region as the source DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter. The Read Replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance. If you create an encrypted Read Replica in a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you cannot use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. +-- | The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted Read Replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. If you specify this parameter when you create a Read Replica from an unencrypted DB instance, the Read Replica is encrypted. If you create an encrypted Read Replica in the same AWS Region as the source DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter. The Read Replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance. If you create an encrypted Read Replica in a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. cdirrKMSKeyId :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdirrKMSKeyId = lens _cdirrKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdirrKMSKeyId = a}); +cdirrKMSKeyId = lens _cdirrKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdirrKMSKeyId = a}) -- | The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example: @us-east-1d@ cdirrAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdirrAvailabilityZone = lens _cdirrAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_cdirrAvailabilityZone = a}); +cdirrAvailabilityZone = lens _cdirrAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_cdirrAvailabilityZone = a}) --- | The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = lens _cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = a}); +cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = lens _cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = a}) +-- | Specifies whether the Read Replica is in a Multi-AZ deployment. You can create a Read Replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance. RDS creates a standby of your replica in another Availability Zone for failover support for the replica. Creating your Read Replica as a Multi-AZ DB instance is independent of whether the source database is a Multi-AZ DB instance. +cdirrMultiAZ :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) +cdirrMultiAZ = lens _cdirrMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_cdirrMultiAZ = a}) + -- | The option group the DB instance is associated with. If omitted, the default option group for the engine specified is used. cdirrOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdirrOptionGroupName = lens _cdirrOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdirrOptionGroupName = a}); +cdirrOptionGroupName = lens _cdirrOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdirrOptionGroupName = a}) --- | True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- | True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica, and otherwise false. The default is false. cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) -cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); +cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}) -- | Undocumented member. cdirrTags :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica [Tag] -cdirrTags = lens _cdirrTags (\ s a -> s{_cdirrTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdirrTags = lens _cdirrTags (\ s a -> s{_cdirrTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The port number that the DB instance uses for connections. Default: Inherits from the source DB instance Valid Values: @1150-65535@ cdirrPort :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Int) -cdirrPort = lens _cdirrPort (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPort = a}); +cdirrPort = lens _cdirrPort (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPort = a}) --- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. Default: @false@ cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) -cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ cdirrStorageType :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdirrStorageType = lens _cdirrStorageType (\ s a -> s{_cdirrStorageType = a}); +cdirrStorageType = lens _cdirrStorageType (\ s a -> s{_cdirrStorageType = a}) +-- | The list of logs that the new DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. +cdirrEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica [Text] +cdirrEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = lens _cdirrEnableCloudwatchLogsExports (\ s a -> s{_cdirrEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + -- | The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica Text -cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) --- | The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas. Constraints: * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL DB instance. * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6. * Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL DB instance only if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for cross region replication). * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup retention period must be greater than 0. * If the source DB instance is in the same AWS Region as the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance identifier. * If the source DB instance is in a different AWS Region than the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to . +-- | The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas. Constraints: * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL DB instance. * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6. * Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL DB instance only if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for cross-region replication). * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup retention period must be greater than 0. * If the source DB instance is in the same AWS Region as the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance identifier. * If the source DB instance is in a different AWS Region than the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to . cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica Text -cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateDBInstanceReadReplica where type Rs CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = @@ -288,6 +306,7 @@ "AvailabilityZone" =: _cdirrAvailabilityZone, "PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId" =: _cdirrPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, + "MultiAZ" =: _cdirrMultiAZ, "OptionGroupName" =: _cdirrOptionGroupName, "CopyTagsToSnapshot" =: _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot, "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdirrTags), @@ -295,6 +314,10 @@ "EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication" =: _cdirrEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, "StorageType" =: _cdirrStorageType, + "EnableCloudwatchLogsExports" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "member" <$> + _cdirrEnableCloudwatchLogsExports), "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier, "SourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =: _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier] @@ -318,16 +341,16 @@ -> CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse' - {_cdirrrsDBInstance = Nothing, _cdirrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_cdirrrsDBInstance = Nothing, _cdirrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. cdirrrsDBInstance :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -cdirrrsDBInstance = lens _cdirrrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_cdirrrsDBInstance = a}); +cdirrrsDBInstance = lens _cdirrrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_cdirrrsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdirrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse Int -cdirrrsResponseStatus = lens _cdirrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdirrrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdirrrsResponseStatus = lens _cdirrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdirrrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -82,28 +82,28 @@ -> CreateDBParameterGroup createDBParameterGroup pDBParameterGroupName_ pDBParameterGroupFamily_ pDescription_ = CreateDBParameterGroup' - { _cdbpgTags = Nothing - , _cdbpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ - , _cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ - , _cdbpgDescription = pDescription_ - } + { _cdbpgTags = Nothing + , _cdbpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ + , _cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ + , _cdbpgDescription = pDescription_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdbpgTags :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup [Tag] -cdbpgTags = lens _cdbpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdbpgTags = lens _cdbpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens cdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text -cdbpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _cdbpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); +cdbpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _cdbpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgDBParameterGroupName = a}) -- | The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible with that DB parameter group family. cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text -cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); +cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}) -- | The description for the DB parameter group. cdbpgDescription :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text -cdbpgDescription = lens _cdbpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgDescription = a}); +cdbpgDescription = lens _cdbpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgDescription = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateDBParameterGroup where type Rs CreateDBParameterGroup = @@ -156,15 +156,17 @@ -> CreateDBParameterGroupResponse createDBParameterGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateDBParameterGroupResponse' - {_cdpgrsDBParameterGroup = Nothing, _cdpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + { _cdpgrsDBParameterGroup = Nothing + , _cdpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdpgrsDBParameterGroup :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBParameterGroup) -cdpgrsDBParameterGroup = lens _cdpgrsDBParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdpgrsDBParameterGroup = a}); +cdpgrsDBParameterGroup = lens _cdpgrsDBParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdpgrsDBParameterGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdpgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroupResponse Int -cdpgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdpgrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdpgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdpgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateDBParameterGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -73,23 +73,23 @@ -> CreateDBSecurityGroup createDBSecurityGroup pDBSecurityGroupName_ pDBSecurityGroupDescription_ = CreateDBSecurityGroup' - { _cdsgTags = Nothing - , _cdsgDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ - , _cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = pDBSecurityGroupDescription_ - } + { _cdsgTags = Nothing + , _cdsgDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ + , _cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = pDBSecurityGroupDescription_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdsgTags :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup [Tag] -cdsgTags = lens _cdsgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdsgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdsgTags = lens _cdsgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdsgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens * Must not be "Default" Example: @mysecuritygroup@ cdsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup Text -cdsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _cdsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}); +cdsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _cdsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}) -- | The description for the DB security group. cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup Text -cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = lens _cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a}); +cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = lens _cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateDBSecurityGroup where type Rs CreateDBSecurityGroup = @@ -140,15 +140,17 @@ -> CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse createDBSecurityGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse' - {_cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup = Nothing, _cdbsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + { _cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup = Nothing + , _cdbsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) -cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup = lens _cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup = a}); +cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup = lens _cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdbsgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse Int -cdbsgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdbsgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -73,23 +73,23 @@ -> CreateDBSnapshot createDBSnapshot pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = CreateDBSnapshot' - { _cdbsTags = Nothing - , _cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ - , _cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - } + { _cdbsTags = Nothing + , _cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cdbsTags :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot [Tag] -cdbsTags = lens _cdbsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdbsTags = lens _cdbsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The identifier for the DB snapshot. Constraints: * Cannot be null, empty, or blank * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-snapshot-id@ cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot Text -cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier of the DB instance that you want to create the snapshot of. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot Text -cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateDBSnapshot where type Rs CreateDBSnapshot = CreateDBSnapshotResponse @@ -138,15 +138,15 @@ -> CreateDBSnapshotResponse createDBSnapshotResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateDBSnapshotResponse' - {_cdbsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing, _cdbsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_cdbsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing, _cdbsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. cdbsrsDBSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) -cdbsrsDBSnapshot = lens _cdbsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdbsrsDBSnapshot = a}); +cdbsrsDBSnapshot = lens _cdbsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdbsrsDBSnapshot = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdbsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshotResponse Int -cdbsrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbsrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdbsrsResponseStatus = lens _cdbsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateDBSnapshotResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -77,28 +77,28 @@ -> CreateDBSubnetGroup createDBSubnetGroup pDBSubnetGroupName_ pDBSubnetGroupDescription_ = CreateDBSubnetGroup' - { _cdbsgTags = Nothing - , _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = pDBSubnetGroupName_ - , _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = pDBSubnetGroupDescription_ - , _cdbsgSubnetIds = mempty - } + { _cdbsgTags = Nothing + , _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = pDBSubnetGroupName_ + , _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = pDBSubnetGroupDescription_ + , _cdbsgSubnetIds = mempty + } -- | Undocumented member. cdbsgTags :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup [Tag] -cdbsgTags = lens _cdbsgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cdbsgTags = lens _cdbsgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup Text -cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}) -- | The description for the DB subnet group. cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup Text -cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = lens _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a}); +cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = lens _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a}) -- | The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. cdbsgSubnetIds :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup [Text] -cdbsgSubnetIds = lens _cdbsgSubnetIds (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgSubnetIds = a}) . _Coerce; +cdbsgSubnetIds = lens _cdbsgSubnetIds (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgSubnetIds = a}) . _Coerce instance AWSRequest CreateDBSubnetGroup where type Rs CreateDBSubnetGroup = @@ -151,15 +151,15 @@ -> CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse createDBSubnetGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse' - {_cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = Nothing, _cdsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = Nothing, _cdsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) -cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = lens _cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = a}); +cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = lens _cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cdsgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse Int -cdsgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdsgrsResponseStatus = a}); +cdsgrsResponseStatus = lens _cdsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdsgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ -- -- * 'cesEventCategories' - A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the __DescribeEventCategories__ action. -- --- * 'cesSourceIds' - The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Constraints: * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. * If the source type is a DB instance, then a @DBInstanceIdentifier@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB security group, a @DBSecurityGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a @DBParameterGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ must be supplied. +-- * 'cesSourceIds' - The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Constraints: * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. * If the source type is a DB instance, then a @DBInstanceIdentifier@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB security group, a @DBSecurityGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a @DBParameterGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ must be supplied. -- -- * 'cesTags' - Undocumented member. -- @@ -93,43 +93,43 @@ -> CreateEventSubscription createEventSubscription pSubscriptionName_ pSNSTopicARN_ = CreateEventSubscription' - { _cesEnabled = Nothing - , _cesSourceType = Nothing - , _cesEventCategories = Nothing - , _cesSourceIds = Nothing - , _cesTags = Nothing - , _cesSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ - , _cesSNSTopicARN = pSNSTopicARN_ - } + { _cesEnabled = Nothing + , _cesSourceType = Nothing + , _cesEventCategories = Nothing + , _cesSourceIds = Nothing + , _cesTags = Nothing + , _cesSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ + , _cesSNSTopicARN = pSNSTopicARN_ + } -- | A Boolean value; set to __true__ to activate the subscription, set to __false__ to create the subscription but not active it. cesEnabled :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) -cesEnabled = lens _cesEnabled (\ s a -> s{_cesEnabled = a}); +cesEnabled = lens _cesEnabled (\ s a -> s{_cesEnabled = a}) -- | The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. Valid values: @db-instance@ | @db-cluster@ | @db-parameter-group@ | @db-security-group@ | @db-snapshot@ | @db-cluster-snapshot@ cesSourceType :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Text) -cesSourceType = lens _cesSourceType (\ s a -> s{_cesSourceType = a}); +cesSourceType = lens _cesSourceType (\ s a -> s{_cesSourceType = a}) -- | A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the __DescribeEventCategories__ action. cesEventCategories :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] -cesEventCategories = lens _cesEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_cesEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cesEventCategories = lens _cesEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_cesEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce --- | The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Constraints: * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. * If the source type is a DB instance, then a @DBInstanceIdentifier@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB security group, a @DBSecurityGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a @DBParameterGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ must be supplied. +-- | The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Constraints: * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. * If the source type is a DB instance, then a @DBInstanceIdentifier@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB security group, a @DBSecurityGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a @DBParameterGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ must be supplied. cesSourceIds :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] -cesSourceIds = lens _cesSourceIds (\ s a -> s{_cesSourceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cesSourceIds = lens _cesSourceIds (\ s a -> s{_cesSourceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | Undocumented member. cesTags :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Tag] -cesTags = lens _cesTags (\ s a -> s{_cesTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cesTags = lens _cesTags (\ s a -> s{_cesTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name of the subscription. Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters. cesSubscriptionName :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text -cesSubscriptionName = lens _cesSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_cesSubscriptionName = a}); +cesSubscriptionName = lens _cesSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_cesSubscriptionName = a}) -- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to it. cesSNSTopicARN :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text -cesSNSTopicARN = lens _cesSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_cesSNSTopicARN = a}); +cesSNSTopicARN = lens _cesSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_cesSNSTopicARN = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateEventSubscription where type Rs CreateEventSubscription = @@ -188,15 +188,15 @@ -> CreateEventSubscriptionResponse createEventSubscriptionResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' - {_cesrsEventSubscription = Nothing, _cesrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_cesrsEventSubscription = Nothing, _cesrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. cesrsEventSubscription :: Lens' CreateEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -cesrsEventSubscription = lens _cesrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_cesrsEventSubscription = a}); +cesrsEventSubscription = lens _cesrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_cesrsEventSubscription = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. cesrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateEventSubscriptionResponse Int -cesrsResponseStatus = lens _cesrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cesrsResponseStatus = a}); +cesrsResponseStatus = lens _cesrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cesrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateEventSubscriptionResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -83,33 +83,33 @@ -> CreateOptionGroup createOptionGroup pOptionGroupName_ pEngineName_ pMajorEngineVersion_ pOptionGroupDescription_ = CreateOptionGroup' - { _cogTags = Nothing - , _cogOptionGroupName = pOptionGroupName_ - , _cogEngineName = pEngineName_ - , _cogMajorEngineVersion = pMajorEngineVersion_ - , _cogOptionGroupDescription = pOptionGroupDescription_ - } + { _cogTags = Nothing + , _cogOptionGroupName = pOptionGroupName_ + , _cogEngineName = pEngineName_ + , _cogMajorEngineVersion = pMajorEngineVersion_ + , _cogOptionGroupDescription = pOptionGroupDescription_ + } -- | Undocumented member. cogTags :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup [Tag] -cogTags = lens _cogTags (\ s a -> s{_cogTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +cogTags = lens _cogTags (\ s a -> s{_cogTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | Specifies the name of the option group to be created. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @myoptiongroup@ cogOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text -cogOptionGroupName = lens _cogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cogOptionGroupName = a}); +cogOptionGroupName = lens _cogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cogOptionGroupName = a}) -- | Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated with. cogEngineName :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text -cogEngineName = lens _cogEngineName (\ s a -> s{_cogEngineName = a}); +cogEngineName = lens _cogEngineName (\ s a -> s{_cogEngineName = a}) -- | Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be associated with. cogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text -cogMajorEngineVersion = lens _cogMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_cogMajorEngineVersion = a}); +cogMajorEngineVersion = lens _cogMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_cogMajorEngineVersion = a}) -- | The description of the option group. cogOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text -cogOptionGroupDescription = lens _cogOptionGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cogOptionGroupDescription = a}); +cogOptionGroupDescription = lens _cogOptionGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cogOptionGroupDescription = a}) instance AWSRequest CreateOptionGroup where type Rs CreateOptionGroup = CreateOptionGroupResponse @@ -161,15 +161,15 @@ -> CreateOptionGroupResponse createOptionGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = CreateOptionGroupResponse' - {_crsOptionGroup = Nothing, _crsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_crsOptionGroup = Nothing, _crsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. crsOptionGroup :: Lens' CreateOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) -crsOptionGroup = lens _crsOptionGroup (\ s a -> s{_crsOptionGroup = a}); +crsOptionGroup = lens _crsOptionGroup (\ s a -> s{_crsOptionGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. crsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateOptionGroupResponse Int -crsResponseStatus = lens _crsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_crsResponseStatus = a}); +crsResponseStatus = lens _crsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_crsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData CreateOptionGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBCluster.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBCluster.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBCluster.hs @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBCluster --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster are not deleted. +-- The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster are not deleted. -- -- -- @@ -76,23 +76,23 @@ -> DeleteDBCluster deleteDBCluster pDBClusterIdentifier_ = DeleteDBCluster' - { _ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot = Nothing - , _ddbcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ - } + { _ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot = Nothing + , _ddbcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + } -- | The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created when @SkipFinalSnapshot@ is set to @false@ . Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBCluster (Maybe Text) -ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. If @true@ is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If @false@ is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. Default: @false@ ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBCluster (Maybe Bool) -ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot = lens _ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot = a}); +ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot = lens _ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot = a}) -- | The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. ddbcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBCluster Text -ddbcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddbcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +ddbcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddbcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteDBCluster where type Rs DeleteDBCluster = DeleteDBClusterResponse @@ -142,15 +142,15 @@ -> DeleteDBClusterResponse deleteDBClusterResponse pResponseStatus_ = DeleteDBClusterResponse' - {_ddbcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _ddbcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_ddbcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _ddbcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. ddbcrsDBCluster :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterResponse (Maybe DBCluster) -ddbcrsDBCluster = lens _ddbcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_ddbcrsDBCluster = a}); +ddbcrsDBCluster = lens _ddbcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_ddbcrsDBCluster = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddbcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterResponse Int -ddbcrsResponseStatus = lens _ddbcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbcrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddbcrsResponseStatus = lens _ddbcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbcrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DeleteDBClusterResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter group to be deleted cannot be associated with any DB clusters. +-- Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters. -- -- -- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ @@ -57,18 +57,18 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. * You cannot delete a default DB cluster parameter group. * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. +-- * 'ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group. * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. deleteDBClusterParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' -> DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup deleteDBClusterParameterGroup pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ = DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup' - {_ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_} + {_ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_} --- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. * You cannot delete a default DB cluster parameter group. * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group. * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup Text -ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); +ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ -> DeleteDBClusterSnapshot deleteDBClusterSnapshot pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ = DeleteDBClusterSnapshot' - {_ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_} + {_ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_} -- | The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete. Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the @available@ state. ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterSnapshot Text -ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteDBClusterSnapshot where type Rs DeleteDBClusterSnapshot = @@ -121,15 +121,17 @@ -> DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse deleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse pResponseStatus_ = DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse' - {_ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = Nothing, _ddcsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + { _ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = Nothing + , _ddcsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBClusterSnapshot) -ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = lens _ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = a}); +ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = lens _ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddcsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse Int -ddcsrsResponseStatus = lens _ddcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcsrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddcsrsResponseStatus = lens _ddcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs @@ -12,20 +12,20 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to be deleted by @DeleteDBInstance@ are not deleted. +-- The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to be deleted by @DeleteDBInstance@ are not deleted. -- -- --- If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance is @deleting@ until the DB snapshot is created. The API action @DescribeDBInstance@ is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted. +-- If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance is @deleting@ until the DB snapshot is created. The API action @DescribeDBInstance@ is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled or reverted once submitted. -- -- Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of @failed@ , @incompatible-restore@ , or @incompatible-network@ , you can only delete it when the @SkipFinalSnapshot@ parameter is set to @true@ . -- --- If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you cannot delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true: +-- If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you can't delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true: -- -- * The DB cluster is a Read Replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster. -- @@ -86,23 +86,23 @@ -> DeleteDBInstance deleteDBInstance pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = DeleteDBInstance' - { _ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddiSkipFinalSnapshot = Nothing - , _ddiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - } + { _ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddiSkipFinalSnapshot = Nothing + , _ddiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + } -- | The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to @false@ . Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens * Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica. ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance (Maybe Text) -ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. If @true@ is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If @false@ is specified, a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true". Specify @true@ when deleting a Read Replica. Default: @false@ ddiSkipFinalSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -ddiSkipFinalSnapshot = lens _ddiSkipFinalSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddiSkipFinalSnapshot = a}); +ddiSkipFinalSnapshot = lens _ddiSkipFinalSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddiSkipFinalSnapshot = a}) -- | The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must match the name of an existing DB instance. ddiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance Text -ddiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +ddiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteDBInstance where type Rs DeleteDBInstance = DeleteDBInstanceResponse @@ -152,15 +152,15 @@ -> DeleteDBInstanceResponse deleteDBInstanceResponse pResponseStatus_ = DeleteDBInstanceResponse' - {_ddirsDBInstance = Nothing, _ddirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_ddirsDBInstance = Nothing, _ddirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. ddirsDBInstance :: Lens' DeleteDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -ddirsDBInstance = lens _ddirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_ddirsDBInstance = a}); +ddirsDBInstance = lens _ddirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_ddirsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddirsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteDBInstanceResponse Int -ddirsResponseStatus = lens _ddirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddirsResponseStatus = a}); +ddirsResponseStatus = lens _ddirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DeleteDBInstanceResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted cannot be associated with any DB instances. +-- Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted can't be associated with any DB instances. -- -- module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbpgDBParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group * You cannot delete a default DB parameter group * Cannot be associated with any DB instances +-- * 'ddbpgDBParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group * You can't delete a default DB parameter group * Cannot be associated with any DB instances deleteDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ddbpgDBParameterGroupName' -> DeleteDBParameterGroup @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ DeleteDBParameterGroup' {_ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_} --- | The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group * You cannot delete a default DB parameter group * Cannot be associated with any DB instances +-- | The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group * You can't delete a default DB parameter group * Cannot be associated with any DB instances ddbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBParameterGroup Text -ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); +ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteDBParameterGroup where type Rs DeleteDBParameterGroup = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ -- | The name of the DB security group to delete. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens * Must not be "Default" ddsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBSecurityGroup Text -ddsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _ddsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}); +ddsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _ddsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSecurityGroup where type Rs DeleteDBSecurityGroup = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ -- | The DBSnapshot identifier. Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the @available@ state. ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshot Text -ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSnapshot where type Rs DeleteDBSnapshot = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse @@ -115,15 +115,15 @@ -> DeleteDBSnapshotResponse deleteDBSnapshotResponse pResponseStatus_ = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse' - {_ddbsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing, _ddbsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_ddbsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing, _ddbsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. ddbsrsDBSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) -ddbsrsDBSnapshot = lens _ddbsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddbsrsDBSnapshot = a}); +ddbsrsDBSnapshot = lens _ddbsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddbsrsDBSnapshot = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddbsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshotResponse Int -ddbsrsResponseStatus = lens _ddbsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbsrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddbsrsResponseStatus = lens _ddbsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DeleteDBSnapshotResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ -- | The name of the database subnet group to delete. Constraints: Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be default. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBSubnetGroup Text -ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSubnetGroup where type Rs DeleteDBSubnetGroup = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ -- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete. desSubscriptionName :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscription Text -desSubscriptionName = lens _desSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_desSubscriptionName = a}); +desSubscriptionName = lens _desSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_desSubscriptionName = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteEventSubscription where type Rs DeleteEventSubscription = @@ -117,15 +117,15 @@ -> DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse deleteEventSubscriptionResponse pResponseStatus_ = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' - {_drsEventSubscription = Nothing, _drsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_drsEventSubscription = Nothing, _drsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. drsEventSubscription :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -drsEventSubscription = lens _drsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_drsEventSubscription = a}); +drsEventSubscription = lens _drsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_drsEventSubscription = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. drsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Int -drsResponseStatus = lens _drsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drsResponseStatus = a}); +drsResponseStatus = lens _drsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ -- | The name of the option group to be deleted. dOptionGroupName :: Lens' DeleteOptionGroup Text -dOptionGroupName = lens _dOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dOptionGroupName = a}); +dOptionGroupName = lens _dOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dOptionGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest DeleteOptionGroup where type Rs DeleteOptionGroup = DeleteOptionGroupResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ -- Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed. The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward that quota, and the quota's maximum value. -- -- --- This command does not take any parameters. +-- This command doesn't take any parameters. -- module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes ( @@ -114,16 +114,16 @@ -> DescribeAccountAttributesResponse describeAccountAttributesResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeAccountAttributesResponse' - {_daarsAccountQuotas = Nothing, _daarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_daarsAccountQuotas = Nothing, _daarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | A list of 'AccountQuota' objects. Within this list, each quota has a name, a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota. daarsAccountQuotas :: Lens' DescribeAccountAttributesResponse [AccountQuota] -daarsAccountQuotas = lens _daarsAccountQuotas (\ s a -> s{_daarsAccountQuotas = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +daarsAccountQuotas = lens _daarsAccountQuotas (\ s a -> s{_daarsAccountQuotas = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. daarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeAccountAttributesResponse Int -daarsResponseStatus = lens _daarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_daarsResponseStatus = a}); +daarsResponseStatus = lens _daarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_daarsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeAccountAttributesResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeCertificates.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeCertificates.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeCertificates.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeCertificates.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -76,28 +76,28 @@ :: DescribeCertificates describeCertificates = DescribeCertificates' - { _dcFilters = Nothing - , _dcCertificateIdentifier = Nothing - , _dcMarker = Nothing - , _dcMaxRecords = Nothing - } + { _dcFilters = Nothing + , _dcCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcMarker = Nothing + , _dcMaxRecords = Nothing + } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. dcFilters :: Lens' DescribeCertificates [Filter] -dcFilters = lens _dcFilters (\ s a -> s{_dcFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dcFilters = lens _dcFilters (\ s a -> s{_dcFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified, information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must match an existing CertificateIdentifier. dcCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeCertificates (Maybe Text) -dcCertificateIdentifier = lens _dcCertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcCertificateIdentifier = a}); +dcCertificateIdentifier = lens _dcCertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcCertificateIdentifier = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeCertificates' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dcMarker :: Lens' DescribeCertificates (Maybe Text) -dcMarker = lens _dcMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcMarker = a}); +dcMarker = lens _dcMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dcMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeCertificates (Maybe Int) -dcMaxRecords = lens _dcMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcMaxRecords = a}); +dcMaxRecords = lens _dcMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcMaxRecords = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribeCertificates where type Rs DescribeCertificates = @@ -158,22 +158,22 @@ -> DescribeCertificatesResponse describeCertificatesResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeCertificatesResponse' - { _dcrsCertificates = Nothing - , _dcrsMarker = Nothing - , _dcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _dcrsCertificates = Nothing + , _dcrsMarker = Nothing + , _dcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | The list of 'Certificate' objects for the AWS account. dcrsCertificates :: Lens' DescribeCertificatesResponse [Certificate] -dcrsCertificates = lens _dcrsCertificates (\ s a -> s{_dcrsCertificates = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dcrsCertificates = lens _dcrsCertificates (\ s a -> s{_dcrsCertificates = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeCertificates' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dcrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeCertificatesResponse (Maybe Text) -dcrsMarker = lens _dcrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcrsMarker = a}); +dcrsMarker = lens _dcrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcrsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. dcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeCertificatesResponse Int -dcrsResponseStatus = lens _dcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcrsResponseStatus = a}); +dcrsResponseStatus = lens _dcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeCertificatesResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks.hs @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterBacktracks +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Returns information about backtracks for a DB cluster. +-- +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterBacktracks + ( + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBClusterBacktracks + , DescribeDBClusterBacktracks + -- * Request Lenses + , ddcbBacktrackIdentifier + , ddcbFilters + , ddcbMarker + , ddcbMaxRecords + , ddcbDBClusterIdentifier + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , describeDBClusterBacktracksResponse + , DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddcbrsMarker + , ddcbrsDBClusterBacktracks + , ddcbrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClusterBacktracks' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClusterBacktracks = DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' + { _ddcbBacktrackIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcbFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddcbMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcbMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddcbDBClusterIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcbBacktrackIdentifier' - If specified, this value is the backtrack identifier of the backtrack to be described. Constraints: * Must contain a valid universally unique identifier (UUID). For more information about UUIDs, see . Example: @123e4567-e89b-12d3-a456-426655440000@ +-- +-- * 'ddcbFilters' - A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. Supported filters include the following: * @db-cluster-backtrack-id@ - Accepts backtrack identifiers. The results list includes information about only the backtracks identified by these identifiers. * @db-cluster-backtrack-status@ - Accepts any of the following backtrack status values: * @applying@ * @completed@ * @failed@ * @pending@ The results list includes information about only the backtracks identified by these values. For more information about backtrack status values, see 'DBClusterBacktrack' . +-- +-- * 'ddcbMarker' - An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . +-- +-- * 'ddcbMaxRecords' - The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +-- +-- * 'ddcbDBClusterIdentifier' - The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be described. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ +describeDBClusterBacktracks + :: Text -- ^ 'ddcbDBClusterIdentifier' + -> DescribeDBClusterBacktracks +describeDBClusterBacktracks pDBClusterIdentifier_ = + DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' + { _ddcbBacktrackIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddcbFilters = Nothing + , _ddcbMarker = Nothing + , _ddcbMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddcbDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + } + + +-- | If specified, this value is the backtrack identifier of the backtrack to be described. Constraints: * Must contain a valid universally unique identifier (UUID). For more information about UUIDs, see . Example: @123e4567-e89b-12d3-a456-426655440000@ +ddcbBacktrackIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterBacktracks (Maybe Text) +ddcbBacktrackIdentifier = lens _ddcbBacktrackIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcbBacktrackIdentifier = a}) + +-- | A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. Supported filters include the following: * @db-cluster-backtrack-id@ - Accepts backtrack identifiers. The results list includes information about only the backtracks identified by these identifiers. * @db-cluster-backtrack-status@ - Accepts any of the following backtrack status values: * @applying@ * @completed@ * @failed@ * @pending@ The results list includes information about only the backtracks identified by these values. For more information about backtrack status values, see 'DBClusterBacktrack' . +ddcbFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterBacktracks [Filter] +ddcbFilters = lens _ddcbFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcbFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . +ddcbMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterBacktracks (Maybe Text) +ddcbMarker = lens _ddcbMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcbMarker = a}) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddcbMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterBacktracks (Maybe Int) +ddcbMaxRecords = lens _ddcbMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcbMaxRecords = a}) + +-- | The DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster to be described. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ +ddcbDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterBacktracks Text +ddcbDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddcbDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcbDBClusterIdentifier = a}) + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBClusterBacktracks where + type Rs DescribeDBClusterBacktracks = + DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse + request = postQuery rds + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Marker") <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterBacktracks" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBClusterBacktrack")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable DescribeDBClusterBacktracks where + +instance NFData DescribeDBClusterBacktracks where + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBClusterBacktracks where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DescribeDBClusterBacktracks where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBClusterBacktracks where + toQuery DescribeDBClusterBacktracks'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeDBClusterBacktracks" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "BacktrackIdentifier" =: _ddcbBacktrackIdentifier, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddcbFilters), + "Marker" =: _ddcbMarker, + "MaxRecords" =: _ddcbMaxRecords, + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _ddcbDBClusterIdentifier] + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the 'DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClusterBacktracksResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse = DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse' + { _ddcbrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcbrsDBClusterBacktracks :: !(Maybe [DBClusterBacktrack]) + , _ddcbrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcbrsMarker' - A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent 'DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' request. +-- +-- * 'ddcbrsDBClusterBacktracks' - Contains a list of backtracks for the user. +-- +-- * 'ddcbrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +describeDBClusterBacktracksResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddcbrsResponseStatus' + -> DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse +describeDBClusterBacktracksResponse pResponseStatus_ = + DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse' + { _ddcbrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddcbrsDBClusterBacktracks = Nothing + , _ddcbrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + + +-- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent 'DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' request. +ddcbrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse (Maybe Text) +ddcbrsMarker = lens _ddcbrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcbrsMarker = a}) + +-- | Contains a list of backtracks for the user. +ddcbrsDBClusterBacktracks :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse [DBClusterBacktrack] +ddcbrsDBClusterBacktracks = lens _ddcbrsDBClusterBacktracks (\ s a -> s{_ddcbrsDBClusterBacktracks = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | -- | The response status code. +ddcbrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse Int +ddcbrsResponseStatus = lens _ddcbrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcbrsResponseStatus = a}) + +instance NFData DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse + where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -78,28 +78,28 @@ :: DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups describeDBClusterParameterGroups = DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups' - { _ddcpgFilters = Nothing - , _ddcpgMarker = Nothing - , _ddcpgMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing - } + { _ddcpgFilters = Nothing + , _ddcpgMarker = Nothing + , _ddcpgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddcpgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups [Filter] -ddcpgFilters = lens _ddcpgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddcpgFilters = lens _ddcpgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddcpgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Text) -ddcpgMarker = lens _ddcpgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgMarker = a}); +ddcpgMarker = lens _ddcpgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddcpgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Int) -ddcpgMaxRecords = lens _ddcpgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgMaxRecords = a}); +ddcpgMaxRecords = lens _ddcpgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgMaxRecords = a}) -- | The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Text) -ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); +ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups where @@ -170,23 +170,23 @@ -> DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse describeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse' - { _ddcpgrsMarker = Nothing - , _ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups = Nothing - , _ddcpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddcpgrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups = Nothing + , _ddcpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddcpgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddcpgrsMarker = lens _ddcpgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgrsMarker = a}); +ddcpgrsMarker = lens _ddcpgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgrsMarker = a}) -- | A list of DB cluster parameter groups. ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse [DBClusterParameterGroup] -ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups = lens _ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups = lens _ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. ddcpgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse Int -ddcpgrsResponseStatus = lens _ddcpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddcpgrsResponseStatus = lens _ddcpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameters.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameters --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -83,33 +83,33 @@ -> DescribeDBClusterParameters describeDBClusterParameters pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ = DescribeDBClusterParameters' - { _ddcpFilters = Nothing - , _ddcpMarker = Nothing - , _ddcpMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddcpSource = Nothing - , _ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ - } + { _ddcpFilters = Nothing + , _ddcpMarker = Nothing + , _ddcpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddcpSource = Nothing + , _ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ + } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddcpFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters [Filter] -ddcpFilters = lens _ddcpFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddcpFilters = lens _ddcpFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBClusterParameters@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddcpMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters (Maybe Text) -ddcpMarker = lens _ddcpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpMarker = a}); +ddcpMarker = lens _ddcpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddcpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters (Maybe Int) -ddcpMaxRecords = lens _ddcpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcpMaxRecords = a}); +ddcpMaxRecords = lens _ddcpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcpMaxRecords = a}) -- | A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter sources can be @engine@ , @service@ , or @customer@ . ddcpSource :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters (Maybe Text) -ddcpSource = lens _ddcpSource (\ s a -> s{_ddcpSource = a}); +ddcpSource = lens _ddcpSource (\ s a -> s{_ddcpSource = a}) -- | The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details for. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters Text -ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); +ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribeDBClusterParameters where type Rs DescribeDBClusterParameters = @@ -175,23 +175,23 @@ -> DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse describeDBClusterParametersResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse' - { _ddcprsMarker = Nothing - , _ddcprsParameters = Nothing - , _ddcprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddcprsMarker = Nothing + , _ddcprsParameters = Nothing + , _ddcprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddcprsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse (Maybe Text) -ddcprsMarker = lens _ddcprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsMarker = a}); +ddcprsMarker = lens _ddcprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsMarker = a}) -- | Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group. ddcprsParameters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse [Parameter] -ddcprsParameters = lens _ddcprsParameters (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddcprsParameters = lens _ddcprsParameters (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. ddcprsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse Int -ddcprsResponseStatus = lens _ddcprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsResponseStatus = a}); +ddcprsResponseStatus = lens _ddcprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ -> DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes describeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ = DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes' - {_ddcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_} + {_ddcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_} -- | The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for. ddcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes Text -ddcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +ddcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes @@ -134,18 +134,18 @@ -> DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse describeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse' - { _ddcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = Nothing - , _ddcsarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = Nothing + , _ddcsarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. ddcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse (Maybe DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) -ddcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = lens _ddcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult (\ s a -> s{_ddcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = a}); +ddcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = lens _ddcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult (\ s a -> s{_ddcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddcsarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse Int -ddcsarsResponseStatus = lens _ddcsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcsarsResponseStatus = a}); +ddcsarsResponseStatus = lens _ddcsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcsarsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterSnapshots --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier' - The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with the @DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. +-- * 'ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier' - The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the @DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. -- --- * 'ddbcsIncludeShared' - Set this value to @true@ to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, otherwise set this value to @false@ . The default is @false@ . You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot from another AWS account by the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. +-- * 'ddbcsIncludeShared' - True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise false. The default is @false@ . You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot from another AWS account by the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. -- --- * 'ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with the @DBClusterIdentifier@ parameter. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot. * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the @SnapshotType@ parameter must also be specified. +-- * 'ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the @DBClusterIdentifier@ parameter. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot. * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the @SnapshotType@ parameter must also be specified. -- -- * 'ddbcsFilters' - This parameter is not currently supported. -- @@ -92,53 +92,53 @@ -- -- * 'ddbcsMaxRecords' - The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. -- --- * 'ddbcsIncludePublic' - Set this value to @true@ to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value to @false@ . The default is @false@ . The default is false. You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. +-- * 'ddbcsIncludePublic' - True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is @false@ . The default is false. You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. describeDBClusterSnapshots :: DescribeDBClusterSnapshots describeDBClusterSnapshots = DescribeDBClusterSnapshots' - { _ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddbcsIncludeShared = Nothing - , _ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddbcsFilters = Nothing - , _ddbcsSnapshotType = Nothing - , _ddbcsMarker = Nothing - , _ddbcsMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddbcsIncludePublic = Nothing - } + { _ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbcsIncludeShared = Nothing + , _ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbcsFilters = Nothing + , _ddbcsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _ddbcsMarker = Nothing + , _ddbcsMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbcsIncludePublic = Nothing + } --- | The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with the @DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. +-- | The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the @DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier@ parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier = a}) --- | Set this value to @true@ to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, otherwise set this value to @false@ . The default is @false@ . You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot from another AWS account by the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. +-- | True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise false. The default is @false@ . You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot from another AWS account by the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. ddbcsIncludeShared :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Bool) -ddbcsIncludeShared = lens _ddbcsIncludeShared (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsIncludeShared = a}); +ddbcsIncludeShared = lens _ddbcsIncludeShared (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsIncludeShared = a}) --- | A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with the @DBClusterIdentifier@ parameter. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot. * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the @SnapshotType@ parameter must also be specified. +-- | A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the @DBClusterIdentifier@ parameter. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot. * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the @SnapshotType@ parameter must also be specified. ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddbcsFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots [Filter] -ddbcsFilters = lens _ddbcsFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddbcsFilters = lens _ddbcsFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following values: * @automated@ - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. * @manual@ - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account. * @shared@ - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared to my AWS account. * @public@ - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public. If you don't specify a @SnapshotType@ value, then both automated and manual DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the @IncludeShared@ parameter to @true@ . You can include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the @IncludePublic@ parameter to @true@ . The @IncludeShared@ and @IncludePublic@ parameters don't apply for @SnapshotType@ values of @manual@ or @automated@ . The @IncludePublic@ parameter doesn't apply when @SnapshotType@ is set to @shared@ . The @IncludeShared@ parameter doesn't apply when @SnapshotType@ is set to @public@ . ddbcsSnapshotType :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddbcsSnapshotType = lens _ddbcsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsSnapshotType = a}); +ddbcsSnapshotType = lens _ddbcsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsSnapshotType = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBClusterSnapshots@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddbcsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddbcsMarker = lens _ddbcsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsMarker = a}); +ddbcsMarker = lens _ddbcsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddbcsMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Int) -ddbcsMaxRecords = lens _ddbcsMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsMaxRecords = a}); +ddbcsMaxRecords = lens _ddbcsMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsMaxRecords = a}) --- | Set this value to @true@ to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value to @false@ . The default is @false@ . The default is false. You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. +-- | True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is @false@ . The default is false. You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. ddbcsIncludePublic :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Bool) -ddbcsIncludePublic = lens _ddbcsIncludePublic (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsIncludePublic = a}); +ddbcsIncludePublic = lens _ddbcsIncludePublic (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsIncludePublic = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeDBClusterSnapshots where page rq rs @@ -214,23 +214,23 @@ -> DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse describeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse' - { _ddbcsrsMarker = Nothing - , _ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots = Nothing - , _ddbcsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddbcsrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots = Nothing + , _ddbcsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeDBClusterSnapshots' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddbcsrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbcsrsMarker = lens _ddbcsrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsrsMarker = a}); +ddbcsrsMarker = lens _ddbcsrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsrsMarker = a}) -- | Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user. ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse [DBClusterSnapshot] -ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots = lens _ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots = lens _ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. ddbcsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse Int -ddbcsrsResponseStatus = lens _ddbcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddbcsrsResponseStatus = lens _ddbcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusters.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusters --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -78,28 +78,28 @@ :: DescribeDBClusters describeDBClusters = DescribeDBClusters' - { _ddcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddcFilters = Nothing - , _ddcMarker = Nothing - , _ddcMaxRecords = Nothing - } + { _ddcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddcFilters = Nothing + , _ddcMarker = Nothing + , _ddcMaxRecords = Nothing + } -- | The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. ddcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBClusters (Maybe Text) -ddcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +ddcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) -- | A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. Supported filters: * @db-cluster-id@ - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. ddcFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusters [Filter] -ddcFilters = lens _ddcFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddcFilters = lens _ddcFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeDBClusters' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddcMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusters (Maybe Text) -ddcMarker = lens _ddcMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcMarker = a}); +ddcMarker = lens _ddcMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddcMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBClusters (Maybe Int) -ddcMaxRecords = lens _ddcMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcMaxRecords = a}); +ddcMaxRecords = lens _ddcMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcMaxRecords = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribeDBClusters where type Rs DescribeDBClusters = @@ -161,22 +161,22 @@ -> DescribeDBClustersResponse describeDBClustersResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBClustersResponse' - { _ddcrsDBClusters = Nothing - , _ddcrsMarker = Nothing - , _ddcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddcrsDBClusters = Nothing + , _ddcrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Contains a list of DB clusters for the user. ddcrsDBClusters :: Lens' DescribeDBClustersResponse [DBCluster] -ddcrsDBClusters = lens _ddcrsDBClusters (\ s a -> s{_ddcrsDBClusters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddcrsDBClusters = lens _ddcrsDBClusters (\ s a -> s{_ddcrsDBClusters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request. ddcrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClustersResponse (Maybe Text) -ddcrsMarker = lens _ddcrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcrsMarker = a}); +ddcrsMarker = lens _ddcrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcrsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClustersResponse Int -ddcrsResponseStatus = lens _ddcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddcrsResponseStatus = lens _ddcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBClustersResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ -- -- * 'ddevDefaultOnly' - Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine and major version combination is returned. -- --- * 'ddevFilters' - Not currently supported. +-- * 'ddevFilters' - This parameter is not currently supported. -- -- * 'ddevEngine' - The database engine to return. -- @@ -95,53 +95,53 @@ :: DescribeDBEngineVersions describeDBEngineVersions = DescribeDBEngineVersions' - { _ddevEngineVersion = Nothing - , _ddevListSupportedTimezones = Nothing - , _ddevDefaultOnly = Nothing - , _ddevFilters = Nothing - , _ddevEngine = Nothing - , _ddevDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing - , _ddevListSupportedCharacterSets = Nothing - , _ddevMarker = Nothing - , _ddevMaxRecords = Nothing - } + { _ddevEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ddevListSupportedTimezones = Nothing + , _ddevDefaultOnly = Nothing + , _ddevFilters = Nothing + , _ddevEngine = Nothing + , _ddevDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _ddevListSupportedCharacterSets = Nothing + , _ddevMarker = Nothing + , _ddevMaxRecords = Nothing + } -- | The database engine version to return. Example: @5.1.49@ ddevEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) -ddevEngineVersion = lens _ddevEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ddevEngineVersion = a}); +ddevEngineVersion = lens _ddevEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ddevEngineVersion = a}) -- | If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the @TimeZone@ parameter for @CreateDBInstance@ , the response includes a list of supported time zones for each engine version. ddevListSupportedTimezones :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Bool) -ddevListSupportedTimezones = lens _ddevListSupportedTimezones (\ s a -> s{_ddevListSupportedTimezones = a}); +ddevListSupportedTimezones = lens _ddevListSupportedTimezones (\ s a -> s{_ddevListSupportedTimezones = a}) -- | Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine and major version combination is returned. ddevDefaultOnly :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Bool) -ddevDefaultOnly = lens _ddevDefaultOnly (\ s a -> s{_ddevDefaultOnly = a}); +ddevDefaultOnly = lens _ddevDefaultOnly (\ s a -> s{_ddevDefaultOnly = a}) --- | Not currently supported. +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddevFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions [Filter] -ddevFilters = lens _ddevFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddevFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddevFilters = lens _ddevFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddevFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The database engine to return. ddevEngine :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) -ddevEngine = lens _ddevEngine (\ s a -> s{_ddevEngine = a}); +ddevEngine = lens _ddevEngine (\ s a -> s{_ddevEngine = a}) -- | The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. Constraints: * If supplied, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily. ddevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) -ddevDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _ddevDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_ddevDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); +ddevDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _ddevDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_ddevDBParameterGroupFamily = a}) -- | If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the @CharacterSetName@ parameter for @CreateDBInstance@ , the response includes a list of supported character sets for each engine version. ddevListSupportedCharacterSets :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Bool) -ddevListSupportedCharacterSets = lens _ddevListSupportedCharacterSets (\ s a -> s{_ddevListSupportedCharacterSets = a}); +ddevListSupportedCharacterSets = lens _ddevListSupportedCharacterSets (\ s a -> s{_ddevListSupportedCharacterSets = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddevMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) -ddevMarker = lens _ddevMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddevMarker = a}); +ddevMarker = lens _ddevMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddevMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the @MaxRecords@ value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddevMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Int) -ddevMaxRecords = lens _ddevMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddevMaxRecords = a}); +ddevMaxRecords = lens _ddevMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddevMaxRecords = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeDBEngineVersions where page rq rs @@ -219,23 +219,23 @@ -> DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse describeDBEngineVersionsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse' - { _ddevrsMarker = Nothing - , _ddevrsDBEngineVersions = Nothing - , _ddevrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddevrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddevrsDBEngineVersions = Nothing + , _ddevrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddevrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddevrsMarker = lens _ddevrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddevrsMarker = a}); +ddevrsMarker = lens _ddevrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddevrsMarker = a}) -- | A list of @DBEngineVersion@ elements. ddevrsDBEngineVersions :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse [DBEngineVersion] -ddevrsDBEngineVersions = lens _ddevrsDBEngineVersions (\ s a -> s{_ddevrsDBEngineVersions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddevrsDBEngineVersions = lens _ddevrsDBEngineVersions (\ s a -> s{_ddevrsDBEngineVersions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. ddevrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse Int -ddevrsResponseStatus = lens _ddevrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddevrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddevrsResponseStatus = lens _ddevrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddevrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbiFilters' - A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. Supported filters: * @db-cluster-id@ - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances associated with the DB Clusters identified by these ARNs. * @db-instance-id@ - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances identified by these ARNs. +-- * 'ddbiFilters' - A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. Supported filters: * @db-cluster-id@ - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. * @db-instance-id@ - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances identified by these ARNs. -- -- * 'ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier' - The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. -- @@ -79,28 +79,28 @@ :: DescribeDBInstances describeDBInstances = DescribeDBInstances' - { _ddbiFilters = Nothing - , _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddbiMarker = Nothing - , _ddbiMaxRecords = Nothing - } + { _ddbiFilters = Nothing + , _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbiMarker = Nothing + , _ddbiMaxRecords = Nothing + } --- | A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. Supported filters: * @db-cluster-id@ - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances associated with the DB Clusters identified by these ARNs. * @db-instance-id@ - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances identified by these ARNs. +-- | A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. Supported filters: * @db-cluster-id@ - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. * @db-instance-id@ - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information about the DB instances identified by these ARNs. ddbiFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances [Filter] -ddbiFilters = lens _ddbiFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddbiFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddbiFilters = lens _ddbiFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddbiFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Text) -ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBInstances@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddbiMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Text) -ddbiMarker = lens _ddbiMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbiMarker = a}); +ddbiMarker = lens _ddbiMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbiMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddbiMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Int) -ddbiMaxRecords = lens _ddbiMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddbiMaxRecords = a}); +ddbiMaxRecords = lens _ddbiMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddbiMaxRecords = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeDBInstances where page rq rs @@ -169,22 +169,22 @@ -> DescribeDBInstancesResponse describeDBInstancesResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBInstancesResponse' - { _ddbirsDBInstances = Nothing - , _ddbirsMarker = Nothing - , _ddbirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddbirsDBInstances = Nothing + , _ddbirsMarker = Nothing + , _ddbirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | A list of 'DBInstance' instances. ddbirsDBInstances :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse [DBInstance] -ddbirsDBInstances = lens _ddbirsDBInstances (\ s a -> s{_ddbirsDBInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddbirsDBInstances = lens _ddbirsDBInstances (\ s a -> s{_ddbirsDBInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddbirsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbirsMarker = lens _ddbirsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbirsMarker = a}); +ddbirsMarker = lens _ddbirsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbirsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddbirsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse Int -ddbirsResponseStatus = lens _ddbirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbirsResponseStatus = a}); +ddbirsResponseStatus = lens _ddbirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBInstancesResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -92,43 +92,43 @@ -> DescribeDBLogFiles describeDBLogFiles pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = DescribeDBLogFiles' - { _ddlfFilenameContains = Nothing - , _ddlfFilters = Nothing - , _ddlfFileSize = Nothing - , _ddlfFileLastWritten = Nothing - , _ddlfMarker = Nothing - , _ddlfMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - } + { _ddlfFilenameContains = Nothing + , _ddlfFilters = Nothing + , _ddlfFileSize = Nothing + , _ddlfFileLastWritten = Nothing + , _ddlfMarker = Nothing + , _ddlfMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + } -- | Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified string. ddlfFilenameContains :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Text) -ddlfFilenameContains = lens _ddlfFilenameContains (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFilenameContains = a}); +ddlfFilenameContains = lens _ddlfFilenameContains (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFilenameContains = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddlfFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles [Filter] -ddlfFilters = lens _ddlfFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddlfFilters = lens _ddlfFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size. ddlfFileSize :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Integer) -ddlfFileSize = lens _ddlfFileSize (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFileSize = a}); +ddlfFileSize = lens _ddlfFileSize (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFileSize = a}) -- | Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date, in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds. ddlfFileLastWritten :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Integer) -ddlfFileLastWritten = lens _ddlfFileLastWritten (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFileLastWritten = a}); +ddlfFileLastWritten = lens _ddlfFileLastWritten (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFileLastWritten = a}) -- | The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to MaxRecords. ddlfMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Text) -ddlfMarker = lens _ddlfMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfMarker = a}); +ddlfMarker = lens _ddlfMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. ddlfMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Int) -ddlfMaxRecords = lens _ddlfMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddlfMaxRecords = a}); +ddlfMaxRecords = lens _ddlfMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddlfMaxRecords = a}) -- | The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files you want to list. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles Text -ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeDBLogFiles where page rq rs @@ -200,22 +200,22 @@ -> DescribeDBLogFilesResponse describeDBLogFilesResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBLogFilesResponse' - { _ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles = Nothing - , _ddlfrsMarker = Nothing - , _ddlfrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles = Nothing + , _ddlfrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddlfrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | The DB log files returned. ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse [DescribeDBLogFilesDetails] -ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles = lens _ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles (\ s a -> s{_ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles = lens _ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles (\ s a -> s{_ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles request. ddlfrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse (Maybe Text) -ddlfrsMarker = lens _ddlfrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfrsMarker = a}); +ddlfrsMarker = lens _ddlfrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfrsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddlfrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse Int -ddlfrsResponseStatus = lens _ddlfrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddlfrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddlfrsResponseStatus = lens _ddlfrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddlfrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBLogFilesResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -79,28 +79,28 @@ :: DescribeDBParameterGroups describeDBParameterGroups = DescribeDBParameterGroups' - { _ddpgFilters = Nothing - , _ddpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _ddpgMarker = Nothing - , _ddpgMaxRecords = Nothing - } + { _ddpgFilters = Nothing + , _ddpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _ddpgMarker = Nothing + , _ddpgMaxRecords = Nothing + } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddpgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups [Filter] -ddpgFilters = lens _ddpgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddpgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddpgFilters = lens _ddpgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddpgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. ddpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Text) -ddpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _ddpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); +ddpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _ddpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddpgDBParameterGroupName = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBParameterGroups@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddpgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Text) -ddpgMarker = lens _ddpgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddpgMarker = a}); +ddpgMarker = lens _ddpgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddpgMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddpgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Int) -ddpgMaxRecords = lens _ddpgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddpgMaxRecords = a}); +ddpgMaxRecords = lens _ddpgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddpgMaxRecords = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeDBParameterGroups where page rq rs @@ -170,23 +170,23 @@ -> DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse describeDBParameterGroupsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse' - { _ddpgrsMarker = Nothing - , _ddpgrsDBParameterGroups = Nothing - , _ddpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddpgrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddpgrsDBParameterGroups = Nothing + , _ddpgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddpgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddpgrsMarker = lens _ddpgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddpgrsMarker = a}); +ddpgrsMarker = lens _ddpgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddpgrsMarker = a}) -- | A list of 'DBParameterGroup' instances. ddpgrsDBParameterGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse [DBParameterGroup] -ddpgrsDBParameterGroups = lens _ddpgrsDBParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddpgrsDBParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddpgrsDBParameterGroups = lens _ddpgrsDBParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddpgrsDBParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. ddpgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse Int -ddpgrsResponseStatus = lens _ddpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddpgrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddpgrsResponseStatus = lens _ddpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddpgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -80,33 +80,33 @@ -> DescribeDBParameters describeDBParameters pDBParameterGroupName_ = DescribeDBParameters' - { _ddpFilters = Nothing - , _ddpMarker = Nothing - , _ddpMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddpSource = Nothing - , _ddpDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ - } + { _ddpFilters = Nothing + , _ddpMarker = Nothing + , _ddpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddpSource = Nothing + , _ddpDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ + } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddpFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters [Filter] -ddpFilters = lens _ddpFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddpFilters = lens _ddpFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBParameters@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddpMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Text) -ddpMarker = lens _ddpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddpMarker = a}); +ddpMarker = lens _ddpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddpMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Int) -ddpMaxRecords = lens _ddpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddpMaxRecords = a}); +ddpMaxRecords = lens _ddpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddpMaxRecords = a}) -- | The parameter types to return. Default: All parameter types returned Valid Values: @user | system | engine-default@ ddpSource :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Text) -ddpSource = lens _ddpSource (\ s a -> s{_ddpSource = a}); +ddpSource = lens _ddpSource (\ s a -> s{_ddpSource = a}) -- | The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. ddpDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters Text -ddpDBParameterGroupName = lens _ddpDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddpDBParameterGroupName = a}); +ddpDBParameterGroupName = lens _ddpDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddpDBParameterGroupName = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeDBParameters where page rq rs @@ -176,22 +176,22 @@ -> DescribeDBParametersResponse describeDBParametersResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBParametersResponse' - { _ddprsMarker = Nothing - , _ddprsParameters = Nothing - , _ddprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddprsMarker = Nothing + , _ddprsParameters = Nothing + , _ddprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddprsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse (Maybe Text) -ddprsMarker = lens _ddprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddprsMarker = a}); +ddprsMarker = lens _ddprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddprsMarker = a}) -- | A list of 'Parameter' values. ddprsParameters :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse [Parameter] -ddprsParameters = lens _ddprsParameters (\ s a -> s{_ddprsParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddprsParameters = lens _ddprsParameters (\ s a -> s{_ddprsParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. ddprsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse Int -ddprsResponseStatus = lens _ddprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddprsResponseStatus = a}); +ddprsResponseStatus = lens _ddprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddprsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBParametersResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -79,28 +79,28 @@ :: DescribeDBSecurityGroups describeDBSecurityGroups = DescribeDBSecurityGroups' - { _ddbsgFilters = Nothing - , _ddbsgMarker = Nothing - , _ddbsgMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing - } + { _ddbsgFilters = Nothing + , _ddbsgMarker = Nothing + , _ddbsgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing + } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddbsgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups [Filter] -ddbsgFilters = lens _ddbsgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddbsgFilters = lens _ddbsgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBSecurityGroups@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddbsgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) -ddbsgMarker = lens _ddbsgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgMarker = a}); +ddbsgMarker = lens _ddbsgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddbsgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Int) -ddbsgMaxRecords = lens _ddbsgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgMaxRecords = a}); +ddbsgMaxRecords = lens _ddbsgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgMaxRecords = a}) -- | The name of the DB security group to return details for. ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) -ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}); +ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeDBSecurityGroups where page rq rs @@ -170,23 +170,23 @@ -> DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse' - { _ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _ddbsgrsMarker = Nothing - , _ddbsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _ddbsgrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddbsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | A list of 'DBSecurityGroup' instances. ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse [DBSecurityGroup] -ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups = lens _ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups = lens _ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddbsgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbsgrsMarker = lens _ddbsgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgrsMarker = a}); +ddbsgrsMarker = lens _ddbsgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgrsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddbsgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse Int -ddbsgrsResponseStatus = lens _ddbsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddbsgrsResponseStatus = lens _ddbsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ -> DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes describeDBSnapshotAttributes pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ = DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes' - {_ddsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_} + {_ddsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_} -- | The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for. ddsaDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes Text -ddsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddsaDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +ddsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddsaDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes where @@ -125,18 +125,18 @@ -> DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse describeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse' - { _ddsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = Nothing - , _ddsarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = Nothing + , _ddsarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. ddsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse (Maybe DBSnapshotAttributesResult) -ddsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = lens _ddsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult (\ s a -> s{_ddsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = a}); +ddsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = lens _ddsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult (\ s a -> s{_ddsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddsarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse Int -ddsarsResponseStatus = lens _ddsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddsarsResponseStatus = a}); +ddsarsResponseStatus = lens _ddsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddsarsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -76,67 +76,67 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddsIncludeShared' - Set this value to @true@ to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, otherwise set this value to @false@ . The default is @false@ . You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from another AWS account by using the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. +-- * 'ddsIncludeShared' - True to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise false. The default is @false@ . You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from another AWS account by using the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. -- -- * 'ddsFilters' - This parameter is not currently supported. -- --- * 'ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier' - A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with @DBInstanceIdentifier@ . This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the @SnapshotType@ parameter must also be specified. +-- * 'ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier' - A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with @DBInstanceIdentifier@ . This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the @SnapshotType@ parameter must also be specified. -- -- * 'ddsSnapshotType' - The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following values: * @automated@ - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. * @manual@ - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account. * @shared@ - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my AWS account. * @public@ - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public. If you don't specify a @SnapshotType@ value, then both automated and manual snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these results by setting the @IncludeShared@ parameter to @true@ . You can include public snapshots with these results by setting the @IncludePublic@ parameter to @true@ . The @IncludeShared@ and @IncludePublic@ parameters don't apply for @SnapshotType@ values of @manual@ or @automated@ . The @IncludePublic@ parameter doesn't apply when @SnapshotType@ is set to @shared@ . The @IncludeShared@ parameter doesn't apply when @SnapshotType@ is set to @public@ . -- --- * 'ddsDBInstanceIdentifier' - The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ . This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. +-- * 'ddsDBInstanceIdentifier' - The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ . This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. -- -- * 'ddsMarker' - An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBSnapshots@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . -- -- * 'ddsMaxRecords' - The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. -- --- * 'ddsIncludePublic' - Set this value to @true@ to include manual DB snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value to @false@ . The default is @false@ . You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API. +-- * 'ddsIncludePublic' - True to include manual DB snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API. describeDBSnapshots :: DescribeDBSnapshots describeDBSnapshots = DescribeDBSnapshots' - { _ddsIncludeShared = Nothing - , _ddsFilters = Nothing - , _ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddsSnapshotType = Nothing - , _ddsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddsMarker = Nothing - , _ddsMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddsIncludePublic = Nothing - } + { _ddsIncludeShared = Nothing + , _ddsFilters = Nothing + , _ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _ddsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddsMarker = Nothing + , _ddsMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddsIncludePublic = Nothing + } --- | Set this value to @true@ to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, otherwise set this value to @false@ . The default is @false@ . You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from another AWS account by using the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. +-- | True to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise false. The default is @false@ . You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from another AWS account by using the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. ddsIncludeShared :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Bool) -ddsIncludeShared = lens _ddsIncludeShared (\ s a -> s{_ddsIncludeShared = a}); +ddsIncludeShared = lens _ddsIncludeShared (\ s a -> s{_ddsIncludeShared = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddsFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots [Filter] -ddsFilters = lens _ddsFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddsFilters = lens _ddsFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce --- | A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with @DBInstanceIdentifier@ . This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the @SnapshotType@ parameter must also be specified. +-- | A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with @DBInstanceIdentifier@ . This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the @SnapshotType@ parameter must also be specified. ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following values: * @automated@ - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. * @manual@ - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account. * @shared@ - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my AWS account. * @public@ - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public. If you don't specify a @SnapshotType@ value, then both automated and manual snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these results by setting the @IncludeShared@ parameter to @true@ . You can include public snapshots with these results by setting the @IncludePublic@ parameter to @true@ . The @IncludeShared@ and @IncludePublic@ parameters don't apply for @SnapshotType@ values of @manual@ or @automated@ . The @IncludePublic@ parameter doesn't apply when @SnapshotType@ is set to @shared@ . The @IncludeShared@ parameter doesn't apply when @SnapshotType@ is set to @public@ . ddsSnapshotType :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddsSnapshotType = lens _ddsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_ddsSnapshotType = a}); +ddsSnapshotType = lens _ddsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_ddsSnapshotType = a}) --- | The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ . This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. +-- | The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This parameter can't be used in conjunction with @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ . This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. ddsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +ddsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeDBSnapshots@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddsMarker = lens _ddsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsMarker = a}); +ddsMarker = lens _ddsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddsMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Int) -ddsMaxRecords = lens _ddsMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddsMaxRecords = a}); +ddsMaxRecords = lens _ddsMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddsMaxRecords = a}) --- | Set this value to @true@ to include manual DB snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value to @false@ . The default is @false@ . You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API. +-- | True to include manual DB snapshots that are public and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API. ddsIncludePublic :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Bool) -ddsIncludePublic = lens _ddsIncludePublic (\ s a -> s{_ddsIncludePublic = a}); +ddsIncludePublic = lens _ddsIncludePublic (\ s a -> s{_ddsIncludePublic = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeDBSnapshots where page rq rs @@ -209,22 +209,22 @@ -> DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse describeDBSnapshotsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse' - { _ddsrsMarker = Nothing - , _ddsrsDBSnapshots = Nothing - , _ddsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddsrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddsrsDBSnapshots = Nothing + , _ddsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddsrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddsrsMarker = lens _ddsrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsrsMarker = a}); +ddsrsMarker = lens _ddsrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsrsMarker = a}) -- | A list of 'DBSnapshot' instances. ddsrsDBSnapshots :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse [DBSnapshot] -ddsrsDBSnapshots = lens _ddsrsDBSnapshots (\ s a -> s{_ddsrsDBSnapshots = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddsrsDBSnapshots = lens _ddsrsDBSnapshots (\ s a -> s{_ddsrsDBSnapshots = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. ddsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse Int -ddsrsResponseStatus = lens _ddsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddsrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddsrsResponseStatus = lens _ddsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -81,28 +81,28 @@ :: DescribeDBSubnetGroups describeDBSubnetGroups = DescribeDBSubnetGroups' - { _ddsgDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _ddsgFilters = Nothing - , _ddsgMarker = Nothing - , _ddsgMaxRecords = Nothing - } + { _ddsgDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _ddsgFilters = Nothing + , _ddsgMarker = Nothing + , _ddsgMaxRecords = Nothing + } -- | The name of the DB subnet group to return details for. ddsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) -ddsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _ddsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +ddsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _ddsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ddsgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups [Filter] -ddsgFilters = lens _ddsgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddsgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddsgFilters = lens _ddsgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddsgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddsgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) -ddsgMarker = lens _ddsgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsgMarker = a}); +ddsgMarker = lens _ddsgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsgMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. ddsgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Int) -ddsgMaxRecords = lens _ddsgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddsgMaxRecords = a}); +ddsgMaxRecords = lens _ddsgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddsgMaxRecords = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeDBSubnetGroups where page rq rs @@ -172,22 +172,22 @@ -> DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse' - { _ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups = Nothing - , _ddsgrsMarker = Nothing - , _ddsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups = Nothing + , _ddsgrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | A list of 'DBSubnetGroup' instances. ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse [DBSubnetGroup] -ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups = lens _ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups = lens _ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . ddsgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddsgrsMarker = lens _ddsgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsgrsMarker = a}); +ddsgrsMarker = lens _ddsgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsgrsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddsgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse Int -ddsgrsResponseStatus = lens _ddsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddsgrsResponseStatus = a}); +ddsgrsResponseStatus = lens _ddsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddsgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -78,28 +78,28 @@ -> DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters describeEngineDefaultClusterParameters pDBParameterGroupFamily_ = DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters' - { _dedcpFilters = Nothing - , _dedcpMarker = Nothing - , _dedcpMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ - } + { _dedcpFilters = Nothing + , _dedcpMarker = Nothing + , _dedcpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ + } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. dedcpFilters :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters [Filter] -dedcpFilters = lens _dedcpFilters (\ s a -> s{_dedcpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dedcpFilters = lens _dedcpFilters (\ s a -> s{_dedcpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dedcpMarker :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Text) -dedcpMarker = lens _dedcpMarker (\ s a -> s{_dedcpMarker = a}); +dedcpMarker = lens _dedcpMarker (\ s a -> s{_dedcpMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dedcpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Int) -dedcpMaxRecords = lens _dedcpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dedcpMaxRecords = a}); +dedcpMaxRecords = lens _dedcpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dedcpMaxRecords = a}) -- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter information for. dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters Text -dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); +dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters @@ -167,16 +167,18 @@ -> DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse describeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse' - {_dedcprsEngineDefaults = Nothing, _dedcprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + { _dedcprsEngineDefaults = Nothing + , _dedcprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. dedcprsEngineDefaults :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse (Maybe EngineDefaults) -dedcprsEngineDefaults = lens _dedcprsEngineDefaults (\ s a -> s{_dedcprsEngineDefaults = a}); +dedcprsEngineDefaults = lens _dedcprsEngineDefaults (\ s a -> s{_dedcprsEngineDefaults = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. dedcprsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse Int -dedcprsResponseStatus = lens _dedcprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dedcprsResponseStatus = a}); +dedcprsResponseStatus = lens _dedcprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dedcprsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dedpFilters' - Not currently supported. +-- * 'dedpFilters' - This parameter is not currently supported. -- -- * 'dedpMarker' - An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeEngineDefaultParameters@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . -- @@ -79,28 +79,28 @@ -> DescribeEngineDefaultParameters describeEngineDefaultParameters pDBParameterGroupFamily_ = DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' - { _dedpFilters = Nothing - , _dedpMarker = Nothing - , _dedpMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ - } + { _dedpFilters = Nothing + , _dedpMarker = Nothing + , _dedpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ + } --- | Not currently supported. +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. dedpFilters :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters [Filter] -dedpFilters = lens _dedpFilters (\ s a -> s{_dedpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dedpFilters = lens _dedpFilters (\ s a -> s{_dedpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribeEngineDefaultParameters@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dedpMarker :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters (Maybe Text) -dedpMarker = lens _dedpMarker (\ s a -> s{_dedpMarker = a}); +dedpMarker = lens _dedpMarker (\ s a -> s{_dedpMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dedpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters (Maybe Int) -dedpMaxRecords = lens _dedpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dedpMaxRecords = a}); +dedpMaxRecords = lens _dedpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dedpMaxRecords = a}) -- | The name of the DB parameter group family. dedpDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters Text -dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); +dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where @@ -173,18 +173,18 @@ -> DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse pResponseStatus_ pEngineDefaults_ = DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse' - { _dedprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - , _dedprsEngineDefaults = pEngineDefaults_ - } + { _dedprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + , _dedprsEngineDefaults = pEngineDefaults_ + } -- | -- | The response status code. dedprsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse Int -dedprsResponseStatus = lens _dedprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dedprsResponseStatus = a}); +dedprsResponseStatus = lens _dedprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dedprsResponseStatus = a}) -- | Undocumented member. dedprsEngineDefaults :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse EngineDefaults -dedprsEngineDefaults = lens _dedprsEngineDefaults (\ s a -> s{_dedprsEngineDefaults = a}); +dedprsEngineDefaults = lens _dedprsEngineDefaults (\ s a -> s{_dedprsEngineDefaults = a}) instance NFData DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ -- | The type of source that is generating the events. Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot decSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEventCategories (Maybe Text) -decSourceType = lens _decSourceType (\ s a -> s{_decSourceType = a}); +decSourceType = lens _decSourceType (\ s a -> s{_decSourceType = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. decFilters :: Lens' DescribeEventCategories [Filter] -decFilters = lens _decFilters (\ s a -> s{_decFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +decFilters = lens _decFilters (\ s a -> s{_decFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce instance AWSRequest DescribeEventCategories where type Rs DescribeEventCategories = @@ -132,17 +132,17 @@ -> DescribeEventCategoriesResponse describeEventCategoriesResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' - { _decrsEventCategoriesMapList = Nothing - , _decrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _decrsEventCategoriesMapList = Nothing + , _decrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. decrsEventCategoriesMapList :: Lens' DescribeEventCategoriesResponse [EventCategoriesMap] -decrsEventCategoriesMapList = lens _decrsEventCategoriesMapList (\ s a -> s{_decrsEventCategoriesMapList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +decrsEventCategoriesMapList = lens _decrsEventCategoriesMapList (\ s a -> s{_decrsEventCategoriesMapList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. decrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeEventCategoriesResponse Int -decrsResponseStatus = lens _decrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_decrsResponseStatus = a}); +decrsResponseStatus = lens _decrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_decrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeEventCategoriesResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -81,28 +81,28 @@ :: DescribeEventSubscriptions describeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions' - { _dSubscriptionName = Nothing - , _dFilters = Nothing - , _dMarker = Nothing - , _dMaxRecords = Nothing - } + { _dSubscriptionName = Nothing + , _dFilters = Nothing + , _dMarker = Nothing + , _dMaxRecords = Nothing + } -- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe. dSubscriptionName :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) -dSubscriptionName = lens _dSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_dSubscriptionName = a}); +dSubscriptionName = lens _dSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_dSubscriptionName = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. dFilters :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions [Filter] -dFilters = lens _dFilters (\ s a -> s{_dFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dFilters = lens _dFilters (\ s a -> s{_dFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) -dMarker = lens _dMarker (\ s a -> s{_dMarker = a}); +dMarker = lens _dMarker (\ s a -> s{_dMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Int) -dMaxRecords = lens _dMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dMaxRecords = a}); +dMaxRecords = lens _dMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dMaxRecords = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeEventSubscriptions where page rq rs @@ -172,23 +172,23 @@ -> DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse describeEventSubscriptionsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' - { _desrsEventSubscriptionsList = Nothing - , _desrsMarker = Nothing - , _desrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _desrsEventSubscriptionsList = Nothing + , _desrsMarker = Nothing + , _desrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | A list of EventSubscriptions data types. desrsEventSubscriptionsList :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse [EventSubscription] -desrsEventSubscriptionsList = lens _desrsEventSubscriptionsList (\ s a -> s{_desrsEventSubscriptionsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +desrsEventSubscriptionsList = lens _desrsEventSubscriptionsList (\ s a -> s{_desrsEventSubscriptionsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . desrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse (Maybe Text) -desrsMarker = lens _desrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_desrsMarker = a}); +desrsMarker = lens _desrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_desrsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. desrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse Int -desrsResponseStatus = lens _desrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_desrsResponseStatus = a}); +desrsResponseStatus = lens _desrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_desrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -99,53 +99,53 @@ :: DescribeEvents describeEvents = DescribeEvents' - { _deStartTime = Nothing - , _deSourceType = Nothing - , _deFilters = Nothing - , _deSourceIdentifier = Nothing - , _deEventCategories = Nothing - , _deMarker = Nothing - , _deMaxRecords = Nothing - , _deEndTime = Nothing - , _deDuration = Nothing - } + { _deStartTime = Nothing + , _deSourceType = Nothing + , _deFilters = Nothing + , _deSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _deEventCategories = Nothing + , _deMarker = Nothing + , _deMaxRecords = Nothing + , _deEndTime = Nothing + , _deDuration = Nothing + } -- | The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z deStartTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) -deStartTime = lens _deStartTime (\ s a -> s{_deStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; +deStartTime = lens _deStartTime (\ s a -> s{_deStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time -- | The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events are returned. deSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe SourceType) -deSourceType = lens _deSourceType (\ s a -> s{_deSourceType = a}); +deSourceType = lens _deSourceType (\ s a -> s{_deSourceType = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. deFilters :: Lens' DescribeEvents [Filter] -deFilters = lens _deFilters (\ s a -> s{_deFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +deFilters = lens _deFilters (\ s a -> s{_deFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. Constraints: * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. * If the source type is @DBInstance@ , then a @DBInstanceIdentifier@ must be supplied. * If the source type is @DBSecurityGroup@ , a @DBSecurityGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is @DBParameterGroup@ , a @DBParameterGroupName@ must be supplied. * If the source type is @DBSnapshot@ , a @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ must be supplied. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. deSourceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) -deSourceIdentifier = lens _deSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_deSourceIdentifier = a}); +deSourceIdentifier = lens _deSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_deSourceIdentifier = a}) -- | A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification subscription. deEventCategories :: Lens' DescribeEvents [Text] -deEventCategories = lens _deEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_deEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +deEventCategories = lens _deEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_deEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . deMarker :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) -deMarker = lens _deMarker (\ s a -> s{_deMarker = a}); +deMarker = lens _deMarker (\ s a -> s{_deMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. deMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) -deMaxRecords = lens _deMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_deMaxRecords = a}); +deMaxRecords = lens _deMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_deMaxRecords = a}) -- | The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z deEndTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) -deEndTime = lens _deEndTime (\ s a -> s{_deEndTime = a}) . mapping _Time; +deEndTime = lens _deEndTime (\ s a -> s{_deEndTime = a}) . mapping _Time -- | The number of minutes to retrieve events for. Default: 60 deDuration :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) -deDuration = lens _deDuration (\ s a -> s{_deDuration = a}); +deDuration = lens _deDuration (\ s a -> s{_deDuration = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeEvents where page rq rs @@ -218,22 +218,22 @@ -> DescribeEventsResponse describeEventsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeEventsResponse' - { _dersEvents = Nothing - , _dersMarker = Nothing - , _dersResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _dersEvents = Nothing + , _dersMarker = Nothing + , _dersResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | A list of 'Event' instances. dersEvents :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse [Event] -dersEvents = lens _dersEvents (\ s a -> s{_dersEvents = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dersEvents = lens _dersEvents (\ s a -> s{_dersEvents = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dersMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse (Maybe Text) -dersMarker = lens _dersMarker (\ s a -> s{_dersMarker = a}); +dersMarker = lens _dersMarker (\ s a -> s{_dersMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. dersResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse Int -dersResponseStatus = lens _dersResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dersResponseStatus = a}); +dersResponseStatus = lens _dersResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dersResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeEventsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -84,33 +84,33 @@ -> DescribeOptionGroupOptions describeOptionGroupOptions pEngineName_ = DescribeOptionGroupOptions' - { _dogoFilters = Nothing - , _dogoMajorEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dogoMarker = Nothing - , _dogoMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dogoEngineName = pEngineName_ - } + { _dogoFilters = Nothing + , _dogoMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dogoMarker = Nothing + , _dogoMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dogoEngineName = pEngineName_ + } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. dogoFilters :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions [Filter] -dogoFilters = lens _dogoFilters (\ s a -> s{_dogoFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dogoFilters = lens _dogoFilters (\ s a -> s{_dogoFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified major engine version. dogoMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Text) -dogoMajorEngineVersion = lens _dogoMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dogoMajorEngineVersion = a}); +dogoMajorEngineVersion = lens _dogoMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dogoMajorEngineVersion = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dogoMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Text) -dogoMarker = lens _dogoMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogoMarker = a}); +dogoMarker = lens _dogoMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogoMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dogoMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Int) -dogoMaxRecords = lens _dogoMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dogoMaxRecords = a}); +dogoMaxRecords = lens _dogoMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dogoMaxRecords = a}) -- | A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name are described. dogoEngineName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions Text -dogoEngineName = lens _dogoEngineName (\ s a -> s{_dogoEngineName = a}); +dogoEngineName = lens _dogoEngineName (\ s a -> s{_dogoEngineName = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeOptionGroupOptions where page rq rs @@ -182,23 +182,23 @@ -> DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse' - { _dogorsOptionGroupOptions = Nothing - , _dogorsMarker = Nothing - , _dogorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _dogorsOptionGroupOptions = Nothing + , _dogorsMarker = Nothing + , _dogorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. dogorsOptionGroupOptions :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse [OptionGroupOption] -dogorsOptionGroupOptions = lens _dogorsOptionGroupOptions (\ s a -> s{_dogorsOptionGroupOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dogorsOptionGroupOptions = lens _dogorsOptionGroupOptions (\ s a -> s{_dogorsOptionGroupOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dogorsMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) -dogorsMarker = lens _dogorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogorsMarker = a}); +dogorsMarker = lens _dogorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogorsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. dogorsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse Int -dogorsResponseStatus = lens _dogorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dogorsResponseStatus = a}); +dogorsResponseStatus = lens _dogorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dogorsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -87,38 +87,38 @@ :: DescribeOptionGroups describeOptionGroups = DescribeOptionGroups' - { _dogFilters = Nothing - , _dogEngineName = Nothing - , _dogMajorEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dogMarker = Nothing - , _dogMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dogOptionGroupName = Nothing - } + { _dogFilters = Nothing + , _dogEngineName = Nothing + , _dogMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dogMarker = Nothing + , _dogMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dogOptionGroupName = Nothing + } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. dogFilters :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups [Filter] -dogFilters = lens _dogFilters (\ s a -> s{_dogFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dogFilters = lens _dogFilters (\ s a -> s{_dogFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with a specific database engine. dogEngineName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) -dogEngineName = lens _dogEngineName (\ s a -> s{_dogEngineName = a}); +dogEngineName = lens _dogEngineName (\ s a -> s{_dogEngineName = a}) -- | Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also be specified. dogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) -dogMajorEngineVersion = lens _dogMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dogMajorEngineVersion = a}); +dogMajorEngineVersion = lens _dogMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dogMajorEngineVersion = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dogMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) -dogMarker = lens _dogMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogMarker = a}); +dogMarker = lens _dogMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dogMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Int) -dogMaxRecords = lens _dogMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dogMaxRecords = a}); +dogMaxRecords = lens _dogMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dogMaxRecords = a}) -- | The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together with EngineName or MajorEngineVersion. dogOptionGroupName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) -dogOptionGroupName = lens _dogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dogOptionGroupName = a}); +dogOptionGroupName = lens _dogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dogOptionGroupName = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeOptionGroups where page rq rs @@ -189,22 +189,22 @@ -> DescribeOptionGroupsResponse describeOptionGroupsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeOptionGroupsResponse' - { _dogrsMarker = Nothing - , _dogrsOptionGroupsList = Nothing - , _dogrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _dogrsMarker = Nothing + , _dogrsOptionGroupsList = Nothing + , _dogrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dogrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) -dogrsMarker = lens _dogrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogrsMarker = a}); +dogrsMarker = lens _dogrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogrsMarker = a}) -- | List of option groups. dogrsOptionGroupsList :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse [OptionGroup] -dogrsOptionGroupsList = lens _dogrsOptionGroupsList (\ s a -> s{_dogrsOptionGroupsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dogrsOptionGroupsList = lens _dogrsOptionGroupsList (\ s a -> s{_dogrsOptionGroupsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. dogrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse Int -dogrsResponseStatus = lens _dogrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dogrsResponseStatus = a}); +dogrsResponseStatus = lens _dogrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dogrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeOptionGroupsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -96,48 +96,48 @@ -> DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions pEngine_ = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' - { _dodioEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dodioFilters = Nothing - , _dodioDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _dodioLicenseModel = Nothing - , _dodioMarker = Nothing - , _dodioMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dodioVPC = Nothing - , _dodioEngine = pEngine_ - } + { _dodioEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dodioFilters = Nothing + , _dodioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _dodioLicenseModel = Nothing + , _dodioMarker = Nothing + , _dodioMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dodioVPC = Nothing + , _dodioEngine = pEngine_ + } -- | The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified engine version. dodioEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) -dodioEngineVersion = lens _dodioEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dodioEngineVersion = a}); +dodioEngineVersion = lens _dodioEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dodioEngineVersion = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. dodioFilters :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions [Filter] -dodioFilters = lens _dodioFilters (\ s a -> s{_dodioFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dodioFilters = lens _dodioFilters (\ s a -> s{_dodioFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. dodioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) -dodioDBInstanceClass = lens _dodioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_dodioDBInstanceClass = a}); +dodioDBInstanceClass = lens _dodioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_dodioDBInstanceClass = a}) -- | The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified license model. dodioLicenseModel :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) -dodioLicenseModel = lens _dodioLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_dodioLicenseModel = a}); +dodioLicenseModel = lens _dodioLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_dodioLicenseModel = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dodioMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) -dodioMarker = lens _dodioMarker (\ s a -> s{_dodioMarker = a}); +dodioMarker = lens _dodioMarker (\ s a -> s{_dodioMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dodioMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Int) -dodioMaxRecords = lens _dodioMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dodioMaxRecords = a}); +dodioMaxRecords = lens _dodioMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dodioMaxRecords = a}) -- | The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC or non-VPC offerings. dodioVPC :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Bool) -dodioVPC = lens _dodioVPC (\ s a -> s{_dodioVPC = a}); +dodioVPC = lens _dodioVPC (\ s a -> s{_dodioVPC = a}) -- | The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. dodioEngine :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions Text -dodioEngine = lens _dodioEngine (\ s a -> s{_dodioEngine = a}); +dodioEngine = lens _dodioEngine (\ s a -> s{_dodioEngine = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where @@ -220,23 +220,23 @@ -> DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse' - { _dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions = Nothing - , _dodiorsMarker = Nothing - , _dodiorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions = Nothing + , _dodiorsMarker = Nothing + , _dodiorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An 'OrderableDBInstanceOption' structure containing information about orderable options for the DB instance. dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse [OrderableDBInstanceOption] -dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions = lens _dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions (\ s a -> s{_dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions = lens _dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions (\ s a -> s{_dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dodiorsMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) -dodiorsMarker = lens _dodiorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dodiorsMarker = a}); +dodiorsMarker = lens _dodiorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dodiorsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. dodiorsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse Int -dodiorsResponseStatus = lens _dodiorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dodiorsResponseStatus = a}); +dodiorsResponseStatus = lens _dodiorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dodiorsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribePendingMaintenanceActions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -76,28 +76,28 @@ :: DescribePendingMaintenanceActions describePendingMaintenanceActions = DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' - { _dpmaFilters = Nothing - , _dpmaMarker = Nothing - , _dpmaMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dpmaResourceIdentifier = Nothing - } + { _dpmaFilters = Nothing + , _dpmaMarker = Nothing + , _dpmaMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dpmaResourceIdentifier = Nothing + } -- | A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance actions for. Supported filters: * @db-cluster-id@ - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. * @db-instance-id@ - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs. The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the DB instances identified by these ARNs. dpmaFilters :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActions [Filter] -dpmaFilters = lens _dpmaFilters (\ s a -> s{_dpmaFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dpmaFilters = lens _dpmaFilters (\ s a -> s{_dpmaFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribePendingMaintenanceActions@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by @MaxRecords@ . dpmaMarker :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Text) -dpmaMarker = lens _dpmaMarker (\ s a -> s{_dpmaMarker = a}); +dpmaMarker = lens _dpmaMarker (\ s a -> s{_dpmaMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dpmaMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Int) -dpmaMaxRecords = lens _dpmaMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dpmaMaxRecords = a}); +dpmaMaxRecords = lens _dpmaMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dpmaMaxRecords = a}) -- | The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for. dpmaResourceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Text) -dpmaResourceIdentifier = lens _dpmaResourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dpmaResourceIdentifier = a}); +dpmaResourceIdentifier = lens _dpmaResourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dpmaResourceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribePendingMaintenanceActions where @@ -168,23 +168,23 @@ -> DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse describePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse' - { _dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions = Nothing - , _dpmarsMarker = Nothing - , _dpmarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions = Nothing + , _dpmarsMarker = Nothing + , _dpmarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource. dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse [ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions] -dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions = lens _dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions (\ s a -> s{_dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions = lens _dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions (\ s a -> s{_dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous @DescribePendingMaintenanceActions@ request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by @MaxRecords@ . dpmarsMarker :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse (Maybe Text) -dpmarsMarker = lens _dpmarsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dpmarsMarker = a}); +dpmarsMarker = lens _dpmarsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dpmarsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. dpmarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse Int -dpmarsResponseStatus = lens _dpmarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dpmarsResponseStatus = a}); +dpmarsResponseStatus = lens _dpmarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dpmarsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -103,58 +103,58 @@ :: DescribeReservedDBInstances describeReservedDBInstances = DescribeReservedDBInstances' - { _drdiProductDescription = Nothing - , _drdiFilters = Nothing - , _drdiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing - , _drdiDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _drdiMarker = Nothing - , _drdiMaxRecords = Nothing - , _drdiMultiAZ = Nothing - , _drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing - , _drdiOfferingType = Nothing - , _drdiDuration = Nothing - } + { _drdiProductDescription = Nothing + , _drdiFilters = Nothing + , _drdiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing + , _drdiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _drdiMarker = Nothing + , _drdiMaxRecords = Nothing + , _drdiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _drdiOfferingType = Nothing + , _drdiDuration = Nothing + } -- | The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations matching the specified product description. drdiProductDescription :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdiProductDescription = lens _drdiProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_drdiProductDescription = a}); +drdiProductDescription = lens _drdiProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_drdiProductDescription = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. drdiFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances [Filter] -drdiFilters = lens _drdiFilters (\ s a -> s{_drdiFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +drdiFilters = lens _drdiFilters (\ s a -> s{_drdiFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID. drdiReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdiReservedDBInstanceId = lens _drdiReservedDBInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_drdiReservedDBInstanceId = a}); +drdiReservedDBInstanceId = lens _drdiReservedDBInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_drdiReservedDBInstanceId = a}) -- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations matching the specified DB instances class. drdiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdiDBInstanceClass = lens _drdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_drdiDBInstanceClass = a}); +drdiDBInstanceClass = lens _drdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_drdiDBInstanceClass = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . drdiMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdiMarker = lens _drdiMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdiMarker = a}); +drdiMarker = lens _drdiMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdiMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the @MaxRecords@ value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. drdiMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Int) -drdiMaxRecords = lens _drdiMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_drdiMaxRecords = a}); +drdiMaxRecords = lens _drdiMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_drdiMaxRecords = a}) -- | The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. drdiMultiAZ :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Bool) -drdiMultiAZ = lens _drdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_drdiMultiAZ = a}); +drdiMultiAZ = lens _drdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_drdiMultiAZ = a}) -- | The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier. drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); +drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}) -- | The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified offering type. Valid Values: @"Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" @ drdiOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdiOfferingType = lens _drdiOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_drdiOfferingType = a}); +drdiOfferingType = lens _drdiOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_drdiOfferingType = a}) -- | The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter to show only reservations for this duration. Valid Values: @1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000@ drdiDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdiDuration = lens _drdiDuration (\ s a -> s{_drdiDuration = a}); +drdiDuration = lens _drdiDuration (\ s a -> s{_drdiDuration = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeReservedDBInstances where page rq rs @@ -232,23 +232,23 @@ -> DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse describeReservedDBInstancesResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse' - { _drdirsReservedDBInstances = Nothing - , _drdirsMarker = Nothing - , _drdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _drdirsReservedDBInstances = Nothing + , _drdirsMarker = Nothing + , _drdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | A list of reserved DB instances. drdirsReservedDBInstances :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse [ReservedDBInstance] -drdirsReservedDBInstances = lens _drdirsReservedDBInstances (\ s a -> s{_drdirsReservedDBInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +drdirsReservedDBInstances = lens _drdirsReservedDBInstances (\ s a -> s{_drdirsReservedDBInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . drdirsMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) -drdirsMarker = lens _drdirsMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdirsMarker = a}); +drdirsMarker = lens _drdirsMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdirsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. drdirsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse Int -drdirsResponseStatus = lens _drdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drdirsResponseStatus = a}); +drdirsResponseStatus = lens _drdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drdirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -99,53 +99,53 @@ :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' - { _drdioProductDescription = Nothing - , _drdioFilters = Nothing - , _drdioDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _drdioMarker = Nothing - , _drdioMaxRecords = Nothing - , _drdioMultiAZ = Nothing - , _drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing - , _drdioOfferingType = Nothing - , _drdioDuration = Nothing - } + { _drdioProductDescription = Nothing + , _drdioFilters = Nothing + , _drdioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _drdioMarker = Nothing + , _drdioMaxRecords = Nothing + , _drdioMultiAZ = Nothing + , _drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _drdioOfferingType = Nothing + , _drdioDuration = Nothing + } -- | Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified product description. drdioProductDescription :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdioProductDescription = lens _drdioProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_drdioProductDescription = a}); +drdioProductDescription = lens _drdioProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_drdioProductDescription = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. drdioFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings [Filter] -drdioFilters = lens _drdioFilters (\ s a -> s{_drdioFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +drdioFilters = lens _drdioFilters (\ s a -> s{_drdioFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. drdioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdioDBInstanceClass = lens _drdioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_drdioDBInstanceClass = a}); +drdioDBInstanceClass = lens _drdioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_drdioDBInstanceClass = a}) -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . drdioMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdioMarker = lens _drdioMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdioMarker = a}); +drdioMarker = lens _drdioMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdioMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the @MaxRecords@ value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. drdioMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Int) -drdioMaxRecords = lens _drdioMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_drdioMaxRecords = a}); +drdioMaxRecords = lens _drdioMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_drdioMaxRecords = a}) -- | The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. drdioMultiAZ :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Bool) -drdioMultiAZ = lens _drdioMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_drdioMultiAZ = a}); +drdioMultiAZ = lens _drdioMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_drdioMultiAZ = a}) -- | The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier. Example: @438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706@ drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); +drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}) -- | The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available offerings matching the specified offering type. Valid Values: @"Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" @ drdioOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdioOfferingType = lens _drdioOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_drdioOfferingType = a}); +drdioOfferingType = lens _drdioOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_drdioOfferingType = a}) -- | Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter to show only reservations for this duration. Valid Values: @1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000@ drdioDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdioDuration = lens _drdioDuration (\ s a -> s{_drdioDuration = a}); +drdioDuration = lens _drdioDuration (\ s a -> s{_drdioDuration = a}) instance AWSPager DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings @@ -235,23 +235,23 @@ -> DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse' - { _drdiorsMarker = Nothing - , _drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings = Nothing - , _drdiorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _drdiorsMarker = Nothing + , _drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings = Nothing + , _drdiorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . drdiorsMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse (Maybe Text) -drdiorsMarker = lens _drdiorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdiorsMarker = a}); +drdiorsMarker = lens _drdiorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdiorsMarker = a}) -- | A list of reserved DB instance offerings. drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse [ReservedDBInstancesOffering] -drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings = lens _drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings (\ s a -> s{_drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings = lens _drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings (\ s a -> s{_drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. drdiorsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse Int -drdiorsResponseStatus = lens _drdiorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drdiorsResponseStatus = a}); +drdiorsResponseStatus = lens _drdiorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drdiorsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeSourceRegions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeSourceRegions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeSourceRegions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeSourceRegions.hs @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeSourceRegions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Returns a list of the source AWS regions where the current AWS Region can create a Read Replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports pagination. +-- Returns a list of the source AWS Regions where the current AWS Region can create a Read Replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports pagination. -- -- module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeSourceRegions @@ -76,28 +76,28 @@ :: DescribeSourceRegions describeSourceRegions = DescribeSourceRegions' - { _dsrRegionName = Nothing - , _dsrFilters = Nothing - , _dsrMarker = Nothing - , _dsrMaxRecords = Nothing - } + { _dsrRegionName = Nothing + , _dsrFilters = Nothing + , _dsrMarker = Nothing + , _dsrMaxRecords = Nothing + } -- | The source AWS Region name. For example, @us-east-1@ . Constraints: * Must specify a valid AWS Region name. dsrRegionName :: Lens' DescribeSourceRegions (Maybe Text) -dsrRegionName = lens _dsrRegionName (\ s a -> s{_dsrRegionName = a}); +dsrRegionName = lens _dsrRegionName (\ s a -> s{_dsrRegionName = a}) -- | This parameter is not currently supported. dsrFilters :: Lens' DescribeSourceRegions [Filter] -dsrFilters = lens _dsrFilters (\ s a -> s{_dsrFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dsrFilters = lens _dsrFilters (\ s a -> s{_dsrFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeSourceRegions' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dsrMarker :: Lens' DescribeSourceRegions (Maybe Text) -dsrMarker = lens _dsrMarker (\ s a -> s{_dsrMarker = a}); +dsrMarker = lens _dsrMarker (\ s a -> s{_dsrMarker = a}) -- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified @MaxRecords@ value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dsrMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeSourceRegions (Maybe Int) -dsrMaxRecords = lens _dsrMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dsrMaxRecords = a}); +dsrMaxRecords = lens _dsrMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dsrMaxRecords = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribeSourceRegions where type Rs DescribeSourceRegions = @@ -159,22 +159,22 @@ -> DescribeSourceRegionsResponse describeSourceRegionsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeSourceRegionsResponse' - { _dsrrsMarker = Nothing - , _dsrrsSourceRegions = Nothing - , _dsrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _dsrrsMarker = Nothing + , _dsrrsSourceRegions = Nothing + , _dsrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . dsrrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeSourceRegionsResponse (Maybe Text) -dsrrsMarker = lens _dsrrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dsrrsMarker = a}); +dsrrsMarker = lens _dsrrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dsrrsMarker = a}) -- | A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source AWS Region that the current AWS Region can get a Read Replica or a DB snapshot from. dsrrsSourceRegions :: Lens' DescribeSourceRegionsResponse [SourceRegion] -dsrrsSourceRegions = lens _dsrrsSourceRegions (\ s a -> s{_dsrrsSourceRegions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +dsrrsSourceRegions = lens _dsrrsSourceRegions (\ s a -> s{_dsrrsSourceRegions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. dsrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSourceRegionsResponse Int -dsrrsResponseStatus = lens _dsrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsrrsResponseStatus = a}); +dsrrsResponseStatus = lens _dsrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsrrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeSourceRegionsResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -64,12 +64,12 @@ -> DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications describeValidDBInstanceModifications pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications' - {_dvdimDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_} + {_dvdimDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_} -- | The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance. dvdimDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications Text -dvdimDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _dvdimDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dvdimDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +dvdimDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _dvdimDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dvdimDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications @@ -130,18 +130,18 @@ -> DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse describeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse pResponseStatus_ = DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse' - { _dvdimrsValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = Nothing - , _dvdimrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _dvdimrsValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = Nothing + , _dvdimrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. dvdimrsValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage :: Lens' DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse (Maybe ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) -dvdimrsValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = lens _dvdimrsValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage (\ s a -> s{_dvdimrsValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = a}); +dvdimrsValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = lens _dvdimrsValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage (\ s a -> s{_dvdimrsValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. dvdimrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse Int -dvdimrsResponseStatus = lens _dvdimrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvdimrsResponseStatus = a}); +dvdimrsResponseStatus = lens _dvdimrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvdimrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -82,28 +82,28 @@ -> DownloadDBLogFilePortion downloadDBLogFilePortion pDBInstanceIdentifier_ pLogFileName_ = DownloadDBLogFilePortion' - { _ddlfpNumberOfLines = Nothing - , _ddlfpMarker = Nothing - , _ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - , _ddlfpLogFileName = pLogFileName_ - } + { _ddlfpNumberOfLines = Nothing + , _ddlfpMarker = Nothing + , _ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _ddlfpLogFileName = pLogFileName_ + } -- | The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results in a file over 1 MB in size, the file is truncated at 1 MB in size. If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value of the Marker parameter. * If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent log entries first. * If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the most recent lines from the end of the log file are returned. * If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from the beginning of the log file are returned. * You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request, continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false. ddlfpNumberOfLines :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Maybe Int) -ddlfpNumberOfLines = lens _ddlfpNumberOfLines (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpNumberOfLines = a}); +ddlfpNumberOfLines = lens _ddlfpNumberOfLines (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpNumberOfLines = a}) -- | The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines. ddlfpMarker :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Maybe Text) -ddlfpMarker = lens _ddlfpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpMarker = a}); +ddlfpMarker = lens _ddlfpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpMarker = a}) -- | The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files you want to list. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion Text -ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) -- | The name of the log file to be downloaded. ddlfpLogFileName :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion Text -ddlfpLogFileName = lens _ddlfpLogFileName (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpLogFileName = a}); +ddlfpLogFileName = lens _ddlfpLogFileName (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpLogFileName = a}) instance AWSPager DownloadDBLogFilePortion where page rq rs @@ -175,28 +175,28 @@ -> DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse pResponseStatus_ = DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse' - { _ddlfprsLogFileData = Nothing - , _ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending = Nothing - , _ddlfprsMarker = Nothing - , _ddlfprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _ddlfprsLogFileData = Nothing + , _ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending = Nothing + , _ddlfprsMarker = Nothing + , _ddlfprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Entries from the specified log file. ddlfprsLogFileData :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Text) -ddlfprsLogFileData = lens _ddlfprsLogFileData (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsLogFileData = a}); +ddlfprsLogFileData = lens _ddlfprsLogFileData (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsLogFileData = a}) -- | Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded. ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Bool) -ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending = lens _ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending = a}); +ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending = lens _ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending = a}) -- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DownloadDBLogFilePortion request. ddlfprsMarker :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Text) -ddlfprsMarker = lens _ddlfprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsMarker = a}); +ddlfprsMarker = lens _ddlfprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsMarker = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. ddlfprsResponseStatus :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse Int -ddlfprsResponseStatus = lens _ddlfprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsResponseStatus = a}); +ddlfprsResponseStatus = lens _ddlfprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/FailoverDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/FailoverDBCluster.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/FailoverDBCluster.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/FailoverDBCluster.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.FailoverDBCluster --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -73,16 +73,18 @@ :: FailoverDBCluster failoverDBCluster = FailoverDBCluster' - {_fdcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing, _fdcTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing} + { _fdcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _fdcTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + } -- | A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. fdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' FailoverDBCluster (Maybe Text) -fdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _fdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_fdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +fdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _fdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_fdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) -- | The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance. You must specify the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB cluster. For example, @mydbcluster-replica1@ . fdcTargetDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' FailoverDBCluster (Maybe Text) -fdcTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _fdcTargetDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_fdcTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +fdcTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _fdcTargetDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_fdcTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest FailoverDBCluster where type Rs FailoverDBCluster = FailoverDBClusterResponse @@ -131,15 +133,15 @@ -> FailoverDBClusterResponse failoverDBClusterResponse pResponseStatus_ = FailoverDBClusterResponse' - {_fdcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _fdcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_fdcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _fdcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. fdcrsDBCluster :: Lens' FailoverDBClusterResponse (Maybe DBCluster) -fdcrsDBCluster = lens _fdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_fdcrsDBCluster = a}); +fdcrsDBCluster = lens _fdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_fdcrsDBCluster = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. fdcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' FailoverDBClusterResponse Int -fdcrsResponseStatus = lens _fdcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_fdcrsResponseStatus = a}); +fdcrsResponseStatus = lens _fdcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_fdcrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData FailoverDBClusterResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -70,16 +70,16 @@ -> ListTagsForResource listTagsForResource pResourceName_ = ListTagsForResource' - {_ltfrFilters = Nothing, _ltfrResourceName = pResourceName_} + {_ltfrFilters = Nothing, _ltfrResourceName = pResourceName_} -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ltfrFilters :: Lens' ListTagsForResource [Filter] -ltfrFilters = lens _ltfrFilters (\ s a -> s{_ltfrFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ltfrFilters = lens _ltfrFilters (\ s a -> s{_ltfrFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see . ltfrResourceName :: Lens' ListTagsForResource Text -ltfrResourceName = lens _ltfrResourceName (\ s a -> s{_ltfrResourceName = a}); +ltfrResourceName = lens _ltfrResourceName (\ s a -> s{_ltfrResourceName = a}) instance AWSRequest ListTagsForResource where type Rs ListTagsForResource = @@ -135,15 +135,15 @@ -> ListTagsForResourceResponse listTagsForResourceResponse pResponseStatus_ = ListTagsForResourceResponse' - {_ltfrrsTagList = Nothing, _ltfrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_ltfrrsTagList = Nothing, _ltfrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. ltfrrsTagList :: Lens' ListTagsForResourceResponse [Tag] -ltfrrsTagList = lens _ltfrrsTagList (\ s a -> s{_ltfrrsTagList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +ltfrrsTagList = lens _ltfrrsTagList (\ s a -> s{_ltfrrsTagList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | -- | The response status code. ltfrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ListTagsForResourceResponse Int -ltfrrsResponseStatus = lens _ltfrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ltfrrsResponseStatus = a}); +ltfrrsResponseStatus = lens _ltfrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ltfrrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ListTagsForResourceResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBCluster.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBCluster.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBCluster.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBCluster --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -27,7 +27,9 @@ modifyDBCluster , ModifyDBCluster -- * Request Lenses + , mdcEngineVersion , mdcMasterUserPassword + , mdcBacktrackWindow , mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow , mdcPreferredBackupWindow , mdcBackupRetentionPeriod @@ -61,7 +63,9 @@ -- -- /See:/ 'modifyDBCluster' smart constructor. data ModifyDBCluster = ModifyDBCluster' - { _mdcMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + { _mdcEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdcMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdcBacktrackWindow :: !(Maybe Integer) , _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) , _mdcPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) , _mdcBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) @@ -80,12 +84,16 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- +-- * 'mdcEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true. For a list of valid engine versions, see 'CreateDBInstance' , or call 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' . +-- -- * 'mdcMasterUserPassword' - The new password for the master database user. This password can contain any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. -- --- * 'mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +-- * 'mdcBacktrackWindow' - The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). -- --- * 'mdcPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- * 'mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. -- +-- * 'mdcPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- -- * 'mdcBackupRetentionPeriod' - The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 1 to 35 -- -- * 'mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds' - A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. @@ -94,13 +102,13 @@ -- -- * 'mdcApplyImmediately' - A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the @PreferredMaintenanceWindow@ setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter is set to @false@ , changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance window. The @ApplyImmediately@ parameter only affects the @NewDBClusterIdentifier@ and @MasterUserPassword@ values. If you set the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter value to false, then changes to the @NewDBClusterIdentifier@ and @MasterUserPassword@ values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter. Default: @false@ -- --- * 'mdcOptionGroupName' - A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. +-- * 'mdcOptionGroupName' - A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. -- -- * 'mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier' - The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * The first character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-cluster2@ -- -- * 'mdcPort' - The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. -- --- * 'mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- * 'mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ -- -- * 'mdcDBClusterIdentifier' - The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. modifyDBCluster @@ -108,68 +116,78 @@ -> ModifyDBCluster modifyDBCluster pDBClusterIdentifier_ = ModifyDBCluster' - { _mdcMasterUserPassword = Nothing - , _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _mdcPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _mdcBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing - , _mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _mdcApplyImmediately = Nothing - , _mdcOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing - , _mdcPort = Nothing - , _mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _mdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ - } + { _mdcEngineVersion = Nothing + , _mdcMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _mdcBacktrackWindow = Nothing + , _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _mdcPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _mdcBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _mdcApplyImmediately = Nothing + , _mdcOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _mdcPort = Nothing + , _mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _mdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + } +-- | The version number of the database engine to which you want to upgrade. Changing this parameter results in an outage. The change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true. For a list of valid engine versions, see 'CreateDBInstance' , or call 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' . +mdcEngineVersion :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) +mdcEngineVersion = lens _mdcEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_mdcEngineVersion = a}) + -- | The new password for the master database user. This password can contain any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. mdcMasterUserPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) -mdcMasterUserPassword = lens _mdcMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_mdcMasterUserPassword = a}); +mdcMasterUserPassword = lens _mdcMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_mdcMasterUserPassword = a}) --- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +-- | The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). +mdcBacktrackWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Integer) +mdcBacktrackWindow = lens _mdcBacktrackWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdcBacktrackWindow = a}) + +-- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) -mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); +mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}) --- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. mdcPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) -mdcPreferredBackupWindow = lens _mdcPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdcPreferredBackupWindow = a}); +mdcPreferredBackupWindow = lens _mdcPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdcPreferredBackupWindow = a}) -- | The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 1 to 35 mdcBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Int) -mdcBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _mdcBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_mdcBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); +mdcBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _mdcBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_mdcBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) -- | A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster [Text] -mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster. mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) -mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); +mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) -- | A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the @PreferredMaintenanceWindow@ setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter is set to @false@ , changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance window. The @ApplyImmediately@ parameter only affects the @NewDBClusterIdentifier@ and @MasterUserPassword@ values. If you set the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter value to false, then changes to the @NewDBClusterIdentifier@ and @MasterUserPassword@ values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter. Default: @false@ mdcApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Bool) -mdcApplyImmediately = lens _mdcApplyImmediately (\ s a -> s{_mdcApplyImmediately = a}); +mdcApplyImmediately = lens _mdcApplyImmediately (\ s a -> s{_mdcApplyImmediately = a}) --- | A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. +-- | A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. mdcOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) -mdcOptionGroupName = lens _mdcOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdcOptionGroupName = a}); +mdcOptionGroupName = lens _mdcOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdcOptionGroupName = a}) -- | The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * The first character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-cluster2@ mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) -mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier = lens _mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier = lens _mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier = a}) -- | The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. mdcPort :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Int) -mdcPort = lens _mdcPort (\ s a -> s{_mdcPort = a}); +mdcPort = lens _mdcPort (\ s a -> s{_mdcPort = a}) --- | A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Bool) -mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_mdcEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) -- | The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. mdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster Text -mdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _mdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +mdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _mdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest ModifyDBCluster where type Rs ModifyDBCluster = ModifyDBClusterResponse @@ -195,7 +213,9 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyDBCluster" :: ByteString), "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "EngineVersion" =: _mdcEngineVersion, "MasterUserPassword" =: _mdcMasterUserPassword, + "BacktrackWindow" =: _mdcBacktrackWindow, "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =: _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow, "PreferredBackupWindow" =: _mdcPreferredBackupWindow, @@ -234,15 +254,15 @@ -> ModifyDBClusterResponse modifyDBClusterResponse pResponseStatus_ = ModifyDBClusterResponse' - {_mdcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _mdcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_mdcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _mdcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. mdcrsDBCluster :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterResponse (Maybe DBCluster) -mdcrsDBCluster = lens _mdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_mdcrsDBCluster = a}); +mdcrsDBCluster = lens _mdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_mdcrsDBCluster = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. mdcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterResponse Int -mdcrsResponseStatus = lens _mdcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdcrsResponseStatus = a}); +mdcrsResponseStatus = lens _mdcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdcrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ModifyDBClusterResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -71,18 +71,18 @@ -> ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup modifyDBClusterParameterGroup pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ = ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup' - { _mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ - , _mdcpgParameters = mempty - } + { _mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ + , _mdcpgParameters = mempty + } -- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify. mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup Text -mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); +mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) -- | A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify. mdcpgParameters :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup [Parameter] -mdcpgParameters = lens _mdcpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_mdcpgParameters = a}) . _Coerce; +mdcpgParameters = lens _mdcpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_mdcpgParameters = a}) . _Coerce instance AWSRequest ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -81,28 +81,28 @@ -> ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute modifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ pAttributeName_ = ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' - { _mdcsaValuesToAdd = Nothing - , _mdcsaValuesToRemove = Nothing - , _mdcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ - , _mdcsaAttributeName = pAttributeName_ - } + { _mdcsaValuesToAdd = Nothing + , _mdcsaValuesToRemove = Nothing + , _mdcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _mdcsaAttributeName = pAttributeName_ + } -- | A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by @AttributeName@ . To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or @all@ to make the manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the @all@ value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. mdcsaValuesToAdd :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute [Text] -mdcsaValuesToAdd = lens _mdcsaValuesToAdd (\ s a -> s{_mdcsaValuesToAdd = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mdcsaValuesToAdd = lens _mdcsaValuesToAdd (\ s a -> s{_mdcsaValuesToAdd = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by @AttributeName@ . To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or @all@ to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB cluster snapshot. If you specify @all@ , an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly added to the @restore@ attribute can still copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. mdcsaValuesToRemove :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute [Text] -mdcsaValuesToRemove = lens _mdcsaValuesToRemove (\ s a -> s{_mdcsaValuesToRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mdcsaValuesToRemove = lens _mdcsaValuesToRemove (\ s a -> s{_mdcsaValuesToRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for. mdcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute Text -mdcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _mdcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +mdcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _mdcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdcsaDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify. To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, set this value to @restore@ . mdcsaAttributeName :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute Text -mdcsaAttributeName = lens _mdcsaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_mdcsaAttributeName = a}); +mdcsaAttributeName = lens _mdcsaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_mdcsaAttributeName = a}) instance AWSRequest ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute where @@ -168,18 +168,18 @@ -> ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse modifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse pResponseStatus_ = ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse' - { _mdcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = Nothing - , _mdcsarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _mdcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = Nothing + , _mdcsarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. mdcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse (Maybe DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) -mdcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = lens _mdcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult (\ s a -> s{_mdcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = a}); +mdcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = lens _mdcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult (\ s a -> s{_mdcsarsDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. mdcsarsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse Int -mdcsarsResponseStatus = lens _mdcsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdcsarsResponseStatus = a}); +mdcsarsResponseStatus = lens _mdcsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdcsarsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ , mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier , mdiDomain , mdiMonitoringInterval + , mdiCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration , mdiTDECredentialPassword , mdiDBInstanceClass , mdiPromotionTier @@ -84,41 +85,42 @@ -- -- /See:/ 'modifyDBInstance' smart constructor. data ModifyDBInstance = ModifyDBInstance' - { _mdiEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _mdiDBPortNumber :: !(Maybe Int) - , _mdiMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _mdiDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiMonitoringRoleARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) - , _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiDomain :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiMonitoringInterval :: !(Maybe Int) - , _mdiTDECredentialPassword :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiPromotionTier :: !(Maybe Int) - , _mdiLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiCACertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiEnablePerformanceInsights :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _mdiDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) - , _mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _mdiMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _mdiAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) - , _mdiApplyImmediately :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _mdiOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _mdiTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiDomainIAMRoleName :: !(Maybe Text) + { _mdiEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _mdiDBPortNumber :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdiMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiMonitoringRoleARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiDomain :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiMonitoringInterval :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdiCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration :: !(Maybe CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) + , _mdiTDECredentialPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiPromotionTier :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdiLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiCACertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiEnablePerformanceInsights :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _mdiMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdiApplyImmediately :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiDomainIAMRoleName :: !(Maybe Text) , _mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _mdiStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + , _mdiStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) @@ -128,23 +130,23 @@ -- -- * 'mdiEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. For major version upgrades, if a nondefault DB parameter group is currently in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the default for that DB parameter group family. For a list of valid engine versions, see 'CreateDBInstance' . -- --- * 'mdiDBSecurityGroups' - A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups. +-- * 'mdiDBSecurityGroups' - A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups. -- -- * 'mdiDBPortNumber' - The port number on which the database accepts connections. The value of the @DBPortNumber@ parameter must not match any of the port values specified for options in the option group for the DB instance. Your database will restart when you change the @DBPortNumber@ value regardless of the value of the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter. __MySQL__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ __MariaDB__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ __PostgreSQL__ Default: @5432@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer __Oracle__ Default: @1521@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ __SQL Server__ Default: @1433@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ except for @1434@ , @3389@ , @47001@ , @49152@ , and @49152@ through @49156@ . __Amazon Aurora__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ -- --- * 'mdiMasterUserPassword' - The new password for the master user. Can be any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion of the request, the @MasterUserPassword@ element exists in the @PendingModifiedValues@ element of the operation response. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Default: Uses existing setting __MariaDB__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Microsoft SQL Server__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. __MySQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Oracle__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. +-- * 'mdiMasterUserPassword' - The new password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion of the request, the @MasterUserPassword@ element exists in the @PendingModifiedValues@ element of the operation response. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Default: Uses existing setting __MariaDB__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Microsoft SQL Server__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. __MySQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Oracle__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. -- -- * 'mdiPubliclyAccessible' - Boolean value that indicates if the DB instance has a publicly resolvable DNS name. Set to @True@ to make the DB instance Internet-facing with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. Set to @False@ to make the DB instance internal with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. @PubliclyAccessible@ only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance must be part of a public subnet and @PubliclyAccessible@ must be true in order for it to be publicly accessible. Changes to the @PubliclyAccessible@ parameter are applied immediately regardless of the value of the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter. Default: false -- --- * 'mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' - Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set to @true@ during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version. +-- * 'mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' - Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set to @true@ during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version. -- -- * 'mdiDBSubnetGroupName' - The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to move your DB instance to a different VPC. If your DB instance is not in a VPC, you can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC. For more information, see . Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify @true@ for the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetGroup@ -- --- * 'mdiMonitoringRoleARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. +-- * 'mdiMonitoringRoleARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. -- --- * 'mdiIOPS' - The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. Default: Uses existing setting Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take effect. __SQL Server__ Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. Type: Integer If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. +-- * 'mdiIOPS' - The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance. Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take effect. If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Default: Uses existing setting -- --- * 'mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade' - Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB instance's current version. +-- * 'mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade' - Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB instance's current version. -- -- * 'mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier' - The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur immediately if you set @Apply Immediately@ to true, or will occur during the next maintenance window if @Apply Immediately@ to false. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * The first character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @mydbinstance@ -- @@ -152,47 +154,49 @@ -- -- * 'mdiMonitoringInterval' - The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If @MonitoringRoleArn@ is specified, then you must also set @MonitoringInterval@ to a value other than 0. Valid Values: @0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60@ -- --- * 'mdiTDECredentialPassword' - The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the device. +-- * 'mdiCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration' - The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. -- --- * 'mdiDBInstanceClass' - The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless @ApplyImmediately@ is specified as @true@ for this request. Default: Uses existing setting +-- * 'mdiTDECredentialPassword' - The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device. -- +-- * 'mdiDBInstanceClass' - The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless @ApplyImmediately@ is specified as @true@ for this request. Default: Uses existing setting +-- -- * 'mdiPromotionTier' - A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . Default: 1 Valid Values: 0 - 15 -- -- * 'mdiLicenseModel' - The license model for the DB instance. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ -- --- * 'mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. Default: Uses existing setting Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes +-- * 'mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. Default: Uses existing setting Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes -- -- * 'mdiCACertificateIdentifier' - Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. -- --- * 'mdiEnablePerformanceInsights' - True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance; otherwise false. +-- * 'mdiEnablePerformanceInsights' - True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. -- --- * 'mdiDBParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name itself is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during the next maintenance window. Default: Uses existing setting Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group family as this DB instance. +-- * 'mdiDBParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name itself is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during the next maintenance window. Default: Uses existing setting Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group family as this DB instance. -- --- * 'mdiPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Constraints: * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi * Times should be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window * Must be at least 30 minutes +-- * 'mdiPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Constraints: * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi * Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window * Must be at least 30 minutes -- -- * 'mdiBackupRetentionPeriod' - The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated backups. Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to a non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero value to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Default: Uses existing setting Constraints: * Must be a value from 0 to 35 * Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6 * Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas -- --- * 'mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId' - The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +-- * 'mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. -- -- * 'mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds' - A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Constraints: * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds. -- --- * 'mdiMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica. +-- * 'mdiMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. -- --- * 'mdiAllocatedStorage' - The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless @ApplyImmediately@ is set to @true@ for this request. __MySQL__ Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 5-6144 Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Type: Integer __MariaDB__ Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 5-6144 Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Type: Integer __PostgreSQL__ Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 5-6144 Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Type: Integer __Oracle__ Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 10-6144 Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. __SQL Server__ Cannot be modified. If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. +-- * 'mdiAllocatedStorage' - The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. For the valid values for allocated storage for each engine, see 'CreateDBInstance' . -- -- * 'mdiApplyImmediately' - Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the @PreferredMaintenanceWindow@ setting for the DB instance. If this parameter is set to @false@ , changes to the DB instance are applied during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage and are applied on the next call to 'RebootDBInstance' , or the next failure reboot. Review the table of parameters in to see the impact that setting @ApplyImmediately@ to @true@ or @false@ has for each modified parameter and to determine when the changes are applied. Default: @false@ -- --- * 'mdiOptionGroupName' - Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- * 'mdiOptionGroupName' - Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance -- --- * 'mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- * 'mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. -- --- * 'mdiTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +-- * 'mdiTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. -- -- * 'mdiDomainIAMRoleName' - The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service. -- --- * 'mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . __MySQL__ * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ +-- * 'mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . __MySQL__ * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ -- --- * 'mdiStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- * 'mdiStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. If you specify Provisioned IOPS (@io1@ ), you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ -- -- * 'mdiDBInstanceIdentifier' - The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. modifyDBInstance @@ -200,183 +204,188 @@ -> ModifyDBInstance modifyDBInstance pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = ModifyDBInstance' - { _mdiEngineVersion = Nothing - , _mdiDBSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _mdiDBPortNumber = Nothing - , _mdiMasterUserPassword = Nothing - , _mdiPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _mdiDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _mdiMonitoringRoleARN = Nothing - , _mdiIOPS = Nothing - , _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _mdiDomain = Nothing - , _mdiMonitoringInterval = Nothing - , _mdiTDECredentialPassword = Nothing - , _mdiDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _mdiPromotionTier = Nothing - , _mdiLicenseModel = Nothing - , _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _mdiCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing - , _mdiEnablePerformanceInsights = Nothing - , _mdiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _mdiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing - , _mdiMultiAZ = Nothing - , _mdiAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _mdiApplyImmediately = Nothing - , _mdiOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing - , _mdiTDECredentialARN = Nothing - , _mdiDomainIAMRoleName = Nothing - , _mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _mdiStorageType = Nothing - , _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - } + { _mdiEngineVersion = Nothing + , _mdiDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _mdiDBPortNumber = Nothing + , _mdiMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _mdiPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _mdiDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _mdiMonitoringRoleARN = Nothing + , _mdiIOPS = Nothing + , _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _mdiDomain = Nothing + , _mdiMonitoringInterval = Nothing + , _mdiCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = Nothing + , _mdiTDECredentialPassword = Nothing + , _mdiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _mdiPromotionTier = Nothing + , _mdiLicenseModel = Nothing + , _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _mdiCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _mdiEnablePerformanceInsights = Nothing + , _mdiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _mdiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _mdiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _mdiAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _mdiApplyImmediately = Nothing + , _mdiOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _mdiTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _mdiDomainIAMRoleName = Nothing + , _mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _mdiStorageType = Nothing + , _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + } -- | The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. For major version upgrades, if a nondefault DB parameter group is currently in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the default for that DB parameter group family. For a list of valid engine versions, see 'CreateDBInstance' . mdiEngineVersion :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiEngineVersion = lens _mdiEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_mdiEngineVersion = a}); +mdiEngineVersion = lens _mdiEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_mdiEngineVersion = a}) --- | A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups. +-- | A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups. mdiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance [Text] -mdiDBSecurityGroups = lens _mdiDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mdiDBSecurityGroups = lens _mdiDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. The value of the @DBPortNumber@ parameter must not match any of the port values specified for options in the option group for the DB instance. Your database will restart when you change the @DBPortNumber@ value regardless of the value of the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter. __MySQL__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ __MariaDB__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ __PostgreSQL__ Default: @5432@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ Type: Integer __Oracle__ Default: @1521@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ __SQL Server__ Default: @1433@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ except for @1434@ , @3389@ , @47001@ , @49152@ , and @49152@ through @49156@ . __Amazon Aurora__ Default: @3306@ Valid Values: @1150-65535@ mdiDBPortNumber :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) -mdiDBPortNumber = lens _mdiDBPortNumber (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBPortNumber = a}); +mdiDBPortNumber = lens _mdiDBPortNumber (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBPortNumber = a}) --- | The new password for the master user. Can be any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion of the request, the @MasterUserPassword@ element exists in the @PendingModifiedValues@ element of the operation response. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Default: Uses existing setting __MariaDB__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Microsoft SQL Server__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. __MySQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Oracle__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. +-- | The new password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion of the request, the @MasterUserPassword@ element exists in the @PendingModifiedValues@ element of the operation response. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Default: Uses existing setting __MariaDB__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Microsoft SQL Server__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. __MySQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. __Oracle__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. __PostgreSQL__ Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. mdiMasterUserPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiMasterUserPassword = lens _mdiMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_mdiMasterUserPassword = a}); +mdiMasterUserPassword = lens _mdiMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_mdiMasterUserPassword = a}) -- | Boolean value that indicates if the DB instance has a publicly resolvable DNS name. Set to @True@ to make the DB instance Internet-facing with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. Set to @False@ to make the DB instance internal with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. @PubliclyAccessible@ only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance must be part of a public subnet and @PubliclyAccessible@ must be true in order for it to be publicly accessible. Changes to the @PubliclyAccessible@ parameter are applied immediately regardless of the value of the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter. Default: false mdiPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdiPubliclyAccessible = lens _mdiPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_mdiPubliclyAccessible = a}); +mdiPubliclyAccessible = lens _mdiPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_mdiPubliclyAccessible = a}) --- | Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set to @true@ during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version. +-- | Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set to @true@ during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version. mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); +mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}) -- | The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to move your DB instance to a different VPC. If your DB instance is not in a VPC, you can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC. For more information, see . Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify @true@ for the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetGroup@ mdiDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiDBSubnetGroupName = lens _mdiDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +mdiDBSubnetGroupName = lens _mdiDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBSubnetGroupName = a}) --- | The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. +-- | The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, go to . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. mdiMonitoringRoleARN :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiMonitoringRoleARN = lens _mdiMonitoringRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_mdiMonitoringRoleARN = a}); +mdiMonitoringRoleARN = lens _mdiMonitoringRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_mdiMonitoringRoleARN = a}) --- | The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. Default: Uses existing setting Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take effect. __SQL Server__ Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. Type: Integer If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. +-- | The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance. Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take effect. If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Default: Uses existing setting mdiIOPS :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) -mdiIOPS = lens _mdiIOPS (\ s a -> s{_mdiIOPS = a}); +mdiIOPS = lens _mdiIOPS (\ s a -> s{_mdiIOPS = a}) --- | Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB instance's current version. +-- | Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB instance's current version. mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = lens _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = a}); +mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = lens _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = a}) -- | The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur immediately if you set @Apply Immediately@ to true, or will occur during the next maintenance window if @Apply Immediately@ to false. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * The first character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @mydbinstance@ mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) -- | The Active Directory Domain to move the instance to. Specify @none@ to remove the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently only a Microsoft SQL Server instance can be created in a Active Directory Domain. mdiDomain :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiDomain = lens _mdiDomain (\ s a -> s{_mdiDomain = a}); +mdiDomain = lens _mdiDomain (\ s a -> s{_mdiDomain = a}) -- | The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. If @MonitoringRoleArn@ is specified, then you must also set @MonitoringInterval@ to a value other than 0. Valid Values: @0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60@ mdiMonitoringInterval :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) -mdiMonitoringInterval = lens _mdiMonitoringInterval (\ s a -> s{_mdiMonitoringInterval = a}); +mdiMonitoringInterval = lens _mdiMonitoringInterval (\ s a -> s{_mdiMonitoringInterval = a}) --- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the device. +-- | The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. +mdiCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration) +mdiCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = lens _mdiCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration (\ s a -> s{_mdiCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = a}) + +-- | The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device. mdiTDECredentialPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiTDECredentialPassword = lens _mdiTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_mdiTDECredentialPassword = a}); +mdiTDECredentialPassword = lens _mdiTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_mdiTDECredentialPassword = a}) --- | The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless @ApplyImmediately@ is specified as @true@ for this request. Default: Uses existing setting +-- | The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless @ApplyImmediately@ is specified as @true@ for this request. Default: Uses existing setting mdiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiDBInstanceClass = lens _mdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBInstanceClass = a}); +mdiDBInstanceClass = lens _mdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBInstanceClass = a}) -- | A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . Default: 1 Valid Values: 0 - 15 mdiPromotionTier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) -mdiPromotionTier = lens _mdiPromotionTier (\ s a -> s{_mdiPromotionTier = a}); +mdiPromotionTier = lens _mdiPromotionTier (\ s a -> s{_mdiPromotionTier = a}) -- | The license model for the DB instance. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ mdiLicenseModel :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiLicenseModel = lens _mdiLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_mdiLicenseModel = a}); +mdiLicenseModel = lens _mdiLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_mdiLicenseModel = a}) --- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. Default: Uses existing setting Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes +-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. Default: Uses existing setting Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); +mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}) -- | Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. mdiCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiCACertificateIdentifier = lens _mdiCACertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdiCACertificateIdentifier = a}); +mdiCACertificateIdentifier = lens _mdiCACertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdiCACertificateIdentifier = a}) --- | True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance; otherwise false. +-- | True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. mdiEnablePerformanceInsights :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdiEnablePerformanceInsights = lens _mdiEnablePerformanceInsights (\ s a -> s{_mdiEnablePerformanceInsights = a}); +mdiEnablePerformanceInsights = lens _mdiEnablePerformanceInsights (\ s a -> s{_mdiEnablePerformanceInsights = a}) --- | The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name itself is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during the next maintenance window. Default: Uses existing setting Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group family as this DB instance. +-- | The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing this setting doesn't result in an outage. The parameter group name itself is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during the next maintenance window. Default: Uses existing setting Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group family as this DB instance. mdiDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiDBParameterGroupName = lens _mdiDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBParameterGroupName = a}); +mdiDBParameterGroupName = lens _mdiDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBParameterGroupName = a}) --- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Constraints: * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi * Times should be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window * Must be at least 30 minutes +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Constraints: * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi * Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window * Must be at least 30 minutes mdiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiPreferredBackupWindow = lens _mdiPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdiPreferredBackupWindow = a}); +mdiPreferredBackupWindow = lens _mdiPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdiPreferredBackupWindow = a}) -- | The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated backups. Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to a non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero value to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Default: Uses existing setting Constraints: * Must be a value from 0 to 35 * Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6 * Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas mdiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) -mdiBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_mdiBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); +mdiBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_mdiBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) --- | The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = lens _mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = a}); +mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = lens _mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_mdiPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = a}) -- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . Constraints: * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds. mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance [Text] -mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce --- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica. +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. mdiMultiAZ :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdiMultiAZ = lens _mdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_mdiMultiAZ = a}); +mdiMultiAZ = lens _mdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_mdiMultiAZ = a}) --- | The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless @ApplyImmediately@ is set to @true@ for this request. __MySQL__ Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 5-6144 Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Type: Integer __MariaDB__ Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 5-6144 Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Type: Integer __PostgreSQL__ Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 5-6144 Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Type: Integer __Oracle__ Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 10-6144 Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. __SQL Server__ Cannot be modified. If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. +-- | The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. For the valid values for allocated storage for each engine, see 'CreateDBInstance' . mdiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) -mdiAllocatedStorage = lens _mdiAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_mdiAllocatedStorage = a}); +mdiAllocatedStorage = lens _mdiAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_mdiAllocatedStorage = a}) -- | Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the @PreferredMaintenanceWindow@ setting for the DB instance. If this parameter is set to @false@ , changes to the DB instance are applied during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage and are applied on the next call to 'RebootDBInstance' , or the next failure reboot. Review the table of parameters in to see the impact that setting @ApplyImmediately@ to @true@ or @false@ has for each modified parameter and to determine when the changes are applied. Default: @false@ mdiApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdiApplyImmediately = lens _mdiApplyImmediately (\ s a -> s{_mdiApplyImmediately = a}); +mdiApplyImmediately = lens _mdiApplyImmediately (\ s a -> s{_mdiApplyImmediately = a}) --- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option group. Changing this parameter doesn't result in an outage except in the following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the @ApplyImmediately@ parameter is set to @true@ for this request. If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance mdiOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiOptionGroupName = lens _mdiOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdiOptionGroupName = a}); +mdiOptionGroupName = lens _mdiOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdiOptionGroupName = a}) --- | True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- | True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); +mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}) --- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +-- | The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. mdiTDECredentialARN :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiTDECredentialARN = lens _mdiTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_mdiTDECredentialARN = a}); +mdiTDECredentialARN = lens _mdiTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_mdiTDECredentialARN = a}) -- | The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service. mdiDomainIAMRoleName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiDomainIAMRoleName = lens _mdiDomainIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_mdiDomainIAMRoleName = a}); +mdiDomainIAMRoleName = lens _mdiDomainIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_mdiDomainIAMRoleName = a}) --- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . __MySQL__ * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines __Amazon Aurora__ Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see 'ModifyDBCluster' . __MySQL__ * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_mdiEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. If you specify Provisioned IOPS (@io1@ ), you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ mdiStorageType :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdiStorageType = lens _mdiStorageType (\ s a -> s{_mdiStorageType = a}); +mdiStorageType = lens _mdiStorageType (\ s a -> s{_mdiStorageType = a}) -- | The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. mdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance Text -mdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +mdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest ModifyDBInstance where type Rs ModifyDBInstance = ModifyDBInstanceResponse @@ -421,6 +430,8 @@ _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier, "Domain" =: _mdiDomain, "MonitoringInterval" =: _mdiMonitoringInterval, + "CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration" =: + _mdiCloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration, "TdeCredentialPassword" =: _mdiTDECredentialPassword, "DBInstanceClass" =: _mdiDBInstanceClass, "PromotionTier" =: _mdiPromotionTier, @@ -471,15 +482,15 @@ -> ModifyDBInstanceResponse modifyDBInstanceResponse pResponseStatus_ = ModifyDBInstanceResponse' - {_mdirsDBInstance = Nothing, _mdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_mdirsDBInstance = Nothing, _mdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. mdirsDBInstance :: Lens' ModifyDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -mdirsDBInstance = lens _mdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_mdirsDBInstance = a}); +mdirsDBInstance = lens _mdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_mdirsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. mdirsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyDBInstanceResponse Int -mdirsResponseStatus = lens _mdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdirsResponseStatus = a}); +mdirsResponseStatus = lens _mdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ModifyDBInstanceResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -69,16 +69,18 @@ -> ModifyDBParameterGroup modifyDBParameterGroup pDBParameterGroupName_ = ModifyDBParameterGroup' - {_mdpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_, _mdpgParameters = mempty} + { _mdpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ + , _mdpgParameters = mempty + } -- | The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. mdpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroup Text -mdpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _mdpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); +mdpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _mdpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdpgDBParameterGroupName = a}) -- | An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied; subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. Valid Values (for the application method): @immediate | pending-reboot@ mdpgParameters :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroup [Parameter] -mdpgParameters = lens _mdpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_mdpgParameters = a}) . _Coerce; +mdpgParameters = lens _mdpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_mdpgParameters = a}) . _Coerce instance AWSRequest ModifyDBParameterGroup where type Rs ModifyDBParameterGroup = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSnapshot.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -70,23 +70,23 @@ -> ModifyDBSnapshot modifyDBSnapshot pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ = ModifyDBSnapshot' - { _mdsEngineVersion = Nothing - , _mdsOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _mdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ - } + { _mdsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _mdsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _mdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ + } -- | The engine version to upgrade the DB snapshot to. The following are the database engines and engine versions that are available when you upgrade a DB snapshot. __MySQL__ * @5.5.46@ (supported for 5.1 DB snapshots) __Oracle__ * @12.1.0.2.v8@ (supported for 12.1.0.1 DB snapshots) * @11.2.0.4.v12@ (supported for 11.2.0.2 DB snapshots) * @11.2.0.4.v11@ (supported for 11.2.0.3 DB snapshots) mdsEngineVersion :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -mdsEngineVersion = lens _mdsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_mdsEngineVersion = a}); +mdsEngineVersion = lens _mdsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_mdsEngineVersion = a}) -- | The option group to identify with the upgraded DB snapshot. You can specify this parameter when you upgrade an Oracle DB snapshot. The same option group considerations apply when upgrading a DB snapshot as when upgrading a DB instance. For more information, see . mdsOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -mdsOptionGroupName = lens _mdsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdsOptionGroupName = a}); +mdsOptionGroupName = lens _mdsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdsOptionGroupName = a}) -- | The identifier of the DB snapshot to modify. mdsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshot Text -mdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _mdsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +mdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _mdsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest ModifyDBSnapshot where type Rs ModifyDBSnapshot = ModifyDBSnapshotResponse @@ -135,15 +135,15 @@ -> ModifyDBSnapshotResponse modifyDBSnapshotResponse pResponseStatus_ = ModifyDBSnapshotResponse' - {_mdsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing, _mdsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_mdsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing, _mdsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. mdsrsDBSnapshot :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) -mdsrsDBSnapshot = lens _mdsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_mdsrsDBSnapshot = a}); +mdsrsDBSnapshot = lens _mdsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_mdsrsDBSnapshot = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. mdsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshotResponse Int -mdsrsResponseStatus = lens _mdsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdsrsResponseStatus = a}); +mdsrsResponseStatus = lens _mdsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ModifyDBSnapshotResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -81,28 +81,28 @@ -> ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute modifyDBSnapshotAttribute pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ pAttributeName_ = ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' - { _mdsaValuesToAdd = Nothing - , _mdsaValuesToRemove = Nothing - , _mdsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ - , _mdsaAttributeName = pAttributeName_ - } + { _mdsaValuesToAdd = Nothing + , _mdsaValuesToRemove = Nothing + , _mdsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _mdsaAttributeName = pAttributeName_ + } -- | A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by @AttributeName@ . To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or @all@ to make the manual DB snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the @all@ value for any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. mdsaValuesToAdd :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute [Text] -mdsaValuesToAdd = lens _mdsaValuesToAdd (\ s a -> s{_mdsaValuesToAdd = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mdsaValuesToAdd = lens _mdsaValuesToAdd (\ s a -> s{_mdsaValuesToAdd = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by @AttributeName@ . To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or @all@ to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB snapshot. If you specify @all@ , an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly added to the @restore@ attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. mdsaValuesToRemove :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute [Text] -mdsaValuesToRemove = lens _mdsaValuesToRemove (\ s a -> s{_mdsaValuesToRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mdsaValuesToRemove = lens _mdsaValuesToRemove (\ s a -> s{_mdsaValuesToRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for. mdsaDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute Text -mdsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _mdsaDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +mdsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _mdsaDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdsaDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify. To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, set this value to @restore@ . mdsaAttributeName :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute Text -mdsaAttributeName = lens _mdsaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_mdsaAttributeName = a}); +mdsaAttributeName = lens _mdsaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_mdsaAttributeName = a}) instance AWSRequest ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute where type Rs ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = @@ -160,18 +160,18 @@ -> ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse modifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse pResponseStatus_ = ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse' - { _mdsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = Nothing - , _mdsarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _mdsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = Nothing + , _mdsarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. mdsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse (Maybe DBSnapshotAttributesResult) -mdsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = lens _mdsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult (\ s a -> s{_mdsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = a}); +mdsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = lens _mdsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult (\ s a -> s{_mdsarsDBSnapshotAttributesResult = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. mdsarsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse Int -mdsarsResponseStatus = lens _mdsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdsarsResponseStatus = a}); +mdsarsResponseStatus = lens _mdsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdsarsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -72,23 +72,23 @@ -> ModifyDBSubnetGroup modifyDBSubnetGroup pDBSubnetGroupName_ = ModifyDBSubnetGroup' - { _mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing - , _mdsgDBSubnetGroupName = pDBSubnetGroupName_ - , _mdsgSubnetIds = mempty - } + { _mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing + , _mdsgDBSubnetGroupName = pDBSubnetGroupName_ + , _mdsgSubnetIds = mempty + } -- | The description for the DB subnet group. mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = lens _mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a}); +mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = lens _mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a}) -- | The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. You can't modify the default subnet group. Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be default. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ mdsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup Text -mdsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _mdsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +mdsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _mdsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}) -- | The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. mdsgSubnetIds :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup [Text] -mdsgSubnetIds = lens _mdsgSubnetIds (\ s a -> s{_mdsgSubnetIds = a}) . _Coerce; +mdsgSubnetIds = lens _mdsgSubnetIds (\ s a -> s{_mdsgSubnetIds = a}) . _Coerce instance AWSRequest ModifyDBSubnetGroup where type Rs ModifyDBSubnetGroup = @@ -140,15 +140,15 @@ -> ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse' - {_mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = Nothing, _mdsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = Nothing, _mdsgrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) -mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = lens _mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = a}); +mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = lens _mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. mdsgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse Int -mdsgrsResponseStatus = lens _mdsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdsgrsResponseStatus = a}); +mdsgrsResponseStatus = lens _mdsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdsgrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs @@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you cannot modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers for a subscription, use the 'AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription' and 'RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' calls. +-- Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you can't modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers for a subscription, use the 'AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription' and 'RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' calls. -- -- -- You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the __DescribeEventCategories__ action. @@ -82,33 +82,33 @@ -> ModifyEventSubscription modifyEventSubscription pSubscriptionName_ = ModifyEventSubscription' - { _mesSNSTopicARN = Nothing - , _mesEnabled = Nothing - , _mesSourceType = Nothing - , _mesEventCategories = Nothing - , _mesSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ - } + { _mesSNSTopicARN = Nothing + , _mesEnabled = Nothing + , _mesSourceType = Nothing + , _mesEventCategories = Nothing + , _mesSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ + } -- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to it. mesSNSTopicARN :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) -mesSNSTopicARN = lens _mesSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_mesSNSTopicARN = a}); +mesSNSTopicARN = lens _mesSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_mesSNSTopicARN = a}) -- | A Boolean value; set to __true__ to activate the subscription. mesEnabled :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) -mesEnabled = lens _mesEnabled (\ s a -> s{_mesEnabled = a}); +mesEnabled = lens _mesEnabled (\ s a -> s{_mesEnabled = a}) -- | The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot mesSourceType :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) -mesSourceType = lens _mesSourceType (\ s a -> s{_mesSourceType = a}); +mesSourceType = lens _mesSourceType (\ s a -> s{_mesSourceType = a}) -- | A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the __DescribeEventCategories__ action. mesEventCategories :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription [Text] -mesEventCategories = lens _mesEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_mesEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mesEventCategories = lens _mesEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_mesEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription. mesSubscriptionName :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription Text -mesSubscriptionName = lens _mesSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_mesSubscriptionName = a}); +mesSubscriptionName = lens _mesSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_mesSubscriptionName = a}) instance AWSRequest ModifyEventSubscription where type Rs ModifyEventSubscription = @@ -164,15 +164,15 @@ -> ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse modifyEventSubscriptionResponse pResponseStatus_ = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' - {_mesrsEventSubscription = Nothing, _mesrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_mesrsEventSubscription = Nothing, _mesrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. mesrsEventSubscription :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -mesrsEventSubscription = lens _mesrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_mesrsEventSubscription = a}); +mesrsEventSubscription = lens _mesrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_mesrsEventSubscription = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. mesrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse Int -mesrsResponseStatus = lens _mesrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mesrsResponseStatus = a}); +mesrsResponseStatus = lens _mesrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mesrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -70,34 +70,34 @@ -- -- * 'mogApplyImmediately' - Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group. -- --- * 'mogOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group to be modified. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- * 'mogOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group to be modified. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance modifyOptionGroup :: Text -- ^ 'mogOptionGroupName' -> ModifyOptionGroup modifyOptionGroup pOptionGroupName_ = ModifyOptionGroup' - { _mogOptionsToInclude = Nothing - , _mogOptionsToRemove = Nothing - , _mogApplyImmediately = Nothing - , _mogOptionGroupName = pOptionGroupName_ - } + { _mogOptionsToInclude = Nothing + , _mogOptionsToRemove = Nothing + , _mogApplyImmediately = Nothing + , _mogOptionGroupName = pOptionGroupName_ + } -- | Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present, the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration. mogOptionsToInclude :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup [OptionConfiguration] -mogOptionsToInclude = lens _mogOptionsToInclude (\ s a -> s{_mogOptionsToInclude = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mogOptionsToInclude = lens _mogOptionsToInclude (\ s a -> s{_mogOptionsToInclude = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | Options in this list are removed from the option group. mogOptionsToRemove :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup [Text] -mogOptionsToRemove = lens _mogOptionsToRemove (\ s a -> s{_mogOptionsToRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +mogOptionsToRemove = lens _mogOptionsToRemove (\ s a -> s{_mogOptionsToRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group. mogApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup (Maybe Bool) -mogApplyImmediately = lens _mogApplyImmediately (\ s a -> s{_mogApplyImmediately = a}); +mogApplyImmediately = lens _mogApplyImmediately (\ s a -> s{_mogApplyImmediately = a}) --- | The name of the option group to be modified. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- | The name of the option group to be modified. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance mogOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup Text -mogOptionGroupName = lens _mogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mogOptionGroupName = a}); +mogOptionGroupName = lens _mogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mogOptionGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest ModifyOptionGroup where type Rs ModifyOptionGroup = ModifyOptionGroupResponse @@ -152,15 +152,15 @@ -> ModifyOptionGroupResponse modifyOptionGroupResponse pResponseStatus_ = ModifyOptionGroupResponse' - {_mogrsOptionGroup = Nothing, _mogrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_mogrsOptionGroup = Nothing, _mogrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. mogrsOptionGroup :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) -mogrsOptionGroup = lens _mogrsOptionGroup (\ s a -> s{_mogrsOptionGroup = a}); +mogrsOptionGroup = lens _mogrsOptionGroup (\ s a -> s{_mogrsOptionGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. mogrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroupResponse Int -mogrsResponseStatus = lens _mogrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mogrsResponseStatus = a}); +mogrsResponseStatus = lens _mogrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mogrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData ModifyOptionGroupResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'prrPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- * 'prrPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. -- -- * 'prrBackupRetentionPeriod' - The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated backups. Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 0 to 8 -- @@ -72,23 +72,23 @@ -> PromoteReadReplica promoteReadReplica pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = PromoteReadReplica' - { _prrPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _prrBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _prrDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - } + { _prrPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _prrBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _prrDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + } --- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. prrPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica (Maybe Text) -prrPreferredBackupWindow = lens _prrPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_prrPreferredBackupWindow = a}); +prrPreferredBackupWindow = lens _prrPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_prrPreferredBackupWindow = a}) -- | The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated backups. Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 0 to 8 prrBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica (Maybe Int) -prrBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _prrBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_prrBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); +prrBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _prrBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_prrBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) -- | The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing Read Replica DB instance. Example: @mydbinstance@ prrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica Text -prrDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _prrDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_prrDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +prrDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _prrDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_prrDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest PromoteReadReplica where type Rs PromoteReadReplica = @@ -138,15 +138,15 @@ -> PromoteReadReplicaResponse promoteReadReplicaResponse pResponseStatus_ = PromoteReadReplicaResponse' - {_prrrsDBInstance = Nothing, _prrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_prrrsDBInstance = Nothing, _prrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. prrrsDBInstance :: Lens' PromoteReadReplicaResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -prrrsDBInstance = lens _prrrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_prrrsDBInstance = a}); +prrrsDBInstance = lens _prrrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_prrrsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. prrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' PromoteReadReplicaResponse Int -prrrsResponseStatus = lens _prrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_prrrsResponseStatus = a}); +prrrsResponseStatus = lens _prrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_prrrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData PromoteReadReplicaResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -64,12 +64,12 @@ -> PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster promoteReadReplicaDBCluster pDBClusterIdentifier_ = PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster' - {_prrdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_} + {_prrdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_} -- | The identifier of the DB cluster Read Replica to promote. This parameter is not case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster Read Replica. Example: @my-cluster-replica1@ prrdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster Text -prrdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _prrdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_prrdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +prrdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _prrdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_prrdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster where type Rs PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = @@ -119,16 +119,16 @@ -> PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse promoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse pResponseStatus_ = PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse' - {_prrdcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _prrdcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_prrdcrsDBCluster = Nothing, _prrdcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. prrdcrsDBCluster :: Lens' PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse (Maybe DBCluster) -prrdcrsDBCluster = lens _prrdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_prrdcrsDBCluster = a}); +prrdcrsDBCluster = lens _prrdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_prrdcrsDBCluster = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. prrdcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse Int -prrdcrsResponseStatus = lens _prrdcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_prrdcrsResponseStatus = a}); +prrdcrsResponseStatus = lens _prrdcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_prrdcrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -76,28 +76,28 @@ -> PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering pReservedDBInstancesOfferingId_ = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering' - { _prdioDBInstanceCount = Nothing - , _prdioReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing - , _prdioTags = Nothing - , _prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = pReservedDBInstancesOfferingId_ - } + { _prdioDBInstanceCount = Nothing + , _prdioReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing + , _prdioTags = Nothing + , _prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = pReservedDBInstancesOfferingId_ + } -- | The number of instances to reserve. Default: @1@ prdioDBInstanceCount :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Int) -prdioDBInstanceCount = lens _prdioDBInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_prdioDBInstanceCount = a}); +prdioDBInstanceCount = lens _prdioDBInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_prdioDBInstanceCount = a}) -- | Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation. Example: myreservationID prdioReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -prdioReservedDBInstanceId = lens _prdioReservedDBInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_prdioReservedDBInstanceId = a}); +prdioReservedDBInstanceId = lens _prdioReservedDBInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_prdioReservedDBInstanceId = a}) -- | Undocumented member. prdioTags :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering [Tag] -prdioTags = lens _prdioTags (\ s a -> s{_prdioTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +prdioTags = lens _prdioTags (\ s a -> s{_prdioTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase. Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering Text -prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); +prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}) instance AWSRequest PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering @@ -160,18 +160,18 @@ -> PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse pResponseStatus_ = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse' - { _prdiorsReservedDBInstance = Nothing - , _prdiorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _prdiorsReservedDBInstance = Nothing + , _prdiorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. prdiorsReservedDBInstance :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse (Maybe ReservedDBInstance) -prdiorsReservedDBInstance = lens _prdiorsReservedDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_prdiorsReservedDBInstance = a}); +prdiorsReservedDBInstance = lens _prdiorsReservedDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_prdiorsReservedDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. prdiorsResponseStatus :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse Int -prdiorsResponseStatus = lens _prdiorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_prdiorsResponseStatus = a}); +prdiorsResponseStatus = lens _prdiorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_prdiorsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs @@ -12,18 +12,18 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot also applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB parameter group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage of the instance, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting. If the RDS instance is configured for MultiAZ, it is possible that the reboot is conducted through a failover. An Amazon RDS event is created when the reboot is completed. +-- You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons. For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the changes to take effect. -- -- --- If your DB instance is deployed in multiple Availability Zones, you can force a failover from one AZ to the other during the reboot. You might force a failover to test the availability of your DB instance deployment or to restore operations to the original AZ after a failover occurs. +-- Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting. -- --- The time required to reboot is a function of the specific database engine's crash recovery process. To improve the reboot time, we recommend that you reduce database activities as much as possible during the reboot process to reduce rollback activity for in-transit transactions. +-- For more information about rebooting, see . -- module Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance ( @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rdiForceFailover' - When @true@ , the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover. Constraint: You cannot specify @true@ if the instance is not configured for MultiAZ. +-- * 'rdiForceFailover' - When @true@ , the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover. Constraint: You can't specify @true@ if the instance is not configured for MultiAZ. -- -- * 'rdiDBInstanceIdentifier' - The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. rebootDBInstance @@ -72,18 +72,18 @@ -> RebootDBInstance rebootDBInstance pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = RebootDBInstance' - { _rdiForceFailover = Nothing - , _rdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - } + { _rdiForceFailover = Nothing + , _rdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + } --- | When @true@ , the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover. Constraint: You cannot specify @true@ if the instance is not configured for MultiAZ. +-- | When @true@ , the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover. Constraint: You can't specify @true@ if the instance is not configured for MultiAZ. rdiForceFailover :: Lens' RebootDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -rdiForceFailover = lens _rdiForceFailover (\ s a -> s{_rdiForceFailover = a}); +rdiForceFailover = lens _rdiForceFailover (\ s a -> s{_rdiForceFailover = a}) -- | The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. rdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RebootDBInstance Text -rdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +rdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest RebootDBInstance where type Rs RebootDBInstance = RebootDBInstanceResponse @@ -131,15 +131,15 @@ -> RebootDBInstanceResponse rebootDBInstanceResponse pResponseStatus_ = RebootDBInstanceResponse' - {_rdirsDBInstance = Nothing, _rdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_rdirsDBInstance = Nothing, _rdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. rdirsDBInstance :: Lens' RebootDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -rdirsDBInstance = lens _rdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rdirsDBInstance = a}); +rdirsDBInstance = lens _rdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rdirsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. rdirsResponseStatus :: Lens' RebootDBInstanceResponse Int -rdirsResponseStatus = lens _rdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdirsResponseStatus = a}); +rdirsResponseStatus = lens _rdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData RebootDBInstanceResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveRoleFromDBCluster --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -62,16 +62,18 @@ -> RemoveRoleFromDBCluster removeRoleFromDBCluster pDBClusterIdentifier_ pRoleARN_ = RemoveRoleFromDBCluster' - {_rrfdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_, _rrfdcRoleARN = pRoleARN_} + { _rrfdcDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + , _rrfdcRoleARN = pRoleARN_ + } -- | The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from. rrfdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RemoveRoleFromDBCluster Text -rrfdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rrfdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rrfdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +rrfdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rrfdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rrfdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) -- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora DB cluster, for example @arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole@ . rrfdcRoleARN :: Lens' RemoveRoleFromDBCluster Text -rrfdcRoleARN = lens _rrfdcRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_rrfdcRoleARN = a}); +rrfdcRoleARN = lens _rrfdcRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_rrfdcRoleARN = a}) instance AWSRequest RemoveRoleFromDBCluster where type Rs RemoveRoleFromDBCluster = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -69,18 +69,18 @@ -> RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription pSubscriptionName_ pSourceIdentifier_ = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' - { _rsifsSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ - , _rsifsSourceIdentifier = pSourceIdentifier_ - } + { _rsifsSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ + , _rsifsSourceIdentifier = pSourceIdentifier_ + } -- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a source identifier from. rsifsSubscriptionName :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription Text -rsifsSubscriptionName = lens _rsifsSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_rsifsSubscriptionName = a}); +rsifsSubscriptionName = lens _rsifsSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_rsifsSubscriptionName = a}) -- | The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the __DB instance identifier__ for a DB instance or the name of a security group. rsifsSourceIdentifier :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription Text -rsifsSourceIdentifier = lens _rsifsSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rsifsSourceIdentifier = a}); +rsifsSourceIdentifier = lens _rsifsSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rsifsSourceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription @@ -144,18 +144,18 @@ -> RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse pResponseStatus_ = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse' - { _rsifsrsEventSubscription = Nothing - , _rsifsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ - } + { _rsifsrsEventSubscription = Nothing + , _rsifsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. rsifsrsEventSubscription :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -rsifsrsEventSubscription = lens _rsifsrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_rsifsrsEventSubscription = a}); +rsifsrsEventSubscription = lens _rsifsrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_rsifsrsEventSubscription = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. rsifsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse Int -rsifsrsResponseStatus = lens _rsifsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rsifsrsResponseStatus = a}); +rsifsrsResponseStatus = lens _rsifsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rsifsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -67,16 +67,16 @@ -> RemoveTagsFromResource removeTagsFromResource pResourceName_ = RemoveTagsFromResource' - {_rtfrResourceName = pResourceName_, _rtfrTagKeys = mempty} + {_rtfrResourceName = pResourceName_, _rtfrTagKeys = mempty} -- | The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are removed from. This value is an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see . rtfrResourceName :: Lens' RemoveTagsFromResource Text -rtfrResourceName = lens _rtfrResourceName (\ s a -> s{_rtfrResourceName = a}); +rtfrResourceName = lens _rtfrResourceName (\ s a -> s{_rtfrResourceName = a}) -- | The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. rtfrTagKeys :: Lens' RemoveTagsFromResource [Text] -rtfrTagKeys = lens _rtfrTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_rtfrTagKeys = a}) . _Coerce; +rtfrTagKeys = lens _rtfrTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_rtfrTagKeys = a}) . _Coerce instance AWSRequest RemoveTagsFromResource where type Rs RemoveTagsFromResource = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBClusterParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rdcpgResetAllParameters' - A value that is set to @true@ to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to their default values, and @false@ otherwise. You cannot use this parameter if there is a list of parameter names specified for the @Parameters@ parameter. +-- * 'rdcpgResetAllParameters' - A value that is set to @true@ to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to their default values, and @false@ otherwise. You can't use this parameter if there is a list of parameter names specified for the @Parameters@ parameter. -- --- * 'rdcpgParameters' - A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the default values. You cannot use this parameter if the @ResetAllParameters@ parameter is set to @true@ . +-- * 'rdcpgParameters' - A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the default values. You can't use this parameter if the @ResetAllParameters@ parameter is set to @true@ . -- -- * 'rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. resetDBClusterParameterGroup @@ -75,23 +75,23 @@ -> ResetDBClusterParameterGroup resetDBClusterParameterGroup pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ = ResetDBClusterParameterGroup' - { _rdcpgResetAllParameters = Nothing - , _rdcpgParameters = Nothing - , _rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ - } + { _rdcpgResetAllParameters = Nothing + , _rdcpgParameters = Nothing + , _rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ + } --- | A value that is set to @true@ to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to their default values, and @false@ otherwise. You cannot use this parameter if there is a list of parameter names specified for the @Parameters@ parameter. +-- | A value that is set to @true@ to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to their default values, and @false@ otherwise. You can't use this parameter if there is a list of parameter names specified for the @Parameters@ parameter. rdcpgResetAllParameters :: Lens' ResetDBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Bool) -rdcpgResetAllParameters = lens _rdcpgResetAllParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdcpgResetAllParameters = a}); +rdcpgResetAllParameters = lens _rdcpgResetAllParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdcpgResetAllParameters = a}) --- | A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the default values. You cannot use this parameter if the @ResetAllParameters@ parameter is set to @true@ . +-- | A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the default values. You can't use this parameter if the @ResetAllParameters@ parameter is set to @true@ . rdcpgParameters :: Lens' ResetDBClusterParameterGroup [Parameter] -rdcpgParameters = lens _rdcpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdcpgParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdcpgParameters = lens _rdcpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdcpgParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetDBClusterParameterGroup Text -rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); +rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest ResetDBClusterParameterGroup where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -71,23 +71,23 @@ -> ResetDBParameterGroup resetDBParameterGroup pDBParameterGroupName_ = ResetDBParameterGroup' - { _rdpgResetAllParameters = Nothing - , _rdpgParameters = Nothing - , _rdpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ - } + { _rdpgResetAllParameters = Nothing + , _rdpgParameters = Nothing + , _rdpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ + } -- | Specifies whether (@true@ ) or not (@false@ ) to reset all parameters in the DB parameter group to default values. Default: @true@ rdpgResetAllParameters :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup (Maybe Bool) -rdpgResetAllParameters = lens _rdpgResetAllParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdpgResetAllParameters = a}); +rdpgResetAllParameters = lens _rdpgResetAllParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdpgResetAllParameters = a}) -- | To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the @DBParameterGroup@ name and @ResetAllParameters@ parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: @ParameterName@ and @ApplyMethod@ . A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. __MySQL__ Valid Values (for Apply method): @immediate@ | @pending-reboot@ You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use the @pending-reboot@ value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes are applied when DB instance reboots. __MariaDB__ Valid Values (for Apply method): @immediate@ | @pending-reboot@ You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use the @pending-reboot@ value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes are applied when DB instance reboots. __Oracle__ Valid Values (for Apply method): @pending-reboot@ rdpgParameters :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup [Parameter] -rdpgParameters = lens _rdpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdpgParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdpgParameters = lens _rdpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdpgParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: * Must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. rdpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup Text -rdpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _rdpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); +rdpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _rdpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdpgDBParameterGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest ResetDBParameterGroup where type Rs ResetDBParameterGroup = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromS3.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromS3.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromS3.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromS3.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterFromS3 --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ , rdcfsEngineVersion , rdcfsStorageEncrypted , rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName + , rdcfsBacktrackWindow , rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow , rdcfsAvailabilityZones , rdcfsCharacterSetName @@ -73,6 +74,7 @@ { _rdcfsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) , _rdcfsStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) , _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdcfsBacktrackWindow :: !(Maybe Integer) , _rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) , _rdcfsAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _rdcfsCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -102,21 +104,23 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rdcfsEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine to use. __Aurora__ Example: @5.6.10a@ +-- * 'rdcfsEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine to use. __Aurora MySQL__ Example: @5.6.10a@ __Aurora PostgreSQL__ Example: @9.6.3@ -- -- * 'rdcfsStorageEncrypted' - Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted. -- -- * 'rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName' - A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ -- --- * 'rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +-- * 'rdcfsBacktrackWindow' - The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). -- +-- * 'rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +-- -- * 'rdcfsAvailabilityZones' - A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster can be created in. -- -- * 'rdcfsCharacterSetName' - A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated with the specified CharacterSet. -- --- * 'rdcfsKMSKeyId' - The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. +-- * 'rdcfsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. -- --- * 'rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- * 'rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow' - The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. -- -- * 'rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod' - The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 1 to 35 -- @@ -128,17 +132,17 @@ -- -- * 'rdcfsS3Prefix' - The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a __SourceS3Prefix__ value, then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in the Amazon S3 bucket. -- --- * 'rdcfsOptionGroupName' - A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. An option group cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. +-- * 'rdcfsOptionGroupName' - A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. An option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. -- -- * 'rdcfsTags' - Undocumented member. -- -- * 'rdcfsPort' - The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept connections. Default: @3306@ -- --- * 'rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- * 'rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ -- --- * 'rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier' - The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the S3 bucket. This parameter is isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ +-- * 'rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier' - The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the Amazon S3 bucket. This parameter is isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ -- --- * 'rdcfsEngine' - The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster. Valid Values: @aurora@ +-- * 'rdcfsEngine' - The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster. Valid Values: @aurora@ , @aurora-postgresql@ -- -- * 'rdcfsMasterUsername' - The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. -- @@ -163,133 +167,138 @@ -> RestoreDBClusterFromS3 restoreDBClusterFromS3 pDBClusterIdentifier_ pEngine_ pMasterUsername_ pMasterUserPassword_ pSourceEngine_ pSourceEngineVersion_ pS3BucketName_ pS3IngestionRoleARN_ = RestoreDBClusterFromS3' - { _rdcfsEngineVersion = Nothing - , _rdcfsStorageEncrypted = Nothing - , _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _rdcfsAvailabilityZones = Nothing - , _rdcfsCharacterSetName = Nothing - , _rdcfsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing - , _rdcfsDatabaseName = Nothing - , _rdcfsDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _rdcfsS3Prefix = Nothing - , _rdcfsOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _rdcfsTags = Nothing - , _rdcfsPort = Nothing - , _rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ - , _rdcfsEngine = pEngine_ - , _rdcfsMasterUsername = pMasterUsername_ - , _rdcfsMasterUserPassword = pMasterUserPassword_ - , _rdcfsSourceEngine = pSourceEngine_ - , _rdcfsSourceEngineVersion = pSourceEngineVersion_ - , _rdcfsS3BucketName = pS3BucketName_ - , _rdcfsS3IngestionRoleARN = pS3IngestionRoleARN_ - } + { _rdcfsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _rdcfsStorageEncrypted = Nothing + , _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdcfsBacktrackWindow = Nothing + , _rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _rdcfsAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _rdcfsCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _rdcfsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _rdcfsDatabaseName = Nothing + , _rdcfsDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _rdcfsS3Prefix = Nothing + , _rdcfsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdcfsTags = Nothing + , _rdcfsPort = Nothing + , _rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + , _rdcfsEngine = pEngine_ + , _rdcfsMasterUsername = pMasterUsername_ + , _rdcfsMasterUserPassword = pMasterUserPassword_ + , _rdcfsSourceEngine = pSourceEngine_ + , _rdcfsSourceEngineVersion = pSourceEngineVersion_ + , _rdcfsS3BucketName = pS3BucketName_ + , _rdcfsS3IngestionRoleARN = pS3IngestionRoleARN_ + } --- | The version number of the database engine to use. __Aurora__ Example: @5.6.10a@ +-- | The version number of the database engine to use. __Aurora MySQL__ Example: @5.6.10a@ __Aurora PostgreSQL__ Example: @9.6.3@ rdcfsEngineVersion :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsEngineVersion = lens _rdcfsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsEngineVersion = a}); +rdcfsEngineVersion = lens _rdcfsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsEngineVersion = a}) -- | Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted. rdcfsStorageEncrypted :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Bool) -rdcfsStorageEncrypted = lens _rdcfsStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsStorageEncrypted = a}); +rdcfsStorageEncrypted = lens _rdcfsStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsStorageEncrypted = a}) -- | A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName = a}) --- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +-- | The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). +rdcfsBacktrackWindow :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Integer) +rdcfsBacktrackWindow = lens _rdcfsBacktrackWindow (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsBacktrackWindow = a}) + +-- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). Format: @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); +rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}) -- | A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster can be created in. rdcfsAvailabilityZones :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 [Text] -rdcfsAvailabilityZones = lens _rdcfsAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdcfsAvailabilityZones = lens _rdcfsAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated with the specified CharacterSet. rdcfsCharacterSetName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsCharacterSetName = lens _rdcfsCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsCharacterSetName = a}); +rdcfsCharacterSetName = lens _rdcfsCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsCharacterSetName = a}) --- | The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. rdcfsKMSKeyId :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsKMSKeyId = lens _rdcfsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsKMSKeyId = a}); +rdcfsKMSKeyId = lens _rdcfsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsKMSKeyId = a}) --- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time per AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ parameter. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow = lens _rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow = a}); +rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow = lens _rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsPreferredBackupWindow = a}) -- | The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. Default: 1 Constraints: * Must be a value from 1 to 35 rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Int) -rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); +rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) -- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster. rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 [Text] -rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The database name for the restored DB cluster. rdcfsDatabaseName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsDatabaseName = lens _rdcfsDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDatabaseName = a}); +rdcfsDatabaseName = lens _rdcfsDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDatabaseName = a}) -- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, @default.aurora5.6@ is used. Constraints: * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. rdcfsDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _rdcfsDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); +rdcfsDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _rdcfsDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) -- | The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a __SourceS3Prefix__ value, then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in the Amazon S3 bucket. rdcfsS3Prefix :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsS3Prefix = lens _rdcfsS3Prefix (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsS3Prefix = a}); +rdcfsS3Prefix = lens _rdcfsS3Prefix (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsS3Prefix = a}) --- | A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. An option group cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. +-- | A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group. Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. An option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. rdcfsOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Text) -rdcfsOptionGroupName = lens _rdcfsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsOptionGroupName = a}); +rdcfsOptionGroupName = lens _rdcfsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsOptionGroupName = a}) -- | Undocumented member. rdcfsTags :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 [Tag] -rdcfsTags = lens _rdcfsTags (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdcfsTags = lens _rdcfsTags (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept connections. Default: @3306@ rdcfsPort :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Int) -rdcfsPort = lens _rdcfsPort (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsPort = a}); +rdcfsPort = lens _rdcfsPort (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsPort = a}) --- | A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 (Maybe Bool) -rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) --- | The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the S3 bucket. This parameter is isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ +-- | The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the Amazon S3 bucket. This parameter is isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @my-cluster1@ rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 Text -rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier = a}) --- | The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster. Valid Values: @aurora@ +-- | The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster. Valid Values: @aurora@ , @aurora-postgresql@ rdcfsEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 Text -rdcfsEngine = lens _rdcfsEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsEngine = a}); +rdcfsEngine = lens _rdcfsEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsEngine = a}) -- | The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. rdcfsMasterUsername :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 Text -rdcfsMasterUsername = lens _rdcfsMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsMasterUsername = a}); +rdcfsMasterUsername = lens _rdcfsMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsMasterUsername = a}) -- | The password for the master database user. This password can contain any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. rdcfsMasterUserPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 Text -rdcfsMasterUserPassword = lens _rdcfsMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsMasterUserPassword = a}); +rdcfsMasterUserPassword = lens _rdcfsMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsMasterUserPassword = a}) -- | The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files stored in the Amazon S3 bucket. Valid values: @mysql@ rdcfsSourceEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 Text -rdcfsSourceEngine = lens _rdcfsSourceEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsSourceEngine = a}); +rdcfsSourceEngine = lens _rdcfsSourceEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsSourceEngine = a}) -- | The version of the database that the backup files were created from. MySQL version 5.5 and 5.6 are supported. Example: @5.6.22@ rdcfsSourceEngineVersion :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 Text -rdcfsSourceEngineVersion = lens _rdcfsSourceEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsSourceEngineVersion = a}); +rdcfsSourceEngineVersion = lens _rdcfsSourceEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsSourceEngineVersion = a}) -- | The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. rdcfsS3BucketName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 Text -rdcfsS3BucketName = lens _rdcfsS3BucketName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsS3BucketName = a}); +rdcfsS3BucketName = lens _rdcfsS3BucketName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsS3BucketName = a}) -- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your behalf. rdcfsS3IngestionRoleARN :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3 Text -rdcfsS3IngestionRoleARN = lens _rdcfsS3IngestionRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsS3IngestionRoleARN = a}); +rdcfsS3IngestionRoleARN = lens _rdcfsS3IngestionRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsS3IngestionRoleARN = a}) instance AWSRequest RestoreDBClusterFromS3 where type Rs RestoreDBClusterFromS3 = @@ -320,6 +329,7 @@ "EngineVersion" =: _rdcfsEngineVersion, "StorageEncrypted" =: _rdcfsStorageEncrypted, "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName, + "BacktrackWindow" =: _rdcfsBacktrackWindow, "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =: _rdcfsPreferredMaintenanceWindow, "AvailabilityZones" =: @@ -373,15 +383,15 @@ -> RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response restoreDBClusterFromS3Response pResponseStatus_ = RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response' - {_rdcfsrsDBCluster = Nothing, _rdcfsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_rdcfsrsDBCluster = Nothing, _rdcfsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. rdcfsrsDBCluster :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response (Maybe DBCluster) -rdcfsrsDBCluster = lens _rdcfsrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsrsDBCluster = a}); +rdcfsrsDBCluster = lens _rdcfsrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsrsDBCluster = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. rdcfsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response Int -rdcfsrsResponseStatus = lens _rdcfsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsrsResponseStatus = a}); +rdcfsrsResponseStatus = lens _rdcfsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData RestoreDBClusterFromS3Response where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ -- * Request Lenses , rdbcfsEngineVersion , rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName + , rdbcfsBacktrackWindow , rdbcfsAvailabilityZones , rdbcfsKMSKeyId , rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds @@ -70,6 +71,7 @@ data RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot' { _rdbcfsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) , _rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdbcfsBacktrackWindow :: !(Maybe Integer) , _rdbcfsAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _rdbcfsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) , _rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -92,9 +94,11 @@ -- -- * 'rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName' - The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ -- +-- * 'rdbcfsBacktrackWindow' - The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). +-- -- * 'rdbcfsAvailabilityZones' - Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster can be created in. -- --- * 'rdbcfsKMSKeyId' - The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. If you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then the following will occur: * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in @SnapshotIdentifier@ is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in @SnapshotIdentifier@ is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. +-- * 'rdbcfsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. If you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then the following will occur: * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in @SnapshotIdentifier@ is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in @SnapshotIdentifier@ is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. -- -- * 'rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds' - A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to. -- @@ -106,9 +110,9 @@ -- -- * 'rdbcfsPort' - The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. -- --- * 'rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- * 'rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ -- --- * 'rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier' - The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-snapshot-id@ +-- * 'rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier' - The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-snapshot-id@ -- -- * 'rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from. You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB snapshot. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot. -- @@ -120,73 +124,78 @@ -> RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot restoreDBClusterFromSnapshot pDBClusterIdentifier_ pSnapshotIdentifier_ pEngine_ = RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot' - { _rdbcfsEngineVersion = Nothing - , _rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _rdbcfsAvailabilityZones = Nothing - , _rdbcfsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing - , _rdbcfsDatabaseName = Nothing - , _rdbcfsOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _rdbcfsTags = Nothing - , _rdbcfsPort = Nothing - , _rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ - , _rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier = pSnapshotIdentifier_ - , _rdbcfsEngine = pEngine_ - } + { _rdbcfsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdbcfsBacktrackWindow = Nothing + , _rdbcfsAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _rdbcfsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _rdbcfsDatabaseName = Nothing + , _rdbcfsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdbcfsTags = Nothing + , _rdbcfsPort = Nothing + , _rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + , _rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier = pSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _rdbcfsEngine = pEngine_ + } -- | The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. rdbcfsEngineVersion :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbcfsEngineVersion = lens _rdbcfsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsEngineVersion = a}); +rdbcfsEngineVersion = lens _rdbcfsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsEngineVersion = a}) -- | The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName = a}) +-- | The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). +rdbcfsBacktrackWindow :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Integer) +rdbcfsBacktrackWindow = lens _rdbcfsBacktrackWindow (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsBacktrackWindow = a}) + -- | Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster can be created in. rdbcfsAvailabilityZones :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot [Text] -rdbcfsAvailabilityZones = lens _rdbcfsAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdbcfsAvailabilityZones = lens _rdbcfsAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce --- | The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. If you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then the following will occur: * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in @SnapshotIdentifier@ is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in @SnapshotIdentifier@ is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. If you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then the following will occur: * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in @SnapshotIdentifier@ is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in @SnapshotIdentifier@ is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. rdbcfsKMSKeyId :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbcfsKMSKeyId = lens _rdbcfsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsKMSKeyId = a}); +rdbcfsKMSKeyId = lens _rdbcfsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsKMSKeyId = a}) -- | A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to. rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot [Text] -rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The database name for the restored DB cluster. rdbcfsDatabaseName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbcfsDatabaseName = lens _rdbcfsDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsDatabaseName = a}); +rdbcfsDatabaseName = lens _rdbcfsDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsDatabaseName = a}) -- | The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster. rdbcfsOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbcfsOptionGroupName = lens _rdbcfsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsOptionGroupName = a}); +rdbcfsOptionGroupName = lens _rdbcfsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsOptionGroupName = a}) -- | The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster. rdbcfsTags :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot [Tag] -rdbcfsTags = lens _rdbcfsTags (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdbcfsTags = lens _rdbcfsTags (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. rdbcfsPort :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Int) -rdbcfsPort = lens _rdbcfsPort (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsPort = a}); +rdbcfsPort = lens _rdbcfsPort (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsPort = a}) --- | A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) --- | The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-snapshot-id@ +-- | The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-snapshot-id@ rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot Text -rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsDBClusterIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from. You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB snapshot. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot. rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot Text -rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier = lens _rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier = lens _rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | The database engine to use for the new DB cluster. Default: The same as source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source rdbcfsEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot Text -rdbcfsEngine = lens _rdbcfsEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsEngine = a}); +rdbcfsEngine = lens _rdbcfsEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsEngine = a}) instance AWSRequest RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot where @@ -218,6 +227,7 @@ "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), "EngineVersion" =: _rdbcfsEngineVersion, "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _rdbcfsDBSubnetGroupName, + "BacktrackWindow" =: _rdbcfsBacktrackWindow, "AvailabilityZones" =: toQuery (toQueryList "AvailabilityZone" <$> @@ -257,16 +267,16 @@ -> RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse restoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse pResponseStatus_ = RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse' - {_rdbcfsrsDBCluster = Nothing, _rdbcfsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_rdbcfsrsDBCluster = Nothing, _rdbcfsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. rdbcfsrsDBCluster :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBCluster) -rdbcfsrsDBCluster = lens _rdbcfsrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsrsDBCluster = a}); +rdbcfsrsDBCluster = lens _rdbcfsrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsrsDBCluster = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. rdbcfsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse Int -rdbcfsrsResponseStatus = lens _rdbcfsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsrsResponseStatus = a}); +rdbcfsrsResponseStatus = lens _rdbcfsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdbcfsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ -- * Request Lenses , rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime , rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName + , rdctpitBacktrackWindow , rdctpitKMSKeyId , rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds , rdctpitRestoreType @@ -65,6 +66,7 @@ data RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime' { _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe Bool) , _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdctpitBacktrackWindow :: !(Maybe Integer) , _rdctpitKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) , _rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _rdctpitRestoreType :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -86,11 +88,13 @@ -- -- * 'rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName' - The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ -- --- * 'rdctpitKMSKeyId' - The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the @KmsKeyId@ parameter. If you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then the following will occur: * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. If @DBClusterIdentifier@ refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then the restore request is rejected. +-- * 'rdctpitBacktrackWindow' - The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). -- +-- * 'rdctpitKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the @KmsKeyId@ parameter. If you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then the following will occur: * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. If @DBClusterIdentifier@ refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then the restore request is rejected. +-- -- * 'rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds' - A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to. -- --- * 'rdctpitRestoreType' - The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following values: * @full-copy@ - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster. * @copy-on-write@ - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source DB cluster. Constraints: You cannot specify @copy-on-write@ if the engine version of the source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. If you don't specify a @RestoreType@ value, then the new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster. +-- * 'rdctpitRestoreType' - The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following values: * @full-copy@ - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster. * @copy-on-write@ - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source DB cluster. Constraints: You can't specify @copy-on-write@ if the engine version of the source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. If you don't specify a @RestoreType@ value, then the new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster. -- -- * 'rdctpitOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group for the new DB cluster. -- @@ -100,7 +104,7 @@ -- -- * 'rdctpitPort' - The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. -- --- * 'rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- * 'rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ -- -- * 'rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier' - The name of the new DB cluster to be created. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -- @@ -111,68 +115,73 @@ -> RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime restoreDBClusterToPointInTime pDBClusterIdentifier_ pSourceDBClusterIdentifier_ = RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime' - { _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime = Nothing - , _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _rdctpitKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing - , _rdctpitRestoreType = Nothing - , _rdctpitOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _rdctpitRestoreToTime = Nothing - , _rdctpitTags = Nothing - , _rdctpitPort = Nothing - , _rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ - , _rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier = pSourceDBClusterIdentifier_ - } + { _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdctpitBacktrackWindow = Nothing + , _rdctpitKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _rdctpitRestoreType = Nothing + , _rdctpitOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdctpitRestoreToTime = Nothing + , _rdctpitTags = Nothing + , _rdctpitPort = Nothing + , _rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + , _rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier = pSourceDBClusterIdentifier_ + } -- | A value that is set to @true@ to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable backup time, and @false@ otherwise. Default: @false@ Constraints: Cannot be specified if @RestoreToTime@ parameter is provided. rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime = lens _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime = a}); +rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime = lens _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime = a}) -- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName = a}) --- | The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the @KmsKeyId@ parameter. If you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then the following will occur: * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. If @DBClusterIdentifier@ refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then the restore request is rejected. +-- | The target backtrack window, in seconds. To disable backtracking, set this value to 0. Default: 0 Constraints: * If specified, this value must be set to a number from 0 to 259,200 (72 hours). +rdctpitBacktrackWindow :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Integer) +rdctpitBacktrackWindow = lens _rdctpitBacktrackWindow (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitBacktrackWindow = a}) + +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the @KmsKeyId@ parameter. If you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then the following will occur: * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. If @DBClusterIdentifier@ refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then the restore request is rejected. rdctpitKMSKeyId :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdctpitKMSKeyId = lens _rdctpitKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitKMSKeyId = a}); +rdctpitKMSKeyId = lens _rdctpitKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitKMSKeyId = a}) -- | A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to. rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime [Text] -rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce --- | The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following values: * @full-copy@ - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster. * @copy-on-write@ - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source DB cluster. Constraints: You cannot specify @copy-on-write@ if the engine version of the source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. If you don't specify a @RestoreType@ value, then the new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster. +-- | The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following values: * @full-copy@ - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster. * @copy-on-write@ - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source DB cluster. Constraints: You can't specify @copy-on-write@ if the engine version of the source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. If you don't specify a @RestoreType@ value, then the new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source DB cluster. rdctpitRestoreType :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdctpitRestoreType = lens _rdctpitRestoreType (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitRestoreType = a}); +rdctpitRestoreType = lens _rdctpitRestoreType (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitRestoreType = a}) -- | The name of the option group for the new DB cluster. rdctpitOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdctpitOptionGroupName = lens _rdctpitOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitOptionGroupName = a}); +rdctpitOptionGroupName = lens _rdctpitOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitOptionGroupName = a}) -- | The date and time to restore the DB cluster to. Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format Constraints: * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance * Must be specified if @UseLatestRestorableTime@ parameter is not provided * Cannot be specified if @UseLatestRestorableTime@ parameter is true * Cannot be specified if @RestoreType@ parameter is @copy-on-write@ Example: @2015-03-07T23:45:00Z@ rdctpitRestoreToTime :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe UTCTime) -rdctpitRestoreToTime = lens _rdctpitRestoreToTime (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitRestoreToTime = a}) . mapping _Time; +rdctpitRestoreToTime = lens _rdctpitRestoreToTime (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitRestoreToTime = a}) . mapping _Time -- | Undocumented member. rdctpitTags :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime [Tag] -rdctpitTags = lens _rdctpitTags (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdctpitTags = lens _rdctpitTags (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. rdctpitPort :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Int) -rdctpitPort = lens _rdctpitPort (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitPort = a}); +rdctpitPort = lens _rdctpitPort (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitPort = a}) --- | A Boolean value that is true to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) -- | The name of the new DB cluster to be created. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime Text -rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime Text -rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier = a}); +rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime where @@ -206,6 +215,7 @@ "UseLatestRestorableTime" =: _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime, "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName, + "BacktrackWindow" =: _rdctpitBacktrackWindow, "KmsKeyId" =: _rdctpitKMSKeyId, "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: toQuery @@ -242,16 +252,16 @@ -> RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse restoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse pResponseStatus_ = RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse' - {_rdctpitrsDBCluster = Nothing, _rdctpitrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_rdctpitrsDBCluster = Nothing, _rdctpitrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. rdctpitrsDBCluster :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse (Maybe DBCluster) -rdctpitrsDBCluster = lens _rdctpitrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitrsDBCluster = a}); +rdctpitrsDBCluster = lens _rdctpitrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitrsDBCluster = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. rdctpitrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse Int -rdctpitrsResponseStatus = lens _rdctpitrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitrsResponseStatus = a}); +rdctpitrsResponseStatus = lens _rdctpitrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ -- Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment and not a single-AZ deployment. -- -- --- If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. RDS does not allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from the snapshot. +-- If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from the snapshot. -- -- If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. -- @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ , rdifdsPort , rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication , rdifdsStorageType + , rdifdsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports , rdifdsDBName , rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier , rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier @@ -94,6 +95,7 @@ , _rdifdsPort :: !(Maybe Int) , _rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: !(Maybe Bool) , _rdifdsStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _rdifdsDBName :: !(Maybe Text) , _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text , _rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !Text @@ -114,23 +116,23 @@ -- -- * 'rdifdsDomain' - Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. -- --- * 'rdifdsEngine' - The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. You can restore a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot. Valid Values: * @aurora@ * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ +-- * 'rdifdsEngine' - The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. For example, you can restore a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot. Valid Values: * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ -- --- * 'rdifdsTDECredentialPassword' - The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the device. +-- * 'rdifdsTDECredentialPassword' - The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device. -- --- * 'rdifdsDBInstanceClass' - The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. +-- * 'rdifdsDBInstanceClass' - The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. -- -- * 'rdifdsLicenseModel' - License model information for the restored DB instance. Default: Same as source. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ -- --- * 'rdifdsAvailabilityZone' - The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . Example: @us-east-1a@ +-- * 'rdifdsAvailabilityZone' - The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . Example: @us-east-1a@ -- --- * 'rdifdsMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . +-- * 'rdifdsMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . -- --- * 'rdifdsOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- * 'rdifdsOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance -- --- * 'rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- * 'rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. -- --- * 'rdifdsTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +-- * 'rdifdsTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. -- -- * 'rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName' - Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. -- @@ -138,10 +140,12 @@ -- -- * 'rdifdsPort' - The port number on which the database accepts connections. Default: The same port as the original DB instance Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ -- --- * 'rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. Default: @false@ +-- * 'rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ -- --- * 'rdifdsStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- * 'rdifdsStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ -- +-- * 'rdifdsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports' - The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. +-- -- * 'rdifdsDBName' - The database name for the restored DB instance. -- -- * 'rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier' - Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 numbers, letters, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-snapshot-id@ @@ -153,118 +157,123 @@ -> RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot pDBInstanceIdentifier_ pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' - { _rdifdsPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _rdifdsIOPS = Nothing - , _rdifdsDomain = Nothing - , _rdifdsEngine = Nothing - , _rdifdsTDECredentialPassword = Nothing - , _rdifdsDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _rdifdsLicenseModel = Nothing - , _rdifdsAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _rdifdsMultiAZ = Nothing - , _rdifdsOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing - , _rdifdsTDECredentialARN = Nothing - , _rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName = Nothing - , _rdifdsTags = Nothing - , _rdifdsPort = Nothing - , _rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _rdifdsStorageType = Nothing - , _rdifdsDBName = Nothing - , _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - , _rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ - } + { _rdifdsPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdifdsIOPS = Nothing + , _rdifdsDomain = Nothing + , _rdifdsEngine = Nothing + , _rdifdsTDECredentialPassword = Nothing + , _rdifdsDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdifdsLicenseModel = Nothing + , _rdifdsAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _rdifdsMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdifdsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _rdifdsTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName = Nothing + , _rdifdsTags = Nothing + , _rdifdsPort = Nothing + , _rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _rdifdsStorageType = Nothing + , _rdifdsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = Nothing + , _rdifdsDBName = Nothing + , _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ + } -- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. * __Default VPC:__ true * __VPC:__ false If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is private. rdifdsPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -rdifdsPubliclyAccessible = lens _rdifdsPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsPubliclyAccessible = a}); +rdifdsPubliclyAccessible = lens _rdifdsPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsPubliclyAccessible = a}) -- | Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window. rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); +rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}) -- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName = a}) -- | Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the IOPS value is taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance is converted to a non-PIOPS instance. The conversion takes additional time, though your DB instance is available for connections before the conversion starts. The provisioned IOPS value must follow the requirements for your database engine. For more information, see . Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. rdifdsIOPS :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -rdifdsIOPS = lens _rdifdsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsIOPS = a}); +rdifdsIOPS = lens _rdifdsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsIOPS = a}) -- | Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. rdifdsDomain :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsDomain = lens _rdifdsDomain (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDomain = a}); +rdifdsDomain = lens _rdifdsDomain (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDomain = a}) --- | The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. You can restore a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot. Valid Values: * @aurora@ * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ +-- | The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. For example, you can restore a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot. Valid Values: * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ rdifdsEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsEngine = lens _rdifdsEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsEngine = a}); +rdifdsEngine = lens _rdifdsEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsEngine = a}) --- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the device. +-- | The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device. rdifdsTDECredentialPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsTDECredentialPassword = lens _rdifdsTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsTDECredentialPassword = a}); +rdifdsTDECredentialPassword = lens _rdifdsTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsTDECredentialPassword = a}) --- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. rdifdsDBInstanceClass :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsDBInstanceClass = lens _rdifdsDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBInstanceClass = a}); +rdifdsDBInstanceClass = lens _rdifdsDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBInstanceClass = a}) -- | License model information for the restored DB instance. Default: Same as source. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ rdifdsLicenseModel :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsLicenseModel = lens _rdifdsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsLicenseModel = a}); +rdifdsLicenseModel = lens _rdifdsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsLicenseModel = a}) --- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . Example: @us-east-1a@ +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . Example: @us-east-1a@ rdifdsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsAvailabilityZone = lens _rdifdsAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsAvailabilityZone = a}); +rdifdsAvailabilityZone = lens _rdifdsAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsAvailabilityZone = a}) --- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . rdifdsMultiAZ :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -rdifdsMultiAZ = lens _rdifdsMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsMultiAZ = a}); +rdifdsMultiAZ = lens _rdifdsMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsMultiAZ = a}) --- | The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- | The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance rdifdsOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsOptionGroupName = lens _rdifdsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsOptionGroupName = a}); +rdifdsOptionGroupName = lens _rdifdsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsOptionGroupName = a}) --- | True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- | True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); +rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}) --- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +-- | The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. rdifdsTDECredentialARN :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsTDECredentialARN = lens _rdifdsTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsTDECredentialARN = a}); +rdifdsTDECredentialARN = lens _rdifdsTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsTDECredentialARN = a}) -- | Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName = lens _rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName = a}); +rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName = lens _rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDomainIAMRoleName = a}) -- | Undocumented member. rdifdsTags :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot [Tag] -rdifdsTags = lens _rdifdsTags (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rdifdsTags = lens _rdifdsTags (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. Default: The same port as the original DB instance Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ rdifdsPort :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -rdifdsPort = lens _rdifdsPort (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsPort = a}); +rdifdsPort = lens _rdifdsPort (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsPort = a}) --- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ rdifdsStorageType :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsStorageType = lens _rdifdsStorageType (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsStorageType = a}); +rdifdsStorageType = lens _rdifdsStorageType (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsStorageType = a}) +-- | The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. +rdifdsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot [Text] +rdifdsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = lens _rdifdsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + -- | The database name for the restored DB instance. rdifdsDBName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdifdsDBName = lens _rdifdsDBName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBName = a}); +rdifdsDBName = lens _rdifdsDBName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBName = a}) -- | Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 numbers, letters, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: @my-snapshot-id@ rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot Text -rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) -- | The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. * If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the @DBSnapshotIdentifier@ must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot Text -rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot where @@ -319,6 +328,10 @@ "EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication" =: _rdifdsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, "StorageType" =: _rdifdsStorageType, + "EnableCloudwatchLogsExports" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "member" <$> + _rdifdsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports), "DBName" =: _rdifdsDBName, "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier, @@ -344,16 +357,16 @@ -> RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse pResponseStatus_ = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse' - {_rdifdsrsDBInstance = Nothing, _rdifdsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_rdifdsrsDBInstance = Nothing, _rdifdsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. rdifdsrsDBInstance :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -rdifdsrsDBInstance = lens _rdifdsrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsrsDBInstance = a}); +rdifdsrsDBInstance = lens _rdifdsrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsrsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. rdifdsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse Int -rdifdsrsResponseStatus = lens _rdifdsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsrsResponseStatus = a}); +rdifdsrsResponseStatus = lens _rdifdsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3.hs @@ -0,0 +1,531 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) supports importing MySQL databases by using backup files. You can create a backup of your on-premises database, store it on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and then restore the backup file onto a new Amazon RDS DB instance running MySQL. For more information, see . +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 + ( + -- * Creating a Request + restoreDBInstanceFromS3 + , RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 + -- * Request Lenses + , rdifsEngineVersion + , rdifsDBSecurityGroups + , rdifsStorageEncrypted + , rdifsMasterUserPassword + , rdifsPubliclyAccessible + , rdifsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , rdifsMasterUsername + , rdifsDBSubnetGroupName + , rdifsMonitoringRoleARN + , rdifsIOPS + , rdifsMonitoringInterval + , rdifsLicenseModel + , rdifsPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , rdifsEnablePerformanceInsights + , rdifsKMSKeyId + , rdifsDBParameterGroupName + , rdifsPreferredBackupWindow + , rdifsAvailabilityZone + , rdifsBackupRetentionPeriod + , rdifsPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId + , rdifsVPCSecurityGroupIds + , rdifsMultiAZ + , rdifsS3Prefix + , rdifsAllocatedStorage + , rdifsOptionGroupName + , rdifsCopyTagsToSnapshot + , rdifsTags + , rdifsPort + , rdifsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication + , rdifsStorageType + , rdifsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports + , rdifsDBName + , rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier + , rdifsDBInstanceClass + , rdifsEngine + , rdifsSourceEngine + , rdifsSourceEngineVersion + , rdifsS3BucketName + , rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , restoreDBInstanceFromS3Response + , RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response + -- * Response Lenses + , rdifsrsDBInstance + , rdifsrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'restoreDBInstanceFromS3' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 = RestoreDBInstanceFromS3' + { _rdifsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rdifsStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifsMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifsMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsMonitoringRoleARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdifsMonitoringInterval :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdifsLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsEnablePerformanceInsights :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdifsPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rdifsMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifsS3Prefix :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdifsOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifsTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _rdifsPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdifsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifsStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rdifsDBName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + , _rdifsDBInstanceClass :: !Text + , _rdifsEngine :: !Text + , _rdifsSourceEngine :: !Text + , _rdifsSourceEngineVersion :: !Text + , _rdifsS3BucketName :: !Text + , _rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN :: !Text + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBInstanceFromS3' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdifsEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine to use. Choose the latest minor version of your database engine as specified in 'CreateDBInstance' . +-- +-- * 'rdifsDBSecurityGroups' - A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. +-- +-- * 'rdifsStorageEncrypted' - Specifies whether the new DB instance is encrypted or not. +-- +-- * 'rdifsMasterUserPassword' - The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. +-- +-- * 'rdifsPubliclyAccessible' - Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible or not. For more information, see 'CreateDBInstance' . +-- +-- * 'rdifsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' - True to indicate that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window, and otherwise false. Default: @true@ +-- +-- * 'rdifsMasterUsername' - The name for the master user. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. +-- +-- * 'rdifsDBSubnetGroupName' - A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdifsMonitoringRoleARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, see . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. +-- +-- * 'rdifsIOPS' - The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to allocate initially for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see see . +-- +-- * 'rdifsMonitoringInterval' - The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. If @MonitoringRoleArn@ is specified, then you must also set @MonitoringInterval@ to a value other than 0. Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 Default: @0@ +-- +-- * 'rdifsLicenseModel' - The license model for this DB instance. Use @general-public-license@ . +-- +-- * 'rdifsPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see . Constraints: * Must be in the format @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ . * Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- +-- * 'rdifsEnablePerformanceInsights' - True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. +-- +-- * 'rdifsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. +-- +-- * 'rdifsDBParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If this argument is omitted, the default parameter group for the specified engine is used. +-- +-- * 'rdifsPreferredBackupWindow' - The time range each day during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled. For more information, see . Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +-- +-- * 'rdifsAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information about AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see . Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example: @us-east-1d@ Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . The specified Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current endpoint. +-- +-- * 'rdifsBackupRetentionPeriod' - The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this parameter to a positive number enables backups. For more information, see 'CreateDBInstance' . +-- +-- * 'rdifsPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +-- +-- * 'rdifsVPCSecurityGroupIds' - A list of VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdifsMultiAZ' - Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. If MultiAZ is set to @true@ , you can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter. +-- +-- * 'rdifsS3Prefix' - The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket. +-- +-- * 'rdifsAllocatedStorage' - The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance. Follow the allocation rules specified in 'CreateDBInstance' . +-- +-- * 'rdifsOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is used. +-- +-- * 'rdifsCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. Default: false. +-- +-- * 'rdifsTags' - A list of tags to associate with this DB instance. For more information, see . +-- +-- * 'rdifsPort' - The port number on which the database accepts connections. Type: Integer Valid Values: @1150@ -@65535@ Default: @3306@ +-- +-- * 'rdifsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +-- +-- * 'rdifsStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard@ | @gp2@ | @io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- +-- * 'rdifsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports' - The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. +-- +-- * 'rdifsDBName' - The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. Follow the naming rules specified in 'CreateDBInstance' . +-- +-- * 'rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier' - The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @mydbinstance@ +-- +-- * 'rdifsDBInstanceClass' - The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Importing from Amazon S3 is not supported on the db.t2.micro DB instance class. +-- +-- * 'rdifsEngine' - The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. Valid Values: @mysql@ +-- +-- * 'rdifsSourceEngine' - The name of the engine of your source database. Valid Values: @mysql@ +-- +-- * 'rdifsSourceEngineVersion' - The engine version of your source database. Valid Values: @5.6@ +-- +-- * 'rdifsS3BucketName' - The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file. +-- +-- * 'rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN' - An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to allow Amazon RDS to access your Amazon S3 bucket. +restoreDBInstanceFromS3 + :: Text -- ^ 'rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdifsDBInstanceClass' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdifsEngine' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdifsSourceEngine' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdifsSourceEngineVersion' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdifsS3BucketName' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN' + -> RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 +restoreDBInstanceFromS3 pDBInstanceIdentifier_ pDBInstanceClass_ pEngine_ pSourceEngine_ pSourceEngineVersion_ pS3BucketName_ pS3IngestionRoleARN_ = + RestoreDBInstanceFromS3' + { _rdifsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _rdifsDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _rdifsStorageEncrypted = Nothing + , _rdifsMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _rdifsPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _rdifsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _rdifsMasterUsername = Nothing + , _rdifsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdifsMonitoringRoleARN = Nothing + , _rdifsIOPS = Nothing + , _rdifsMonitoringInterval = Nothing + , _rdifsLicenseModel = Nothing + , _rdifsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _rdifsEnablePerformanceInsights = Nothing + , _rdifsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _rdifsDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _rdifsPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _rdifsAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _rdifsBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _rdifsPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _rdifsVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _rdifsMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdifsS3Prefix = Nothing + , _rdifsAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _rdifsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdifsCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _rdifsTags = Nothing + , _rdifsPort = Nothing + , _rdifsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _rdifsStorageType = Nothing + , _rdifsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = Nothing + , _rdifsDBName = Nothing + , _rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _rdifsDBInstanceClass = pDBInstanceClass_ + , _rdifsEngine = pEngine_ + , _rdifsSourceEngine = pSourceEngine_ + , _rdifsSourceEngineVersion = pSourceEngineVersion_ + , _rdifsS3BucketName = pS3BucketName_ + , _rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN = pS3IngestionRoleARN_ + } + + +-- | The version number of the database engine to use. Choose the latest minor version of your database engine as specified in 'CreateDBInstance' . +rdifsEngineVersion :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsEngineVersion = lens _rdifsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_rdifsEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. +rdifsDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 [Text] +rdifsDBSecurityGroups = lens _rdifsDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_rdifsDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Specifies whether the new DB instance is encrypted or not. +rdifsStorageEncrypted :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Bool) +rdifsStorageEncrypted = lens _rdifsStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_rdifsStorageEncrypted = a}) + +-- | The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. +rdifsMasterUserPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsMasterUserPassword = lens _rdifsMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_rdifsMasterUserPassword = a}) + +-- | Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible or not. For more information, see 'CreateDBInstance' . +rdifsPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Bool) +rdifsPubliclyAccessible = lens _rdifsPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_rdifsPubliclyAccessible = a}) + +-- | True to indicate that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window, and otherwise false. Default: @true@ +rdifsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Bool) +rdifsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _rdifsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_rdifsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}) + +-- | The name for the master user. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. +rdifsMasterUsername :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsMasterUsername = lens _rdifsMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_rdifsMasterUsername = a}) + +-- | A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. +rdifsDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdifsDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdifsDBSubnetGroupName = a}) + +-- | The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, @arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess@ . For information on creating a monitoring role, see . If @MonitoringInterval@ is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a @MonitoringRoleArn@ value. +rdifsMonitoringRoleARN :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsMonitoringRoleARN = lens _rdifsMonitoringRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_rdifsMonitoringRoleARN = a}) + +-- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to allocate initially for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see see . +rdifsIOPS :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Int) +rdifsIOPS = lens _rdifsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_rdifsIOPS = a}) + +-- | The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring metrics, specify 0. If @MonitoringRoleArn@ is specified, then you must also set @MonitoringInterval@ to a value other than 0. Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 Default: @0@ +rdifsMonitoringInterval :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Int) +rdifsMonitoringInterval = lens _rdifsMonitoringInterval (\ s a -> s{_rdifsMonitoringInterval = a}) + +-- | The license model for this DB instance. Use @general-public-license@ . +rdifsLicenseModel :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsLicenseModel = lens _rdifsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_rdifsLicenseModel = a}) + +-- | The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see . Constraints: * Must be in the format @ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi@ . * Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +rdifsPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _rdifsPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_rdifsPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}) + +-- | True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. +rdifsEnablePerformanceInsights :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Bool) +rdifsEnablePerformanceInsights = lens _rdifsEnablePerformanceInsights (\ s a -> s{_rdifsEnablePerformanceInsights = a}) + +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. If the @StorageEncrypted@ parameter is true, and you do not specify a value for the @KmsKeyId@ parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. +rdifsKMSKeyId :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsKMSKeyId = lens _rdifsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_rdifsKMSKeyId = a}) + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If this argument is omitted, the default parameter group for the specified engine is used. +rdifsDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsDBParameterGroupName = lens _rdifsDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdifsDBParameterGroupName = a}) + +-- | The time range each day during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled. For more information, see . Constraints: * Must be in the format @hh24:mi-hh24:mi@ . * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. * Must be at least 30 minutes. +rdifsPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsPreferredBackupWindow = lens _rdifsPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_rdifsPreferredBackupWindow = a}) + +-- | The Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information about AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see . Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS Region. Example: @us-east-1d@ Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . The specified Availability Zone must be in the same AWS Region as the current endpoint. +rdifsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsAvailabilityZone = lens _rdifsAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rdifsAvailabilityZone = a}) + +-- | The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this parameter to a positive number enables backups. For more information, see 'CreateDBInstance' . +rdifsBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Int) +rdifsBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _rdifsBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_rdifsBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) + +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +rdifsPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = lens _rdifsPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_rdifsPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = a}) + +-- | A list of VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. +rdifsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 [Text] +rdifsVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdifsVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdifsVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. If MultiAZ is set to @true@ , you can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter. +rdifsMultiAZ :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Bool) +rdifsMultiAZ = lens _rdifsMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdifsMultiAZ = a}) + +-- | The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket. +rdifsS3Prefix :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsS3Prefix = lens _rdifsS3Prefix (\ s a -> s{_rdifsS3Prefix = a}) + +-- | The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance. Follow the allocation rules specified in 'CreateDBInstance' . +rdifsAllocatedStorage :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Int) +rdifsAllocatedStorage = lens _rdifsAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_rdifsAllocatedStorage = a}) + +-- | The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is used. +rdifsOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsOptionGroupName = lens _rdifsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdifsOptionGroupName = a}) + +-- | True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. Default: false. +rdifsCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Bool) +rdifsCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _rdifsCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_rdifsCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}) + +-- | A list of tags to associate with this DB instance. For more information, see . +rdifsTags :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 [Tag] +rdifsTags = lens _rdifsTags (\ s a -> s{_rdifsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. Type: Integer Valid Values: @1150@ -@65535@ Default: @3306@ +rdifsPort :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Int) +rdifsPort = lens _rdifsPort (\ s a -> s{_rdifsPort = a}) + +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. Default: @false@ +rdifsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Bool) +rdifsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rdifsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rdifsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) + +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard@ | @gp2@ | @io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +rdifsStorageType :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsStorageType = lens _rdifsStorageType (\ s a -> s{_rdifsStorageType = a}) + +-- | The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. +rdifsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 [Text] +rdifsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = lens _rdifsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports (\ s a -> s{_rdifsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. Follow the naming rules specified in 'CreateDBInstance' . +rdifsDBName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 (Maybe Text) +rdifsDBName = lens _rdifsDBName (\ s a -> s{_rdifsDBName = a}) + +-- | The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. * First character must be a letter. * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: @mydbinstance@ +rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 Text +rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) + +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Importing from Amazon S3 is not supported on the db.t2.micro DB instance class. +rdifsDBInstanceClass :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 Text +rdifsDBInstanceClass = lens _rdifsDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdifsDBInstanceClass = a}) + +-- | The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. Valid Values: @mysql@ +rdifsEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 Text +rdifsEngine = lens _rdifsEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdifsEngine = a}) + +-- | The name of the engine of your source database. Valid Values: @mysql@ +rdifsSourceEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 Text +rdifsSourceEngine = lens _rdifsSourceEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdifsSourceEngine = a}) + +-- | The engine version of your source database. Valid Values: @5.6@ +rdifsSourceEngineVersion :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 Text +rdifsSourceEngineVersion = lens _rdifsSourceEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_rdifsSourceEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file. +rdifsS3BucketName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 Text +rdifsS3BucketName = lens _rdifsS3BucketName (\ s a -> s{_rdifsS3BucketName = a}) + +-- | An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to allow Amazon RDS to access your Amazon S3 bucket. +rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 Text +rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN = lens _rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN = a}) + +instance AWSRequest RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 where + type Rs RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 = + RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response + request = postQuery rds + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Result" + (\ s h x -> + RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 where + +instance NFData RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 where + +instance ToHeaders RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 where + toQuery RestoreDBInstanceFromS3'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("RestoreDBInstanceFromS3" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "EngineVersion" =: _rdifsEngineVersion, + "DBSecurityGroups" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "DBSecurityGroupName" <$> + _rdifsDBSecurityGroups), + "StorageEncrypted" =: _rdifsStorageEncrypted, + "MasterUserPassword" =: _rdifsMasterUserPassword, + "PubliclyAccessible" =: _rdifsPubliclyAccessible, + "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =: + _rdifsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade, + "MasterUsername" =: _rdifsMasterUsername, + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _rdifsDBSubnetGroupName, + "MonitoringRoleArn" =: _rdifsMonitoringRoleARN, + "Iops" =: _rdifsIOPS, + "MonitoringInterval" =: _rdifsMonitoringInterval, + "LicenseModel" =: _rdifsLicenseModel, + "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =: + _rdifsPreferredMaintenanceWindow, + "EnablePerformanceInsights" =: + _rdifsEnablePerformanceInsights, + "KmsKeyId" =: _rdifsKMSKeyId, + "DBParameterGroupName" =: _rdifsDBParameterGroupName, + "PreferredBackupWindow" =: + _rdifsPreferredBackupWindow, + "AvailabilityZone" =: _rdifsAvailabilityZone, + "BackupRetentionPeriod" =: + _rdifsBackupRetentionPeriod, + "PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId" =: + _rdifsPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, + "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _rdifsVPCSecurityGroupIds), + "MultiAZ" =: _rdifsMultiAZ, + "S3Prefix" =: _rdifsS3Prefix, + "AllocatedStorage" =: _rdifsAllocatedStorage, + "OptionGroupName" =: _rdifsOptionGroupName, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot" =: _rdifsCopyTagsToSnapshot, + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _rdifsTags), + "Port" =: _rdifsPort, + "EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication" =: + _rdifsEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, + "StorageType" =: _rdifsStorageType, + "EnableCloudwatchLogsExports" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "member" <$> + _rdifsEnableCloudwatchLogsExports), + "DBName" =: _rdifsDBName, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _rdifsDBInstanceIdentifier, + "DBInstanceClass" =: _rdifsDBInstanceClass, + "Engine" =: _rdifsEngine, + "SourceEngine" =: _rdifsSourceEngine, + "SourceEngineVersion" =: _rdifsSourceEngineVersion, + "S3BucketName" =: _rdifsS3BucketName, + "S3IngestionRoleArn" =: _rdifsS3IngestionRoleARN] + +-- | /See:/ 'restoreDBInstanceFromS3Response' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response = RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response' + { _rdifsrsDBInstance :: !(Maybe DBInstance) + , _rdifsrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdifsrsDBInstance' - Undocumented member. +-- +-- * 'rdifsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +restoreDBInstanceFromS3Response + :: Int -- ^ 'rdifsrsResponseStatus' + -> RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response +restoreDBInstanceFromS3Response pResponseStatus_ = + RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response' + {_rdifsrsDBInstance = Nothing, _rdifsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + + +-- | Undocumented member. +rdifsrsDBInstance :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response (Maybe DBInstance) +rdifsrsDBInstance = lens _rdifsrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rdifsrsDBInstance = a}) + +-- | -- | The response status code. +rdifsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response Int +rdifsrsResponseStatus = lens _rdifsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdifsrsResponseStatus = a}) + +instance NFData RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ , rditpitPort , rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication , rditpitStorageType + , rditpitEnableCloudwatchLogsExports , rditpitDBName , rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier , rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier @@ -96,6 +97,7 @@ , _rditpitPort :: !(Maybe Int) , _rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: !(Maybe Bool) , _rditpitStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _rditpitDBName :: !(Maybe Text) , _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text , _rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text @@ -120,23 +122,23 @@ -- -- * 'rditpitDomain' - Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. -- --- * 'rditpitEngine' - The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source Valid Values: * @aurora@ * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ +-- * 'rditpitEngine' - The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source Valid Values: * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ -- --- * 'rditpitTDECredentialPassword' - The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the device. +-- * 'rditpitTDECredentialPassword' - The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device. -- --- * 'rditpitDBInstanceClass' - The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. +-- * 'rditpitDBInstanceClass' - The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. -- -- * 'rditpitLicenseModel' - License model information for the restored DB instance. Default: Same as source. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ -- --- * 'rditpitAvailabilityZone' - The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. Example: @us-east-1a@ +-- * 'rditpitAvailabilityZone' - The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. Example: @us-east-1a@ -- --- * 'rditpitMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . +-- * 'rditpitMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . -- --- * 'rditpitOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- * 'rditpitOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance -- --- * 'rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- * 'rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot' - True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. -- --- * 'rditpitTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +-- * 'rditpitTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. -- -- * 'rditpitDomainIAMRoleName' - Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. -- @@ -144,143 +146,150 @@ -- -- * 'rditpitPort' - The port number on which the database accepts connections. Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ Default: The same port as the original DB instance. -- --- * 'rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. Default: @false@ +-- * 'rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ -- --- * 'rditpitStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- * 'rditpitStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ -- +-- * 'rditpitEnableCloudwatchLogsExports' - The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. +-- -- * 'rditpitDBName' - The database name for the restored DB instance. -- --- * 'rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' - The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. +-- * 'rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' - The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. -- --- * 'rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier' - The name of the new database instance to be created. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- * 'rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier' - The name of the new DB instance to be created. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime :: Text -- ^ 'rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' -> Text -- ^ 'rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier' -> RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ pTargetDBInstanceIdentifier_ = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime' - { _rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime = Nothing - , _rditpitPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _rditpitDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _rditpitRestoreTime = Nothing - , _rditpitIOPS = Nothing - , _rditpitDomain = Nothing - , _rditpitEngine = Nothing - , _rditpitTDECredentialPassword = Nothing - , _rditpitDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _rditpitLicenseModel = Nothing - , _rditpitAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _rditpitMultiAZ = Nothing - , _rditpitOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing - , _rditpitTDECredentialARN = Nothing - , _rditpitDomainIAMRoleName = Nothing - , _rditpitTags = Nothing - , _rditpitPort = Nothing - , _rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _rditpitStorageType = Nothing - , _rditpitDBName = Nothing - , _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ - , _rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = pTargetDBInstanceIdentifier_ - } + { _rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _rditpitPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _rditpitDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rditpitRestoreTime = Nothing + , _rditpitIOPS = Nothing + , _rditpitDomain = Nothing + , _rditpitEngine = Nothing + , _rditpitTDECredentialPassword = Nothing + , _rditpitDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rditpitLicenseModel = Nothing + , _rditpitAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _rditpitMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rditpitOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _rditpitTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _rditpitDomainIAMRoleName = Nothing + , _rditpitTags = Nothing + , _rditpitPort = Nothing + , _rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _rditpitStorageType = Nothing + , _rditpitEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = Nothing + , _rditpitDBName = Nothing + , _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = pTargetDBInstanceIdentifier_ + } -- | Specifies whether (@true@ ) or not (@false@ ) the DB instance is restored from the latest backup time. Default: @false@ Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided. rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime = lens _rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime = a}); +rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime = lens _rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime = a}) -- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. * __Default VPC:__ true * __VPC:__ false If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is private. rditpitPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rditpitPubliclyAccessible = lens _rditpitPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_rditpitPubliclyAccessible = a}); +rditpitPubliclyAccessible = lens _rditpitPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_rditpitPubliclyAccessible = a}) -- | Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB instance during the maintenance window. rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); +rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}) -- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Example: @mySubnetgroup@ rditpitDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rditpitDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBSubnetGroupName = a}); +rditpitDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rditpitDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBSubnetGroupName = a}) -- | The date and time to restore from. Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format Constraints: * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true Example: @2009-09-07T23:45:00Z@ rditpitRestoreTime :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe UTCTime) -rditpitRestoreTime = lens _rditpitRestoreTime (\ s a -> s{_rditpitRestoreTime = a}) . mapping _Time; +rditpitRestoreTime = lens _rditpitRestoreTime (\ s a -> s{_rditpitRestoreTime = a}) . mapping _Time -- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be initially allocated for the DB instance. Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. __SQL Server__ Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. rditpitIOPS :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Int) -rditpitIOPS = lens _rditpitIOPS (\ s a -> s{_rditpitIOPS = a}); +rditpitIOPS = lens _rditpitIOPS (\ s a -> s{_rditpitIOPS = a}) -- | Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. rditpitDomain :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitDomain = lens _rditpitDomain (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDomain = a}); +rditpitDomain = lens _rditpitDomain (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDomain = a}) --- | The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source Valid Values: * @aurora@ * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ +-- | The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source Valid Values: * @mariadb@ * @mysql@ * @oracle-ee@ * @oracle-se2@ * @oracle-se1@ * @oracle-se@ * @postgres@ * @sqlserver-ee@ * @sqlserver-se@ * @sqlserver-ex@ * @sqlserver-web@ rditpitEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitEngine = lens _rditpitEngine (\ s a -> s{_rditpitEngine = a}); +rditpitEngine = lens _rditpitEngine (\ s a -> s{_rditpitEngine = a}) --- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the device. +-- | The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device. rditpitTDECredentialPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitTDECredentialPassword = lens _rditpitTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTDECredentialPassword = a}); +rditpitTDECredentialPassword = lens _rditpitTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTDECredentialPassword = a}) --- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, @db.m4.large@ . Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. rditpitDBInstanceClass :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitDBInstanceClass = lens _rditpitDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBInstanceClass = a}); +rditpitDBInstanceClass = lens _rditpitDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBInstanceClass = a}) -- | License model information for the restored DB instance. Default: Same as source. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ rditpitLicenseModel :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitLicenseModel = lens _rditpitLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_rditpitLicenseModel = a}); +rditpitLicenseModel = lens _rditpitLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_rditpitLicenseModel = a}) --- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. Example: @us-east-1a@ +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. Example: @us-east-1a@ rditpitAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitAvailabilityZone = lens _rditpitAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rditpitAvailabilityZone = a}); +rditpitAvailabilityZone = lens _rditpitAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rditpitAvailabilityZone = a}) --- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to @true@ . rditpitMultiAZ :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rditpitMultiAZ = lens _rditpitMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rditpitMultiAZ = a}); +rditpitMultiAZ = lens _rditpitMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rditpitMultiAZ = a}) --- | The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance +-- | The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance rditpitOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitOptionGroupName = lens _rditpitOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitOptionGroupName = a}); +rditpitOptionGroupName = lens _rditpitOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitOptionGroupName = a}) --- | True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance; otherwise false. The default is false. +-- | True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); +rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}) --- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +-- | The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. rditpitTDECredentialARN :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitTDECredentialARN = lens _rditpitTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTDECredentialARN = a}); +rditpitTDECredentialARN = lens _rditpitTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTDECredentialARN = a}) -- | Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. rditpitDomainIAMRoleName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitDomainIAMRoleName = lens _rditpitDomainIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDomainIAMRoleName = a}); +rditpitDomainIAMRoleName = lens _rditpitDomainIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDomainIAMRoleName = a}) -- | Undocumented member. rditpitTags :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime [Tag] -rditpitTags = lens _rditpitTags (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +rditpitTags = lens _rditpitTags (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce -- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. Constraints: Value must be @1150-65535@ Default: The same port as the original DB instance. rditpitPort :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Int) -rditpitPort = lens _rditpitPort (\ s a -> s{_rditpitPort = a}); +rditpitPort = lens _rditpitPort (\ s a -> s{_rditpitPort = a}) --- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts; otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. Default: @false@ +-- | True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts, and otherwise false. You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher Default: @false@ rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); +rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified; otherwise @standard@ +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. Valid values: @standard | gp2 | io1@ If you specify @io1@ , you must also include a value for the @Iops@ parameter. Default: @io1@ if the @Iops@ parameter is specified, otherwise @standard@ rditpitStorageType :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitStorageType = lens _rditpitStorageType (\ s a -> s{_rditpitStorageType = a}); +rditpitStorageType = lens _rditpitStorageType (\ s a -> s{_rditpitStorageType = a}) +-- | The list of logs that the restored DB instance is to export to CloudWatch Logs. +rditpitEnableCloudwatchLogsExports :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime [Text] +rditpitEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = lens _rditpitEnableCloudwatchLogsExports (\ s a -> s{_rditpitEnableCloudwatchLogsExports = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + -- | The database name for the restored DB instance. rditpitDBName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rditpitDBName = lens _rditpitDBName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBName = a}); +rditpitDBName = lens _rditpitDBName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBName = a}) --- | The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. +-- | The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. Constraints: * Must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime Text -rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) --- | The name of the new database instance to be created. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- | The name of the new DB instance to be created. Constraints: * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime Text -rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime where @@ -337,6 +346,10 @@ "EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication" =: _rditpitEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication, "StorageType" =: _rditpitStorageType, + "EnableCloudwatchLogsExports" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "member" <$> + _rditpitEnableCloudwatchLogsExports), "DBName" =: _rditpitDBName, "SourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =: _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier, @@ -362,16 +375,18 @@ -> RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse pResponseStatus_ = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse' - {_rditpitrsDBInstance = Nothing, _rditpitrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + { _rditpitrsDBInstance = Nothing + , _rditpitrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. rditpitrsDBInstance :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -rditpitrsDBInstance = lens _rditpitrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rditpitrsDBInstance = a}); +rditpitrsDBInstance = lens _rditpitrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rditpitrsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. rditpitrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse Int -rditpitrsResponseStatus = lens _rditpitrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rditpitrsResponseStatus = a}); +rditpitrsResponseStatus = lens _rditpitrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rditpitrsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ -- -- * 'rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' - The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security groups, @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either @EC2SecurityGroupName@ or @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. -- --- * 'rdsgiCIdRIP' - The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If @CIDRIP@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupName@ , @EC2SecurityGroupId@ and @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ cannot be provided. +-- * 'rdsgiCIdRIP' - The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If @CIDRIP@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupName@ , @EC2SecurityGroupId@ and @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ can't be provided. -- -- * 'rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId' - The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security groups, @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either @EC2SecurityGroupName@ or @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. -- @@ -80,33 +80,33 @@ -> RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress pDBSecurityGroupName_ = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' - { _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing - , _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _rdsgiCIdRIP = Nothing - , _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing - , _rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ - } + { _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + , _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _rdsgiCIdRIP = Nothing + , _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing + , _rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ + } -- | The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either @EC2SecurityGroupName@ or @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); +rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}) -- | The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security groups, @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either @EC2SecurityGroupName@ or @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a}); +rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a}) --- | The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If @CIDRIP@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupName@ , @EC2SecurityGroupId@ and @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ cannot be provided. +-- | The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If @CIDRIP@ is specified, @EC2SecurityGroupName@ , @EC2SecurityGroupId@ and @EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId@ can't be provided. rdsgiCIdRIP :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -rdsgiCIdRIP = lens _rdsgiCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiCIdRIP = a}); +rdsgiCIdRIP = lens _rdsgiCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiCIdRIP = a}) -- | The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security groups, @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either @EC2SecurityGroupName@ or @EC2SecurityGroupId@ must be provided. rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = lens _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a}); +rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = lens _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a}) -- | The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from. rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress Text -rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName = lens _rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a}); +rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName = lens _rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a}) instance AWSRequest RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress where @@ -162,16 +162,18 @@ -> RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse pResponseStatus_ = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' - {_rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup = Nothing, _rdsgirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + { _rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup = Nothing + , _rdsgirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } -- | Undocumented member. rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) -rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup = lens _rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup = a}); +rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup = lens _rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. rdsgirsResponseStatus :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse Int -rdsgirsResponseStatus = lens _rdsgirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdsgirsResponseStatus = a}); +rdsgirsResponseStatus = lens _rdsgirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdsgirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/StartDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/StartDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/StartDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/StartDBInstance.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.StartDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ -- | The user-supplied instance identifier. sdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' StartDBInstance Text -sdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _sdbiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +sdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _sdbiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest StartDBInstance where type Rs StartDBInstance = StartDBInstanceResponse @@ -111,15 +111,15 @@ -> StartDBInstanceResponse startDBInstanceResponse pResponseStatus_ = StartDBInstanceResponse' - {_sdbirsDBInstance = Nothing, _sdbirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_sdbirsDBInstance = Nothing, _sdbirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. sdbirsDBInstance :: Lens' StartDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -sdbirsDBInstance = lens _sdbirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_sdbirsDBInstance = a}); +sdbirsDBInstance = lens _sdbirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_sdbirsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. sdbirsResponseStatus :: Lens' StartDBInstanceResponse Int -sdbirsResponseStatus = lens _sdbirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_sdbirsResponseStatus = a}); +sdbirsResponseStatus = lens _sdbirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_sdbirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData StartDBInstanceResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/StopDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/StopDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/StopDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/StopDBInstance.hs @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.StopDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -64,18 +64,18 @@ -> StopDBInstance stopDBInstance pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = StopDBInstance' - { _sdiDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _sdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ - } + { _sdiDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _sdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + } -- | The user-supplied instance identifier of the DB Snapshot created immediately before the DB instance is stopped. sdiDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' StopDBInstance (Maybe Text) -sdiDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _sdiDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sdiDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +sdiDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _sdiDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sdiDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) -- | The user-supplied instance identifier. sdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' StopDBInstance Text -sdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _sdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); +sdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _sdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) instance AWSRequest StopDBInstance where type Rs StopDBInstance = StopDBInstanceResponse @@ -123,15 +123,15 @@ -> StopDBInstanceResponse stopDBInstanceResponse pResponseStatus_ = StopDBInstanceResponse' - {_sdirsDBInstance = Nothing, _sdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} + {_sdirsDBInstance = Nothing, _sdirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_} -- | Undocumented member. sdirsDBInstance :: Lens' StopDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -sdirsDBInstance = lens _sdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_sdirsDBInstance = a}); +sdirsDBInstance = lens _sdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_sdirsDBInstance = a}) -- | -- | The response status code. sdirsResponseStatus :: Lens' StopDBInstanceResponse Int -sdirsResponseStatus = lens _sdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_sdirsResponseStatus = a}); +sdirsResponseStatus = lens _sdirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_sdirsResponseStatus = a}) instance NFData StopDBInstanceResponse where diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Types --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ , _DBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault , _DBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault , _InstanceQuotaExceededFault + , _DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault , _DomainNotFoundFault , _DBParameterGroupNotFoundFault , _InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault @@ -127,9 +128,16 @@ , csCharacterSetName , csCharacterSetDescription + -- * CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + , CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + , cloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + , clecDisableLogTypes + , clecEnableLogTypes + -- * DBCluster , DBCluster , dbCluster + , dcBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords , dcEngineVersion , dcStatus , dcStorageEncrypted @@ -141,6 +149,8 @@ , dcDBClusterParameterGroup , dcMasterUsername , dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled + , dcEarliestBacktrackTime + , dcBacktrackWindow , dcDBClusterResourceId , dcEarliestRestorableTime , dcEngine @@ -166,6 +176,16 @@ , dcPort , dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships + -- * DBClusterBacktrack + , DBClusterBacktrack + , dbClusterBacktrack + , dcbStatus + , dcbBacktrackIdentifier + , dcbBacktrackTo + , dcbDBClusterIdentifier + , dcbBacktrackedFrom + , dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime + -- * DBClusterMember , DBClusterMember , dbClusterMember @@ -246,7 +266,10 @@ , devSupportedCharacterSets , devDBEngineDescription , devValidUpgradeTarget + , devSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs + , devSupportsReadReplica , devSupportedTimezones + , devExportableLogTypes -- * DBInstance , DBInstance @@ -284,6 +307,7 @@ , diDBSubnetGroup , diMultiAZ , diOptionGroupMemberships + , diEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports , diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN , diSecondaryAvailabilityZone , diPerformanceInsightsEnabled @@ -612,6 +636,12 @@ , pParameterName , pDescription + -- * PendingCloudwatchLogsExports + , PendingCloudwatchLogsExports + , pendingCloudwatchLogsExports + , pcleLogTypesToEnable + , pcleLogTypesToDisable + -- * PendingMaintenanceAction , PendingMaintenanceAction , pendingMaintenanceAction @@ -633,6 +663,7 @@ , pmvLicenseModel , pmvCACertificateIdentifier , pmvDBInstanceIdentifier + , pmvPendingCloudwatchLogsExports , pmvBackupRetentionPeriod , pmvMultiAZ , pmvAllocatedStorage @@ -755,24 +786,24 @@ rds :: Service rds = Service - { _svcAbbrev = "RDS" - , _svcSigner = v4 - , _svcPrefix = "rds" - , _svcVersion = "2014-10-31" - , _svcEndpoint = defaultEndpoint rds - , _svcTimeout = Just 70 - , _svcCheck = statusSuccess - , _svcError = parseXMLError "RDS" - , _svcRetry = retry - } + { _svcAbbrev = "RDS" + , _svcSigner = v4 + , _svcPrefix = "rds" + , _svcVersion = "2014-10-31" + , _svcEndpoint = defaultEndpoint rds + , _svcTimeout = Just 70 + , _svcCheck = statusSuccess + , _svcError = parseXMLError "RDS" + , _svcRetry = retry + } where retry = Exponential - { _retryBase = 5.0e-2 - , _retryGrowth = 2 - , _retryAttempts = 5 - , _retryCheck = check - } + { _retryBase = 5.0e-2 + , _retryGrowth = 2 + , _retryAttempts = 5 + , _retryCheck = check + } check e | has (hasCode "ThrottledException" . hasStatus 400) e = Just "throttled_exception" @@ -781,6 +812,8 @@ Just "throttling_exception" | has (hasCode "Throttling" . hasStatus 400) e = Just "throttling" | has (hasStatus 504) e = Just "gateway_timeout" + | has (hasCode "RequestThrottledException" . hasStatus 400) e = + Just "request_throttled_exception" | has (hasStatus 502) e = Just "bad_gateway" | has (hasStatus 503) e = Just "service_unavailable" | has (hasStatus 500) e = Just "general_server_error" @@ -796,7 +829,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled" . hasStatus 400 --- | The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group is in this state. +-- | The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting to delete the parameter group, you can't delete it when the parameter group is in this state. -- -- _InvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -819,7 +852,7 @@ _SourceNotFoundFault = _MatchServiceError rds "SourceNotFound" . hasStatus 404 --- | /CertificateIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing certificate. +-- | /CertificateIdentifier/ doesn't refer to an existing certificate. -- -- _CertificateNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -827,7 +860,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "CertificateNotFound" . hasStatus 404 --- | DB security group authorization quota has been reached. +-- | The DB security group authorization quota has been reached. -- -- _AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -835,7 +868,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded" . hasStatus 400 --- | User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. +-- | The user already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. -- -- _DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -851,7 +884,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" . hasStatus 400 --- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter groups. +-- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter groups. -- -- _DBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -859,7 +892,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" . hasStatus 400 --- | The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. +-- | The DB cluster doesn't have enough capacity for the current operation. -- -- _InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -883,7 +916,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" . hasStatus 400 --- | The specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is already authorized for the specified DB security group. +-- | The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group is already authorized for the specified DB security group. -- -- _AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -922,7 +955,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded" . hasStatus 400 --- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a DB subnet groups. +-- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a DB subnet groups. -- -- _DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -938,7 +971,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" . hasStatus 404 --- | /DBClusterIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +-- | /DBClusterIdentifier/ doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster. -- -- _DBClusterNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -946,7 +979,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBClusterNotFoundFault" . hasStatus 404 --- | /LogFileName/ does not refer to an existing DB log file. +-- | /LogFileName/ doesn't refer to an existing DB log file. -- -- _DBLogFileNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -954,7 +987,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBLogFileNotFoundFault" . hasStatus 404 --- | The specified Amazon S3 bucket name could not be found or Amazon RDS is not authorized to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the __SourceS3BucketName__ and __S3IngestionRoleArn__ values and try again. +-- | The specified Amazon S3 bucket name can't be found or Amazon RDS isn't authorized to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the __SourceS3BucketName__ and __S3IngestionRoleArn__ values and try again. -- -- _InvalidS3BucketFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -962,7 +995,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InvalidS3BucketFault" . hasStatus 400 --- | User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. +-- | The user already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. -- -- _DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -970,7 +1003,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" . hasStatus 400 --- | /StorageType/ specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. +-- | Storage of the /StorageType/ specified can't be associated with the DB instance. -- -- _StorageTypeNotSupportedFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -978,7 +1011,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "StorageTypeNotSupported" . hasStatus 400 --- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB security groups. +-- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB security groups. -- -- _DBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1026,7 +1059,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InvalidEventSubscriptionState" . hasStatus 400 --- | Error accessing KMS key. +-- | An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. -- -- _KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1034,7 +1067,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" . hasStatus 400 --- | /DBSnapshotIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +-- | /DBSnapshotIdentifier/ doesn't refer to an existing DB snapshot. -- -- _DBSnapshotNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1042,7 +1075,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBSnapshotNotFound" . hasStatus 404 --- | /DBClusterParameterGroupName/ does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter group. +-- | /DBClusterParameterGroupName/ doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster parameter group. -- -- _DBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1050,7 +1083,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" . hasStatus 404 --- | User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. +-- | The user attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. -- -- _DBClusterQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1058,7 +1091,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" . hasStatus 403 --- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. +-- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. -- -- _SnapshotQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1082,7 +1115,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "SNSNoAuthorization" . hasStatus 400 --- | /DBSecurityGroupName/ does not refer to an existing DB security group. +-- | /DBSecurityGroupName/ doesn't refer to an existing DB security group. -- -- _DBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1090,7 +1123,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" . hasStatus 404 --- | A DB security group is not allowed for this action. +-- | A DB security group isn't allowed for this action. -- -- _DBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1098,7 +1131,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBSecurityGroupNotSupported" . hasStatus 400 --- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. +-- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. -- -- _InstanceQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1106,15 +1139,23 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InstanceQuotaExceeded" . hasStatus 400 --- | /Domain/ does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. +-- | /BacktrackIdentifier/ doesn't refer to an existing backtrack. -- -- +_DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault = + _MatchServiceError rds "DBClusterBacktrackNotFoundFault" . hasStatus 404 + + +-- | /Domain/ doesn't refer to an existing Active Directory domain. +-- +-- _DomainNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _DomainNotFoundFault = _MatchServiceError rds "DomainNotFoundFault" . hasStatus 404 --- | /DBParameterGroupName/ does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +-- | /DBParameterGroupName/ doesn't refer to an existing DB parameter group. -- -- _DBParameterGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1122,7 +1163,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBParameterGroupNotFound" . hasStatus 404 --- | Indicates the DBSubnetGroup does not belong to the same VPC as that of an existing cross region read replica of the same source instance. +-- | The DBSubnetGroup doesn't belong to the same VPC as that of an existing cross-region read replica of the same source instance. -- -- _InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1138,7 +1179,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound" . hasStatus 404 --- | The DB subnet is not in the /available/ state. +-- | The DB subnet isn't in the /available/ state. -- -- _InvalidDBSubnetStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1146,7 +1187,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault" . hasStatus 400 --- | /DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. +-- | /DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier/ doesn't refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. -- -- _DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1161,7 +1202,7 @@ _SNSInvalidTopicFault = _MatchServiceError rds "SNSInvalidTopic" . hasStatus 400 --- | Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability Zone. +-- | The specified DB instance class isn't available in the specified Availability Zone. -- -- _InsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1169,7 +1210,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" . hasStatus 400 --- | The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. +-- | The supplied value isn't a valid DB cluster snapshot state. -- -- _InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1201,7 +1242,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded" . hasStatus 400 --- | DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created because users' change. +-- | The DB subnet group doesn't cover all Availability Zones after it's created because of users' change. -- -- _InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1209,10 +1250,10 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" . hasStatus 400 --- | Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified DB security group. +-- | The specified CIDRIP or Amazon EC2 security group isn't authorized for the specified DB security group. -- -- --- RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your behalf. +-- RDS also may not be authorized by using IAM to perform necessary actions on your behalf. -- _AuthorizationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError _AuthorizationNotFoundFault = @@ -1227,7 +1268,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "ReservedDBInstanceNotFound" . hasStatus 404 --- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet groups. +-- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet groups. -- -- _DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1235,7 +1276,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded" . hasStatus 400 --- | Indicates that the DBSubnetGroup should not be specified while creating read replicas that lie in the same region as the source instance. +-- | The DBSubnetGroup shouldn't be specified while creating read replicas that lie in the same region as the source instance. -- -- _DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1251,7 +1292,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" . hasStatus 400 --- | There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different Availability Zones that have more storage available. +-- | There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You might be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different Availability Zones that have more storage available. -- -- _InsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1259,7 +1300,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" . hasStatus 400 --- | The option group is not in the /available/ state. +-- | The option group isn't in the /available/ state. -- -- _InvalidOptionGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1267,7 +1308,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault" . hasStatus 400 --- | The DB cluster is not in a valid state. +-- | The DB cluster isn't in a valid state. -- -- _InvalidDBClusterStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1275,7 +1316,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" . hasStatus 400 --- | User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. +-- | The user already has a DB instance with the given identifier. -- -- _DBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1283,7 +1324,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" . hasStatus 400 --- | Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. +-- | Cannot restore from VPC backup to non-VPC DB instance. -- -- _InvalidRestoreFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1291,7 +1332,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InvalidRestoreFault" . hasStatus 400 --- | The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. +-- | The state of the DB security group doesn't allow deletion. -- -- _InvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1307,7 +1348,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "ResourceNotFoundFault" . hasStatus 404 --- | /DBSubnetGroupName/ does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +-- | /DBSubnetGroupName/ doesn't refer to an existing DB subnet group. -- -- _DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1315,7 +1356,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" . hasStatus 404 --- | The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on could not be modified. +-- | The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on can't be modified. -- -- _DBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1323,7 +1364,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure" . hasStatus 400 --- | The specified DB instance is not in the /available/ state. +-- | The specified DB instance isn't in the /available/ state. -- -- _InvalidDBInstanceStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1339,7 +1380,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" . hasStatus 400 --- | /DBInstanceIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing DB instance. +-- | /DBInstanceIdentifier/ doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. -- -- _DBInstanceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1347,7 +1388,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "DBInstanceNotFound" . hasStatus 404 --- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available across all DB instances. +-- | The request would result in the user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available across all DB instances. -- -- _StorageQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1355,7 +1396,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "StorageQuotaExceeded" . hasStatus 400 --- | The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. +-- | The state of the DB snapshot doesn't allow deletion. -- -- _InvalidDBSnapshotStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1363,7 +1404,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "InvalidDBSnapshotState" . hasStatus 400 --- | The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +-- | The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it's in use. -- -- _InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError @@ -1387,7 +1428,7 @@ _MatchServiceError rds "SubnetAlreadyInUse" . hasStatus 400 --- | The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not associated with the specified DB cluster. +-- | The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) isn't associated with the specified DB cluster. -- -- _DBClusterRoleNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Product.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Product.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Product.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Product.hs @@ -9,5409 +9,5616 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay --- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : auto-generated --- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) --- -module Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product where - -import Network.AWS.Lens -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Sum - --- | Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB instances allowed. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'accountQuota' smart constructor. -data AccountQuota = AccountQuota' - { _aqMax :: !(Maybe Integer) - , _aqUsed :: !(Maybe Integer) - , _aqAccountQuotaName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'AccountQuota' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'aqMax' - The maximum allowed value for the quota. --- --- * 'aqUsed' - The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. --- --- * 'aqAccountQuotaName' - The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account. -accountQuota - :: AccountQuota -accountQuota = - AccountQuota' - {_aqMax = Nothing, _aqUsed = Nothing, _aqAccountQuotaName = Nothing} - - --- | The maximum allowed value for the quota. -aqMax :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Integer) -aqMax = lens _aqMax (\ s a -> s{_aqMax = a}); - --- | The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. -aqUsed :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Integer) -aqUsed = lens _aqUsed (\ s a -> s{_aqUsed = a}); - --- | The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account. -aqAccountQuotaName :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Text) -aqAccountQuotaName = lens _aqAccountQuotaName (\ s a -> s{_aqAccountQuotaName = a}); - -instance FromXML AccountQuota where - parseXML x - = AccountQuota' <$> - (x .@? "Max") <*> (x .@? "Used") <*> - (x .@? "AccountQuotaName") - -instance Hashable AccountQuota where - -instance NFData AccountQuota where - --- | Contains Availability Zone information. --- --- --- This data type is used as an element in the following data type: --- --- * 'OrderableDBInstanceOption' --- --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'availabilityZone' smart constructor. -newtype AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone' - { _azName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'AvailabilityZone' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'azName' - The name of the availability zone. -availabilityZone - :: AvailabilityZone -availabilityZone = AvailabilityZone' {_azName = Nothing} - - --- | The name of the availability zone. -azName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) -azName = lens _azName (\ s a -> s{_azName = a}); - -instance FromXML AvailabilityZone where - parseXML x = AvailabilityZone' <$> (x .@? "Name") - -instance Hashable AvailabilityZone where - -instance NFData AvailabilityZone where - --- | A CA certificate for an AWS account. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'certificate' smart constructor. -data Certificate = Certificate' - { _cCertificateType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _cCertificateARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _cValidTill :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _cCertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _cThumbprint :: !(Maybe Text) - , _cValidFrom :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Certificate' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'cCertificateType' - The type of the certificate. --- --- * 'cCertificateARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate. --- --- * 'cValidTill' - The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. --- --- * 'cCertificateIdentifier' - The unique key that identifies a certificate. --- --- * 'cThumbprint' - The thumbprint of the certificate. --- --- * 'cValidFrom' - The starting date from which the certificate is valid. -certificate - :: Certificate -certificate = - Certificate' - { _cCertificateType = Nothing - , _cCertificateARN = Nothing - , _cValidTill = Nothing - , _cCertificateIdentifier = Nothing - , _cThumbprint = Nothing - , _cValidFrom = Nothing - } - - --- | The type of the certificate. -cCertificateType :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) -cCertificateType = lens _cCertificateType (\ s a -> s{_cCertificateType = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate. -cCertificateARN :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) -cCertificateARN = lens _cCertificateARN (\ s a -> s{_cCertificateARN = a}); - --- | The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. -cValidTill :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe UTCTime) -cValidTill = lens _cValidTill (\ s a -> s{_cValidTill = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The unique key that identifies a certificate. -cCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) -cCertificateIdentifier = lens _cCertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cCertificateIdentifier = a}); - --- | The thumbprint of the certificate. -cThumbprint :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) -cThumbprint = lens _cThumbprint (\ s a -> s{_cThumbprint = a}); - --- | The starting date from which the certificate is valid. -cValidFrom :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe UTCTime) -cValidFrom = lens _cValidFrom (\ s a -> s{_cValidFrom = a}) . mapping _Time; - -instance FromXML Certificate where - parseXML x - = Certificate' <$> - (x .@? "CertificateType") <*> - (x .@? "CertificateArn") - <*> (x .@? "ValidTill") - <*> (x .@? "CertificateIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "Thumbprint") - <*> (x .@? "ValidFrom") - -instance Hashable Certificate where - -instance NFData Certificate where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the action 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' . --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'characterSet' smart constructor. -data CharacterSet = CharacterSet' - { _csCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _csCharacterSetDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'CharacterSet' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'csCharacterSetName' - The name of the character set. --- --- * 'csCharacterSetDescription' - The description of the character set. -characterSet - :: CharacterSet -characterSet = - CharacterSet' - {_csCharacterSetName = Nothing, _csCharacterSetDescription = Nothing} - - --- | The name of the character set. -csCharacterSetName :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) -csCharacterSetName = lens _csCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_csCharacterSetName = a}); - --- | The description of the character set. -csCharacterSetDescription :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) -csCharacterSetDescription = lens _csCharacterSetDescription (\ s a -> s{_csCharacterSetDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML CharacterSet where - parseXML x - = CharacterSet' <$> - (x .@? "CharacterSetName") <*> - (x .@? "CharacterSetDescription") - -instance Hashable CharacterSet where - -instance NFData CharacterSet where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: --- --- --- * 'CreateDBCluster' --- --- * 'DeleteDBCluster' --- --- * 'FailoverDBCluster' --- --- * 'ModifyDBCluster' --- --- * 'RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot' --- --- * 'RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime' --- --- --- --- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBClusters' action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbCluster' smart constructor. -data DBCluster = DBCluster' - { _dcEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _dcDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcDBClusterMembers :: !(Maybe [DBClusterMember]) - , _dcReadReplicaIdentifiers :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _dcReplicationSourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcHostedZoneId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcDBClusterParameterGroup :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _dcDBClusterResourceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcEarliestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _dcEngine :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcDBClusterARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcCloneGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcLatestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _dcCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcAssociatedRoles :: !(Maybe [DBClusterRole]) - , _dcVPCSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [VPCSecurityGroupMembership]) - , _dcBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dcDBSubnetGroup :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcDatabaseName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _dcAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dcClusterCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _dcEndpoint :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcPercentProgress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcReaderEndpoint :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [DBClusterOptionGroupStatus]) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBCluster' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcEngineVersion' - Indicates the database engine version. --- --- * 'dcStatus' - Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcStorageEncrypted' - Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. --- --- * 'dcDBClusterIdentifier' - Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcDBClusterMembers' - Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcReadReplicaIdentifiers' - Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcReplicationSourceIdentifier' - Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a Read Replica. --- --- * 'dcHostedZoneId' - Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. --- --- * 'dcDBClusterParameterGroup' - Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcMasterUsername' - Contains the master username for the DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled' - True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled; otherwise false. --- --- * 'dcDBClusterResourceId' - The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed. --- --- * 'dcEarliestRestorableTime' - Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. --- --- * 'dcEngine' - Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcDBClusterARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcCloneGroupId' - Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. --- --- * 'dcLatestRestorableTime' - Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. --- --- * 'dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). --- --- * 'dcAvailabilityZones' - Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be created in. --- --- * 'dcCharacterSetName' - If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is associated with. --- --- * 'dcKMSKeyId' - If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcPreferredBackupWindow' - Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ . --- --- * 'dcAssociatedRoles' - Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services on your behalf. --- --- * 'dcVPCSecurityGroups' - Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. --- --- * 'dcBackupRetentionPeriod' - Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. --- --- * 'dcDBSubnetGroup' - Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. --- --- * 'dcDatabaseName' - Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcMultiAZ' - Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. --- --- * 'dcAllocatedStorage' - For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, @AllocatedStorage@ specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). For Aurora, @AllocatedStorage@ always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size is not fixed, but instead automatically adjusts as needed. --- --- * 'dcClusterCreateTime' - Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). --- --- * 'dcEndpoint' - Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcPercentProgress' - Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. --- --- * 'dcReaderEndpoint' - The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can then reconnect to the reader endpoint. --- --- * 'dcPort' - Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. --- --- * 'dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships' - Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster. -dbCluster - :: DBCluster -dbCluster = - DBCluster' - { _dcEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dcStatus = Nothing - , _dcStorageEncrypted = Nothing - , _dcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing - , _dcDBClusterMembers = Nothing - , _dcReadReplicaIdentifiers = Nothing - , _dcReplicationSourceIdentifier = Nothing - , _dcHostedZoneId = Nothing - , _dcDBClusterParameterGroup = Nothing - , _dcMasterUsername = Nothing - , _dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = Nothing - , _dcDBClusterResourceId = Nothing - , _dcEarliestRestorableTime = Nothing - , _dcEngine = Nothing - , _dcDBClusterARN = Nothing - , _dcCloneGroupId = Nothing - , _dcLatestRestorableTime = Nothing - , _dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _dcAvailabilityZones = Nothing - , _dcCharacterSetName = Nothing - , _dcKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _dcPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _dcAssociatedRoles = Nothing - , _dcVPCSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _dcBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _dcDBSubnetGroup = Nothing - , _dcDatabaseName = Nothing - , _dcMultiAZ = Nothing - , _dcAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _dcClusterCreateTime = Nothing - , _dcEndpoint = Nothing - , _dcPercentProgress = Nothing - , _dcReaderEndpoint = Nothing - , _dcPort = Nothing - , _dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = Nothing - } - - --- | Indicates the database engine version. -dcEngineVersion :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcEngineVersion = lens _dcEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dcEngineVersion = a}); - --- | Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. -dcStatus :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcStatus = lens _dcStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcStatus = a}); - --- | Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. -dcStorageEncrypted :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Bool) -dcStorageEncrypted = lens _dcStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_dcStorageEncrypted = a}); - --- | Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster. -dcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _dcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); - --- | Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. -dcDBClusterMembers :: Lens' DBCluster [DBClusterMember] -dcDBClusterMembers = lens _dcDBClusterMembers (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterMembers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this DB cluster. -dcReadReplicaIdentifiers :: Lens' DBCluster [Text] -dcReadReplicaIdentifiers = lens _dcReadReplicaIdentifiers (\ s a -> s{_dcReadReplicaIdentifiers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a Read Replica. -dcReplicationSourceIdentifier :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcReplicationSourceIdentifier = lens _dcReplicationSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcReplicationSourceIdentifier = a}); - --- | Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. -dcHostedZoneId :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcHostedZoneId = lens _dcHostedZoneId (\ s a -> s{_dcHostedZoneId = a}); - --- | Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. -dcDBClusterParameterGroup :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcDBClusterParameterGroup = lens _dcDBClusterParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterParameterGroup = a}); - --- | Contains the master username for the DB cluster. -dcMasterUsername :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcMasterUsername = lens _dcMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_dcMasterUsername = a}); - --- | True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled; otherwise false. -dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Bool) -dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = lens _dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled (\ s a -> s{_dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = a}); - --- | The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed. -dcDBClusterResourceId :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcDBClusterResourceId = lens _dcDBClusterResourceId (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterResourceId = a}); - --- | Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. -dcEarliestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe UTCTime) -dcEarliestRestorableTime = lens _dcEarliestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_dcEarliestRestorableTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. -dcEngine :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcEngine = lens _dcEngine (\ s a -> s{_dcEngine = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. -dcDBClusterARN :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcDBClusterARN = lens _dcDBClusterARN (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterARN = a}); - --- | Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. -dcCloneGroupId :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcCloneGroupId = lens _dcCloneGroupId (\ s a -> s{_dcCloneGroupId = a}); - --- | Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. -dcLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe UTCTime) -dcLatestRestorableTime = lens _dcLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_dcLatestRestorableTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). -dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); - --- | Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be created in. -dcAvailabilityZones :: Lens' DBCluster [Text] -dcAvailabilityZones = lens _dcAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_dcAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is associated with. -dcCharacterSetName :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcCharacterSetName = lens _dcCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_dcCharacterSetName = a}); - --- | If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster. -dcKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcKMSKeyId = lens _dcKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_dcKMSKeyId = a}); - --- | Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ . -dcPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcPreferredBackupWindow = lens _dcPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_dcPreferredBackupWindow = a}); - --- | Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services on your behalf. -dcAssociatedRoles :: Lens' DBCluster [DBClusterRole] -dcAssociatedRoles = lens _dcAssociatedRoles (\ s a -> s{_dcAssociatedRoles = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. -dcVPCSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBCluster [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] -dcVPCSecurityGroups = lens _dcVPCSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_dcVPCSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. -dcBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Int) -dcBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _dcBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_dcBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); - --- | Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. -dcDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcDBSubnetGroup = lens _dcDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_dcDBSubnetGroup = a}); - --- | Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. -dcDatabaseName :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcDatabaseName = lens _dcDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_dcDatabaseName = a}); - --- | Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. -dcMultiAZ :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Bool) -dcMultiAZ = lens _dcMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_dcMultiAZ = a}); - --- | For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, @AllocatedStorage@ specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). For Aurora, @AllocatedStorage@ always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size is not fixed, but instead automatically adjusts as needed. -dcAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Int) -dcAllocatedStorage = lens _dcAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_dcAllocatedStorage = a}); - --- | Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). -dcClusterCreateTime :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe UTCTime) -dcClusterCreateTime = lens _dcClusterCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dcClusterCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. -dcEndpoint :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcEndpoint = lens _dcEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_dcEndpoint = a}); - --- | Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. -dcPercentProgress :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcPercentProgress = lens _dcPercentProgress (\ s a -> s{_dcPercentProgress = a}); - --- | The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can then reconnect to the reader endpoint. -dcReaderEndpoint :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) -dcReaderEndpoint = lens _dcReaderEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_dcReaderEndpoint = a}); - --- | Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. -dcPort :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Int) -dcPort = lens _dcPort (\ s a -> s{_dcPort = a}); - --- | Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster. -dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships :: Lens' DBCluster [DBClusterOptionGroupStatus] -dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = lens _dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML DBCluster where - parseXML x - = DBCluster' <$> - (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "Status") <*> - (x .@? "StorageEncrypted") - <*> (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") - <*> - (x .@? "DBClusterMembers" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "DBClusterMember")) - <*> - (x .@? "ReadReplicaIdentifiers" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "ReadReplicaIdentifier")) - <*> (x .@? "ReplicationSourceIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "HostedZoneId") - <*> (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroup") - <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") - <*> (x .@? "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled") - <*> (x .@? "DbClusterResourceId") - <*> (x .@? "EarliestRestorableTime") - <*> (x .@? "Engine") - <*> (x .@? "DBClusterArn") - <*> (x .@? "CloneGroupId") - <*> (x .@? "LatestRestorableTime") - <*> (x .@? "PreferredMaintenanceWindow") - <*> - (x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "AvailabilityZone")) - <*> (x .@? "CharacterSetName") - <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") - <*> (x .@? "PreferredBackupWindow") - <*> - (x .@? "AssociatedRoles" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "DBClusterRole")) - <*> - (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "VpcSecurityGroupMembership")) - <*> (x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod") - <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroup") - <*> (x .@? "DatabaseName") - <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") - <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") - <*> (x .@? "ClusterCreateTime") - <*> (x .@? "Endpoint") - <*> (x .@? "PercentProgress") - <*> (x .@? "ReaderEndpoint") - <*> (x .@? "Port") - <*> - (x .@? "DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty - >>= may (parseXMLList "DBClusterOptionGroup")) - -instance Hashable DBCluster where - -instance NFData DBCluster where - --- | Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbClusterMember' smart constructor. -data DBClusterMember = DBClusterMember' - { _dcmPromotionTier :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dcmDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcmIsClusterWriter :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterMember' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcmPromotionTier' - A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . --- --- * 'dcmDBInstanceIdentifier' - Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. --- --- * 'dcmIsClusterWriter' - Value that is @true@ if the cluster member is the primary instance for the DB cluster and @false@ otherwise. --- --- * 'dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus' - Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of the DB cluster. -dbClusterMember - :: DBClusterMember -dbClusterMember = - DBClusterMember' - { _dcmPromotionTier = Nothing - , _dcmDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _dcmIsClusterWriter = Nothing - , _dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus = Nothing - } - - --- | A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . -dcmPromotionTier :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Int) -dcmPromotionTier = lens _dcmPromotionTier (\ s a -> s{_dcmPromotionTier = a}); - --- | Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. -dcmDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Text) -dcmDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _dcmDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcmDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); - --- | Value that is @true@ if the cluster member is the primary instance for the DB cluster and @false@ otherwise. -dcmIsClusterWriter :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Bool) -dcmIsClusterWriter = lens _dcmIsClusterWriter (\ s a -> s{_dcmIsClusterWriter = a}); - --- | Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of the DB cluster. -dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Text) -dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus = lens _dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus = a}); - -instance FromXML DBClusterMember where - parseXML x - = DBClusterMember' <$> - (x .@? "PromotionTier") <*> - (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "IsClusterWriter") - <*> (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupStatus") - -instance Hashable DBClusterMember where - -instance NFData DBClusterMember where - --- | Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbClusterOptionGroupStatus' smart constructor. -data DBClusterOptionGroupStatus = DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' - { _dcogsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcogsStatus' - Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. --- --- * 'dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName' - Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. -dbClusterOptionGroupStatus - :: DBClusterOptionGroupStatus -dbClusterOptionGroupStatus = - DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' - {_dcogsStatus = Nothing, _dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName = Nothing} - - --- | Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. -dcogsStatus :: Lens' DBClusterOptionGroupStatus (Maybe Text) -dcogsStatus = lens _dcogsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcogsStatus = a}); - --- | Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. -dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName :: Lens' DBClusterOptionGroupStatus (Maybe Text) -dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName = lens _dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML DBClusterOptionGroupStatus where - parseXML x - = DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> - (x .@? "DBClusterOptionGroupName") - -instance Hashable DBClusterOptionGroupStatus where - -instance NFData DBClusterOptionGroupStatus where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the 'CreateDBClusterParameterGroup' or 'CopyDBClusterParameterGroup' action. --- --- --- This data type is used as a request parameter in the 'DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup' action, and as a response element in the 'DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups' action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. -data DBClusterParameterGroup = DBClusterParameterGroup' - { _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcpgDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. --- --- * 'dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily' - Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter group is compatible with. --- --- * 'dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' - Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. --- --- * 'dcpgDescription' - Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter group. -dbClusterParameterGroup - :: DBClusterParameterGroup -dbClusterParameterGroup = - DBClusterParameterGroup' - { _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN = Nothing - , _dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing - , _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _dcpgDescription = Nothing - } - - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. -dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN = lens _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN = a}); - --- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter group is compatible with. -dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); - --- | Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. -dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); - --- | Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter group. -dcpgDescription :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dcpgDescription = lens _dcpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML DBClusterParameterGroup where - parseXML x - = DBClusterParameterGroup' <$> - (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupArn") <*> - (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") - <*> (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupName") - <*> (x .@? "Description") - -instance Hashable DBClusterParameterGroup where - -instance NFData DBClusterParameterGroup where - --- | --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' smart constructor. -newtype DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' - { _dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage - :: DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage -dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = - DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' - {_dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing} - - --- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) -dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage - where - parseXML x - = DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' <$> - (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupName") - -instance Hashable DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage - where - -instance NFData DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage - where - --- | Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated with a DB cluster. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbClusterRole' smart constructor. -data DBClusterRole = DBClusterRole' - { _dcrStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcrRoleARN :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterRole' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcrStatus' - Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. The Status property returns one of the following values: * @ACTIVE@ - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. * @PENDING@ - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. * @INVALID@ - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS services on your behalf. --- --- * 'dcrRoleARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the DB cluster. -dbClusterRole - :: DBClusterRole -dbClusterRole = DBClusterRole' {_dcrStatus = Nothing, _dcrRoleARN = Nothing} - - --- | Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. The Status property returns one of the following values: * @ACTIVE@ - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. * @PENDING@ - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. * @INVALID@ - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS services on your behalf. -dcrStatus :: Lens' DBClusterRole (Maybe Text) -dcrStatus = lens _dcrStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcrStatus = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the DB cluster. -dcrRoleARN :: Lens' DBClusterRole (Maybe Text) -dcrRoleARN = lens _dcrRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_dcrRoleARN = a}); - -instance FromXML DBClusterRole where - parseXML x - = DBClusterRole' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "RoleArn") - -instance Hashable DBClusterRole where - -instance NFData DBClusterRole where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: --- --- --- * 'CreateDBClusterSnapshot' --- --- * 'DeleteDBClusterSnapshot' --- --- --- --- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBClusterSnapshots' action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. -data DBClusterSnapshot = DBClusterSnapshot' - { _dcsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _dcsDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsEngine :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _dcsSnapshotType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsSnapshotCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _dcsAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsClusterCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _dcsPercentProgress :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dcsPort :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcsEngineVersion' - Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. --- --- * 'dcsStatus' - Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. --- --- * 'dcsStorageEncrypted' - Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. --- --- * 'dcsDBClusterIdentifier' - Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster snapshot was created from. --- --- * 'dcsMasterUsername' - Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. --- --- * 'dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled' - True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled; otherwise false. --- --- * 'dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. --- --- * 'dcsVPCId' - Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. --- --- * 'dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. --- --- * 'dcsEngine' - Specifies the name of the database engine. --- --- * 'dcsLicenseModel' - Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. --- --- * 'dcsAvailabilityZones' - Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster snapshot can be restored in. --- --- * 'dcsSnapshotType' - Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. --- --- * 'dcsKMSKeyId' - If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot. --- --- * 'dcsSnapshotCreateTime' - Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). --- --- * 'dcsAllocatedStorage' - Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). --- --- * 'dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN' - If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot; otherwise, a null value. --- --- * 'dcsClusterCreateTime' - Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). --- --- * 'dcsPercentProgress' - Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. --- --- * 'dcsPort' - Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the snapshot. -dbClusterSnapshot - :: DBClusterSnapshot -dbClusterSnapshot = - DBClusterSnapshot' - { _dcsEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dcsStatus = Nothing - , _dcsStorageEncrypted = Nothing - , _dcsDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing - , _dcsMasterUsername = Nothing - , _dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = Nothing - , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN = Nothing - , _dcsVPCId = Nothing - , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _dcsEngine = Nothing - , _dcsLicenseModel = Nothing - , _dcsAvailabilityZones = Nothing - , _dcsSnapshotType = Nothing - , _dcsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _dcsSnapshotCreateTime = Nothing - , _dcsAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN = Nothing - , _dcsClusterCreateTime = Nothing - , _dcsPercentProgress = Nothing - , _dcsPort = Nothing - } - - --- | Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. -dcsEngineVersion :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsEngineVersion = lens _dcsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dcsEngineVersion = a}); - --- | Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. -dcsStatus :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsStatus = lens _dcsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcsStatus = a}); - --- | Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. -dcsStorageEncrypted :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -dcsStorageEncrypted = lens _dcsStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_dcsStorageEncrypted = a}); - --- | Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster snapshot was created from. -dcsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _dcsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsDBClusterIdentifier = a}); - --- | Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. -dcsMasterUsername :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsMasterUsername = lens _dcsMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_dcsMasterUsername = a}); - --- | True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled; otherwise false. -dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = lens _dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled (\ s a -> s{_dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. -dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN = lens _dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN (\ s a -> s{_dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN = a}); - --- | Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. -dcsVPCId :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsVPCId = lens _dcsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dcsVPCId = a}); - --- | Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. -dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); - --- | Specifies the name of the database engine. -dcsEngine :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsEngine = lens _dcsEngine (\ s a -> s{_dcsEngine = a}); - --- | Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. -dcsLicenseModel :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsLicenseModel = lens _dcsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_dcsLicenseModel = a}); - --- | Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster snapshot can be restored in. -dcsAvailabilityZones :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot [Text] -dcsAvailabilityZones = lens _dcsAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_dcsAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. -dcsSnapshotType :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsSnapshotType = lens _dcsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_dcsSnapshotType = a}); - --- | If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot. -dcsKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsKMSKeyId = lens _dcsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_dcsKMSKeyId = a}); - --- | Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). -dcsSnapshotCreateTime :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) -dcsSnapshotCreateTime = lens _dcsSnapshotCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dcsSnapshotCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). -dcsAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dcsAllocatedStorage = lens _dcsAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_dcsAllocatedStorage = a}); - --- | If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot; otherwise, a null value. -dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN = lens _dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN (\ s a -> s{_dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN = a}); - --- | Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). -dcsClusterCreateTime :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) -dcsClusterCreateTime = lens _dcsClusterCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dcsClusterCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. -dcsPercentProgress :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dcsPercentProgress = lens _dcsPercentProgress (\ s a -> s{_dcsPercentProgress = a}); - --- | Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the snapshot. -dcsPort :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dcsPort = lens _dcsPort (\ s a -> s{_dcsPort = a}); - -instance FromXML DBClusterSnapshot where - parseXML x - = DBClusterSnapshot' <$> - (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "Status") <*> - (x .@? "StorageEncrypted") - <*> (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") - <*> (x .@? "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled") - <*> (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshotArn") - <*> (x .@? "VpcId") - <*> (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "Engine") - <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") - <*> - (x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "AvailabilityZone")) - <*> (x .@? "SnapshotType") - <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") - <*> (x .@? "SnapshotCreateTime") - <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") - <*> (x .@? "SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn") - <*> (x .@? "ClusterCreateTime") - <*> (x .@? "PercentProgress") - <*> (x .@? "Port") - -instance Hashable DBClusterSnapshot where - -instance NFData DBClusterSnapshot where - --- | Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. --- --- --- Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbClusterSnapshotAttribute' smart constructor. -data DBClusterSnapshotAttribute = DBClusterSnapshotAttribute' - { _dcsaAttributeValues :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _dcsaAttributeName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterSnapshotAttribute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcsaAttributeValues' - The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. If the @AttributeName@ field is set to @restore@ , then this element returns a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of @all@ is in the list, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. --- --- * 'dcsaAttributeName' - The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. The attribute named @restore@ refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. -dbClusterSnapshotAttribute - :: DBClusterSnapshotAttribute -dbClusterSnapshotAttribute = - DBClusterSnapshotAttribute' - {_dcsaAttributeValues = Nothing, _dcsaAttributeName = Nothing} - - --- | The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. If the @AttributeName@ field is set to @restore@ , then this element returns a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of @all@ is in the list, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. -dcsaAttributeValues :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshotAttribute [Text] -dcsaAttributeValues = lens _dcsaAttributeValues (\ s a -> s{_dcsaAttributeValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. The attribute named @restore@ refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. -dcsaAttributeName :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshotAttribute (Maybe Text) -dcsaAttributeName = lens _dcsaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_dcsaAttributeName = a}); - -instance FromXML DBClusterSnapshotAttribute where - parseXML x - = DBClusterSnapshotAttribute' <$> - (x .@? "AttributeValues" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "AttributeValue")) - <*> (x .@? "AttributeName") - -instance Hashable DBClusterSnapshotAttribute where - -instance NFData DBClusterSnapshotAttribute where - --- | Contains the results of a successful call to the 'DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes' API action. --- --- --- Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' smart constructor. -data DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' - { _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes :: !(Maybe [DBClusterSnapshotAttribute]) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply to. --- --- * 'dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes' - The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. -dbClusterSnapshotAttributesResult - :: DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult -dbClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = - DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' - { _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = Nothing - } - - --- | The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply to. -dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult (Maybe Text) -dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); - --- | The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. -dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult [DBClusterSnapshotAttribute] -dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = lens _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes (\ s a -> s{_dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult - where - parseXML x - = DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' <$> - (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier") <*> - (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshotAttributes" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "DBClusterSnapshotAttribute")) - -instance Hashable DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult - where - -instance NFData DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult - where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the action 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' . --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbEngineVersion' smart constructor. -data DBEngineVersion = DBEngineVersion' - { _devEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _devDBEngineVersionDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _devDefaultCharacterSet :: !(Maybe CharacterSet) - , _devEngine :: !(Maybe Text) - , _devDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) - , _devSupportedCharacterSets :: !(Maybe [CharacterSet]) - , _devDBEngineDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _devValidUpgradeTarget :: !(Maybe [UpgradeTarget]) - , _devSupportedTimezones :: !(Maybe [Timezone]) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBEngineVersion' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'devEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine. --- --- * 'devDBEngineVersionDescription' - The description of the database engine version. --- --- * 'devDefaultCharacterSet' - The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the @CharacterSetName@ parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified. --- --- * 'devEngine' - The name of the database engine. --- --- * 'devDBParameterGroupFamily' - The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. --- --- * 'devSupportedCharacterSets' - A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the @CharacterSetName@ parameter of the @CreateDBInstance@ action. --- --- * 'devDBEngineDescription' - The description of the database engine. --- --- * 'devValidUpgradeTarget' - A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded to. --- --- * 'devSupportedTimezones' - A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the @Timezone@ parameter of the @CreateDBInstance@ action. -dbEngineVersion - :: DBEngineVersion -dbEngineVersion = - DBEngineVersion' - { _devEngineVersion = Nothing - , _devDBEngineVersionDescription = Nothing - , _devDefaultCharacterSet = Nothing - , _devEngine = Nothing - , _devDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing - , _devSupportedCharacterSets = Nothing - , _devDBEngineDescription = Nothing - , _devValidUpgradeTarget = Nothing - , _devSupportedTimezones = Nothing - } - - --- | The version number of the database engine. -devEngineVersion :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -devEngineVersion = lens _devEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_devEngineVersion = a}); - --- | The description of the database engine version. -devDBEngineVersionDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -devDBEngineVersionDescription = lens _devDBEngineVersionDescription (\ s a -> s{_devDBEngineVersionDescription = a}); - --- | The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the @CharacterSetName@ parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified. -devDefaultCharacterSet :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe CharacterSet) -devDefaultCharacterSet = lens _devDefaultCharacterSet (\ s a -> s{_devDefaultCharacterSet = a}); - --- | The name of the database engine. -devEngine :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -devEngine = lens _devEngine (\ s a -> s{_devEngine = a}); - --- | The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. -devDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -devDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _devDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_devDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); - --- | A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the @CharacterSetName@ parameter of the @CreateDBInstance@ action. -devSupportedCharacterSets :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [CharacterSet] -devSupportedCharacterSets = lens _devSupportedCharacterSets (\ s a -> s{_devSupportedCharacterSets = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The description of the database engine. -devDBEngineDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -devDBEngineDescription = lens _devDBEngineDescription (\ s a -> s{_devDBEngineDescription = a}); - --- | A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded to. -devValidUpgradeTarget :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [UpgradeTarget] -devValidUpgradeTarget = lens _devValidUpgradeTarget (\ s a -> s{_devValidUpgradeTarget = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the @Timezone@ parameter of the @CreateDBInstance@ action. -devSupportedTimezones :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [Timezone] -devSupportedTimezones = lens _devSupportedTimezones (\ s a -> s{_devSupportedTimezones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML DBEngineVersion where - parseXML x - = DBEngineVersion' <$> - (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> - (x .@? "DBEngineVersionDescription") - <*> (x .@? "DefaultCharacterSet") - <*> (x .@? "Engine") - <*> (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") - <*> - (x .@? "SupportedCharacterSets" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "CharacterSet")) - <*> (x .@? "DBEngineDescription") - <*> - (x .@? "ValidUpgradeTarget" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "UpgradeTarget")) - <*> - (x .@? "SupportedTimezones" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "Timezone")) - -instance Hashable DBEngineVersion where - -instance NFData DBEngineVersion where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: --- --- --- * 'CreateDBInstance' --- --- * 'DeleteDBInstance' --- --- * 'ModifyDBInstance' --- --- * 'StopDBInstance' --- --- * 'StartDBInstance' --- --- --- --- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBInstances' action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbInstance' smart constructor. -data DBInstance = DBInstance' - { _diEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [DBSecurityGroupMembership]) - , _diStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _diDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _diDBInstanceARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _diMonitoringRoleARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) - , _diInstanceCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diMonitoringInterval :: !(Maybe Int) - , _diEngine :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diLatestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _diDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diPromotionTier :: !(Maybe Int) - , _diLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diCACertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diVPCSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [VPCSecurityGroupMembership]) - , _diBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) - , _diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diDBSubnetGroup :: !(Maybe DBSubnetGroup) - , _diMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _diOptionGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [OptionGroupMembership]) - , _diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diPerformanceInsightsEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _diAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) - , _diDBiResourceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diDBParameterGroups :: !(Maybe [DBParameterGroupStatus]) - , _diCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _diTimezone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diEndpoint :: !(Maybe Endpoint) - , _diDBInstanceStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diDBInstancePort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _diPendingModifiedValues :: !(Maybe PendingModifiedValues) - , _diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _diStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _diStatusInfos :: !(Maybe [DBInstanceStatusInfo]) - , _diDomainMemberships :: !(Maybe [DomainMembership]) - , _diDBName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'diEngineVersion' - Indicates the database engine version. --- --- * 'diDBSecurityGroups' - Provides List of DB security group elements containing only @DBSecurityGroup.Name@ and @DBSecurityGroup.Status@ subelements. --- --- * 'diStorageEncrypted' - Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. --- --- * 'diDBClusterIdentifier' - If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. --- --- * 'diPubliclyAccessible' - Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. * __Default VPC:__ true * __VPC:__ false If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is private. --- --- * 'diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' - Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. --- --- * 'diDBInstanceARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. --- --- * 'diMasterUsername' - Contains the master username for the DB instance. --- --- * 'diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers' - Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this DB instance. --- --- * 'diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled' - True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled; otherwise false. IAM database authentication can be enabled for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. To enable IAM database authentication for Aurora, see DBCluster Type. --- --- * 'diMonitoringRoleARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to CloudWatch Logs. --- --- * 'diIOPS' - Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. --- --- * 'diInstanceCreateTime' - Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. --- --- * 'diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' - Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is a Read Replica. --- --- * 'diMonitoringInterval' - The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. --- --- * 'diEngine' - Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. --- --- * 'diLatestRestorableTime' - Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. --- --- * 'diDBInstanceClass' - Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. --- --- * 'diPromotionTier' - A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . --- --- * 'diLicenseModel' - License model information for this DB instance. --- --- * 'diPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). --- --- * 'diCACertificateIdentifier' - The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. --- --- * 'diDBInstanceIdentifier' - Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB instance. --- --- * 'diCharacterSetName' - If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is associated with. --- --- * 'diKMSKeyId' - If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB instance. --- --- * 'diPreferredBackupWindow' - Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ . --- --- * 'diAvailabilityZone' - Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. --- --- * 'diVPCSecurityGroups' - Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs to. --- --- * 'diBackupRetentionPeriod' - Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. --- --- * 'diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId' - The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. --- --- * 'diDBSubnetGroup' - Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. --- --- * 'diMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. --- --- * 'diOptionGroupMemberships' - Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. --- --- * 'diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. --- --- * 'diSecondaryAvailabilityZone' - If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB instance with multi-AZ support. --- --- * 'diPerformanceInsightsEnabled' - True if Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance; otherwise false. --- --- * 'diAllocatedStorage' - Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes. --- --- * 'diDBiResourceId' - The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. --- --- * 'diDBParameterGroups' - Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. --- --- * 'diCopyTagsToSnapshot' - Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance. --- --- * 'diTimezone' - The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the @Timezone@ element is empty. @Timezone@ content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. --- --- * 'diTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE encryption. --- --- * 'diEndpoint' - Specifies the connection endpoint. --- --- * 'diDBInstanceStatus' - Specifies the current state of this database. --- --- * 'diDBInstancePort' - Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. --- --- * 'diPendingModifiedValues' - Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. --- --- * 'diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers' - Contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters that are Read Replicas of this DB instance. --- --- * 'diStorageType' - Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. --- --- * 'diStatusInfos' - The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this is blank. --- --- * 'diDomainMemberships' - The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance. --- --- * 'diDBName' - The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas are only supported for these engines. __MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL__ Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. Type: String __Oracle__ Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. -dbInstance - :: DBInstance -dbInstance = - DBInstance' - { _diEngineVersion = Nothing - , _diDBSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _diStorageEncrypted = Nothing - , _diDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing - , _diPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _diDBInstanceARN = Nothing - , _diMasterUsername = Nothing - , _diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = Nothing - , _diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = Nothing - , _diMonitoringRoleARN = Nothing - , _diIOPS = Nothing - , _diInstanceCreateTime = Nothing - , _diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _diMonitoringInterval = Nothing - , _diEngine = Nothing - , _diLatestRestorableTime = Nothing - , _diDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _diPromotionTier = Nothing - , _diLicenseModel = Nothing - , _diPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _diCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing - , _diDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _diCharacterSetName = Nothing - , _diKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _diPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _diAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _diVPCSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _diBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _diDBSubnetGroup = Nothing - , _diMultiAZ = Nothing - , _diOptionGroupMemberships = Nothing - , _diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN = Nothing - , _diSecondaryAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _diPerformanceInsightsEnabled = Nothing - , _diAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _diDBiResourceId = Nothing - , _diDBParameterGroups = Nothing - , _diCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing - , _diTimezone = Nothing - , _diTDECredentialARN = Nothing - , _diEndpoint = Nothing - , _diDBInstanceStatus = Nothing - , _diDBInstancePort = Nothing - , _diPendingModifiedValues = Nothing - , _diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = Nothing - , _diStorageType = Nothing - , _diStatusInfos = Nothing - , _diDomainMemberships = Nothing - , _diDBName = Nothing - } - - --- | Indicates the database engine version. -diEngineVersion :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diEngineVersion = lens _diEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_diEngineVersion = a}); - --- | Provides List of DB security group elements containing only @DBSecurityGroup.Name@ and @DBSecurityGroup.Status@ subelements. -diDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBSecurityGroupMembership] -diDBSecurityGroups = lens _diDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_diDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. -diStorageEncrypted :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -diStorageEncrypted = lens _diStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_diStorageEncrypted = a}); - --- | If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. -diDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diDBClusterIdentifier = lens _diDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diDBClusterIdentifier = a}); - --- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. * __Default VPC:__ true * __VPC:__ false If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is private. -diPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -diPubliclyAccessible = lens _diPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_diPubliclyAccessible = a}); - --- | Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. -diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. -diDBInstanceARN :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diDBInstanceARN = lens _diDBInstanceARN (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceARN = a}); - --- | Contains the master username for the DB instance. -diMasterUsername :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diMasterUsername = lens _diMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_diMasterUsername = a}); - --- | Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this DB instance. -diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: Lens' DBInstance [Text] -diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = lens _diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers (\ s a -> s{_diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled; otherwise false. IAM database authentication can be enabled for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. To enable IAM database authentication for Aurora, see DBCluster Type. -diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = lens _diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled (\ s a -> s{_diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = a}); - --- | The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to CloudWatch Logs. -diMonitoringRoleARN :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diMonitoringRoleARN = lens _diMonitoringRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_diMonitoringRoleARN = a}); - --- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. -diIOPS :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) -diIOPS = lens _diIOPS (\ s a -> s{_diIOPS = a}); - --- | Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. -diInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -diInstanceCreateTime = lens _diInstanceCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_diInstanceCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is a Read Replica. -diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); - --- | The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. -diMonitoringInterval :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) -diMonitoringInterval = lens _diMonitoringInterval (\ s a -> s{_diMonitoringInterval = a}); - --- | Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. -diEngine :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diEngine = lens _diEngine (\ s a -> s{_diEngine = a}); - --- | Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. -diLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -diLatestRestorableTime = lens _diLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_diLatestRestorableTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. -diDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diDBInstanceClass = lens _diDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceClass = a}); - --- | A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . -diPromotionTier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) -diPromotionTier = lens _diPromotionTier (\ s a -> s{_diPromotionTier = a}); - --- | License model information for this DB instance. -diLicenseModel :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diLicenseModel = lens _diLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_diLicenseModel = a}); - --- | Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). -diPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _diPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_diPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); - --- | The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. -diCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diCACertificateIdentifier = lens _diCACertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diCACertificateIdentifier = a}); - --- | Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB instance. -diDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _diDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); - --- | If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is associated with. -diCharacterSetName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diCharacterSetName = lens _diCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_diCharacterSetName = a}); - --- | If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB instance. -diKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diKMSKeyId = lens _diKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_diKMSKeyId = a}); - --- | Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ . -diPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diPreferredBackupWindow = lens _diPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_diPreferredBackupWindow = a}); - --- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. -diAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diAvailabilityZone = lens _diAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_diAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs to. -diVPCSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] -diVPCSecurityGroups = lens _diVPCSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_diVPCSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. -diBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) -diBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _diBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_diBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); - --- | The KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. -diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = lens _diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = a}); - --- | Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. -diDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) -diDBSubnetGroup = lens _diDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_diDBSubnetGroup = a}); - --- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. -diMultiAZ :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -diMultiAZ = lens _diMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_diMultiAZ = a}); - --- | Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. -diOptionGroupMemberships :: Lens' DBInstance [OptionGroupMembership] -diOptionGroupMemberships = lens _diOptionGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_diOptionGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. -diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN = lens _diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN (\ s a -> s{_diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN = a}); - --- | If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB instance with multi-AZ support. -diSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diSecondaryAvailabilityZone = lens _diSecondaryAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_diSecondaryAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | True if Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance; otherwise false. -diPerformanceInsightsEnabled :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -diPerformanceInsightsEnabled = lens _diPerformanceInsightsEnabled (\ s a -> s{_diPerformanceInsightsEnabled = a}); - --- | Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes. -diAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) -diAllocatedStorage = lens _diAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_diAllocatedStorage = a}); - --- | The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. -diDBiResourceId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diDBiResourceId = lens _diDBiResourceId (\ s a -> s{_diDBiResourceId = a}); - --- | Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. -diDBParameterGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBParameterGroupStatus] -diDBParameterGroups = lens _diDBParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_diDBParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance. -diCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -diCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _diCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_diCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); - --- | The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the @Timezone@ element is empty. @Timezone@ content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. -diTimezone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diTimezone = lens _diTimezone (\ s a -> s{_diTimezone = a}); - --- | The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE encryption. -diTDECredentialARN :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diTDECredentialARN = lens _diTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_diTDECredentialARN = a}); - --- | Specifies the connection endpoint. -diEndpoint :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Endpoint) -diEndpoint = lens _diEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_diEndpoint = a}); - --- | Specifies the current state of this database. -diDBInstanceStatus :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diDBInstanceStatus = lens _diDBInstanceStatus (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceStatus = a}); - --- | Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. -diDBInstancePort :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) -diDBInstancePort = lens _diDBInstancePort (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstancePort = a}); - --- | Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. -diPendingModifiedValues :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe PendingModifiedValues) -diPendingModifiedValues = lens _diPendingModifiedValues (\ s a -> s{_diPendingModifiedValues = a}); - --- | Contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters that are Read Replicas of this DB instance. -diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers :: Lens' DBInstance [Text] -diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = lens _diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers (\ s a -> s{_diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. -diStorageType :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diStorageType = lens _diStorageType (\ s a -> s{_diStorageType = a}); - --- | The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this is blank. -diStatusInfos :: Lens' DBInstance [DBInstanceStatusInfo] -diStatusInfos = lens _diStatusInfos (\ s a -> s{_diStatusInfos = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance. -diDomainMemberships :: Lens' DBInstance [DomainMembership] -diDomainMemberships = lens _diDomainMemberships (\ s a -> s{_diDomainMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas are only supported for these engines. __MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL__ Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. Type: String __Oracle__ Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. -diDBName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -diDBName = lens _diDBName (\ s a -> s{_diDBName = a}); - -instance FromXML DBInstance where - parseXML x - = DBInstance' <$> - (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> - (x .@? "DBSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "DBSecurityGroup")) - <*> (x .@? "StorageEncrypted") - <*> (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "PubliclyAccessible") - <*> (x .@? "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceArn") - <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") - <*> - (x .@? "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers" .!@ mempty - >>= - may (parseXMLList "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier")) - <*> (x .@? "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled") - <*> (x .@? "MonitoringRoleArn") - <*> (x .@? "Iops") - <*> (x .@? "InstanceCreateTime") - <*> (x .@? "ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "MonitoringInterval") - <*> (x .@? "Engine") - <*> (x .@? "LatestRestorableTime") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") - <*> (x .@? "PromotionTier") - <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") - <*> (x .@? "PreferredMaintenanceWindow") - <*> (x .@? "CACertificateIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "CharacterSetName") - <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") - <*> (x .@? "PreferredBackupWindow") - <*> (x .@? "AvailabilityZone") - <*> - (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "VpcSecurityGroupMembership")) - <*> (x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod") - <*> (x .@? "PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId") - <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroup") - <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") - <*> - (x .@? "OptionGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "OptionGroupMembership")) - <*> (x .@? "EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn") - <*> (x .@? "SecondaryAvailabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "PerformanceInsightsEnabled") - <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") - <*> (x .@? "DbiResourceId") - <*> - (x .@? "DBParameterGroups" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "DBParameterGroup")) - <*> (x .@? "CopyTagsToSnapshot") - <*> (x .@? "Timezone") - <*> (x .@? "TdeCredentialArn") - <*> (x .@? "Endpoint") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceStatus") - <*> (x .@? "DbInstancePort") - <*> (x .@? "PendingModifiedValues") - <*> - (x .@? "ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers" .!@ mempty - >>= - may (parseXMLList "ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier")) - <*> (x .@? "StorageType") - <*> - (x .@? "StatusInfos" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "DBInstanceStatusInfo")) - <*> - (x .@? "DomainMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "DomainMembership")) - <*> (x .@? "DBName") - -instance Hashable DBInstance where - -instance NFData DBInstance where - --- | Provides a list of status information for a DB instance. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbInstanceStatusInfo' smart constructor. -data DBInstanceStatusInfo = DBInstanceStatusInfo' - { _disiStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _disiNormal :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _disiStatusType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _disiMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBInstanceStatusInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'disiStatus' - Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. --- --- * 'disiNormal' - Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false if the instance is in an error state. --- --- * 'disiStatusType' - This value is currently "read replication." --- --- * 'disiMessage' - Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance is not in an error state, this value is blank. -dbInstanceStatusInfo - :: DBInstanceStatusInfo -dbInstanceStatusInfo = - DBInstanceStatusInfo' - { _disiStatus = Nothing - , _disiNormal = Nothing - , _disiStatusType = Nothing - , _disiMessage = Nothing - } - - --- | Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. -disiStatus :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) -disiStatus = lens _disiStatus (\ s a -> s{_disiStatus = a}); - --- | Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false if the instance is in an error state. -disiNormal :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Bool) -disiNormal = lens _disiNormal (\ s a -> s{_disiNormal = a}); - --- | This value is currently "read replication." -disiStatusType :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) -disiStatusType = lens _disiStatusType (\ s a -> s{_disiStatusType = a}); - --- | Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance is not in an error state, this value is blank. -disiMessage :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) -disiMessage = lens _disiMessage (\ s a -> s{_disiMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML DBInstanceStatusInfo where - parseXML x - = DBInstanceStatusInfo' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "Normal") <*> - (x .@? "StatusType") - <*> (x .@? "Message") - -instance Hashable DBInstanceStatusInfo where - -instance NFData DBInstanceStatusInfo where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the 'CreateDBParameterGroup' action. --- --- --- This data type is used as a request parameter in the 'DeleteDBParameterGroup' action, and as a response element in the 'DescribeDBParameterGroups' action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbParameterGroup' smart constructor. -data DBParameterGroup = DBParameterGroup' - { _dpgDBParameterGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dpgDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dpgDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dpgDBParameterGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. --- --- * 'dpgDBParameterGroupFamily' - Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter group is compatible with. --- --- * 'dpgDBParameterGroupName' - Provides the name of the DB parameter group. --- --- * 'dpgDescription' - Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. -dbParameterGroup - :: DBParameterGroup -dbParameterGroup = - DBParameterGroup' - { _dpgDBParameterGroupARN = Nothing - , _dpgDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing - , _dpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _dpgDescription = Nothing - } - - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. -dpgDBParameterGroupARN :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dpgDBParameterGroupARN = lens _dpgDBParameterGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_dpgDBParameterGroupARN = a}); - --- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter group is compatible with. -dpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); - --- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group. -dpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _dpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); - --- | Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. -dpgDescription :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dpgDescription = lens _dpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_dpgDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML DBParameterGroup where - parseXML x - = DBParameterGroup' <$> - (x .@? "DBParameterGroupArn") <*> - (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") - <*> (x .@? "DBParameterGroupName") - <*> (x .@? "Description") - -instance Hashable DBParameterGroup where - -instance NFData DBParameterGroup where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the 'ModifyDBParameterGroup' or 'ResetDBParameterGroup' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbParameterGroupNameMessage' smart constructor. -newtype DBParameterGroupNameMessage = DBParameterGroupNameMessage' - { _dpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBParameterGroupNameMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dpgnmDBParameterGroupName' - Provides the name of the DB parameter group. -dbParameterGroupNameMessage - :: DBParameterGroupNameMessage -dbParameterGroupNameMessage = - DBParameterGroupNameMessage' {_dpgnmDBParameterGroupName = Nothing} - - --- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group. -dpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) -dpgnmDBParameterGroupName = lens _dpgnmDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dpgnmDBParameterGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML DBParameterGroupNameMessage where - parseXML x - = DBParameterGroupNameMessage' <$> - (x .@? "DBParameterGroupName") - -instance Hashable DBParameterGroupNameMessage where - -instance NFData DBParameterGroupNameMessage where - --- | The status of the DB parameter group. --- --- --- This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: --- --- * 'CreateDBInstance' --- --- * 'CreateDBInstanceReadReplica' --- --- * 'DeleteDBInstance' --- --- * 'ModifyDBInstance' --- --- * 'RebootDBInstance' --- --- * 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' --- --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbParameterGroupStatus' smart constructor. -data DBParameterGroupStatus = DBParameterGroupStatus' - { _dpgsDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dpgsParameterApplyStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBParameterGroupStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dpgsDBParameterGroupName' - The name of the DP parameter group. --- --- * 'dpgsParameterApplyStatus' - The status of parameter updates. -dbParameterGroupStatus - :: DBParameterGroupStatus -dbParameterGroupStatus = - DBParameterGroupStatus' - {_dpgsDBParameterGroupName = Nothing, _dpgsParameterApplyStatus = Nothing} - - --- | The name of the DP parameter group. -dpgsDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) -dpgsDBParameterGroupName = lens _dpgsDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dpgsDBParameterGroupName = a}); - --- | The status of parameter updates. -dpgsParameterApplyStatus :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) -dpgsParameterApplyStatus = lens _dpgsParameterApplyStatus (\ s a -> s{_dpgsParameterApplyStatus = a}); - -instance FromXML DBParameterGroupStatus where - parseXML x - = DBParameterGroupStatus' <$> - (x .@? "DBParameterGroupName") <*> - (x .@? "ParameterApplyStatus") - -instance Hashable DBParameterGroupStatus where - -instance NFData DBParameterGroupStatus where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: --- --- --- * 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' --- --- * 'AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' --- --- * 'CreateDBSecurityGroup' --- --- * 'RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' --- --- --- --- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbSecurityGroup' smart constructor. -data DBSecurityGroup = DBSecurityGroup' - { _dbsgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dbsgOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dbsgIPRanges :: !(Maybe [IPRange]) - , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [EC2SecurityGroup]) - , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBSecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dbsgVPCId' - Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. --- --- * 'dbsgOwnerId' - Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. --- --- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group. --- --- * 'dbsgIPRanges' - Contains a list of 'IPRange' elements. --- --- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupName' - Specifies the name of the DB security group. --- --- * 'dbsgEC2SecurityGroups' - Contains a list of 'EC2SecurityGroup' elements. --- --- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' - Provides the description of the DB security group. -dbSecurityGroup - :: DBSecurityGroup -dbSecurityGroup = - DBSecurityGroup' - { _dbsgVPCId = Nothing - , _dbsgOwnerId = Nothing - , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN = Nothing - , _dbsgIPRanges = Nothing - , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = Nothing - , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = Nothing - } - - --- | Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. -dbsgVPCId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsgVPCId = lens _dbsgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dbsgVPCId = a}); - --- | Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. -dbsgOwnerId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsgOwnerId = lens _dbsgOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_dbsgOwnerId = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group. -dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN = lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN = a}); - --- | Contains a list of 'IPRange' elements. -dbsgIPRanges :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [IPRange] -dbsgIPRanges = lens _dbsgIPRanges (\ s a -> s{_dbsgIPRanges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Specifies the name of the DB security group. -dbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}); - --- | Contains a list of 'EC2SecurityGroup' elements. -dbsgEC2SecurityGroups :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [EC2SecurityGroup] -dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = lens _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Provides the description of the DB security group. -dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML DBSecurityGroup where - parseXML x - = DBSecurityGroup' <$> - (x .@? "VpcId") <*> (x .@? "OwnerId") <*> - (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupArn") - <*> - (x .@? "IPRanges" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "IPRange")) - <*> (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName") - <*> - (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "EC2SecurityGroup")) - <*> (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupDescription") - -instance Hashable DBSecurityGroup where - -instance NFData DBSecurityGroup where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: --- --- --- * 'ModifyDBInstance' --- --- * 'RebootDBInstance' --- --- * 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' --- --- * 'RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime' --- --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbSecurityGroupMembership' smart constructor. -data DBSecurityGroupMembership = DBSecurityGroupMembership' - { _dsgmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBSecurityGroupMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dsgmStatus' - The status of the DB security group. --- --- * 'dsgmDBSecurityGroupName' - The name of the DB security group. -dbSecurityGroupMembership - :: DBSecurityGroupMembership -dbSecurityGroupMembership = - DBSecurityGroupMembership' - {_dsgmStatus = Nothing, _dsgmDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing} - - --- | The status of the DB security group. -dsgmStatus :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -dsgmStatus = lens _dsgmStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsgmStatus = a}); - --- | The name of the DB security group. -dsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -dsgmDBSecurityGroupName = lens _dsgmDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsgmDBSecurityGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML DBSecurityGroupMembership where - parseXML x - = DBSecurityGroupMembership' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName") - -instance Hashable DBSecurityGroupMembership where - -instance NFData DBSecurityGroupMembership where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: --- --- --- * 'CreateDBSnapshot' --- --- * 'DeleteDBSnapshot' --- --- --- --- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSnapshots' action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbSnapshot' smart constructor. -data DBSnapshot = DBSnapshot' - { _dsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsDBSnapshotARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsSourceRegion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _dsIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsInstanceCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _dsEngine :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _dsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsSnapshotType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsSnapshotCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _dsAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dsOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsTimezone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsPercentProgress :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dsPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _dsStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dsEngineVersion' - Specifies the version of the database engine. --- --- * 'dsStatus' - Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. --- --- * 'dsDBSnapshotARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot. --- --- * 'dsMasterUsername' - Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. --- --- * 'dsSourceRegion' - The AWS Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. --- --- * 'dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled' - True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled; otherwise false. --- --- * 'dsIOPS' - Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB instance at the time of the snapshot. --- --- * 'dsVPCId' - Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot. --- --- * 'dsInstanceCreateTime' - Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). --- --- * 'dsEngine' - Specifies the name of the database engine. --- --- * 'dsEncrypted' - Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. --- --- * 'dsDBSnapshotIdentifier' - Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. --- --- * 'dsLicenseModel' - License model information for the restored DB instance. --- --- * 'dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier' - The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has value in case of cross-customer or cross-region copy. --- --- * 'dsSnapshotType' - Provides the type of the DB snapshot. --- --- * 'dsDBInstanceIdentifier' - Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot was created from. --- --- * 'dsKMSKeyId' - If @Encrypted@ is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot. --- --- * 'dsAvailabilityZone' - Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in at the time of the DB snapshot. --- --- * 'dsSnapshotCreateTime' - Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). --- --- * 'dsAllocatedStorage' - Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). --- --- * 'dsOptionGroupName' - Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. --- --- * 'dsTimezone' - The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the @Timezone@ element is empty. @Timezone@ content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. --- --- * 'dsTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. --- --- * 'dsPercentProgress' - The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. --- --- * 'dsPort' - Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time of the snapshot. --- --- * 'dsStorageType' - Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot. -dbSnapshot - :: DBSnapshot -dbSnapshot = - DBSnapshot' - { _dsEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dsStatus = Nothing - , _dsDBSnapshotARN = Nothing - , _dsMasterUsername = Nothing - , _dsSourceRegion = Nothing - , _dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = Nothing - , _dsIOPS = Nothing - , _dsVPCId = Nothing - , _dsInstanceCreateTime = Nothing - , _dsEngine = Nothing - , _dsEncrypted = Nothing - , _dsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _dsLicenseModel = Nothing - , _dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _dsSnapshotType = Nothing - , _dsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _dsKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _dsAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _dsSnapshotCreateTime = Nothing - , _dsAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _dsOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _dsTimezone = Nothing - , _dsTDECredentialARN = Nothing - , _dsPercentProgress = Nothing - , _dsPort = Nothing - , _dsStorageType = Nothing - } - - --- | Specifies the version of the database engine. -dsEngineVersion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsEngineVersion = lens _dsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dsEngineVersion = a}); - --- | Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. -dsStatus :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsStatus = lens _dsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsStatus = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot. -dsDBSnapshotARN :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsDBSnapshotARN = lens _dsDBSnapshotARN (\ s a -> s{_dsDBSnapshotARN = a}); - --- | Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. -dsMasterUsername :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsMasterUsername = lens _dsMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_dsMasterUsername = a}); - --- | The AWS Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. -dsSourceRegion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsSourceRegion = lens _dsSourceRegion (\ s a -> s{_dsSourceRegion = a}); - --- | True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled; otherwise false. -dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = lens _dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled (\ s a -> s{_dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = a}); - --- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB instance at the time of the snapshot. -dsIOPS :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dsIOPS = lens _dsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_dsIOPS = a}); - --- | Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot. -dsVPCId :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsVPCId = lens _dsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dsVPCId = a}); - --- | Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). -dsInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) -dsInstanceCreateTime = lens _dsInstanceCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dsInstanceCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Specifies the name of the database engine. -dsEngine :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsEngine = lens _dsEngine (\ s a -> s{_dsEngine = a}); - --- | Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. -dsEncrypted :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -dsEncrypted = lens _dsEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_dsEncrypted = a}); - --- | Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. -dsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); - --- | License model information for the restored DB instance. -dsLicenseModel :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsLicenseModel = lens _dsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_dsLicenseModel = a}); - --- | The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has value in case of cross-customer or cross-region copy. -dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); - --- | Provides the type of the DB snapshot. -dsSnapshotType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsSnapshotType = lens _dsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_dsSnapshotType = a}); - --- | Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot was created from. -dsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _dsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); - --- | If @Encrypted@ is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot. -dsKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsKMSKeyId = lens _dsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_dsKMSKeyId = a}); - --- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in at the time of the DB snapshot. -dsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsAvailabilityZone = lens _dsAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_dsAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). -dsSnapshotCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) -dsSnapshotCreateTime = lens _dsSnapshotCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dsSnapshotCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). -dsAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dsAllocatedStorage = lens _dsAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_dsAllocatedStorage = a}); - --- | Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. -dsOptionGroupName :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsOptionGroupName = lens _dsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsOptionGroupName = a}); - --- | The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the @Timezone@ element is empty. @Timezone@ content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. -dsTimezone :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsTimezone = lens _dsTimezone (\ s a -> s{_dsTimezone = a}); - --- | The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. -dsTDECredentialARN :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsTDECredentialARN = lens _dsTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_dsTDECredentialARN = a}); - --- | The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. -dsPercentProgress :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dsPercentProgress = lens _dsPercentProgress (\ s a -> s{_dsPercentProgress = a}); - --- | Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time of the snapshot. -dsPort :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dsPort = lens _dsPort (\ s a -> s{_dsPort = a}); - --- | Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot. -dsStorageType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dsStorageType = lens _dsStorageType (\ s a -> s{_dsStorageType = a}); - -instance FromXML DBSnapshot where - parseXML x - = DBSnapshot' <$> - (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "Status") <*> - (x .@? "DBSnapshotArn") - <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") - <*> (x .@? "SourceRegion") - <*> (x .@? "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled") - <*> (x .@? "Iops") - <*> (x .@? "VpcId") - <*> (x .@? "InstanceCreateTime") - <*> (x .@? "Engine") - <*> (x .@? "Encrypted") - <*> (x .@? "DBSnapshotIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") - <*> (x .@? "SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "SnapshotType") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") - <*> (x .@? "AvailabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "SnapshotCreateTime") - <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") - <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupName") - <*> (x .@? "Timezone") - <*> (x .@? "TdeCredentialArn") - <*> (x .@? "PercentProgress") - <*> (x .@? "Port") - <*> (x .@? "StorageType") - -instance Hashable DBSnapshot where - -instance NFData DBSnapshot where - --- | Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute --- --- --- Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbSnapshotAttribute' smart constructor. -data DBSnapshotAttribute = DBSnapshotAttribute' - { _dsaAttributeValues :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _dsaAttributeName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBSnapshotAttribute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dsaAttributeValues' - The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute. If the @AttributeName@ field is set to @restore@ , then this element returns a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If a value of @all@ is in the list, then the manual DB snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. --- --- * 'dsaAttributeName' - The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute. The attribute named @restore@ refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. -dbSnapshotAttribute - :: DBSnapshotAttribute -dbSnapshotAttribute = - DBSnapshotAttribute' - {_dsaAttributeValues = Nothing, _dsaAttributeName = Nothing} - - --- | The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute. If the @AttributeName@ field is set to @restore@ , then this element returns a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If a value of @all@ is in the list, then the manual DB snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. -dsaAttributeValues :: Lens' DBSnapshotAttribute [Text] -dsaAttributeValues = lens _dsaAttributeValues (\ s a -> s{_dsaAttributeValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute. The attribute named @restore@ refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. -dsaAttributeName :: Lens' DBSnapshotAttribute (Maybe Text) -dsaAttributeName = lens _dsaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_dsaAttributeName = a}); - -instance FromXML DBSnapshotAttribute where - parseXML x - = DBSnapshotAttribute' <$> - (x .@? "AttributeValues" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "AttributeValue")) - <*> (x .@? "AttributeName") - -instance Hashable DBSnapshotAttribute where - -instance NFData DBSnapshotAttribute where - --- | Contains the results of a successful call to the 'DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes' API action. --- --- --- Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbSnapshotAttributesResult' smart constructor. -data DBSnapshotAttributesResult = DBSnapshotAttributesResult' - { _dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsarDBSnapshotAttributes :: !(Maybe [DBSnapshotAttribute]) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBSnapshotAttributesResult' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to. --- --- * 'dsarDBSnapshotAttributes' - The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot. -dbSnapshotAttributesResult - :: DBSnapshotAttributesResult -dbSnapshotAttributesResult = - DBSnapshotAttributesResult' - {_dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing, _dsarDBSnapshotAttributes = Nothing} - - --- | The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to. -dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshotAttributesResult (Maybe Text) -dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); - --- | The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot. -dsarDBSnapshotAttributes :: Lens' DBSnapshotAttributesResult [DBSnapshotAttribute] -dsarDBSnapshotAttributes = lens _dsarDBSnapshotAttributes (\ s a -> s{_dsarDBSnapshotAttributes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML DBSnapshotAttributesResult where - parseXML x - = DBSnapshotAttributesResult' <$> - (x .@? "DBSnapshotIdentifier") <*> - (x .@? "DBSnapshotAttributes" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "DBSnapshotAttribute")) - -instance Hashable DBSnapshotAttributesResult where - -instance NFData DBSnapshotAttributesResult where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: --- --- --- * 'CreateDBSubnetGroup' --- --- * 'ModifyDBSubnetGroup' --- --- * 'DescribeDBSubnetGroups' --- --- * 'DeleteDBSubnetGroup' --- --- --- --- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSubnetGroups' action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'dbSubnetGroup' smart constructor. -data DBSubnetGroup = DBSubnetGroup' - { _dsgDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsgSubnets :: !(Maybe [Subnet]) - , _dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsgDBSubnetGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dsgSubnetGroupStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DBSubnetGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dsgDBSubnetGroupName' - The name of the DB subnet group. --- --- * 'dsgVPCId' - Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. --- --- * 'dsgSubnets' - Contains a list of 'Subnet' elements. --- --- * 'dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription' - Provides the description of the DB subnet group. --- --- * 'dsgDBSubnetGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. --- --- * 'dsgSubnetGroupStatus' - Provides the status of the DB subnet group. -dbSubnetGroup - :: DBSubnetGroup -dbSubnetGroup = - DBSubnetGroup' - { _dsgDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _dsgVPCId = Nothing - , _dsgSubnets = Nothing - , _dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing - , _dsgDBSubnetGroupARN = Nothing - , _dsgSubnetGroupStatus = Nothing - } - - --- | The name of the DB subnet group. -dsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -dsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _dsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); - --- | Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. -dsgVPCId :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -dsgVPCId = lens _dsgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dsgVPCId = a}); - --- | Contains a list of 'Subnet' elements. -dsgSubnets :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup [Subnet] -dsgSubnets = lens _dsgSubnets (\ s a -> s{_dsgSubnets = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Provides the description of the DB subnet group. -dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = lens _dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. -dsgDBSubnetGroupARN :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -dsgDBSubnetGroupARN = lens _dsgDBSubnetGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_dsgDBSubnetGroupARN = a}); - --- | Provides the status of the DB subnet group. -dsgSubnetGroupStatus :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -dsgSubnetGroupStatus = lens _dsgSubnetGroupStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsgSubnetGroupStatus = a}); - -instance FromXML DBSubnetGroup where - parseXML x - = DBSubnetGroup' <$> - (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupName") <*> (x .@? "VpcId") <*> - (x .@? "Subnets" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "Subnet")) - <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupDescription") - <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupArn") - <*> (x .@? "SubnetGroupStatus") - -instance Hashable DBSubnetGroup where - -instance NFData DBSubnetGroup where - --- | This data type is used as a response element to 'DescribeDBLogFiles' . --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'describeDBLogFilesDetails' smart constructor. -data DescribeDBLogFilesDetails = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' - { _ddlfdLastWritten :: !(Maybe Integer) - , _ddlfdSize :: !(Maybe Integer) - , _ddlfdLogFileName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ddlfdLastWritten' - A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. --- --- * 'ddlfdSize' - The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. --- --- * 'ddlfdLogFileName' - The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. -describeDBLogFilesDetails - :: DescribeDBLogFilesDetails -describeDBLogFilesDetails = - DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' - { _ddlfdLastWritten = Nothing - , _ddlfdSize = Nothing - , _ddlfdLogFileName = Nothing - } - - --- | A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. -ddlfdLastWritten :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) -ddlfdLastWritten = lens _ddlfdLastWritten (\ s a -> s{_ddlfdLastWritten = a}); - --- | The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. -ddlfdSize :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) -ddlfdSize = lens _ddlfdSize (\ s a -> s{_ddlfdSize = a}); - --- | The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. -ddlfdLogFileName :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Text) -ddlfdLogFileName = lens _ddlfdLogFileName (\ s a -> s{_ddlfdLogFileName = a}); - -instance FromXML DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where - parseXML x - = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' <$> - (x .@? "LastWritten") <*> (x .@? "Size") <*> - (x .@? "LogFileName") - -instance Hashable DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where - -instance NFData DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where - --- | An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'domainMembership' smart constructor. -data DomainMembership = DomainMembership' - { _dmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dmFQDN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dmDomain :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dmIAMRoleName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DomainMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dmStatus' - The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such as joined, pending-join, failed etc). --- --- * 'dmFQDN' - The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. --- --- * 'dmDomain' - The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. --- --- * 'dmIAMRoleName' - The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. -domainMembership - :: DomainMembership -domainMembership = - DomainMembership' - { _dmStatus = Nothing - , _dmFQDN = Nothing - , _dmDomain = Nothing - , _dmIAMRoleName = Nothing - } - - --- | The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such as joined, pending-join, failed etc). -dmStatus :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) -dmStatus = lens _dmStatus (\ s a -> s{_dmStatus = a}); - --- | The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. -dmFQDN :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) -dmFQDN = lens _dmFQDN (\ s a -> s{_dmFQDN = a}); - --- | The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. -dmDomain :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) -dmDomain = lens _dmDomain (\ s a -> s{_dmDomain = a}); - --- | The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. -dmIAMRoleName :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) -dmIAMRoleName = lens _dmIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_dmIAMRoleName = a}); - -instance FromXML DomainMembership where - parseXML x - = DomainMembership' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "FQDN") <*> - (x .@? "Domain") - <*> (x .@? "IAMRoleName") - -instance Hashable DomainMembership where - -instance NFData DomainMembership where - --- | A range of double values. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'doubleRange' smart constructor. -data DoubleRange = DoubleRange' - { _drTo :: !(Maybe Double) - , _drFrom :: !(Maybe Double) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'DoubleRange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'drTo' - The maximum value in the range. --- --- * 'drFrom' - The minimum value in the range. -doubleRange - :: DoubleRange -doubleRange = DoubleRange' {_drTo = Nothing, _drFrom = Nothing} - - --- | The maximum value in the range. -drTo :: Lens' DoubleRange (Maybe Double) -drTo = lens _drTo (\ s a -> s{_drTo = a}); - --- | The minimum value in the range. -drFrom :: Lens' DoubleRange (Maybe Double) -drFrom = lens _drFrom (\ s a -> s{_drFrom = a}); - -instance FromXML DoubleRange where - parseXML x - = DoubleRange' <$> (x .@? "To") <*> (x .@? "From") - -instance Hashable DoubleRange where - -instance NFData DoubleRange where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: --- --- --- * 'AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' --- --- * 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' --- --- * 'RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' --- --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'ec2SecurityGroup' smart constructor. -data EC2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup' - { _esgStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esgEC2SecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esgEC2SecurityGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'EC2SecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'esgStatus' - Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". --- --- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' - Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ field. --- --- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupName' - Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. --- --- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupId' - Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. -ec2SecurityGroup - :: EC2SecurityGroup -ec2SecurityGroup = - EC2SecurityGroup' - { _esgStatus = Nothing - , _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing - , _esgEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _esgEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing - } - - --- | Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". -esgStatus :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -esgStatus = lens _esgStatus (\ s a -> s{_esgStatus = a}); - --- | Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ field. -esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); - --- | Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. -esgEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -esgEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupName = a}); - --- | Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. -esgEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -esgEC2SecurityGroupId = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupId = a}); - -instance FromXML EC2SecurityGroup where - parseXML x - = EC2SecurityGroup' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> - (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId") - <*> (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupName") - <*> (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupId") - -instance Hashable EC2SecurityGroup where - -instance NFData EC2SecurityGroup where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: --- --- --- * 'CreateDBInstance' --- --- * 'DescribeDBInstances' --- --- * 'DeleteDBInstance' --- --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'endpoint' smart constructor. -data Endpoint = Endpoint' - { _eHostedZoneId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _eAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ePort :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Endpoint' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'eHostedZoneId' - Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. --- --- * 'eAddress' - Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. --- --- * 'ePort' - Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. -endpoint - :: Endpoint -endpoint = - Endpoint' {_eHostedZoneId = Nothing, _eAddress = Nothing, _ePort = Nothing} - - --- | Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. -eHostedZoneId :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Text) -eHostedZoneId = lens _eHostedZoneId (\ s a -> s{_eHostedZoneId = a}); - --- | Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. -eAddress :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Text) -eAddress = lens _eAddress (\ s a -> s{_eAddress = a}); - --- | Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. -ePort :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Int) -ePort = lens _ePort (\ s a -> s{_ePort = a}); - -instance FromXML Endpoint where - parseXML x - = Endpoint' <$> - (x .@? "HostedZoneId") <*> (x .@? "Address") <*> - (x .@? "Port") - -instance Hashable Endpoint where - -instance NFData Endpoint where - --- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the 'DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'engineDefaults' smart constructor. -data EngineDefaults = EngineDefaults' - { _edDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) - , _edMarker :: !(Maybe Text) - , _edParameters :: !(Maybe [Parameter]) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'EngineDefaults' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'edDBParameterGroupFamily' - Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default parameters apply to. --- --- * 'edMarker' - An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . --- --- * 'edParameters' - Contains a list of engine default parameters. -engineDefaults - :: EngineDefaults -engineDefaults = - EngineDefaults' - { _edDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing - , _edMarker = Nothing - , _edParameters = Nothing - } - - --- | Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default parameters apply to. -edDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) -edDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _edDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_edDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . -edMarker :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) -edMarker = lens _edMarker (\ s a -> s{_edMarker = a}); - --- | Contains a list of engine default parameters. -edParameters :: Lens' EngineDefaults [Parameter] -edParameters = lens _edParameters (\ s a -> s{_edParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML EngineDefaults where - parseXML x - = EngineDefaults' <$> - (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") <*> (x .@? "Marker") - <*> - (x .@? "Parameters" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "Parameter")) - -instance Hashable EngineDefaults where - -instance NFData EngineDefaults where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeEvents' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'event' smart constructor. -data Event = Event' - { _eSourceType :: !(Maybe SourceType) - , _eSourceARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _eSourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _eDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _eEventCategories :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _eMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Event' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'eSourceType' - Specifies the source type for this event. --- --- * 'eSourceARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. --- --- * 'eSourceIdentifier' - Provides the identifier for the source of the event. --- --- * 'eDate' - Specifies the date and time of the event. --- --- * 'eEventCategories' - Specifies the category for the event. --- --- * 'eMessage' - Provides the text of this event. -event - :: Event -event = - Event' - { _eSourceType = Nothing - , _eSourceARN = Nothing - , _eSourceIdentifier = Nothing - , _eDate = Nothing - , _eEventCategories = Nothing - , _eMessage = Nothing - } - - --- | Specifies the source type for this event. -eSourceType :: Lens' Event (Maybe SourceType) -eSourceType = lens _eSourceType (\ s a -> s{_eSourceType = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. -eSourceARN :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) -eSourceARN = lens _eSourceARN (\ s a -> s{_eSourceARN = a}); - --- | Provides the identifier for the source of the event. -eSourceIdentifier :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) -eSourceIdentifier = lens _eSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_eSourceIdentifier = a}); - --- | Specifies the date and time of the event. -eDate :: Lens' Event (Maybe UTCTime) -eDate = lens _eDate (\ s a -> s{_eDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Specifies the category for the event. -eEventCategories :: Lens' Event [Text] -eEventCategories = lens _eEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_eEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Provides the text of this event. -eMessage :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) -eMessage = lens _eMessage (\ s a -> s{_eMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML Event where - parseXML x - = Event' <$> - (x .@? "SourceType") <*> (x .@? "SourceArn") <*> - (x .@? "SourceIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "Date") - <*> - (x .@? "EventCategories" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "EventCategory")) - <*> (x .@? "Message") - -instance Hashable Event where - -instance NFData Event where - --- | Contains the results of a successful invocation of the 'DescribeEventCategories' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'eventCategoriesMap' smart constructor. -data EventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap' - { _ecmSourceType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ecmEventCategories :: !(Maybe [Text]) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'EventCategoriesMap' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ecmSourceType' - The source type that the returned categories belong to --- --- * 'ecmEventCategories' - The event categories for the specified source type -eventCategoriesMap - :: EventCategoriesMap -eventCategoriesMap = - EventCategoriesMap' {_ecmSourceType = Nothing, _ecmEventCategories = Nothing} - - --- | The source type that the returned categories belong to -ecmSourceType :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap (Maybe Text) -ecmSourceType = lens _ecmSourceType (\ s a -> s{_ecmSourceType = a}); - --- | The event categories for the specified source type -ecmEventCategories :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap [Text] -ecmEventCategories = lens _ecmEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_ecmEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML EventCategoriesMap where - parseXML x - = EventCategoriesMap' <$> - (x .@? "SourceType") <*> - (x .@? "EventCategories" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "EventCategory")) - -instance Hashable EventCategoriesMap where - -instance NFData EventCategoriesMap where - --- | Contains the results of a successful invocation of the 'DescribeEventSubscriptions' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'eventSubscription' smart constructor. -data EventSubscription = EventSubscription' - { _esStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esCustomerAWSId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esCustSubscriptionId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esSNSTopicARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esEventSubscriptionARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _esSourceType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esSubscriptionCreationTime :: !(Maybe Text) - , _esEventCategoriesList :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _esSourceIdsList :: !(Maybe [Text]) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'EventSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'esStatus' - The status of the RDS event notification subscription. Constraints: Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission | topic-not-exist The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created. --- --- * 'esCustomerAWSId' - The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription. --- --- * 'esCustSubscriptionId' - The RDS event notification subscription Id. --- --- * 'esSNSTopicARN' - The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. --- --- * 'esEventSubscriptionARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. --- --- * 'esEnabled' - A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates the subscription is enabled. --- --- * 'esSourceType' - The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. --- --- * 'esSubscriptionCreationTime' - The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. --- --- * 'esEventCategoriesList' - A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. --- --- * 'esSourceIdsList' - A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. -eventSubscription - :: EventSubscription -eventSubscription = - EventSubscription' - { _esStatus = Nothing - , _esCustomerAWSId = Nothing - , _esCustSubscriptionId = Nothing - , _esSNSTopicARN = Nothing - , _esEventSubscriptionARN = Nothing - , _esEnabled = Nothing - , _esSourceType = Nothing - , _esSubscriptionCreationTime = Nothing - , _esEventCategoriesList = Nothing - , _esSourceIdsList = Nothing - } - - --- | The status of the RDS event notification subscription. Constraints: Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission | topic-not-exist The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created. -esStatus :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esStatus = lens _esStatus (\ s a -> s{_esStatus = a}); - --- | The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription. -esCustomerAWSId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esCustomerAWSId = lens _esCustomerAWSId (\ s a -> s{_esCustomerAWSId = a}); - --- | The RDS event notification subscription Id. -esCustSubscriptionId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esCustSubscriptionId = lens _esCustSubscriptionId (\ s a -> s{_esCustSubscriptionId = a}); - --- | The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. -esSNSTopicARN :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esSNSTopicARN = lens _esSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_esSNSTopicARN = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. -esEventSubscriptionARN :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esEventSubscriptionARN = lens _esEventSubscriptionARN (\ s a -> s{_esEventSubscriptionARN = a}); - --- | A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates the subscription is enabled. -esEnabled :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Bool) -esEnabled = lens _esEnabled (\ s a -> s{_esEnabled = a}); - --- | The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. -esSourceType :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esSourceType = lens _esSourceType (\ s a -> s{_esSourceType = a}); - --- | The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. -esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esSubscriptionCreationTime = lens _esSubscriptionCreationTime (\ s a -> s{_esSubscriptionCreationTime = a}); - --- | A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. -esEventCategoriesList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] -esEventCategoriesList = lens _esEventCategoriesList (\ s a -> s{_esEventCategoriesList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. -esSourceIdsList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] -esSourceIdsList = lens _esSourceIdsList (\ s a -> s{_esSourceIdsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML EventSubscription where - parseXML x - = EventSubscription' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "CustomerAwsId") <*> - (x .@? "CustSubscriptionId") - <*> (x .@? "SnsTopicArn") - <*> (x .@? "EventSubscriptionArn") - <*> (x .@? "Enabled") - <*> (x .@? "SourceType") - <*> (x .@? "SubscriptionCreationTime") - <*> - (x .@? "EventCategoriesList" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "EventCategory")) - <*> - (x .@? "SourceIdsList" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "SourceId")) - -instance Hashable EventSubscription where - -instance NFData EventSubscription where - --- | This type is not currently supported. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'filter'' smart constructor. -data Filter = Filter' - { _fName :: !Text - , _fValues :: ![Text] - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Filter' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'fName' - This parameter is not currently supported. --- --- * 'fValues' - This parameter is not currently supported. -filter' - :: Text -- ^ 'fName' - -> Filter -filter' pName_ = Filter' {_fName = pName_, _fValues = mempty} - - --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -fName :: Lens' Filter Text -fName = lens _fName (\ s a -> s{_fName = a}); - --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -fValues :: Lens' Filter [Text] -fValues = lens _fValues (\ s a -> s{_fValues = a}) . _Coerce; - -instance Hashable Filter where - -instance NFData Filter where - -instance ToQuery Filter where - toQuery Filter'{..} - = mconcat - ["Name" =: _fName, - "Values" =: toQueryList "Value" _fValues] - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'ipRange' smart constructor. -data IPRange = IPRange' - { _irStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _irCIdRIP :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'IPRange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'irStatus' - Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". --- --- * 'irCIdRIP' - Specifies the IP range. -ipRange - :: IPRange -ipRange = IPRange' {_irStatus = Nothing, _irCIdRIP = Nothing} - - --- | Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". -irStatus :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) -irStatus = lens _irStatus (\ s a -> s{_irStatus = a}); - --- | Specifies the IP range. -irCIdRIP :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) -irCIdRIP = lens _irCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_irCIdRIP = a}); - -instance FromXML IPRange where - parseXML x - = IPRange' <$> (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "CIDRIP") - -instance Hashable IPRange where - -instance NFData IPRange where - --- | Option details. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'option' smart constructor. -data Option = Option' - { _oOptionName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _oPermanent :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _oPersistent :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _oOptionDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _oOptionSettings :: !(Maybe [OptionSetting]) - , _oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [VPCSecurityGroupMembership]) - , _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [DBSecurityGroupMembership]) - , _oOptionVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _oPort :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Option' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'oOptionName' - The name of the option. --- --- * 'oPermanent' - Indicate if this option is permanent. --- --- * 'oPersistent' - Indicate if this option is persistent. --- --- * 'oOptionDescription' - The description of the option. --- --- * 'oOptionSettings' - The option settings for this option. --- --- * 'oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships' - If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows access to the port. --- --- * 'oDBSecurityGroupMemberships' - If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows access to the port. --- --- * 'oOptionVersion' - The version of the option. --- --- * 'oPort' - If required, the port configured for this option to use. -option - :: Option -option = - Option' - { _oOptionName = Nothing - , _oPermanent = Nothing - , _oPersistent = Nothing - , _oOptionDescription = Nothing - , _oOptionSettings = Nothing - , _oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing - , _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing - , _oOptionVersion = Nothing - , _oPort = Nothing - } - - --- | The name of the option. -oOptionName :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) -oOptionName = lens _oOptionName (\ s a -> s{_oOptionName = a}); - --- | Indicate if this option is permanent. -oPermanent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) -oPermanent = lens _oPermanent (\ s a -> s{_oPermanent = a}); - --- | Indicate if this option is persistent. -oPersistent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) -oPersistent = lens _oPersistent (\ s a -> s{_oPersistent = a}); - --- | The description of the option. -oOptionDescription :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) -oOptionDescription = lens _oOptionDescription (\ s a -> s{_oOptionDescription = a}); - --- | The option settings for this option. -oOptionSettings :: Lens' Option [OptionSetting] -oOptionSettings = lens _oOptionSettings (\ s a -> s{_oOptionSettings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows access to the port. -oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] -oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows access to the port. -oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [DBSecurityGroupMembership] -oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The version of the option. -oOptionVersion :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) -oOptionVersion = lens _oOptionVersion (\ s a -> s{_oOptionVersion = a}); - --- | If required, the port configured for this option to use. -oPort :: Lens' Option (Maybe Int) -oPort = lens _oPort (\ s a -> s{_oPort = a}); - -instance FromXML Option where - parseXML x - = Option' <$> - (x .@? "OptionName") <*> (x .@? "Permanent") <*> - (x .@? "Persistent") - <*> (x .@? "OptionDescription") - <*> - (x .@? "OptionSettings" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "OptionSetting")) - <*> - (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "VpcSecurityGroupMembership")) - <*> - (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "DBSecurityGroup")) - <*> (x .@? "OptionVersion") - <*> (x .@? "Port") - -instance Hashable Option where - -instance NFData Option where - --- | A list of all available options --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'optionConfiguration' smart constructor. -data OptionConfiguration = OptionConfiguration' - { _ocOptionSettings :: !(Maybe [OptionSetting]) - , _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _ocOptionVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ocPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _ocOptionName :: !Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'OptionConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ocOptionSettings' - The option settings to include in an option group. --- --- * 'ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships' - A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. --- --- * 'ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships' - A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. --- --- * 'ocOptionVersion' - The version for the option. --- --- * 'ocPort' - The optional port for the option. --- --- * 'ocOptionName' - The configuration of options to include in a group. -optionConfiguration - :: Text -- ^ 'ocOptionName' - -> OptionConfiguration -optionConfiguration pOptionName_ = - OptionConfiguration' - { _ocOptionSettings = Nothing - , _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing - , _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing - , _ocOptionVersion = Nothing - , _ocPort = Nothing - , _ocOptionName = pOptionName_ - } - - --- | The option settings to include in an option group. -ocOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [OptionSetting] -ocOptionSettings = lens _ocOptionSettings (\ s a -> s{_ocOptionSettings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. -ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] -ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. -ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] -ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The version for the option. -ocOptionVersion :: Lens' OptionConfiguration (Maybe Text) -ocOptionVersion = lens _ocOptionVersion (\ s a -> s{_ocOptionVersion = a}); - --- | The optional port for the option. -ocPort :: Lens' OptionConfiguration (Maybe Int) -ocPort = lens _ocPort (\ s a -> s{_ocPort = a}); - --- | The configuration of options to include in a group. -ocOptionName :: Lens' OptionConfiguration Text -ocOptionName = lens _ocOptionName (\ s a -> s{_ocOptionName = a}); - -instance Hashable OptionConfiguration where - -instance NFData OptionConfiguration where - -instance ToQuery OptionConfiguration where - toQuery OptionConfiguration'{..} - = mconcat - ["OptionSettings" =: - toQuery - (toQueryList "OptionSetting" <$> _ocOptionSettings), - "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" =: - toQuery - (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> - _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships), - "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" =: - toQuery - (toQueryList "DBSecurityGroupName" <$> - _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships), - "OptionVersion" =: _ocOptionVersion, - "Port" =: _ocPort, "OptionName" =: _ocOptionName] - --- | --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'optionGroup' smart constructor. -data OptionGroup = OptionGroup' - { _ogOptionGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ogEngineName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogOptionGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogMajorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogOptions :: !(Maybe [Option]) - , _ogOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ogOptionGroupDescription' - Provides a description of the option group. --- --- * 'ogVPCId' - If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is @false@ , this field is blank. If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is @true@ and this field is blank, then this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances that are in the VPC indicated by this field. --- --- * 'ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships' - Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. The value @true@ indicates the option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. --- --- * 'ogEngineName' - Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to. --- --- * 'ogOptionGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group. --- --- * 'ogMajorEngineVersion' - Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. --- --- * 'ogOptions' - Indicates what options are available in the option group. --- --- * 'ogOptionGroupName' - Specifies the name of the option group. -optionGroup - :: OptionGroup -optionGroup = - OptionGroup' - { _ogOptionGroupDescription = Nothing - , _ogVPCId = Nothing - , _ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships = Nothing - , _ogEngineName = Nothing - , _ogOptionGroupARN = Nothing - , _ogMajorEngineVersion = Nothing - , _ogOptions = Nothing - , _ogOptionGroupName = Nothing - } - - --- | Provides a description of the option group. -ogOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogOptionGroupDescription = lens _ogOptionGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_ogOptionGroupDescription = a}); - --- | If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is @false@ , this field is blank. If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is @true@ and this field is blank, then this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances that are in the VPC indicated by this field. -ogVPCId :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogVPCId = lens _ogVPCId (\ s a -> s{_ogVPCId = a}); - --- | Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. The value @true@ indicates the option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. -ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Bool) -ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships = lens _ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships (\ s a -> s{_ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships = a}); - --- | Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to. -ogEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogEngineName = lens _ogEngineName (\ s a -> s{_ogEngineName = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group. -ogOptionGroupARN :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogOptionGroupARN = lens _ogOptionGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_ogOptionGroupARN = a}); - --- | Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. -ogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogMajorEngineVersion = lens _ogMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ogMajorEngineVersion = a}); - --- | Indicates what options are available in the option group. -ogOptions :: Lens' OptionGroup [Option] -ogOptions = lens _ogOptions (\ s a -> s{_ogOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Specifies the name of the option group. -ogOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogOptionGroupName = lens _ogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ogOptionGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML OptionGroup where - parseXML x - = OptionGroup' <$> - (x .@? "OptionGroupDescription") <*> (x .@? "VpcId") - <*> (x .@? "AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships") - <*> (x .@? "EngineName") - <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupArn") - <*> (x .@? "MajorEngineVersion") - <*> - (x .@? "Options" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "Option")) - <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupName") - -instance Hashable OptionGroup where - -instance NFData OptionGroup where - --- | Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'optionGroupMembership' smart constructor. -data OptionGroupMembership = OptionGroupMembership' - { _ogmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogmOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroupMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ogmStatus' - The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: @in-sync@ , @pending-apply@ , @pending-removal@ , @pending-maintenance-apply@ , @pending-maintenance-removal@ , @applying@ , @removing@ , and @failed@ . --- --- * 'ogmOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. -optionGroupMembership - :: OptionGroupMembership -optionGroupMembership = - OptionGroupMembership' {_ogmStatus = Nothing, _ogmOptionGroupName = Nothing} - - --- | The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: @in-sync@ , @pending-apply@ , @pending-removal@ , @pending-maintenance-apply@ , @pending-maintenance-removal@ , @applying@ , @removing@ , and @failed@ . -ogmStatus :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -ogmStatus = lens _ogmStatus (\ s a -> s{_ogmStatus = a}); - --- | The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. -ogmOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -ogmOptionGroupName = lens _ogmOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ogmOptionGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML OptionGroupMembership where - parseXML x - = OptionGroupMembership' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupName") - -instance Hashable OptionGroupMembership where - -instance NFData OptionGroupMembership where - --- | Available option. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'optionGroupOption' smart constructor. -data OptionGroupOption = OptionGroupOption' - { _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogoOptionsConflictsWith :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _ogoPermanent :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ogoPersistent :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions :: !(Maybe [OptionVersion]) - , _ogoEngineName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogoMajorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogoName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ogoDefaultPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: !(Maybe [OptionGroupOptionSetting]) - , _ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ogoPortRequired :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ogoDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogoOptionsDependedOn :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _ogoVPCOnly :: !(Maybe Bool) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroupOption' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion' - The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. --- --- * 'ogoOptionsConflictsWith' - The options that conflict with this option. --- --- * 'ogoPermanent' - Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance. --- --- * 'ogoPersistent' - Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option group. --- --- * 'ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions' - The versions that are available for the option. --- --- * 'ogoEngineName' - The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. --- --- * 'ogoMajorEngineVersion' - Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. --- --- * 'ogoName' - The name of the option. --- --- * 'ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade' - If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This only applies to options that have different versions available. --- --- * 'ogoDefaultPort' - If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. --- --- * 'ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings' - The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option in an option group. --- --- * 'ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade' - If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance later. --- --- * 'ogoPortRequired' - Specifies whether the option requires a port. --- --- * 'ogoDescription' - The description of the option. --- --- * 'ogoOptionsDependedOn' - The options that are prerequisites for this option. --- --- * 'ogoVPCOnly' - If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC. -optionGroupOption - :: OptionGroupOption -optionGroupOption = - OptionGroupOption' - { _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = Nothing - , _ogoOptionsConflictsWith = Nothing - , _ogoPermanent = Nothing - , _ogoPersistent = Nothing - , _ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions = Nothing - , _ogoEngineName = Nothing - , _ogoMajorEngineVersion = Nothing - , _ogoName = Nothing - , _ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = Nothing - , _ogoDefaultPort = Nothing - , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = Nothing - , _ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _ogoPortRequired = Nothing - , _ogoDescription = Nothing - , _ogoOptionsDependedOn = Nothing - , _ogoVPCOnly = Nothing - } - - --- | The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. -ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = lens _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = a}); - --- | The options that conflict with this option. -ogoOptionsConflictsWith :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [Text] -ogoOptionsConflictsWith = lens _ogoOptionsConflictsWith (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionsConflictsWith = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance. -ogoPermanent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) -ogoPermanent = lens _ogoPermanent (\ s a -> s{_ogoPermanent = a}); - --- | Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option group. -ogoPersistent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) -ogoPersistent = lens _ogoPersistent (\ s a -> s{_ogoPersistent = a}); - --- | The versions that are available for the option. -ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [OptionVersion] -ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions = lens _ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. -ogoEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoEngineName = lens _ogoEngineName (\ s a -> s{_ogoEngineName = a}); - --- | Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. -ogoMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoMajorEngineVersion = lens _ogoMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ogoMajorEngineVersion = a}); - --- | The name of the option. -ogoName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoName = lens _ogoName (\ s a -> s{_ogoName = a}); - --- | If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This only applies to options that have different versions available. -ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) -ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = lens _ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade (\ s a -> s{_ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = a}); - --- | If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. -ogoDefaultPort :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Int) -ogoDefaultPort = lens _ogoDefaultPort (\ s a -> s{_ogoDefaultPort = a}); - --- | The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option in an option group. -ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [OptionGroupOptionSetting] -ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = lens _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance later. -ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) -ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = lens _ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = a}); - --- | Specifies whether the option requires a port. -ogoPortRequired :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) -ogoPortRequired = lens _ogoPortRequired (\ s a -> s{_ogoPortRequired = a}); - --- | The description of the option. -ogoDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoDescription = lens _ogoDescription (\ s a -> s{_ogoDescription = a}); - --- | The options that are prerequisites for this option. -ogoOptionsDependedOn :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [Text] -ogoOptionsDependedOn = lens _ogoOptionsDependedOn (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionsDependedOn = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC. -ogoVPCOnly :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) -ogoVPCOnly = lens _ogoVPCOnly (\ s a -> s{_ogoVPCOnly = a}); - -instance FromXML OptionGroupOption where - parseXML x - = OptionGroupOption' <$> - (x .@? "MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion") <*> - (x .@? "OptionsConflictsWith" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "OptionConflictName")) - <*> (x .@? "Permanent") - <*> (x .@? "Persistent") - <*> - (x .@? "OptionGroupOptionVersions" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "OptionVersion")) - <*> (x .@? "EngineName") - <*> (x .@? "MajorEngineVersion") - <*> (x .@? "Name") - <*> (x .@? "SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade") - <*> (x .@? "DefaultPort") - <*> - (x .@? "OptionGroupOptionSettings" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "OptionGroupOptionSetting")) - <*> (x .@? "RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade") - <*> (x .@? "PortRequired") - <*> (x .@? "Description") - <*> - (x .@? "OptionsDependedOn" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "OptionName")) - <*> (x .@? "VpcOnly") - -instance Hashable OptionGroupOption where - -instance NFData OptionGroupOption where - --- | Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each option with their default values and other information. These values are used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'optionGroupOptionSetting' smart constructor. -data OptionGroupOptionSetting = OptionGroupOptionSetting' - { _ogosApplyType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogosSettingName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogosDefaultValue :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogosIsModifiable :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ogosSettingDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ogosAllowedValues :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroupOptionSetting' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ogosApplyType' - The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. --- --- * 'ogosSettingName' - The name of the option group option. --- --- * 'ogosDefaultValue' - The default value for the option group option. --- --- * 'ogosIsModifiable' - Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed from the default value. --- --- * 'ogosSettingDescription' - The description of the option group option. --- --- * 'ogosAllowedValues' - Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. -optionGroupOptionSetting - :: OptionGroupOptionSetting -optionGroupOptionSetting = - OptionGroupOptionSetting' - { _ogosApplyType = Nothing - , _ogosSettingName = Nothing - , _ogosDefaultValue = Nothing - , _ogosIsModifiable = Nothing - , _ogosSettingDescription = Nothing - , _ogosAllowedValues = Nothing - } - - --- | The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. -ogosApplyType :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosApplyType = lens _ogosApplyType (\ s a -> s{_ogosApplyType = a}); - --- | The name of the option group option. -ogosSettingName :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosSettingName = lens _ogosSettingName (\ s a -> s{_ogosSettingName = a}); - --- | The default value for the option group option. -ogosDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosDefaultValue = lens _ogosDefaultValue (\ s a -> s{_ogosDefaultValue = a}); - --- | Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed from the default value. -ogosIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Bool) -ogosIsModifiable = lens _ogosIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_ogosIsModifiable = a}); - --- | The description of the option group option. -ogosSettingDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosSettingDescription = lens _ogosSettingDescription (\ s a -> s{_ogosSettingDescription = a}); - --- | Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. -ogosAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosAllowedValues = lens _ogosAllowedValues (\ s a -> s{_ogosAllowedValues = a}); - -instance FromXML OptionGroupOptionSetting where - parseXML x - = OptionGroupOptionSetting' <$> - (x .@? "ApplyType") <*> (x .@? "SettingName") <*> - (x .@? "DefaultValue") - <*> (x .@? "IsModifiable") - <*> (x .@? "SettingDescription") - <*> (x .@? "AllowedValues") - -instance Hashable OptionGroupOptionSetting where - -instance NFData OptionGroupOptionSetting where - --- | Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups. For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER that can have several different values. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'optionSetting' smart constructor. -data OptionSetting = OptionSetting' - { _osIsCollection :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _osApplyType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _osValue :: !(Maybe Text) - , _osName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _osDefaultValue :: !(Maybe Text) - , _osIsModifiable :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _osDataType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _osAllowedValues :: !(Maybe Text) - , _osDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'OptionSetting' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'osIsCollection' - Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. --- --- * 'osApplyType' - The DB engine specific parameter type. --- --- * 'osValue' - The current value of the option setting. --- --- * 'osName' - The name of the option that has settings that you can set. --- --- * 'osDefaultValue' - The default value of the option setting. --- --- * 'osIsModifiable' - A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified from the default. --- --- * 'osDataType' - The data type of the option setting. --- --- * 'osAllowedValues' - The allowed values of the option setting. --- --- * 'osDescription' - The description of the option setting. -optionSetting - :: OptionSetting -optionSetting = - OptionSetting' - { _osIsCollection = Nothing - , _osApplyType = Nothing - , _osValue = Nothing - , _osName = Nothing - , _osDefaultValue = Nothing - , _osIsModifiable = Nothing - , _osDataType = Nothing - , _osAllowedValues = Nothing - , _osDescription = Nothing - } - - --- | Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. -osIsCollection :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) -osIsCollection = lens _osIsCollection (\ s a -> s{_osIsCollection = a}); - --- | The DB engine specific parameter type. -osApplyType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osApplyType = lens _osApplyType (\ s a -> s{_osApplyType = a}); - --- | The current value of the option setting. -osValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osValue = lens _osValue (\ s a -> s{_osValue = a}); - --- | The name of the option that has settings that you can set. -osName :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osName = lens _osName (\ s a -> s{_osName = a}); - --- | The default value of the option setting. -osDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osDefaultValue = lens _osDefaultValue (\ s a -> s{_osDefaultValue = a}); - --- | A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified from the default. -osIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) -osIsModifiable = lens _osIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_osIsModifiable = a}); - --- | The data type of the option setting. -osDataType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osDataType = lens _osDataType (\ s a -> s{_osDataType = a}); - --- | The allowed values of the option setting. -osAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osAllowedValues = lens _osAllowedValues (\ s a -> s{_osAllowedValues = a}); - --- | The description of the option setting. -osDescription :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osDescription = lens _osDescription (\ s a -> s{_osDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML OptionSetting where - parseXML x - = OptionSetting' <$> - (x .@? "IsCollection") <*> (x .@? "ApplyType") <*> - (x .@? "Value") - <*> (x .@? "Name") - <*> (x .@? "DefaultValue") - <*> (x .@? "IsModifiable") - <*> (x .@? "DataType") - <*> (x .@? "AllowedValues") - <*> (x .@? "Description") - -instance Hashable OptionSetting where - -instance NFData OptionSetting where - -instance ToQuery OptionSetting where - toQuery OptionSetting'{..} - = mconcat - ["IsCollection" =: _osIsCollection, - "ApplyType" =: _osApplyType, "Value" =: _osValue, - "Name" =: _osName, "DefaultValue" =: _osDefaultValue, - "IsModifiable" =: _osIsModifiable, - "DataType" =: _osDataType, - "AllowedValues" =: _osAllowedValues, - "Description" =: _osDescription] - --- | The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the 'DescribeOptionGroupOptions' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'optionVersion' smart constructor. -data OptionVersion = OptionVersion' - { _ovVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ovIsDefault :: !(Maybe Bool) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'OptionVersion' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ovVersion' - The version of the option. --- --- * 'ovIsDefault' - True if the version is the default version of the option; otherwise, false. -optionVersion - :: OptionVersion -optionVersion = OptionVersion' {_ovVersion = Nothing, _ovIsDefault = Nothing} - - --- | The version of the option. -ovVersion :: Lens' OptionVersion (Maybe Text) -ovVersion = lens _ovVersion (\ s a -> s{_ovVersion = a}); - --- | True if the version is the default version of the option; otherwise, false. -ovIsDefault :: Lens' OptionVersion (Maybe Bool) -ovIsDefault = lens _ovIsDefault (\ s a -> s{_ovIsDefault = a}); - -instance FromXML OptionVersion where - parseXML x - = OptionVersion' <$> - (x .@? "Version") <*> (x .@? "IsDefault") - -instance Hashable OptionVersion where - -instance NFData OptionVersion where - --- | Contains a list of available options for a DB instance. --- --- --- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' action. --- --- --- /See:/ 'orderableDBInstanceOption' smart constructor. -data OrderableDBInstanceOption = OrderableDBInstanceOption' - { _odioEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _odioMinIOPSPerGib :: !(Maybe Double) - , _odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance :: !(Maybe Int) - , _odioMultiAZCapable :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _odioMaxStorageSize :: !(Maybe Int) - , _odioEngine :: !(Maybe Text) - , _odioMinStorageSize :: !(Maybe Int) - , _odioSupportsIOPS :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _odioSupportsPerformanceInsights :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _odioDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) - , _odioLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) - , _odioAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [AvailabilityZone]) - , _odioSupportsStorageEncryption :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _odioReadReplicaCapable :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _odioMaxIOPSPerGib :: !(Maybe Double) - , _odioVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance :: !(Maybe Int) - , _odioStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'OrderableDBInstanceOption' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'odioEngineVersion' - The engine version of a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioMinIOPSPerGib' - Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication. --- --- * 'odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance' - Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioMultiAZCapable' - Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable. --- --- * 'odioMaxStorageSize' - Maximum storage size for a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioEngine' - The engine type of a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioMinStorageSize' - Minimum storage size for a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioSupportsIOPS' - Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. --- --- * 'odioSupportsPerformanceInsights' - True if a DB instance supports Performance Insights, otherwise false. --- --- * 'odioDBInstanceClass' - The DB instance class for a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioLicenseModel' - The license model for a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioAvailabilityZones' - A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioSupportsStorageEncryption' - Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage. --- --- * 'odioReadReplicaCapable' - Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica. --- --- * 'odioMaxIOPSPerGib' - Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioVPC' - Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC. --- --- * 'odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring' - Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals from 1 to 60 seconds. --- --- * 'odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance' - Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. --- --- * 'odioStorageType' - Indicates the storage type for a DB instance. -orderableDBInstanceOption - :: OrderableDBInstanceOption -orderableDBInstanceOption = - OrderableDBInstanceOption' - { _odioEngineVersion = Nothing - , _odioMinIOPSPerGib = Nothing - , _odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing - , _odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance = Nothing - , _odioMultiAZCapable = Nothing - , _odioMaxStorageSize = Nothing - , _odioEngine = Nothing - , _odioMinStorageSize = Nothing - , _odioSupportsIOPS = Nothing - , _odioSupportsPerformanceInsights = Nothing - , _odioDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _odioLicenseModel = Nothing - , _odioAvailabilityZones = Nothing - , _odioSupportsStorageEncryption = Nothing - , _odioReadReplicaCapable = Nothing - , _odioMaxIOPSPerGib = Nothing - , _odioVPC = Nothing - , _odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring = Nothing - , _odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance = Nothing - , _odioStorageType = Nothing - } - - --- | The engine version of a DB instance. -odioEngineVersion :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odioEngineVersion = lens _odioEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_odioEngineVersion = a}); - --- | Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. -odioMinIOPSPerGib :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Double) -odioMinIOPSPerGib = lens _odioMinIOPSPerGib (\ s a -> s{_odioMinIOPSPerGib = a}); - --- | Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication. -odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}); - --- | Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. -odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Int) -odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance = lens _odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance = a}); - --- | Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable. -odioMultiAZCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odioMultiAZCapable = lens _odioMultiAZCapable (\ s a -> s{_odioMultiAZCapable = a}); - --- | Maximum storage size for a DB instance. -odioMaxStorageSize :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Int) -odioMaxStorageSize = lens _odioMaxStorageSize (\ s a -> s{_odioMaxStorageSize = a}); - --- | The engine type of a DB instance. -odioEngine :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odioEngine = lens _odioEngine (\ s a -> s{_odioEngine = a}); - --- | Minimum storage size for a DB instance. -odioMinStorageSize :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Int) -odioMinStorageSize = lens _odioMinStorageSize (\ s a -> s{_odioMinStorageSize = a}); - --- | Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. -odioSupportsIOPS :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odioSupportsIOPS = lens _odioSupportsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsIOPS = a}); - --- | True if a DB instance supports Performance Insights, otherwise false. -odioSupportsPerformanceInsights :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odioSupportsPerformanceInsights = lens _odioSupportsPerformanceInsights (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsPerformanceInsights = a}); - --- | The DB instance class for a DB instance. -odioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odioDBInstanceClass = lens _odioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_odioDBInstanceClass = a}); - --- | The license model for a DB instance. -odioLicenseModel :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odioLicenseModel = lens _odioLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_odioLicenseModel = a}); - --- | A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance. -odioAvailabilityZones :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption [AvailabilityZone] -odioAvailabilityZones = lens _odioAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_odioAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage. -odioSupportsStorageEncryption :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odioSupportsStorageEncryption = lens _odioSupportsStorageEncryption (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsStorageEncryption = a}); - --- | Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica. -odioReadReplicaCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odioReadReplicaCapable = lens _odioReadReplicaCapable (\ s a -> s{_odioReadReplicaCapable = a}); - --- | Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. -odioMaxIOPSPerGib :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Double) -odioMaxIOPSPerGib = lens _odioMaxIOPSPerGib (\ s a -> s{_odioMaxIOPSPerGib = a}); - --- | Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC. -odioVPC :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odioVPC = lens _odioVPC (\ s a -> s{_odioVPC = a}); - --- | Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals from 1 to 60 seconds. -odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring = lens _odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring = a}); - --- | Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. -odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Int) -odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance = lens _odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance = a}); - --- | Indicates the storage type for a DB instance. -odioStorageType :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odioStorageType = lens _odioStorageType (\ s a -> s{_odioStorageType = a}); - -instance FromXML OrderableDBInstanceOption where - parseXML x - = OrderableDBInstanceOption' <$> - (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "MinIopsPerGib") - <*> (x .@? "SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication") - <*> (x .@? "MinIopsPerDbInstance") - <*> (x .@? "MultiAZCapable") - <*> (x .@? "MaxStorageSize") - <*> (x .@? "Engine") - <*> (x .@? "MinStorageSize") - <*> (x .@? "SupportsIops") - <*> (x .@? "SupportsPerformanceInsights") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") - <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") - <*> - (x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "AvailabilityZone")) - <*> (x .@? "SupportsStorageEncryption") - <*> (x .@? "ReadReplicaCapable") - <*> (x .@? "MaxIopsPerGib") - <*> (x .@? "Vpc") - <*> (x .@? "SupportsEnhancedMonitoring") - <*> (x .@? "MaxIopsPerDbInstance") - <*> (x .@? "StorageType") - -instance Hashable OrderableDBInstanceOption where - -instance NFData OrderableDBInstanceOption where - --- | This data type is used as a request parameter in the 'ModifyDBParameterGroup' and 'ResetDBParameterGroup' actions. --- --- --- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' and 'DescribeDBParameters' actions. --- --- --- /See:/ 'parameter' smart constructor. -data Parameter = Parameter' - { _pApplyType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pParameterValue :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pApplyMethod :: !(Maybe ApplyMethod) - , _pMinimumEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pSource :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pIsModifiable :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _pDataType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pAllowedValues :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pParameterName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Parameter' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pApplyType' - Specifies the engine specific parameters type. --- --- * 'pParameterValue' - Specifies the value of the parameter. --- --- * 'pApplyMethod' - Indicates when to apply parameter updates. --- --- * 'pMinimumEngineVersion' - The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. --- --- * 'pSource' - Indicates the source of the parameter value. --- --- * 'pIsModifiable' - Indicates whether (@true@ ) or not (@false@ ) the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from being changed. --- --- * 'pDataType' - Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. --- --- * 'pAllowedValues' - Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. --- --- * 'pParameterName' - Specifies the name of the parameter. --- --- * 'pDescription' - Provides a description of the parameter. -parameter - :: Parameter -parameter = - Parameter' - { _pApplyType = Nothing - , _pParameterValue = Nothing - , _pApplyMethod = Nothing - , _pMinimumEngineVersion = Nothing - , _pSource = Nothing - , _pIsModifiable = Nothing - , _pDataType = Nothing - , _pAllowedValues = Nothing - , _pParameterName = Nothing - , _pDescription = Nothing - } - - --- | Specifies the engine specific parameters type. -pApplyType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pApplyType = lens _pApplyType (\ s a -> s{_pApplyType = a}); - --- | Specifies the value of the parameter. -pParameterValue :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pParameterValue = lens _pParameterValue (\ s a -> s{_pParameterValue = a}); - --- | Indicates when to apply parameter updates. -pApplyMethod :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe ApplyMethod) -pApplyMethod = lens _pApplyMethod (\ s a -> s{_pApplyMethod = a}); - --- | The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. -pMinimumEngineVersion :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pMinimumEngineVersion = lens _pMinimumEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_pMinimumEngineVersion = a}); - --- | Indicates the source of the parameter value. -pSource :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pSource = lens _pSource (\ s a -> s{_pSource = a}); - --- | Indicates whether (@true@ ) or not (@false@ ) the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from being changed. -pIsModifiable :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Bool) -pIsModifiable = lens _pIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_pIsModifiable = a}); - --- | Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. -pDataType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pDataType = lens _pDataType (\ s a -> s{_pDataType = a}); - --- | Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. -pAllowedValues :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pAllowedValues = lens _pAllowedValues (\ s a -> s{_pAllowedValues = a}); - --- | Specifies the name of the parameter. -pParameterName :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pParameterName = lens _pParameterName (\ s a -> s{_pParameterName = a}); - --- | Provides a description of the parameter. -pDescription :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pDescription = lens _pDescription (\ s a -> s{_pDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML Parameter where - parseXML x - = Parameter' <$> - (x .@? "ApplyType") <*> (x .@? "ParameterValue") <*> - (x .@? "ApplyMethod") - <*> (x .@? "MinimumEngineVersion") - <*> (x .@? "Source") - <*> (x .@? "IsModifiable") - <*> (x .@? "DataType") - <*> (x .@? "AllowedValues") - <*> (x .@? "ParameterName") - <*> (x .@? "Description") - -instance Hashable Parameter where - -instance NFData Parameter where - -instance ToQuery Parameter where - toQuery Parameter'{..} - = mconcat - ["ApplyType" =: _pApplyType, - "ParameterValue" =: _pParameterValue, - "ApplyMethod" =: _pApplyMethod, - "MinimumEngineVersion" =: _pMinimumEngineVersion, - "Source" =: _pSource, - "IsModifiable" =: _pIsModifiable, - "DataType" =: _pDataType, - "AllowedValues" =: _pAllowedValues, - "ParameterName" =: _pParameterName, - "Description" =: _pDescription] - --- | Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'pendingMaintenanceAction' smart constructor. -data PendingMaintenanceAction = PendingMaintenanceAction' - { _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _pmaAction :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmaOptInStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmaDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmaForcedApplyDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _pmaCurrentApplyDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'PendingMaintenanceAction' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate' - The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after this date. If this date is specified, any @next-maintenance@ opt-in requests are ignored. --- --- * 'pmaAction' - The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. --- --- * 'pmaOptInStatus' - Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. --- --- * 'pmaDescription' - A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. --- --- * 'pmaForcedApplyDate' - The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance window for the resource. If this date is specified, any @immediate@ opt-in requests are ignored. --- --- * 'pmaCurrentApplyDate' - The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 'ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' API, the @AutoAppliedAfterDate@ , and the @ForcedApplyDate@ . This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing has been specified as @AutoAppliedAfterDate@ or @ForcedApplyDate@ . -pendingMaintenanceAction - :: PendingMaintenanceAction -pendingMaintenanceAction = - PendingMaintenanceAction' - { _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = Nothing - , _pmaAction = Nothing - , _pmaOptInStatus = Nothing - , _pmaDescription = Nothing - , _pmaForcedApplyDate = Nothing - , _pmaCurrentApplyDate = Nothing - } - - --- | The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after this date. If this date is specified, any @next-maintenance@ opt-in requests are ignored. -pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) -pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = lens _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate (\ s a -> s{_pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. -pmaAction :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) -pmaAction = lens _pmaAction (\ s a -> s{_pmaAction = a}); - --- | Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. -pmaOptInStatus :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) -pmaOptInStatus = lens _pmaOptInStatus (\ s a -> s{_pmaOptInStatus = a}); - --- | A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. -pmaDescription :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) -pmaDescription = lens _pmaDescription (\ s a -> s{_pmaDescription = a}); - --- | The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance window for the resource. If this date is specified, any @immediate@ opt-in requests are ignored. -pmaForcedApplyDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) -pmaForcedApplyDate = lens _pmaForcedApplyDate (\ s a -> s{_pmaForcedApplyDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 'ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' API, the @AutoAppliedAfterDate@ , and the @ForcedApplyDate@ . This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing has been specified as @AutoAppliedAfterDate@ or @ForcedApplyDate@ . -pmaCurrentApplyDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) -pmaCurrentApplyDate = lens _pmaCurrentApplyDate (\ s a -> s{_pmaCurrentApplyDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - -instance FromXML PendingMaintenanceAction where - parseXML x - = PendingMaintenanceAction' <$> - (x .@? "AutoAppliedAfterDate") <*> (x .@? "Action") - <*> (x .@? "OptInStatus") - <*> (x .@? "Description") - <*> (x .@? "ForcedApplyDate") - <*> (x .@? "CurrentApplyDate") - -instance Hashable PendingMaintenanceAction where - -instance NFData PendingMaintenanceAction where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'ModifyDBInstance' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'pendingModifiedValues' smart constructor. -data PendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues' - { _pmvEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmvMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmvDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmvIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) - , _pmvDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmvLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmvCACertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) - , _pmvMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _pmvAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) - , _pmvPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _pmvStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'PendingModifiedValues' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pmvEngineVersion' - Indicates the database engine version. --- --- * 'pmvMasterUserPassword' - Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials for the DB instance. --- --- * 'pmvDBSubnetGroupName' - The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. --- --- * 'pmvIOPS' - Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. --- --- * 'pmvDBInstanceClass' - Contains the new @DBInstanceClass@ for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. --- --- * 'pmvLicenseModel' - The license model for the DB instance. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ --- --- * 'pmvCACertificateIdentifier' - Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. --- --- * 'pmvDBInstanceIdentifier' - Contains the new @DBInstanceIdentifier@ for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. --- --- * 'pmvBackupRetentionPeriod' - Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained. --- --- * 'pmvMultiAZ' - Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. --- --- * 'pmvAllocatedStorage' - Contains the new @AllocatedStorage@ size for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. --- --- * 'pmvPort' - Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. --- --- * 'pmvStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. -pendingModifiedValues - :: PendingModifiedValues -pendingModifiedValues = - PendingModifiedValues' - { _pmvEngineVersion = Nothing - , _pmvMasterUserPassword = Nothing - , _pmvDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _pmvIOPS = Nothing - , _pmvDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _pmvLicenseModel = Nothing - , _pmvCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing - , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _pmvMultiAZ = Nothing - , _pmvAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _pmvPort = Nothing - , _pmvStorageType = Nothing - } - - --- | Indicates the database engine version. -pmvEngineVersion :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvEngineVersion = lens _pmvEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_pmvEngineVersion = a}); - --- | Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials for the DB instance. -pmvMasterUserPassword :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvMasterUserPassword = lens _pmvMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_pmvMasterUserPassword = a}); - --- | The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. -pmvDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvDBSubnetGroupName = lens _pmvDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_pmvDBSubnetGroupName = a}); - --- | Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. -pmvIOPS :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) -pmvIOPS = lens _pmvIOPS (\ s a -> s{_pmvIOPS = a}); - --- | Contains the new @DBInstanceClass@ for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. -pmvDBInstanceClass :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvDBInstanceClass = lens _pmvDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_pmvDBInstanceClass = a}); - --- | The license model for the DB instance. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ -pmvLicenseModel :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvLicenseModel = lens _pmvLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_pmvLicenseModel = a}); - --- | Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. -pmvCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvCACertificateIdentifier = lens _pmvCACertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_pmvCACertificateIdentifier = a}); - --- | Contains the new @DBInstanceIdentifier@ for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. -pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); - --- | Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained. -pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) -pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); - --- | Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. -pmvMultiAZ :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Bool) -pmvMultiAZ = lens _pmvMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_pmvMultiAZ = a}); - --- | Contains the new @AllocatedStorage@ size for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. -pmvAllocatedStorage :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) -pmvAllocatedStorage = lens _pmvAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_pmvAllocatedStorage = a}); - --- | Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. -pmvPort :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) -pmvPort = lens _pmvPort (\ s a -> s{_pmvPort = a}); - --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. -pmvStorageType :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvStorageType = lens _pmvStorageType (\ s a -> s{_pmvStorageType = a}); - -instance FromXML PendingModifiedValues where - parseXML x - = PendingModifiedValues' <$> - (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> - (x .@? "MasterUserPassword") - <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupName") - <*> (x .@? "Iops") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") - <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") - <*> (x .@? "CACertificateIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod") - <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") - <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") - <*> (x .@? "Port") - <*> (x .@? "StorageType") - -instance Hashable PendingModifiedValues where - -instance NFData PendingModifiedValues where - --- | A range of integer values. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'range' smart constructor. -data Range = Range' - { _rTo :: !(Maybe Int) - , _rFrom :: !(Maybe Int) - , _rStep :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Range' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rTo' - The maximum value in the range. --- --- * 'rFrom' - The minimum value in the range. --- --- * 'rStep' - The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000... -range - :: Range -range = Range' {_rTo = Nothing, _rFrom = Nothing, _rStep = Nothing} - - --- | The maximum value in the range. -rTo :: Lens' Range (Maybe Int) -rTo = lens _rTo (\ s a -> s{_rTo = a}); - --- | The minimum value in the range. -rFrom :: Lens' Range (Maybe Int) -rFrom = lens _rFrom (\ s a -> s{_rFrom = a}); - --- | The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000... -rStep :: Lens' Range (Maybe Int) -rStep = lens _rStep (\ s a -> s{_rStep = a}); - -instance FromXML Range where - parseXML x - = Range' <$> - (x .@? "To") <*> (x .@? "From") <*> (x .@? "Step") - -instance Hashable Range where - -instance NFData Range where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeReservedDBInstances' and 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' actions. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'recurringCharge' smart constructor. -data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge' - { _rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rcRecurringChargeAmount :: !(Maybe Double) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'RecurringCharge' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rcRecurringChargeFrequency' - The frequency of the recurring charge. --- --- * 'rcRecurringChargeAmount' - The amount of the recurring charge. -recurringCharge - :: RecurringCharge -recurringCharge = - RecurringCharge' - {_rcRecurringChargeFrequency = Nothing, _rcRecurringChargeAmount = Nothing} - - --- | The frequency of the recurring charge. -rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Text) -rcRecurringChargeFrequency = lens _rcRecurringChargeFrequency (\ s a -> s{_rcRecurringChargeFrequency = a}); - --- | The amount of the recurring charge. -rcRecurringChargeAmount :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Double) -rcRecurringChargeAmount = lens _rcRecurringChargeAmount (\ s a -> s{_rcRecurringChargeAmount = a}); - -instance FromXML RecurringCharge where - parseXML x - = RecurringCharge' <$> - (x .@? "RecurringChargeFrequency") <*> - (x .@? "RecurringChargeAmount") - -instance Hashable RecurringCharge where - -instance NFData RecurringCharge where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeReservedDBInstances' and 'PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering' actions. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'reservedDBInstance' smart constructor. -data ReservedDBInstance = ReservedDBInstance' - { _rdiDBInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _rdiState :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdiCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdiStartTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _rdiProductDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdiReservedDBInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdiReservedDBInstanceARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdiDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdiMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdiRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) - , _rdiOfferingType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdiUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) - , _rdiFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) - , _rdiDuration :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedDBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rdiDBInstanceCount' - The number of reserved DB instances. --- --- * 'rdiState' - The state of the reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdiCurrencyCode' - The currency code for the reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdiStartTime' - The time the reservation started. --- --- * 'rdiProductDescription' - The description of the reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdiReservedDBInstanceId' - The unique identifier for the reservation. --- --- * 'rdiReservedDBInstanceARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdiDBInstanceClass' - The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdiMultiAZ' - Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. --- --- * 'rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' - The offering identifier. --- --- * 'rdiRecurringCharges' - The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdiOfferingType' - The offering type of this reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdiUsagePrice' - The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdiFixedPrice' - The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdiDuration' - The duration of the reservation in seconds. -reservedDBInstance - :: ReservedDBInstance -reservedDBInstance = - ReservedDBInstance' - { _rdiDBInstanceCount = Nothing - , _rdiState = Nothing - , _rdiCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _rdiStartTime = Nothing - , _rdiProductDescription = Nothing - , _rdiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing - , _rdiReservedDBInstanceARN = Nothing - , _rdiDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _rdiMultiAZ = Nothing - , _rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing - , _rdiRecurringCharges = Nothing - , _rdiOfferingType = Nothing - , _rdiUsagePrice = Nothing - , _rdiFixedPrice = Nothing - , _rdiDuration = Nothing - } - - --- | The number of reserved DB instances. -rdiDBInstanceCount :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) -rdiDBInstanceCount = lens _rdiDBInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_rdiDBInstanceCount = a}); - --- | The state of the reserved DB instance. -rdiState :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdiState = lens _rdiState (\ s a -> s{_rdiState = a}); - --- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance. -rdiCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdiCurrencyCode = lens _rdiCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rdiCurrencyCode = a}); - --- | The time the reservation started. -rdiStartTime :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -rdiStartTime = lens _rdiStartTime (\ s a -> s{_rdiStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The description of the reserved DB instance. -rdiProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdiProductDescription = lens _rdiProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_rdiProductDescription = a}); - --- | The unique identifier for the reservation. -rdiReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdiReservedDBInstanceId = lens _rdiReservedDBInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_rdiReservedDBInstanceId = a}); - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance. -rdiReservedDBInstanceARN :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdiReservedDBInstanceARN = lens _rdiReservedDBInstanceARN (\ s a -> s{_rdiReservedDBInstanceARN = a}); - --- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. -rdiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdiDBInstanceClass = lens _rdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdiDBInstanceClass = a}); - --- | Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. -rdiMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -rdiMultiAZ = lens _rdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdiMultiAZ = a}); - --- | The offering identifier. -rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); - --- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. -rdiRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance [RecurringCharge] -rdiRecurringCharges = lens _rdiRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_rdiRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The offering type of this reserved DB instance. -rdiOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdiOfferingType = lens _rdiOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_rdiOfferingType = a}); - --- | The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. -rdiUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) -rdiUsagePrice = lens _rdiUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_rdiUsagePrice = a}); - --- | The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. -rdiFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) -rdiFixedPrice = lens _rdiFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_rdiFixedPrice = a}); - --- | The duration of the reservation in seconds. -rdiDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) -rdiDuration = lens _rdiDuration (\ s a -> s{_rdiDuration = a}); - -instance FromXML ReservedDBInstance where - parseXML x - = ReservedDBInstance' <$> - (x .@? "DBInstanceCount") <*> (x .@? "State") <*> - (x .@? "CurrencyCode") - <*> (x .@? "StartTime") - <*> (x .@? "ProductDescription") - <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstanceId") - <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstanceArn") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") - <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") - <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId") - <*> - (x .@? "RecurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "RecurringCharge")) - <*> (x .@? "OfferingType") - <*> (x .@? "UsagePrice") - <*> (x .@? "FixedPrice") - <*> (x .@? "Duration") - -instance Hashable ReservedDBInstance where - -instance NFData ReservedDBInstance where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'reservedDBInstancesOffering' smart constructor. -data ReservedDBInstancesOffering = ReservedDBInstancesOffering' - { _rdioCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdioProductDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdioDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdioMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdioRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) - , _rdioOfferingType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rdioUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) - , _rdioFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) - , _rdioDuration :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedDBInstancesOffering' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rdioCurrencyCode' - The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. --- --- * 'rdioProductDescription' - The database engine used by the offering. --- --- * 'rdioDBInstanceClass' - The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdioMultiAZ' - Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. --- --- * 'rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' - The offering identifier. --- --- * 'rdioRecurringCharges' - The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. --- --- * 'rdioOfferingType' - The offering type. --- --- * 'rdioUsagePrice' - The hourly price charged for this offering. --- --- * 'rdioFixedPrice' - The fixed price charged for this offering. --- --- * 'rdioDuration' - The duration of the offering in seconds. -reservedDBInstancesOffering - :: ReservedDBInstancesOffering -reservedDBInstancesOffering = - ReservedDBInstancesOffering' - { _rdioCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _rdioProductDescription = Nothing - , _rdioDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _rdioMultiAZ = Nothing - , _rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing - , _rdioRecurringCharges = Nothing - , _rdioOfferingType = Nothing - , _rdioUsagePrice = Nothing - , _rdioFixedPrice = Nothing - , _rdioDuration = Nothing - } - - --- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. -rdioCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdioCurrencyCode = lens _rdioCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rdioCurrencyCode = a}); - --- | The database engine used by the offering. -rdioProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdioProductDescription = lens _rdioProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_rdioProductDescription = a}); - --- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. -rdioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdioDBInstanceClass = lens _rdioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdioDBInstanceClass = a}); - --- | Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. -rdioMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Bool) -rdioMultiAZ = lens _rdioMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdioMultiAZ = a}); - --- | The offering identifier. -rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); - --- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. -rdioRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering [RecurringCharge] -rdioRecurringCharges = lens _rdioRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_rdioRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The offering type. -rdioOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdioOfferingType = lens _rdioOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_rdioOfferingType = a}); - --- | The hourly price charged for this offering. -rdioUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) -rdioUsagePrice = lens _rdioUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_rdioUsagePrice = a}); - --- | The fixed price charged for this offering. -rdioFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) -rdioFixedPrice = lens _rdioFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_rdioFixedPrice = a}); - --- | The duration of the offering in seconds. -rdioDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Int) -rdioDuration = lens _rdioDuration (\ s a -> s{_rdioDuration = a}); - -instance FromXML ReservedDBInstancesOffering where - parseXML x - = ReservedDBInstancesOffering' <$> - (x .@? "CurrencyCode") <*> - (x .@? "ProductDescription") - <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") - <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") - <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId") - <*> - (x .@? "RecurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "RecurringCharge")) - <*> (x .@? "OfferingType") - <*> (x .@? "UsagePrice") - <*> (x .@? "FixedPrice") - <*> (x .@? "Duration") - -instance Hashable ReservedDBInstancesOffering where - -instance NFData ReservedDBInstancesOffering where - --- | Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'resourcePendingMaintenanceActions' smart constructor. -data ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' - { _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails :: !(Maybe [PendingMaintenanceAction]) - , _rpmaResourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails' - A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the resource. --- --- * 'rpmaResourceIdentifier' - The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. -resourcePendingMaintenanceActions - :: ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions -resourcePendingMaintenanceActions = - ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' - { _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = Nothing - , _rpmaResourceIdentifier = Nothing - } - - --- | A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the resource. -rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails :: Lens' ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions [PendingMaintenanceAction] -rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = lens _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails (\ s a -> s{_rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. -rpmaResourceIdentifier :: Lens' ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Text) -rpmaResourceIdentifier = lens _rpmaResourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rpmaResourceIdentifier = a}); - -instance FromXML ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - where - parseXML x - = ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' <$> - (x .@? "PendingMaintenanceActionDetails" .!@ mempty - >>= may (parseXMLList "PendingMaintenanceAction")) - <*> (x .@? "ResourceIdentifier") - -instance Hashable ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - where - -instance NFData ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - where - --- | Contains an AWS Region name as the result of a successful call to the 'DescribeSourceRegions' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'sourceRegion' smart constructor. -data SourceRegion = SourceRegion' - { _srStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _srRegionName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _srEndpoint :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'SourceRegion' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'srStatus' - The status of the source AWS Region. --- --- * 'srRegionName' - The name of the source AWS Region. --- --- * 'srEndpoint' - The endpoint for the source AWS Region endpoint. -sourceRegion - :: SourceRegion -sourceRegion = - SourceRegion' - {_srStatus = Nothing, _srRegionName = Nothing, _srEndpoint = Nothing} - - --- | The status of the source AWS Region. -srStatus :: Lens' SourceRegion (Maybe Text) -srStatus = lens _srStatus (\ s a -> s{_srStatus = a}); - --- | The name of the source AWS Region. -srRegionName :: Lens' SourceRegion (Maybe Text) -srRegionName = lens _srRegionName (\ s a -> s{_srRegionName = a}); - --- | The endpoint for the source AWS Region endpoint. -srEndpoint :: Lens' SourceRegion (Maybe Text) -srEndpoint = lens _srEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_srEndpoint = a}); - -instance FromXML SourceRegion where - parseXML x - = SourceRegion' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "RegionName") <*> - (x .@? "Endpoint") - -instance Hashable SourceRegion where - -instance NFData SourceRegion where - --- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSubnetGroups' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'subnet' smart constructor. -data Subnet = Subnet' - { _sSubnetStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sSubnetIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe AvailabilityZone) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Subnet' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sSubnetStatus' - Specifies the status of the subnet. --- --- * 'sSubnetIdentifier' - Specifies the identifier of the subnet. --- --- * 'sSubnetAvailabilityZone' - Undocumented member. -subnet - :: Subnet -subnet = - Subnet' - { _sSubnetStatus = Nothing - , _sSubnetIdentifier = Nothing - , _sSubnetAvailabilityZone = Nothing - } - - --- | Specifies the status of the subnet. -sSubnetStatus :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) -sSubnetStatus = lens _sSubnetStatus (\ s a -> s{_sSubnetStatus = a}); - --- | Specifies the identifier of the subnet. -sSubnetIdentifier :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) -sSubnetIdentifier = lens _sSubnetIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sSubnetIdentifier = a}); - --- | Undocumented member. -sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe AvailabilityZone) -sSubnetAvailabilityZone = lens _sSubnetAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sSubnetAvailabilityZone = a}); - -instance FromXML Subnet where - parseXML x - = Subnet' <$> - (x .@? "SubnetStatus") <*> (x .@? "SubnetIdentifier") - <*> (x .@? "SubnetAvailabilityZone") - -instance Hashable Subnet where - -instance NFData Subnet where - --- | Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'tag' smart constructor. -data Tag = Tag' - { _tagValue :: !(Maybe Text) - , _tagKey :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Tag' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'tagValue' - A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). --- --- * 'tagKey' - A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). -tag - :: Tag -tag = Tag' {_tagValue = Nothing, _tagKey = Nothing} - - --- | A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). -tagValue :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) -tagValue = lens _tagValue (\ s a -> s{_tagValue = a}); - --- | A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). -tagKey :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) -tagKey = lens _tagKey (\ s a -> s{_tagKey = a}); - -instance FromXML Tag where - parseXML x - = Tag' <$> (x .@? "Value") <*> (x .@? "Key") - -instance Hashable Tag where - -instance NFData Tag where - -instance ToQuery Tag where - toQuery Tag'{..} - = mconcat ["Value" =: _tagValue, "Key" =: _tagKey] - --- | A time zone associated with a 'DBInstance' or a 'DBSnapshot' . This data type is an element in the response to the 'DescribeDBInstances' , the 'DescribeDBSnapshots' , and the 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' actions. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'timezone' smart constructor. -newtype Timezone = Timezone' - { _tTimezoneName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'Timezone' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'tTimezoneName' - The name of the time zone. -timezone - :: Timezone -timezone = Timezone' {_tTimezoneName = Nothing} - - --- | The name of the time zone. -tTimezoneName :: Lens' Timezone (Maybe Text) -tTimezoneName = lens _tTimezoneName (\ s a -> s{_tTimezoneName = a}); - -instance FromXML Timezone where - parseXML x = Timezone' <$> (x .@? "TimezoneName") - -instance Hashable Timezone where - -instance NFData Timezone where - --- | The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'upgradeTarget' smart constructor. -data UpgradeTarget = UpgradeTarget' - { _utEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) - , _utIsMajorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _utEngine :: !(Maybe Text) - , _utAutoUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _utDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'UpgradeTarget' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'utEngineVersion' - The version number of the upgrade target database engine. --- --- * 'utIsMajorVersionUpgrade' - A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version. --- --- * 'utEngine' - The name of the upgrade target database engine. --- --- * 'utAutoUpgrade' - A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. --- --- * 'utDescription' - The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. -upgradeTarget - :: UpgradeTarget -upgradeTarget = - UpgradeTarget' - { _utEngineVersion = Nothing - , _utIsMajorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _utEngine = Nothing - , _utAutoUpgrade = Nothing - , _utDescription = Nothing - } - - --- | The version number of the upgrade target database engine. -utEngineVersion :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Text) -utEngineVersion = lens _utEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_utEngineVersion = a}); - --- | A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version. -utIsMajorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Bool) -utIsMajorVersionUpgrade = lens _utIsMajorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_utIsMajorVersionUpgrade = a}); - --- | The name of the upgrade target database engine. -utEngine :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Text) -utEngine = lens _utEngine (\ s a -> s{_utEngine = a}); - --- | A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. -utAutoUpgrade :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Bool) -utAutoUpgrade = lens _utAutoUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_utAutoUpgrade = a}); - --- | The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. -utDescription :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Text) -utDescription = lens _utDescription (\ s a -> s{_utDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML UpgradeTarget where - parseXML x - = UpgradeTarget' <$> - (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> - (x .@? "IsMajorVersionUpgrade") - <*> (x .@? "Engine") - <*> (x .@? "AutoUpgrade") - <*> (x .@? "Description") - -instance Hashable UpgradeTarget where - -instance NFData UpgradeTarget where - --- | This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security group membership. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'vpcSecurityGroupMembership' smart constructor. -data VPCSecurityGroupMembership = VPCSecurityGroupMembership' - { _vsgmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'VPCSecurityGroupMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vsgmStatus' - The status of the VPC security group. --- --- * 'vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId' - The name of the VPC security group. -vpcSecurityGroupMembership - :: VPCSecurityGroupMembership -vpcSecurityGroupMembership = - VPCSecurityGroupMembership' - {_vsgmStatus = Nothing, _vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId = Nothing} - - --- | The status of the VPC security group. -vsgmStatus :: Lens' VPCSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -vsgmStatus = lens _vsgmStatus (\ s a -> s{_vsgmStatus = a}); - --- | The name of the VPC security group. -vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId :: Lens' VPCSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId = lens _vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId = a}); - -instance FromXML VPCSecurityGroupMembership where - parseXML x - = VPCSecurityGroupMembership' <$> - (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupId") - -instance Hashable VPCSecurityGroupMembership where - -instance NFData VPCSecurityGroupMembership where - --- | Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. Contains the result of a successful call to the 'DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications' action. You can use this information when you call 'ModifyDBInstance' . --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'validDBInstanceModificationsMessage' smart constructor. -newtype ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage' - { _vdimmStorage :: Maybe [ValidStorageOptions] - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vdimmStorage' - Valid storage options for your DB instance. -validDBInstanceModificationsMessage - :: ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage -validDBInstanceModificationsMessage = - ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage' {_vdimmStorage = Nothing} - - --- | Valid storage options for your DB instance. -vdimmStorage :: Lens' ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage [ValidStorageOptions] -vdimmStorage = lens _vdimmStorage (\ s a -> s{_vdimmStorage = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage - where - parseXML x - = ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage' <$> - (x .@? "Storage" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "ValidStorageOptions")) - -instance Hashable ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage - where - -instance NFData ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage - where - --- | Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. Contains the result of a successful call to the 'DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications' action. --- --- --- --- /See:/ 'validStorageOptions' smart constructor. -data ValidStorageOptions = ValidStorageOptions' - { _vsoStorageSize :: !(Maybe [Range]) - , _vsoProvisionedIOPS :: !(Maybe [Range]) - , _vsoIOPSToStorageRatio :: !(Maybe [DoubleRange]) - , _vsoStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) - - --- | Creates a value of 'ValidStorageOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vsoStorageSize' - The valid range of storage in gigabytes. For example, 100 to 6144. --- --- * 'vsoProvisionedIOPS' - The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000. --- --- * 'vsoIOPSToStorageRatio' - The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gigabytes of storage multiplier. For example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10 times storage. --- --- * 'vsoStorageType' - The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1. -validStorageOptions - :: ValidStorageOptions -validStorageOptions = - ValidStorageOptions' - { _vsoStorageSize = Nothing - , _vsoProvisionedIOPS = Nothing - , _vsoIOPSToStorageRatio = Nothing - , _vsoStorageType = Nothing - } - - --- | The valid range of storage in gigabytes. For example, 100 to 6144. -vsoStorageSize :: Lens' ValidStorageOptions [Range] -vsoStorageSize = lens _vsoStorageSize (\ s a -> s{_vsoStorageSize = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000. -vsoProvisionedIOPS :: Lens' ValidStorageOptions [Range] -vsoProvisionedIOPS = lens _vsoProvisionedIOPS (\ s a -> s{_vsoProvisionedIOPS = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gigabytes of storage multiplier. For example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10 times storage. -vsoIOPSToStorageRatio :: Lens' ValidStorageOptions [DoubleRange] -vsoIOPSToStorageRatio = lens _vsoIOPSToStorageRatio (\ s a -> s{_vsoIOPSToStorageRatio = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1. -vsoStorageType :: Lens' ValidStorageOptions (Maybe Text) -vsoStorageType = lens _vsoStorageType (\ s a -> s{_vsoStorageType = a}); +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product where + +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Sum + +-- | Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB instances allowed. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'accountQuota' smart constructor. +data AccountQuota = AccountQuota' + { _aqMax :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _aqUsed :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _aqAccountQuotaName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'AccountQuota' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'aqMax' - The maximum allowed value for the quota. +-- +-- * 'aqUsed' - The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. +-- +-- * 'aqAccountQuotaName' - The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account. +accountQuota + :: AccountQuota +accountQuota = + AccountQuota' + {_aqMax = Nothing, _aqUsed = Nothing, _aqAccountQuotaName = Nothing} + + +-- | The maximum allowed value for the quota. +aqMax :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Integer) +aqMax = lens _aqMax (\ s a -> s{_aqMax = a}) + +-- | The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. +aqUsed :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Integer) +aqUsed = lens _aqUsed (\ s a -> s{_aqUsed = a}) + +-- | The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account. +aqAccountQuotaName :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Text) +aqAccountQuotaName = lens _aqAccountQuotaName (\ s a -> s{_aqAccountQuotaName = a}) + +instance FromXML AccountQuota where + parseXML x + = AccountQuota' <$> + (x .@? "Max") <*> (x .@? "Used") <*> + (x .@? "AccountQuotaName") + +instance Hashable AccountQuota where + +instance NFData AccountQuota where + +-- | Contains Availability Zone information. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as an element in the following data type: +-- +-- * 'OrderableDBInstanceOption' +-- +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'availabilityZone' smart constructor. +newtype AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone' + { _azName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'AvailabilityZone' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'azName' - The name of the availability zone. +availabilityZone + :: AvailabilityZone +availabilityZone = AvailabilityZone' {_azName = Nothing} + + +-- | The name of the availability zone. +azName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) +azName = lens _azName (\ s a -> s{_azName = a}) + +instance FromXML AvailabilityZone where + parseXML x = AvailabilityZone' <$> (x .@? "Name") + +instance Hashable AvailabilityZone where + +instance NFData AvailabilityZone where + +-- | A CA certificate for an AWS account. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'certificate' smart constructor. +data Certificate = Certificate' + { _cCertificateType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cCertificateARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cValidTill :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _cCertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cThumbprint :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cValidFrom :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Certificate' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cCertificateType' - The type of the certificate. +-- +-- * 'cCertificateARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate. +-- +-- * 'cValidTill' - The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. +-- +-- * 'cCertificateIdentifier' - The unique key that identifies a certificate. +-- +-- * 'cThumbprint' - The thumbprint of the certificate. +-- +-- * 'cValidFrom' - The starting date from which the certificate is valid. +certificate + :: Certificate +certificate = + Certificate' + { _cCertificateType = Nothing + , _cCertificateARN = Nothing + , _cValidTill = Nothing + , _cCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _cThumbprint = Nothing + , _cValidFrom = Nothing + } + + +-- | The type of the certificate. +cCertificateType :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) +cCertificateType = lens _cCertificateType (\ s a -> s{_cCertificateType = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate. +cCertificateARN :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) +cCertificateARN = lens _cCertificateARN (\ s a -> s{_cCertificateARN = a}) + +-- | The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. +cValidTill :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe UTCTime) +cValidTill = lens _cValidTill (\ s a -> s{_cValidTill = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | The unique key that identifies a certificate. +cCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) +cCertificateIdentifier = lens _cCertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cCertificateIdentifier = a}) + +-- | The thumbprint of the certificate. +cThumbprint :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) +cThumbprint = lens _cThumbprint (\ s a -> s{_cThumbprint = a}) + +-- | The starting date from which the certificate is valid. +cValidFrom :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe UTCTime) +cValidFrom = lens _cValidFrom (\ s a -> s{_cValidFrom = a}) . mapping _Time + +instance FromXML Certificate where + parseXML x + = Certificate' <$> + (x .@? "CertificateType") <*> + (x .@? "CertificateArn") + <*> (x .@? "ValidTill") + <*> (x .@? "CertificateIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "Thumbprint") + <*> (x .@? "ValidFrom") + +instance Hashable Certificate where + +instance NFData Certificate where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the action 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' . +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'characterSet' smart constructor. +data CharacterSet = CharacterSet' + { _csCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _csCharacterSetDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'CharacterSet' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'csCharacterSetName' - The name of the character set. +-- +-- * 'csCharacterSetDescription' - The description of the character set. +characterSet + :: CharacterSet +characterSet = + CharacterSet' + {_csCharacterSetName = Nothing, _csCharacterSetDescription = Nothing} + + +-- | The name of the character set. +csCharacterSetName :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) +csCharacterSetName = lens _csCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_csCharacterSetName = a}) + +-- | The description of the character set. +csCharacterSetDescription :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) +csCharacterSetDescription = lens _csCharacterSetDescription (\ s a -> s{_csCharacterSetDescription = a}) + +instance FromXML CharacterSet where + parseXML x + = CharacterSet' <$> + (x .@? "CharacterSetName") <*> + (x .@? "CharacterSetDescription") + +instance Hashable CharacterSet where + +instance NFData CharacterSet where + +-- | The configuration setting for the log types to be enabled for export to CloudWatch Logs for a specific DB instance or DB cluster. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'cloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration' smart constructor. +data CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration' + { _clecDisableLogTypes :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _clecEnableLogTypes :: !(Maybe [Text]) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'clecDisableLogTypes' - The list of log types to disable. +-- +-- * 'clecEnableLogTypes' - The list of log types to enable. +cloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + :: CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration +cloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration = + CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration' + {_clecDisableLogTypes = Nothing, _clecEnableLogTypes = Nothing} + + +-- | The list of log types to disable. +clecDisableLogTypes :: Lens' CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration [Text] +clecDisableLogTypes = lens _clecDisableLogTypes (\ s a -> s{_clecDisableLogTypes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The list of log types to enable. +clecEnableLogTypes :: Lens' CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration [Text] +clecEnableLogTypes = lens _clecEnableLogTypes (\ s a -> s{_clecEnableLogTypes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance Hashable CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + where + +instance NFData CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + where + +instance ToQuery CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration + where + toQuery CloudwatchLogsExportConfiguration'{..} + = mconcat + ["DisableLogTypes" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "member" <$> _clecDisableLogTypes), + "EnableLogTypes" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "member" <$> _clecEnableLogTypes)] + +-- | Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBClusters' action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbCluster' smart constructor. +data DBCluster = DBCluster' + { _dcBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _dcEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dcDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcDBClusterMembers :: !(Maybe [DBClusterMember]) + , _dcReadReplicaIdentifiers :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _dcReplicationSourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcHostedZoneId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcDBClusterParameterGroup :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dcEarliestBacktrackTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcBacktrackWindow :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _dcDBClusterResourceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcEarliestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcDBClusterARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcCloneGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcLatestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _dcCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcAssociatedRoles :: !(Maybe [DBClusterRole]) + , _dcVPCSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [VPCSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _dcBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcDBSubnetGroup :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcDatabaseName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dcAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcClusterCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcEndpoint :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcPercentProgress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcReaderEndpoint :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [DBClusterOptionGroupStatus]) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBCluster' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords' - The number of change records stored for Backtrack. +-- +-- * 'dcEngineVersion' - Indicates the database engine version. +-- +-- * 'dcStatus' - Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcStorageEncrypted' - Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterIdentifier' - Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterMembers' - Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcReadReplicaIdentifiers' - Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcReplicationSourceIdentifier' - Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a Read Replica. +-- +-- * 'dcHostedZoneId' - Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterParameterGroup' - Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcMasterUsername' - Contains the master username for the DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled' - True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. +-- +-- * 'dcEarliestBacktrackTime' - The earliest time to which a DB cluster can be backtracked. +-- +-- * 'dcBacktrackWindow' - The target backtrack window, in seconds. If this value is set to 0, backtracking is disabled for the DB cluster. Otherwise, backtracking is enabled. +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterResourceId' - The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed. +-- +-- * 'dcEarliestRestorableTime' - The earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. +-- +-- * 'dcEngine' - Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcCloneGroupId' - Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. +-- +-- * 'dcLatestRestorableTime' - Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. +-- +-- * 'dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- +-- * 'dcAvailabilityZones' - Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be created in. +-- +-- * 'dcCharacterSetName' - If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is associated with. +-- +-- * 'dcKMSKeyId' - If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcPreferredBackupWindow' - Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ . +-- +-- * 'dcAssociatedRoles' - Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services on your behalf. +-- +-- * 'dcVPCSecurityGroups' - Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. +-- +-- * 'dcBackupRetentionPeriod' - Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. +-- +-- * 'dcDBSubnetGroup' - Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. +-- +-- * 'dcDatabaseName' - Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcMultiAZ' - Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. +-- +-- * 'dcAllocatedStorage' - For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, @AllocatedStorage@ specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). For Aurora, @AllocatedStorage@ always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size is not fixed, but instead automatically adjusts as needed. +-- +-- * 'dcClusterCreateTime' - Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- +-- * 'dcEndpoint' - Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcPercentProgress' - Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. +-- +-- * 'dcReaderEndpoint' - The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can then reconnect to the reader endpoint. +-- +-- * 'dcPort' - Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships' - Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster. +dbCluster + :: DBCluster +dbCluster = + DBCluster' + { _dcBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords = Nothing + , _dcEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dcStatus = Nothing + , _dcStorageEncrypted = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterMembers = Nothing + , _dcReadReplicaIdentifiers = Nothing + , _dcReplicationSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcHostedZoneId = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterParameterGroup = Nothing + , _dcMasterUsername = Nothing + , _dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = Nothing + , _dcEarliestBacktrackTime = Nothing + , _dcBacktrackWindow = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterResourceId = Nothing + , _dcEarliestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _dcEngine = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterARN = Nothing + , _dcCloneGroupId = Nothing + , _dcLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _dcAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _dcCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _dcKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _dcPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _dcAssociatedRoles = Nothing + , _dcVPCSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _dcBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _dcDBSubnetGroup = Nothing + , _dcDatabaseName = Nothing + , _dcMultiAZ = Nothing + , _dcAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _dcClusterCreateTime = Nothing + , _dcEndpoint = Nothing + , _dcPercentProgress = Nothing + , _dcReaderEndpoint = Nothing + , _dcPort = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = Nothing + } + + +-- | The number of change records stored for Backtrack. +dcBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Integer) +dcBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords = lens _dcBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcBacktrackConsumedChangeRecords = a}) + +-- | Indicates the database engine version. +dcEngineVersion :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcEngineVersion = lens _dcEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dcEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. +dcStatus :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcStatus = lens _dcStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcStatus = a}) + +-- | Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. +dcStorageEncrypted :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Bool) +dcStorageEncrypted = lens _dcStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_dcStorageEncrypted = a}) + +-- | Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster. +dcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _dcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. +dcDBClusterMembers :: Lens' DBCluster [DBClusterMember] +dcDBClusterMembers = lens _dcDBClusterMembers (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterMembers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this DB cluster. +dcReadReplicaIdentifiers :: Lens' DBCluster [Text] +dcReadReplicaIdentifiers = lens _dcReadReplicaIdentifiers (\ s a -> s{_dcReadReplicaIdentifiers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a Read Replica. +dcReplicationSourceIdentifier :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcReplicationSourceIdentifier = lens _dcReplicationSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcReplicationSourceIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. +dcHostedZoneId :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcHostedZoneId = lens _dcHostedZoneId (\ s a -> s{_dcHostedZoneId = a}) + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. +dcDBClusterParameterGroup :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDBClusterParameterGroup = lens _dcDBClusterParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterParameterGroup = a}) + +-- | Contains the master username for the DB cluster. +dcMasterUsername :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcMasterUsername = lens _dcMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_dcMasterUsername = a}) + +-- | True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. +dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Bool) +dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = lens _dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled (\ s a -> s{_dcIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = a}) + +-- | The earliest time to which a DB cluster can be backtracked. +dcEarliestBacktrackTime :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe UTCTime) +dcEarliestBacktrackTime = lens _dcEarliestBacktrackTime (\ s a -> s{_dcEarliestBacktrackTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | The target backtrack window, in seconds. If this value is set to 0, backtracking is disabled for the DB cluster. Otherwise, backtracking is enabled. +dcBacktrackWindow :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Integer) +dcBacktrackWindow = lens _dcBacktrackWindow (\ s a -> s{_dcBacktrackWindow = a}) + +-- | The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed. +dcDBClusterResourceId :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDBClusterResourceId = lens _dcDBClusterResourceId (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterResourceId = a}) + +-- | The earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. +dcEarliestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe UTCTime) +dcEarliestRestorableTime = lens _dcEarliestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_dcEarliestRestorableTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. +dcEngine :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcEngine = lens _dcEngine (\ s a -> s{_dcEngine = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. +dcDBClusterARN :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDBClusterARN = lens _dcDBClusterARN (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterARN = a}) + +-- | Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. +dcCloneGroupId :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcCloneGroupId = lens _dcCloneGroupId (\ s a -> s{_dcCloneGroupId = a}) + +-- | Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. +dcLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe UTCTime) +dcLatestRestorableTime = lens _dcLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_dcLatestRestorableTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}) + +-- | Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be created in. +dcAvailabilityZones :: Lens' DBCluster [Text] +dcAvailabilityZones = lens _dcAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_dcAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is associated with. +dcCharacterSetName :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcCharacterSetName = lens _dcCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_dcCharacterSetName = a}) + +-- | If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster. +dcKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcKMSKeyId = lens _dcKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_dcKMSKeyId = a}) + +-- | Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ . +dcPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcPreferredBackupWindow = lens _dcPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_dcPreferredBackupWindow = a}) + +-- | Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services on your behalf. +dcAssociatedRoles :: Lens' DBCluster [DBClusterRole] +dcAssociatedRoles = lens _dcAssociatedRoles (\ s a -> s{_dcAssociatedRoles = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. +dcVPCSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBCluster [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] +dcVPCSecurityGroups = lens _dcVPCSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_dcVPCSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. +dcBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Int) +dcBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _dcBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_dcBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) + +-- | Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. +dcDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDBSubnetGroup = lens _dcDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_dcDBSubnetGroup = a}) + +-- | Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. +dcDatabaseName :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDatabaseName = lens _dcDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_dcDatabaseName = a}) + +-- | Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. +dcMultiAZ :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Bool) +dcMultiAZ = lens _dcMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_dcMultiAZ = a}) + +-- | For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, @AllocatedStorage@ specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). For Aurora, @AllocatedStorage@ always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size is not fixed, but instead automatically adjusts as needed. +dcAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Int) +dcAllocatedStorage = lens _dcAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_dcAllocatedStorage = a}) + +-- | Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +dcClusterCreateTime :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe UTCTime) +dcClusterCreateTime = lens _dcClusterCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dcClusterCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. +dcEndpoint :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcEndpoint = lens _dcEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_dcEndpoint = a}) + +-- | Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. +dcPercentProgress :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcPercentProgress = lens _dcPercentProgress (\ s a -> s{_dcPercentProgress = a}) + +-- | The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can then reconnect to the reader endpoint. +dcReaderEndpoint :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcReaderEndpoint = lens _dcReaderEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_dcReaderEndpoint = a}) + +-- | Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. +dcPort :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Int) +dcPort = lens _dcPort (\ s a -> s{_dcPort = a}) + +-- | Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster. +dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships :: Lens' DBCluster [DBClusterOptionGroupStatus] +dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = lens _dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance FromXML DBCluster where + parseXML x + = DBCluster' <$> + (x .@? "BacktrackConsumedChangeRecords") <*> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") + <*> (x .@? "Status") + <*> (x .@? "StorageEncrypted") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") + <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterMembers" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBClusterMember")) + <*> + (x .@? "ReadReplicaIdentifiers" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "ReadReplicaIdentifier")) + <*> (x .@? "ReplicationSourceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "HostedZoneId") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroup") + <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") + <*> (x .@? "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled") + <*> (x .@? "EarliestBacktrackTime") + <*> (x .@? "BacktrackWindow") + <*> (x .@? "DbClusterResourceId") + <*> (x .@? "EarliestRestorableTime") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterArn") + <*> (x .@? "CloneGroupId") + <*> (x .@? "LatestRestorableTime") + <*> (x .@? "PreferredMaintenanceWindow") + <*> + (x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "AvailabilityZone")) + <*> (x .@? "CharacterSetName") + <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") + <*> (x .@? "PreferredBackupWindow") + <*> + (x .@? "AssociatedRoles" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBClusterRole")) + <*> + (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "VpcSecurityGroupMembership")) + <*> (x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod") + <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroup") + <*> (x .@? "DatabaseName") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "ClusterCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "Endpoint") + <*> (x .@? "PercentProgress") + <*> (x .@? "ReaderEndpoint") + <*> (x .@? "Port") + <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty + >>= may (parseXMLList "DBClusterOptionGroup")) + +instance Hashable DBCluster where + +instance NFData DBCluster where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterBacktrack' smart constructor. +data DBClusterBacktrack = DBClusterBacktrack' + { _dcbStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcbBacktrackIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcbBacktrackTo :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcbDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcbBacktrackedFrom :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterBacktrack' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcbStatus' - The status of the backtrack. This property returns one of the following values: * @applying@ - The backtrack is currently being applied to or rolled back from the DB cluster. * @completed@ - The backtrack has successfully been applied to or rolled back from the DB cluster. * @failed@ - An error occurred while the backtrack was applied to or rolled back from the DB cluster. * @pending@ - The backtrack is currently pending application to or rollback from the DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcbBacktrackIdentifier' - Contains the backtrack identifier. +-- +-- * 'dcbBacktrackTo' - The timestamp of the time to which the DB cluster was backtracked. +-- +-- * 'dcbDBClusterIdentifier' - Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcbBacktrackedFrom' - The timestamp of the time from which the DB cluster was backtracked. +-- +-- * 'dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime' - The timestamp of the time at which the backtrack was requested. +dbClusterBacktrack + :: DBClusterBacktrack +dbClusterBacktrack = + DBClusterBacktrack' + { _dcbStatus = Nothing + , _dcbBacktrackIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcbBacktrackTo = Nothing + , _dcbDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcbBacktrackedFrom = Nothing + , _dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime = Nothing + } + + +-- | The status of the backtrack. This property returns one of the following values: * @applying@ - The backtrack is currently being applied to or rolled back from the DB cluster. * @completed@ - The backtrack has successfully been applied to or rolled back from the DB cluster. * @failed@ - An error occurred while the backtrack was applied to or rolled back from the DB cluster. * @pending@ - The backtrack is currently pending application to or rollback from the DB cluster. +dcbStatus :: Lens' DBClusterBacktrack (Maybe Text) +dcbStatus = lens _dcbStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcbStatus = a}) + +-- | Contains the backtrack identifier. +dcbBacktrackIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterBacktrack (Maybe Text) +dcbBacktrackIdentifier = lens _dcbBacktrackIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcbBacktrackIdentifier = a}) + +-- | The timestamp of the time to which the DB cluster was backtracked. +dcbBacktrackTo :: Lens' DBClusterBacktrack (Maybe UTCTime) +dcbBacktrackTo = lens _dcbBacktrackTo (\ s a -> s{_dcbBacktrackTo = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster. +dcbDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterBacktrack (Maybe Text) +dcbDBClusterIdentifier = lens _dcbDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcbDBClusterIdentifier = a}) + +-- | The timestamp of the time from which the DB cluster was backtracked. +dcbBacktrackedFrom :: Lens' DBClusterBacktrack (Maybe UTCTime) +dcbBacktrackedFrom = lens _dcbBacktrackedFrom (\ s a -> s{_dcbBacktrackedFrom = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | The timestamp of the time at which the backtrack was requested. +dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime :: Lens' DBClusterBacktrack (Maybe UTCTime) +dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime = lens _dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime (\ s a -> s{_dcbBacktrackRequestCreationTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +instance FromXML DBClusterBacktrack where + parseXML x + = DBClusterBacktrack' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "BacktrackIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "BacktrackTo") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "BacktrackedFrom") + <*> (x .@? "BacktrackRequestCreationTime") + +instance Hashable DBClusterBacktrack where + +instance NFData DBClusterBacktrack where + +-- | Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterMember' smart constructor. +data DBClusterMember = DBClusterMember' + { _dcmPromotionTier :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcmDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcmIsClusterWriter :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterMember' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcmPromotionTier' - A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . +-- +-- * 'dcmDBInstanceIdentifier' - Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. +-- +-- * 'dcmIsClusterWriter' - Value that is @true@ if the cluster member is the primary instance for the DB cluster and @false@ otherwise. +-- +-- * 'dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus' - Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of the DB cluster. +dbClusterMember + :: DBClusterMember +dbClusterMember = + DBClusterMember' + { _dcmPromotionTier = Nothing + , _dcmDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcmIsClusterWriter = Nothing + , _dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus = Nothing + } + + +-- | A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . +dcmPromotionTier :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Int) +dcmPromotionTier = lens _dcmPromotionTier (\ s a -> s{_dcmPromotionTier = a}) + +-- | Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. +dcmDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Text) +dcmDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _dcmDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcmDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Value that is @true@ if the cluster member is the primary instance for the DB cluster and @false@ otherwise. +dcmIsClusterWriter :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Bool) +dcmIsClusterWriter = lens _dcmIsClusterWriter (\ s a -> s{_dcmIsClusterWriter = a}) + +-- | Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of the DB cluster. +dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Text) +dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus = lens _dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus = a}) + +instance FromXML DBClusterMember where + parseXML x + = DBClusterMember' <$> + (x .@? "PromotionTier") <*> + (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "IsClusterWriter") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupStatus") + +instance Hashable DBClusterMember where + +instance NFData DBClusterMember where + +-- | Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterOptionGroupStatus' smart constructor. +data DBClusterOptionGroupStatus = DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' + { _dcogsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcogsStatus' - Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. +-- +-- * 'dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName' - Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. +dbClusterOptionGroupStatus + :: DBClusterOptionGroupStatus +dbClusterOptionGroupStatus = + DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' + {_dcogsStatus = Nothing, _dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName = Nothing} + + +-- | Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. +dcogsStatus :: Lens' DBClusterOptionGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dcogsStatus = lens _dcogsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcogsStatus = a}) + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. +dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName :: Lens' DBClusterOptionGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName = lens _dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName = a}) + +instance FromXML DBClusterOptionGroupStatus where + parseXML x + = DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterOptionGroupName") + +instance Hashable DBClusterOptionGroupStatus where + +instance NFData DBClusterOptionGroupStatus where + +-- | Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups' action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data DBClusterParameterGroup = DBClusterParameterGroup' + { _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcpgDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. +-- +-- * 'dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily' - Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter group is compatible with. +-- +-- * 'dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' - Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. +-- +-- * 'dcpgDescription' - Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter group. +dbClusterParameterGroup + :: DBClusterParameterGroup +dbClusterParameterGroup = + DBClusterParameterGroup' + { _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN = Nothing + , _dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _dcpgDescription = Nothing + } + + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. +dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN = lens _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupARN = a}) + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter group is compatible with. +dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}) + +-- | Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. +dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) + +-- | Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter group. +dcpgDescription :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dcpgDescription = lens _dcpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDescription = a}) + +instance FromXML DBClusterParameterGroup where + parseXML x + = DBClusterParameterGroup' <$> + (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupArn") <*> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +instance Hashable DBClusterParameterGroup where + +instance NFData DBClusterParameterGroup where + +-- | +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' smart constructor. +newtype DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' + { _dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName' - The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + :: DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage +dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = + DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' + {_dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing} + + +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group. Constraints: * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. * First character must be a letter * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) +dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}) + +instance FromXML DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + where + parseXML x + = DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' <$> + (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupName") + +instance Hashable DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + where + +instance NFData DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + where + +-- | Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated with a DB cluster. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterRole' smart constructor. +data DBClusterRole = DBClusterRole' + { _dcrStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcrRoleARN :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterRole' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcrStatus' - Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. The Status property returns one of the following values: * @ACTIVE@ - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. * @PENDING@ - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. * @INVALID@ - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS services on your behalf. +-- +-- * 'dcrRoleARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the DB cluster. +dbClusterRole + :: DBClusterRole +dbClusterRole = DBClusterRole' {_dcrStatus = Nothing, _dcrRoleARN = Nothing} + + +-- | Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. The Status property returns one of the following values: * @ACTIVE@ - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. * @PENDING@ - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. * @INVALID@ - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS services on your behalf. +dcrStatus :: Lens' DBClusterRole (Maybe Text) +dcrStatus = lens _dcrStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcrStatus = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the DB cluster. +dcrRoleARN :: Lens' DBClusterRole (Maybe Text) +dcrRoleARN = lens _dcrRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_dcrRoleARN = a}) + +instance FromXML DBClusterRole where + parseXML x + = DBClusterRole' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "RoleArn") + +instance Hashable DBClusterRole where + +instance NFData DBClusterRole where + +-- | Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBClusterSnapshots' action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. +data DBClusterSnapshot = DBClusterSnapshot' + { _dcsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dcsDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _dcsSnapshotType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsSnapshotCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcsAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsClusterCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcsPercentProgress :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcsPort :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcsEngineVersion' - Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dcsStatus' - Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dcsStorageEncrypted' - Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. +-- +-- * 'dcsDBClusterIdentifier' - Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster snapshot was created from. +-- +-- * 'dcsMasterUsername' - Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled' - True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. +-- +-- * 'dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dcsVPCId' - Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dcsEngine' - Specifies the name of the database engine. +-- +-- * 'dcsLicenseModel' - Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dcsAvailabilityZones' - Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster snapshot can be restored in. +-- +-- * 'dcsSnapshotType' - Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dcsKMSKeyId' - If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dcsSnapshotCreateTime' - Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- +-- * 'dcsAllocatedStorage' - Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). +-- +-- * 'dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN' - If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise, a null value. +-- +-- * 'dcsClusterCreateTime' - Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- +-- * 'dcsPercentProgress' - Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. +-- +-- * 'dcsPort' - Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the snapshot. +dbClusterSnapshot + :: DBClusterSnapshot +dbClusterSnapshot = + DBClusterSnapshot' + { _dcsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dcsStatus = Nothing + , _dcsStorageEncrypted = Nothing + , _dcsDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcsMasterUsername = Nothing + , _dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = Nothing + , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN = Nothing + , _dcsVPCId = Nothing + , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcsEngine = Nothing + , _dcsLicenseModel = Nothing + , _dcsAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _dcsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _dcsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _dcsSnapshotCreateTime = Nothing + , _dcsAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN = Nothing + , _dcsClusterCreateTime = Nothing + , _dcsPercentProgress = Nothing + , _dcsPort = Nothing + } + + +-- | Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. +dcsEngineVersion :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsEngineVersion = lens _dcsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dcsEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. +dcsStatus :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsStatus = lens _dcsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcsStatus = a}) + +-- | Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. +dcsStorageEncrypted :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +dcsStorageEncrypted = lens _dcsStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_dcsStorageEncrypted = a}) + +-- | Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster snapshot was created from. +dcsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _dcsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsDBClusterIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. +dcsMasterUsername :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsMasterUsername = lens _dcsMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_dcsMasterUsername = a}) + +-- | True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. +dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = lens _dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled (\ s a -> s{_dcsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. +dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN = lens _dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN (\ s a -> s{_dcsDBClusterSnapshotARN = a}) + +-- | Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. +dcsVPCId :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsVPCId = lens _dcsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dcsVPCId = a}) + +-- | Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. +dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Specifies the name of the database engine. +dcsEngine :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsEngine = lens _dcsEngine (\ s a -> s{_dcsEngine = a}) + +-- | Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. +dcsLicenseModel :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsLicenseModel = lens _dcsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_dcsLicenseModel = a}) + +-- | Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster snapshot can be restored in. +dcsAvailabilityZones :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot [Text] +dcsAvailabilityZones = lens _dcsAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_dcsAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. +dcsSnapshotType :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsSnapshotType = lens _dcsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_dcsSnapshotType = a}) + +-- | If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot. +dcsKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsKMSKeyId = lens _dcsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_dcsKMSKeyId = a}) + +-- | Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +dcsSnapshotCreateTime :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dcsSnapshotCreateTime = lens _dcsSnapshotCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dcsSnapshotCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). +dcsAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dcsAllocatedStorage = lens _dcsAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_dcsAllocatedStorage = a}) + +-- | If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise, a null value. +dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN = lens _dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN (\ s a -> s{_dcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotARN = a}) + +-- | Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +dcsClusterCreateTime :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dcsClusterCreateTime = lens _dcsClusterCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dcsClusterCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. +dcsPercentProgress :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dcsPercentProgress = lens _dcsPercentProgress (\ s a -> s{_dcsPercentProgress = a}) + +-- | Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the snapshot. +dcsPort :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dcsPort = lens _dcsPort (\ s a -> s{_dcsPort = a}) + +instance FromXML DBClusterSnapshot where + parseXML x + = DBClusterSnapshot' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "StorageEncrypted") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") + <*> (x .@? "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshotArn") + <*> (x .@? "VpcId") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") + <*> + (x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "AvailabilityZone")) + <*> (x .@? "SnapshotType") + <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") + <*> (x .@? "SnapshotCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn") + <*> (x .@? "ClusterCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "PercentProgress") + <*> (x .@? "Port") + +instance Hashable DBClusterSnapshot where + +instance NFData DBClusterSnapshot where + +-- | Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. +-- +-- +-- Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterSnapshotAttribute' smart constructor. +data DBClusterSnapshotAttribute = DBClusterSnapshotAttribute' + { _dcsaAttributeValues :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _dcsaAttributeName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterSnapshotAttribute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcsaAttributeValues' - The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. If the @AttributeName@ field is set to @restore@ , then this element returns a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of @all@ is in the list, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. +-- +-- * 'dcsaAttributeName' - The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. The attribute named @restore@ refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. +dbClusterSnapshotAttribute + :: DBClusterSnapshotAttribute +dbClusterSnapshotAttribute = + DBClusterSnapshotAttribute' + {_dcsaAttributeValues = Nothing, _dcsaAttributeName = Nothing} + + +-- | The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. If the @AttributeName@ field is set to @restore@ , then this element returns a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of @all@ is in the list, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. +dcsaAttributeValues :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshotAttribute [Text] +dcsaAttributeValues = lens _dcsaAttributeValues (\ s a -> s{_dcsaAttributeValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. The attribute named @restore@ refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. +dcsaAttributeName :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshotAttribute (Maybe Text) +dcsaAttributeName = lens _dcsaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_dcsaAttributeName = a}) + +instance FromXML DBClusterSnapshotAttribute where + parseXML x + = DBClusterSnapshotAttribute' <$> + (x .@? "AttributeValues" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "AttributeValue")) + <*> (x .@? "AttributeName") + +instance Hashable DBClusterSnapshotAttribute where + +instance NFData DBClusterSnapshotAttribute where + +-- | Contains the results of a successful call to the 'DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes' API action. +-- +-- +-- Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute' API action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' smart constructor. +data DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' + { _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes :: !(Maybe [DBClusterSnapshotAttribute]) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply to. +-- +-- * 'dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes' - The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. +dbClusterSnapshotAttributesResult + :: DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult +dbClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = + DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' + { _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = Nothing + } + + +-- | The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply to. +dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult (Maybe Text) +dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsarDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}) + +-- | The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. +dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult [DBClusterSnapshotAttribute] +dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = lens _dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes (\ s a -> s{_dcsarDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance FromXML DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult + where + parseXML x + = DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult' <$> + (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier") <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshotAttributes" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBClusterSnapshotAttribute")) + +instance Hashable DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult + where + +instance NFData DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult + where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the action 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' . +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbEngineVersion' smart constructor. +data DBEngineVersion = DBEngineVersion' + { _devEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _devDBEngineVersionDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _devDefaultCharacterSet :: !(Maybe CharacterSet) + , _devEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _devDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _devSupportedCharacterSets :: !(Maybe [CharacterSet]) + , _devDBEngineDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _devValidUpgradeTarget :: !(Maybe [UpgradeTarget]) + , _devSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _devSupportsReadReplica :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _devSupportedTimezones :: !(Maybe [Timezone]) + , _devExportableLogTypes :: !(Maybe [Text]) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBEngineVersion' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'devEngineVersion' - The version number of the database engine. +-- +-- * 'devDBEngineVersionDescription' - The description of the database engine version. +-- +-- * 'devDefaultCharacterSet' - The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the @CharacterSetName@ parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified. +-- +-- * 'devEngine' - The name of the database engine. +-- +-- * 'devDBParameterGroupFamily' - The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. +-- +-- * 'devSupportedCharacterSets' - A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the @CharacterSetName@ parameter of the @CreateDBInstance@ action. +-- +-- * 'devDBEngineDescription' - The description of the database engine. +-- +-- * 'devValidUpgradeTarget' - A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded to. +-- +-- * 'devSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs' - A value that indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the log types specified by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs. +-- +-- * 'devSupportsReadReplica' - Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas. +-- +-- * 'devSupportedTimezones' - A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the @Timezone@ parameter of the @CreateDBInstance@ action. +-- +-- * 'devExportableLogTypes' - The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch Logs. +dbEngineVersion + :: DBEngineVersion +dbEngineVersion = + DBEngineVersion' + { _devEngineVersion = Nothing + , _devDBEngineVersionDescription = Nothing + , _devDefaultCharacterSet = Nothing + , _devEngine = Nothing + , _devDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _devSupportedCharacterSets = Nothing + , _devDBEngineDescription = Nothing + , _devValidUpgradeTarget = Nothing + , _devSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = Nothing + , _devSupportsReadReplica = Nothing + , _devSupportedTimezones = Nothing + , _devExportableLogTypes = Nothing + } + + +-- | The version number of the database engine. +devEngineVersion :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devEngineVersion = lens _devEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_devEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | The description of the database engine version. +devDBEngineVersionDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devDBEngineVersionDescription = lens _devDBEngineVersionDescription (\ s a -> s{_devDBEngineVersionDescription = a}) + +-- | The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the @CharacterSetName@ parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified. +devDefaultCharacterSet :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe CharacterSet) +devDefaultCharacterSet = lens _devDefaultCharacterSet (\ s a -> s{_devDefaultCharacterSet = a}) + +-- | The name of the database engine. +devEngine :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devEngine = lens _devEngine (\ s a -> s{_devEngine = a}) + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. +devDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _devDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_devDBParameterGroupFamily = a}) + +-- | A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the @CharacterSetName@ parameter of the @CreateDBInstance@ action. +devSupportedCharacterSets :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [CharacterSet] +devSupportedCharacterSets = lens _devSupportedCharacterSets (\ s a -> s{_devSupportedCharacterSets = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The description of the database engine. +devDBEngineDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devDBEngineDescription = lens _devDBEngineDescription (\ s a -> s{_devDBEngineDescription = a}) + +-- | A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded to. +devValidUpgradeTarget :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [UpgradeTarget] +devValidUpgradeTarget = lens _devValidUpgradeTarget (\ s a -> s{_devValidUpgradeTarget = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | A value that indicates whether the engine version supports exporting the log types specified by ExportableLogTypes to CloudWatch Logs. +devSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Bool) +devSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = lens _devSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs (\ s a -> s{_devSupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs = a}) + +-- | Indicates whether the database engine version supports read replicas. +devSupportsReadReplica :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Bool) +devSupportsReadReplica = lens _devSupportsReadReplica (\ s a -> s{_devSupportsReadReplica = a}) + +-- | A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the @Timezone@ parameter of the @CreateDBInstance@ action. +devSupportedTimezones :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [Timezone] +devSupportedTimezones = lens _devSupportedTimezones (\ s a -> s{_devSupportedTimezones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The types of logs that the database engine has available for export to CloudWatch Logs. +devExportableLogTypes :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [Text] +devExportableLogTypes = lens _devExportableLogTypes (\ s a -> s{_devExportableLogTypes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance FromXML DBEngineVersion where + parseXML x + = DBEngineVersion' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> + (x .@? "DBEngineVersionDescription") + <*> (x .@? "DefaultCharacterSet") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") + <*> + (x .@? "SupportedCharacterSets" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "CharacterSet")) + <*> (x .@? "DBEngineDescription") + <*> + (x .@? "ValidUpgradeTarget" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "UpgradeTarget")) + <*> (x .@? "SupportsLogExportsToCloudwatchLogs") + <*> (x .@? "SupportsReadReplica") + <*> + (x .@? "SupportedTimezones" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Timezone")) + <*> + (x .@? "ExportableLogTypes" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "member")) + +instance Hashable DBEngineVersion where + +instance NFData DBEngineVersion where + +-- | Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBInstances' action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbInstance' smart constructor. +data DBInstance = DBInstance' + { _diEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [DBSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _diStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diDBInstanceARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diMonitoringRoleARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diInstanceCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diMonitoringInterval :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diLatestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _diDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diPromotionTier :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diCACertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diVPCSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [VPCSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _diBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diDBSubnetGroup :: !(Maybe DBSubnetGroup) + , _diMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diOptionGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [OptionGroupMembership]) + , _diEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diPerformanceInsightsEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diDBiResourceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diDBParameterGroups :: !(Maybe [DBParameterGroupStatus]) + , _diCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diTimezone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diEndpoint :: !(Maybe Endpoint) + , _diDBInstanceStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diDBInstancePort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diPendingModifiedValues :: !(Maybe PendingModifiedValues) + , _diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _diStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diStatusInfos :: !(Maybe [DBInstanceStatusInfo]) + , _diDomainMemberships :: !(Maybe [DomainMembership]) + , _diDBName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'diEngineVersion' - Indicates the database engine version. +-- +-- * 'diDBSecurityGroups' - Provides List of DB security group elements containing only @DBSecurityGroup.Name@ and @DBSecurityGroup.Status@ subelements. +-- +-- * 'diStorageEncrypted' - Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. +-- +-- * 'diDBClusterIdentifier' - If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. +-- +-- * 'diPubliclyAccessible' - Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. * __Default VPC:__ true * __VPC:__ false If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is private. +-- +-- * 'diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' - Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. +-- +-- * 'diDBInstanceARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diMasterUsername' - Contains the master username for the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers' - Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled' - True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. IAM database authentication can be enabled for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. To enable IAM database authentication for Aurora, see DBCluster Type. +-- +-- * 'diMonitoringRoleARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +-- +-- * 'diIOPS' - Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. +-- +-- * 'diInstanceCreateTime' - Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. +-- +-- * 'diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' - Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is a Read Replica. +-- +-- * 'diMonitoringInterval' - The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diEngine' - Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diLatestRestorableTime' - Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. +-- +-- * 'diDBInstanceClass' - Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diPromotionTier' - A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . +-- +-- * 'diLicenseModel' - License model information for this DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diPreferredMaintenanceWindow' - Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- +-- * 'diCACertificateIdentifier' - The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diDBInstanceIdentifier' - Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diCharacterSetName' - If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is associated with. +-- +-- * 'diKMSKeyId' - If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diPreferredBackupWindow' - Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ . +-- +-- * 'diAvailabilityZone' - Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. +-- +-- * 'diVPCSecurityGroups' - Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs to. +-- +-- * 'diBackupRetentionPeriod' - Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. +-- +-- * 'diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId' - The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +-- +-- * 'diDBSubnetGroup' - Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. +-- +-- * 'diMultiAZ' - Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. +-- +-- * 'diOptionGroupMemberships' - Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports' - A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch Logs. +-- +-- * 'diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diSecondaryAvailabilityZone' - If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB instance with multi-AZ support. +-- +-- * 'diPerformanceInsightsEnabled' - True if Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance, and otherwise false. +-- +-- * 'diAllocatedStorage' - Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes. +-- +-- * 'diDBiResourceId' - The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. +-- +-- * 'diDBParameterGroups' - Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diCopyTagsToSnapshot' - Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diTimezone' - The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the @Timezone@ element is empty. @Timezone@ content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. +-- +-- * 'diTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE encryption. +-- +-- * 'diEndpoint' - Specifies the connection endpoint. +-- +-- * 'diDBInstanceStatus' - Specifies the current state of this database. +-- +-- * 'diDBInstancePort' - Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. +-- +-- * 'diPendingModifiedValues' - Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. +-- +-- * 'diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers' - Contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters that are Read Replicas of this DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diStorageType' - Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diStatusInfos' - The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this is blank. +-- +-- * 'diDomainMemberships' - The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'diDBName' - The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas are only supported for these engines. __MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL__ Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. Type: String __Oracle__ Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. +dbInstance + :: DBInstance +dbInstance = + DBInstance' + { _diEngineVersion = Nothing + , _diDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _diStorageEncrypted = Nothing + , _diDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _diPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _diDBInstanceARN = Nothing + , _diMasterUsername = Nothing + , _diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = Nothing + , _diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = Nothing + , _diMonitoringRoleARN = Nothing + , _diIOPS = Nothing + , _diInstanceCreateTime = Nothing + , _diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _diMonitoringInterval = Nothing + , _diEngine = Nothing + , _diLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _diDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _diPromotionTier = Nothing + , _diLicenseModel = Nothing + , _diPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _diCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _diDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _diCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _diKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _diPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _diAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _diVPCSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _diBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _diDBSubnetGroup = Nothing + , _diMultiAZ = Nothing + , _diOptionGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _diEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = Nothing + , _diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN = Nothing + , _diSecondaryAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _diPerformanceInsightsEnabled = Nothing + , _diAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _diDBiResourceId = Nothing + , _diDBParameterGroups = Nothing + , _diCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _diTimezone = Nothing + , _diTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _diEndpoint = Nothing + , _diDBInstanceStatus = Nothing + , _diDBInstancePort = Nothing + , _diPendingModifiedValues = Nothing + , _diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = Nothing + , _diStorageType = Nothing + , _diStatusInfos = Nothing + , _diDomainMemberships = Nothing + , _diDBName = Nothing + } + + +-- | Indicates the database engine version. +diEngineVersion :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diEngineVersion = lens _diEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_diEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | Provides List of DB security group elements containing only @DBSecurityGroup.Name@ and @DBSecurityGroup.Status@ subelements. +diDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBSecurityGroupMembership] +diDBSecurityGroups = lens _diDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_diDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. +diStorageEncrypted :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diStorageEncrypted = lens _diStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_diStorageEncrypted = a}) + +-- | If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. +diDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBClusterIdentifier = lens _diDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diDBClusterIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. * __Default VPC:__ true * __VPC:__ false If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance is private. +diPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diPubliclyAccessible = lens _diPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_diPubliclyAccessible = a}) + +-- | Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. +diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. +diDBInstanceARN :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBInstanceARN = lens _diDBInstanceARN (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceARN = a}) + +-- | Contains the master username for the DB instance. +diMasterUsername :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diMasterUsername = lens _diMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_diMasterUsername = a}) + +-- | Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this DB instance. +diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: Lens' DBInstance [Text] +diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = lens _diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers (\ s a -> s{_diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. IAM database authentication can be enabled for the following database engines * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher * Aurora 5.6 or higher. To enable IAM database authentication for Aurora, see DBCluster Type. +diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = lens _diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled (\ s a -> s{_diIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = a}) + +-- | The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. +diMonitoringRoleARN :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diMonitoringRoleARN = lens _diMonitoringRoleARN (\ s a -> s{_diMonitoringRoleARN = a}) + +-- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. +diIOPS :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diIOPS = lens _diIOPS (\ s a -> s{_diIOPS = a}) + +-- | Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. +diInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +diInstanceCreateTime = lens _diInstanceCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_diInstanceCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is a Read Replica. +diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) + +-- | The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics are collected for the DB instance. +diMonitoringInterval :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diMonitoringInterval = lens _diMonitoringInterval (\ s a -> s{_diMonitoringInterval = a}) + +-- | Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. +diEngine :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diEngine = lens _diEngine (\ s a -> s{_diEngine = a}) + +-- | Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time restore. +diLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +diLatestRestorableTime = lens _diLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_diLatestRestorableTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. +diDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBInstanceClass = lens _diDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceClass = a}) + +-- | A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For more information, see . +diPromotionTier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diPromotionTier = lens _diPromotionTier (\ s a -> s{_diPromotionTier = a}) + +-- | License model information for this DB instance. +diLicenseModel :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diLicenseModel = lens _diLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_diLicenseModel = a}) + +-- | Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +diPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _diPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_diPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}) + +-- | The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. +diCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diCACertificateIdentifier = lens _diCACertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diCACertificateIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB instance. +diDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _diDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) + +-- | If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is associated with. +diCharacterSetName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diCharacterSetName = lens _diCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_diCharacterSetName = a}) + +-- | If @StorageEncrypted@ is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB instance. +diKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diKMSKeyId = lens _diKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_diKMSKeyId = a}) + +-- | Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the @BackupRetentionPeriod@ . +diPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diPreferredBackupWindow = lens _diPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_diPreferredBackupWindow = a}) + +-- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. +diAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diAvailabilityZone = lens _diAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_diAvailabilityZone = a}) + +-- | Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs to. +diVPCSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] +diVPCSecurityGroups = lens _diVPCSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_diVPCSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. +diBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _diBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_diBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) + +-- | The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. +diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = lens _diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_diPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = a}) + +-- | Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. +diDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) +diDBSubnetGroup = lens _diDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_diDBSubnetGroup = a}) + +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. +diMultiAZ :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diMultiAZ = lens _diMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_diMultiAZ = a}) + +-- | Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. +diOptionGroupMemberships :: Lens' DBInstance [OptionGroupMembership] +diOptionGroupMemberships = lens _diOptionGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_diOptionGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | A list of log types that this DB instance is configured to export to CloudWatch Logs. +diEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports :: Lens' DBInstance [Text] +diEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = lens _diEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports (\ s a -> s{_diEnabledCloudwatchLogsExports = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. +diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN = lens _diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN (\ s a -> s{_diEnhancedMonitoringResourceARN = a}) + +-- | If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB instance with multi-AZ support. +diSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diSecondaryAvailabilityZone = lens _diSecondaryAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_diSecondaryAvailabilityZone = a}) + +-- | True if Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance, and otherwise false. +diPerformanceInsightsEnabled :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diPerformanceInsightsEnabled = lens _diPerformanceInsightsEnabled (\ s a -> s{_diPerformanceInsightsEnabled = a}) + +-- | Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes. +diAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diAllocatedStorage = lens _diAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_diAllocatedStorage = a}) + +-- | The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. +diDBiResourceId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBiResourceId = lens _diDBiResourceId (\ s a -> s{_diDBiResourceId = a}) + +-- | Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. +diDBParameterGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBParameterGroupStatus] +diDBParameterGroups = lens _diDBParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_diDBParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance. +diCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _diCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_diCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}) + +-- | The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the @Timezone@ element is empty. @Timezone@ content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. +diTimezone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diTimezone = lens _diTimezone (\ s a -> s{_diTimezone = a}) + +-- | The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE encryption. +diTDECredentialARN :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diTDECredentialARN = lens _diTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_diTDECredentialARN = a}) + +-- | Specifies the connection endpoint. +diEndpoint :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Endpoint) +diEndpoint = lens _diEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_diEndpoint = a}) + +-- | Specifies the current state of this database. +diDBInstanceStatus :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBInstanceStatus = lens _diDBInstanceStatus (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceStatus = a}) + +-- | Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. +diDBInstancePort :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diDBInstancePort = lens _diDBInstancePort (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstancePort = a}) + +-- | Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. +diPendingModifiedValues :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe PendingModifiedValues) +diPendingModifiedValues = lens _diPendingModifiedValues (\ s a -> s{_diPendingModifiedValues = a}) + +-- | Contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters that are Read Replicas of this DB instance. +diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers :: Lens' DBInstance [Text] +diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = lens _diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers (\ s a -> s{_diReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. +diStorageType :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diStorageType = lens _diStorageType (\ s a -> s{_diStorageType = a}) + +-- | The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this is blank. +diStatusInfos :: Lens' DBInstance [DBInstanceStatusInfo] +diStatusInfos = lens _diStatusInfos (\ s a -> s{_diStatusInfos = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance. +diDomainMemberships :: Lens' DBInstance [DomainMembership] +diDomainMemberships = lens _diDomainMemberships (\ s a -> s{_diDomainMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas are only supported for these engines. __MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL__ Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. Type: String __Oracle__ Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. +diDBName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBName = lens _diDBName (\ s a -> s{_diDBName = a}) + +instance FromXML DBInstance where + parseXML x + = DBInstance' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> + (x .@? "DBSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBSecurityGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "StorageEncrypted") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "PubliclyAccessible") + <*> (x .@? "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceArn") + <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") + <*> + (x .@? "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers" .!@ mempty + >>= + may (parseXMLList "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier")) + <*> (x .@? "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled") + <*> (x .@? "MonitoringRoleArn") + <*> (x .@? "Iops") + <*> (x .@? "InstanceCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "MonitoringInterval") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "LatestRestorableTime") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "PromotionTier") + <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") + <*> (x .@? "PreferredMaintenanceWindow") + <*> (x .@? "CACertificateIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "CharacterSetName") + <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") + <*> (x .@? "PreferredBackupWindow") + <*> (x .@? "AvailabilityZone") + <*> + (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "VpcSecurityGroupMembership")) + <*> (x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod") + <*> (x .@? "PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId") + <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroup") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") + <*> + (x .@? "OptionGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionGroupMembership")) + <*> + (x .@? "EnabledCloudwatchLogsExports" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "member")) + <*> (x .@? "EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn") + <*> (x .@? "SecondaryAvailabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "PerformanceInsightsEnabled") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "DbiResourceId") + <*> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBParameterGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "CopyTagsToSnapshot") + <*> (x .@? "Timezone") + <*> (x .@? "TdeCredentialArn") + <*> (x .@? "Endpoint") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceStatus") + <*> (x .@? "DbInstancePort") + <*> (x .@? "PendingModifiedValues") + <*> + (x .@? "ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers" .!@ mempty + >>= + may (parseXMLList "ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier")) + <*> (x .@? "StorageType") + <*> + (x .@? "StatusInfos" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBInstanceStatusInfo")) + <*> + (x .@? "DomainMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DomainMembership")) + <*> (x .@? "DBName") + +instance Hashable DBInstance where + +instance NFData DBInstance where + +-- | Provides a list of status information for a DB instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbInstanceStatusInfo' smart constructor. +data DBInstanceStatusInfo = DBInstanceStatusInfo' + { _disiStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _disiNormal :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _disiStatusType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _disiMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBInstanceStatusInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'disiStatus' - Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. +-- +-- * 'disiNormal' - Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false if the instance is in an error state. +-- +-- * 'disiStatusType' - This value is currently "read replication." +-- +-- * 'disiMessage' - Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance is not in an error state, this value is blank. +dbInstanceStatusInfo + :: DBInstanceStatusInfo +dbInstanceStatusInfo = + DBInstanceStatusInfo' + { _disiStatus = Nothing + , _disiNormal = Nothing + , _disiStatusType = Nothing + , _disiMessage = Nothing + } + + +-- | Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. +disiStatus :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) +disiStatus = lens _disiStatus (\ s a -> s{_disiStatus = a}) + +-- | Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false if the instance is in an error state. +disiNormal :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Bool) +disiNormal = lens _disiNormal (\ s a -> s{_disiNormal = a}) + +-- | This value is currently "read replication." +disiStatusType :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) +disiStatusType = lens _disiStatusType (\ s a -> s{_disiStatusType = a}) + +-- | Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance is not in an error state, this value is blank. +disiMessage :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) +disiMessage = lens _disiMessage (\ s a -> s{_disiMessage = a}) + +instance FromXML DBInstanceStatusInfo where + parseXML x + = DBInstanceStatusInfo' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "Normal") <*> + (x .@? "StatusType") + <*> (x .@? "Message") + +instance Hashable DBInstanceStatusInfo where + +instance NFData DBInstanceStatusInfo where + +-- | Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBParameterGroups' action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data DBParameterGroup = DBParameterGroup' + { _dpgDBParameterGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dpgDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dpgDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dpgDBParameterGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. +-- +-- * 'dpgDBParameterGroupFamily' - Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter group is compatible with. +-- +-- * 'dpgDBParameterGroupName' - Provides the name of the DB parameter group. +-- +-- * 'dpgDescription' - Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. +dbParameterGroup + :: DBParameterGroup +dbParameterGroup = + DBParameterGroup' + { _dpgDBParameterGroupARN = Nothing + , _dpgDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _dpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _dpgDescription = Nothing + } + + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. +dpgDBParameterGroupARN :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dpgDBParameterGroupARN = lens _dpgDBParameterGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_dpgDBParameterGroupARN = a}) + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter group is compatible with. +dpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}) + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group. +dpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _dpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dpgDBParameterGroupName = a}) + +-- | Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. +dpgDescription :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dpgDescription = lens _dpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_dpgDescription = a}) + +instance FromXML DBParameterGroup where + parseXML x + = DBParameterGroup' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupArn") <*> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") + <*> (x .@? "DBParameterGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +instance Hashable DBParameterGroup where + +instance NFData DBParameterGroup where + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the 'ModifyDBParameterGroup' or 'ResetDBParameterGroup' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbParameterGroupNameMessage' smart constructor. +newtype DBParameterGroupNameMessage = DBParameterGroupNameMessage' + { _dpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBParameterGroupNameMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dpgnmDBParameterGroupName' - Provides the name of the DB parameter group. +dbParameterGroupNameMessage + :: DBParameterGroupNameMessage +dbParameterGroupNameMessage = + DBParameterGroupNameMessage' {_dpgnmDBParameterGroupName = Nothing} + + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group. +dpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) +dpgnmDBParameterGroupName = lens _dpgnmDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dpgnmDBParameterGroupName = a}) + +instance FromXML DBParameterGroupNameMessage where + parseXML x + = DBParameterGroupNameMessage' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupName") + +instance Hashable DBParameterGroupNameMessage where + +instance NFData DBParameterGroupNameMessage where + +-- | The status of the DB parameter group. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: +-- +-- * 'CreateDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'CreateDBInstanceReadReplica' +-- +-- * 'DeleteDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'ModifyDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'RebootDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' +-- +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbParameterGroupStatus' smart constructor. +data DBParameterGroupStatus = DBParameterGroupStatus' + { _dpgsDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dpgsParameterApplyStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBParameterGroupStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dpgsDBParameterGroupName' - The name of the DP parameter group. +-- +-- * 'dpgsParameterApplyStatus' - The status of parameter updates. +dbParameterGroupStatus + :: DBParameterGroupStatus +dbParameterGroupStatus = + DBParameterGroupStatus' + {_dpgsDBParameterGroupName = Nothing, _dpgsParameterApplyStatus = Nothing} + + +-- | The name of the DP parameter group. +dpgsDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dpgsDBParameterGroupName = lens _dpgsDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dpgsDBParameterGroupName = a}) + +-- | The status of parameter updates. +dpgsParameterApplyStatus :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dpgsParameterApplyStatus = lens _dpgsParameterApplyStatus (\ s a -> s{_dpgsParameterApplyStatus = a}) + +instance FromXML DBParameterGroupStatus where + parseXML x + = DBParameterGroupStatus' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupName") <*> + (x .@? "ParameterApplyStatus") + +instance Hashable DBParameterGroupStatus where + +instance NFData DBParameterGroupStatus where + +-- | Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSecurityGroup' smart constructor. +data DBSecurityGroup = DBSecurityGroup' + { _dbsgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dbsgOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dbsgIPRanges :: !(Maybe [IPRange]) + , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [EC2SecurityGroup]) + , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dbsgVPCId' - Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. +-- +-- * 'dbsgOwnerId' - Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. +-- +-- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group. +-- +-- * 'dbsgIPRanges' - Contains a list of 'IPRange' elements. +-- +-- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupName' - Specifies the name of the DB security group. +-- +-- * 'dbsgEC2SecurityGroups' - Contains a list of 'EC2SecurityGroup' elements. +-- +-- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' - Provides the description of the DB security group. +dbSecurityGroup + :: DBSecurityGroup +dbSecurityGroup = + DBSecurityGroup' + { _dbsgVPCId = Nothing + , _dbsgOwnerId = Nothing + , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN = Nothing + , _dbsgIPRanges = Nothing + , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = Nothing + , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = Nothing + } + + +-- | Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. +dbsgVPCId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgVPCId = lens _dbsgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dbsgVPCId = a}) + +-- | Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. +dbsgOwnerId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgOwnerId = lens _dbsgOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_dbsgOwnerId = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group. +dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN = lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_dbsgDBSecurityGroupARN = a}) + +-- | Contains a list of 'IPRange' elements. +dbsgIPRanges :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [IPRange] +dbsgIPRanges = lens _dbsgIPRanges (\ s a -> s{_dbsgIPRanges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB security group. +dbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}) + +-- | Contains a list of 'EC2SecurityGroup' elements. +dbsgEC2SecurityGroups :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [EC2SecurityGroup] +dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = lens _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Provides the description of the DB security group. +dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a}) + +instance FromXML DBSecurityGroup where + parseXML x + = DBSecurityGroup' <$> + (x .@? "VpcId") <*> (x .@? "OwnerId") <*> + (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupArn") + <*> + (x .@? "IPRanges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "IPRange")) + <*> (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName") + <*> + (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EC2SecurityGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupDescription") + +instance Hashable DBSecurityGroup where + +instance NFData DBSecurityGroup where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: +-- +-- +-- * 'ModifyDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'RebootDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' +-- +-- * 'RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime' +-- +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSecurityGroupMembership' smart constructor. +data DBSecurityGroupMembership = DBSecurityGroupMembership' + { _dsgmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSecurityGroupMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dsgmStatus' - The status of the DB security group. +-- +-- * 'dsgmDBSecurityGroupName' - The name of the DB security group. +dbSecurityGroupMembership + :: DBSecurityGroupMembership +dbSecurityGroupMembership = + DBSecurityGroupMembership' + {_dsgmStatus = Nothing, _dsgmDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing} + + +-- | The status of the DB security group. +dsgmStatus :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +dsgmStatus = lens _dsgmStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsgmStatus = a}) + +-- | The name of the DB security group. +dsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +dsgmDBSecurityGroupName = lens _dsgmDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsgmDBSecurityGroupName = a}) + +instance FromXML DBSecurityGroupMembership where + parseXML x + = DBSecurityGroupMembership' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName") + +instance Hashable DBSecurityGroupMembership where + +instance NFData DBSecurityGroupMembership where + +-- | Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSnapshots' action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSnapshot' smart constructor. +data DBSnapshot = DBSnapshot' + { _dsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsDBSnapshotARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsSourceRegion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dsIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsInstanceCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dsEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsSnapshotType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsSnapshotCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dsAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dsOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsTimezone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsPercentProgress :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dsPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dsStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dsEngineVersion' - Specifies the version of the database engine. +-- +-- * 'dsStatus' - Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsDBSnapshotARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsMasterUsername' - Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsSourceRegion' - The AWS Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. +-- +-- * 'dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled' - True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. +-- +-- * 'dsIOPS' - Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB instance at the time of the snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsVPCId' - Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsInstanceCreateTime' - Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- +-- * 'dsEngine' - Specifies the name of the database engine. +-- +-- * 'dsEncrypted' - Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. +-- +-- * 'dsDBSnapshotIdentifier' - Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsLicenseModel' - License model information for the restored DB instance. +-- +-- * 'dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier' - The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has value in case of cross-customer or cross-region copy. +-- +-- * 'dsSnapshotType' - Provides the type of the DB snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsDBInstanceIdentifier' - Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot was created from. +-- +-- * 'dsKMSKeyId' - If @Encrypted@ is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsAvailabilityZone' - Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in at the time of the DB snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsSnapshotCreateTime' - Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- +-- * 'dsAllocatedStorage' - Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). +-- +-- * 'dsOptionGroupName' - Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsTimezone' - The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the @Timezone@ element is empty. @Timezone@ content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. +-- +-- * 'dsTDECredentialARN' - The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +-- +-- * 'dsPercentProgress' - The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. +-- +-- * 'dsPort' - Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time of the snapshot. +-- +-- * 'dsStorageType' - Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot. +dbSnapshot + :: DBSnapshot +dbSnapshot = + DBSnapshot' + { _dsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dsStatus = Nothing + , _dsDBSnapshotARN = Nothing + , _dsMasterUsername = Nothing + , _dsSourceRegion = Nothing + , _dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = Nothing + , _dsIOPS = Nothing + , _dsVPCId = Nothing + , _dsInstanceCreateTime = Nothing + , _dsEngine = Nothing + , _dsEncrypted = Nothing + , _dsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _dsLicenseModel = Nothing + , _dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _dsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _dsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _dsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _dsAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _dsSnapshotCreateTime = Nothing + , _dsAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _dsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _dsTimezone = Nothing + , _dsTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _dsPercentProgress = Nothing + , _dsPort = Nothing + , _dsStorageType = Nothing + } + + +-- | Specifies the version of the database engine. +dsEngineVersion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsEngineVersion = lens _dsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dsEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. +dsStatus :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsStatus = lens _dsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsStatus = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot. +dsDBSnapshotARN :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsDBSnapshotARN = lens _dsDBSnapshotARN (\ s a -> s{_dsDBSnapshotARN = a}) + +-- | Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. +dsMasterUsername :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsMasterUsername = lens _dsMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_dsMasterUsername = a}) + +-- | The AWS Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. +dsSourceRegion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsSourceRegion = lens _dsSourceRegion (\ s a -> s{_dsSourceRegion = a}) + +-- | True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. +dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = lens _dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled (\ s a -> s{_dsIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = a}) + +-- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB instance at the time of the snapshot. +dsIOPS :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dsIOPS = lens _dsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_dsIOPS = a}) + +-- | Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot. +dsVPCId :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsVPCId = lens _dsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dsVPCId = a}) + +-- | Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +dsInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dsInstanceCreateTime = lens _dsInstanceCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dsInstanceCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the name of the database engine. +dsEngine :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsEngine = lens _dsEngine (\ s a -> s{_dsEngine = a}) + +-- | Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. +dsEncrypted :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +dsEncrypted = lens _dsEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_dsEncrypted = a}) + +-- | Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. +dsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) + +-- | License model information for the restored DB instance. +dsLicenseModel :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsLicenseModel = lens _dsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_dsLicenseModel = a}) + +-- | The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has value in case of cross-customer or cross-region copy. +dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Provides the type of the DB snapshot. +dsSnapshotType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsSnapshotType = lens _dsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_dsSnapshotType = a}) + +-- | Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot was created from. +dsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _dsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) + +-- | If @Encrypted@ is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot. +dsKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsKMSKeyId = lens _dsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_dsKMSKeyId = a}) + +-- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in at the time of the DB snapshot. +dsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsAvailabilityZone = lens _dsAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_dsAvailabilityZone = a}) + +-- | Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +dsSnapshotCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dsSnapshotCreateTime = lens _dsSnapshotCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dsSnapshotCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). +dsAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dsAllocatedStorage = lens _dsAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_dsAllocatedStorage = a}) + +-- | Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. +dsOptionGroupName :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsOptionGroupName = lens _dsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsOptionGroupName = a}) + +-- | The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the @Timezone@ element is empty. @Timezone@ content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. +dsTimezone :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsTimezone = lens _dsTimezone (\ s a -> s{_dsTimezone = a}) + +-- | The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. +dsTDECredentialARN :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsTDECredentialARN = lens _dsTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_dsTDECredentialARN = a}) + +-- | The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. +dsPercentProgress :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dsPercentProgress = lens _dsPercentProgress (\ s a -> s{_dsPercentProgress = a}) + +-- | Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time of the snapshot. +dsPort :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dsPort = lens _dsPort (\ s a -> s{_dsPort = a}) + +-- | Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot. +dsStorageType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsStorageType = lens _dsStorageType (\ s a -> s{_dsStorageType = a}) + +instance FromXML DBSnapshot where + parseXML x + = DBSnapshot' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "DBSnapshotArn") + <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") + <*> (x .@? "SourceRegion") + <*> (x .@? "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled") + <*> (x .@? "Iops") + <*> (x .@? "VpcId") + <*> (x .@? "InstanceCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "Encrypted") + <*> (x .@? "DBSnapshotIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") + <*> (x .@? "SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "SnapshotType") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") + <*> (x .@? "AvailabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "SnapshotCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "Timezone") + <*> (x .@? "TdeCredentialArn") + <*> (x .@? "PercentProgress") + <*> (x .@? "Port") + <*> (x .@? "StorageType") + +instance Hashable DBSnapshot where + +instance NFData DBSnapshot where + +-- | Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute +-- +-- +-- Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSnapshotAttribute' smart constructor. +data DBSnapshotAttribute = DBSnapshotAttribute' + { _dsaAttributeValues :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _dsaAttributeName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSnapshotAttribute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dsaAttributeValues' - The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute. If the @AttributeName@ field is set to @restore@ , then this element returns a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If a value of @all@ is in the list, then the manual DB snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. +-- +-- * 'dsaAttributeName' - The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute. The attribute named @restore@ refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. +dbSnapshotAttribute + :: DBSnapshotAttribute +dbSnapshotAttribute = + DBSnapshotAttribute' + {_dsaAttributeValues = Nothing, _dsaAttributeName = Nothing} + + +-- | The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute. If the @AttributeName@ field is set to @restore@ , then this element returns a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If a value of @all@ is in the list, then the manual DB snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. +dsaAttributeValues :: Lens' DBSnapshotAttribute [Text] +dsaAttributeValues = lens _dsaAttributeValues (\ s a -> s{_dsaAttributeValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute. The attribute named @restore@ refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. +dsaAttributeName :: Lens' DBSnapshotAttribute (Maybe Text) +dsaAttributeName = lens _dsaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_dsaAttributeName = a}) + +instance FromXML DBSnapshotAttribute where + parseXML x + = DBSnapshotAttribute' <$> + (x .@? "AttributeValues" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "AttributeValue")) + <*> (x .@? "AttributeName") + +instance Hashable DBSnapshotAttribute where + +instance NFData DBSnapshotAttribute where + +-- | Contains the results of a successful call to the 'DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes' API action. +-- +-- +-- Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the 'ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute' API action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSnapshotAttributesResult' smart constructor. +data DBSnapshotAttributesResult = DBSnapshotAttributesResult' + { _dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsarDBSnapshotAttributes :: !(Maybe [DBSnapshotAttribute]) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSnapshotAttributesResult' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier' - The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to. +-- +-- * 'dsarDBSnapshotAttributes' - The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot. +dbSnapshotAttributesResult + :: DBSnapshotAttributesResult +dbSnapshotAttributesResult = + DBSnapshotAttributesResult' + {_dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing, _dsarDBSnapshotAttributes = Nothing} + + +-- | The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to. +dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshotAttributesResult (Maybe Text) +dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsarDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}) + +-- | The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot. +dsarDBSnapshotAttributes :: Lens' DBSnapshotAttributesResult [DBSnapshotAttribute] +dsarDBSnapshotAttributes = lens _dsarDBSnapshotAttributes (\ s a -> s{_dsarDBSnapshotAttributes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance FromXML DBSnapshotAttributesResult where + parseXML x + = DBSnapshotAttributesResult' <$> + (x .@? "DBSnapshotIdentifier") <*> + (x .@? "DBSnapshotAttributes" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBSnapshotAttribute")) + +instance Hashable DBSnapshotAttributesResult where + +instance NFData DBSnapshotAttributesResult where + +-- | Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSubnetGroups' action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSubnetGroup' smart constructor. +data DBSubnetGroup = DBSubnetGroup' + { _dsgDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsgSubnets :: !(Maybe [Subnet]) + , _dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsgDBSubnetGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsgSubnetGroupStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSubnetGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dsgDBSubnetGroupName' - The name of the DB subnet group. +-- +-- * 'dsgVPCId' - Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. +-- +-- * 'dsgSubnets' - Contains a list of 'Subnet' elements. +-- +-- * 'dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription' - Provides the description of the DB subnet group. +-- +-- * 'dsgDBSubnetGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. +-- +-- * 'dsgSubnetGroupStatus' - Provides the status of the DB subnet group. +dbSubnetGroup + :: DBSubnetGroup +dbSubnetGroup = + DBSubnetGroup' + { _dsgDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _dsgVPCId = Nothing + , _dsgSubnets = Nothing + , _dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing + , _dsgDBSubnetGroupARN = Nothing + , _dsgSubnetGroupStatus = Nothing + } + + +-- | The name of the DB subnet group. +dsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _dsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}) + +-- | Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. +dsgVPCId :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dsgVPCId = lens _dsgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dsgVPCId = a}) + +-- | Contains a list of 'Subnet' elements. +dsgSubnets :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup [Subnet] +dsgSubnets = lens _dsgSubnets (\ s a -> s{_dsgSubnets = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Provides the description of the DB subnet group. +dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = lens _dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_dsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. +dsgDBSubnetGroupARN :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dsgDBSubnetGroupARN = lens _dsgDBSubnetGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_dsgDBSubnetGroupARN = a}) + +-- | Provides the status of the DB subnet group. +dsgSubnetGroupStatus :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dsgSubnetGroupStatus = lens _dsgSubnetGroupStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsgSubnetGroupStatus = a}) + +instance FromXML DBSubnetGroup where + parseXML x + = DBSubnetGroup' <$> + (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupName") <*> (x .@? "VpcId") <*> + (x .@? "Subnets" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Subnet")) + <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupDescription") + <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupArn") + <*> (x .@? "SubnetGroupStatus") + +instance Hashable DBSubnetGroup where + +instance NFData DBSubnetGroup where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element to 'DescribeDBLogFiles' . +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBLogFilesDetails' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBLogFilesDetails = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' + { _ddlfdLastWritten :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _ddlfdSize :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _ddlfdLogFileName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddlfdLastWritten' - A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. +-- +-- * 'ddlfdSize' - The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. +-- +-- * 'ddlfdLogFileName' - The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. +describeDBLogFilesDetails + :: DescribeDBLogFilesDetails +describeDBLogFilesDetails = + DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' + { _ddlfdLastWritten = Nothing + , _ddlfdSize = Nothing + , _ddlfdLogFileName = Nothing + } + + +-- | A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. +ddlfdLastWritten :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) +ddlfdLastWritten = lens _ddlfdLastWritten (\ s a -> s{_ddlfdLastWritten = a}) + +-- | The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. +ddlfdSize :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) +ddlfdSize = lens _ddlfdSize (\ s a -> s{_ddlfdSize = a}) + +-- | The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. +ddlfdLogFileName :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Text) +ddlfdLogFileName = lens _ddlfdLogFileName (\ s a -> s{_ddlfdLogFileName = a}) + +instance FromXML DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where + parseXML x + = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' <$> + (x .@? "LastWritten") <*> (x .@? "Size") <*> + (x .@? "LogFileName") + +instance Hashable DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where + +instance NFData DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where + +-- | An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'domainMembership' smart constructor. +data DomainMembership = DomainMembership' + { _dmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dmFQDN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dmDomain :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dmIAMRoleName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DomainMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dmStatus' - The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such as joined, pending-join, failed etc). +-- +-- * 'dmFQDN' - The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. +-- +-- * 'dmDomain' - The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. +-- +-- * 'dmIAMRoleName' - The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. +domainMembership + :: DomainMembership +domainMembership = + DomainMembership' + { _dmStatus = Nothing + , _dmFQDN = Nothing + , _dmDomain = Nothing + , _dmIAMRoleName = Nothing + } + + +-- | The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such as joined, pending-join, failed etc). +dmStatus :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) +dmStatus = lens _dmStatus (\ s a -> s{_dmStatus = a}) + +-- | The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. +dmFQDN :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) +dmFQDN = lens _dmFQDN (\ s a -> s{_dmFQDN = a}) + +-- | The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. +dmDomain :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) +dmDomain = lens _dmDomain (\ s a -> s{_dmDomain = a}) + +-- | The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service. +dmIAMRoleName :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) +dmIAMRoleName = lens _dmIAMRoleName (\ s a -> s{_dmIAMRoleName = a}) + +instance FromXML DomainMembership where + parseXML x + = DomainMembership' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "FQDN") <*> + (x .@? "Domain") + <*> (x .@? "IAMRoleName") + +instance Hashable DomainMembership where + +instance NFData DomainMembership where + +-- | A range of double values. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'doubleRange' smart constructor. +data DoubleRange = DoubleRange' + { _drTo :: !(Maybe Double) + , _drFrom :: !(Maybe Double) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'DoubleRange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'drTo' - The maximum value in the range. +-- +-- * 'drFrom' - The minimum value in the range. +doubleRange + :: DoubleRange +doubleRange = DoubleRange' {_drTo = Nothing, _drFrom = Nothing} + + +-- | The maximum value in the range. +drTo :: Lens' DoubleRange (Maybe Double) +drTo = lens _drTo (\ s a -> s{_drTo = a}) + +-- | The minimum value in the range. +drFrom :: Lens' DoubleRange (Maybe Double) +drFrom = lens _drFrom (\ s a -> s{_drFrom = a}) + +instance FromXML DoubleRange where + parseXML x + = DoubleRange' <$> (x .@? "To") <*> (x .@? "From") + +instance Hashable DoubleRange where + +instance NFData DoubleRange where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: +-- +-- +-- * 'AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' +-- +-- * 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' +-- +-- * 'RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' +-- +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'ec2SecurityGroup' smart constructor. +data EC2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup' + { _esgStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'EC2SecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'esgStatus' - Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". +-- +-- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' - Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ field. +-- +-- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupName' - Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. +-- +-- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupId' - Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. +ec2SecurityGroup + :: EC2SecurityGroup +ec2SecurityGroup = + EC2SecurityGroup' + { _esgStatus = Nothing + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing + } + + +-- | Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". +esgStatus :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +esgStatus = lens _esgStatus (\ s a -> s{_esgStatus = a}) + +-- | Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the @EC2SecurityGroupName@ field. +esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}) + +-- | Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. +esgEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +esgEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupName = a}) + +-- | Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. +esgEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +esgEC2SecurityGroupId = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupId = a}) + +instance FromXML EC2SecurityGroup where + parseXML x + = EC2SecurityGroup' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId") + <*> (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupId") + +instance Hashable EC2SecurityGroup where + +instance NFData EC2SecurityGroup where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: +-- +-- +-- * 'CreateDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'DescribeDBInstances' +-- +-- * 'DeleteDBInstance' +-- +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'endpoint' smart constructor. +data Endpoint = Endpoint' + { _eHostedZoneId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _eAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ePort :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Endpoint' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'eHostedZoneId' - Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. +-- +-- * 'eAddress' - Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'ePort' - Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. +endpoint + :: Endpoint +endpoint = + Endpoint' {_eHostedZoneId = Nothing, _eAddress = Nothing, _ePort = Nothing} + + +-- | Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. +eHostedZoneId :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Text) +eHostedZoneId = lens _eHostedZoneId (\ s a -> s{_eHostedZoneId = a}) + +-- | Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. +eAddress :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Text) +eAddress = lens _eAddress (\ s a -> s{_eAddress = a}) + +-- | Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. +ePort :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Int) +ePort = lens _ePort (\ s a -> s{_ePort = a}) + +instance FromXML Endpoint where + parseXML x + = Endpoint' <$> + (x .@? "HostedZoneId") <*> (x .@? "Address") <*> + (x .@? "Port") + +instance Hashable Endpoint where + +instance NFData Endpoint where + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the 'DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'engineDefaults' smart constructor. +data EngineDefaults = EngineDefaults' + { _edDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _edMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _edParameters :: !(Maybe [Parameter]) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'EngineDefaults' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'edDBParameterGroupFamily' - Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default parameters apply to. +-- +-- * 'edMarker' - An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . +-- +-- * 'edParameters' - Contains a list of engine default parameters. +engineDefaults + :: EngineDefaults +engineDefaults = + EngineDefaults' + { _edDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _edMarker = Nothing + , _edParameters = Nothing + } + + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default parameters apply to. +edDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) +edDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _edDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_edDBParameterGroupFamily = a}) + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by @MaxRecords@ . +edMarker :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) +edMarker = lens _edMarker (\ s a -> s{_edMarker = a}) + +-- | Contains a list of engine default parameters. +edParameters :: Lens' EngineDefaults [Parameter] +edParameters = lens _edParameters (\ s a -> s{_edParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance FromXML EngineDefaults where + parseXML x + = EngineDefaults' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> + (x .@? "Parameters" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Parameter")) + +instance Hashable EngineDefaults where + +instance NFData EngineDefaults where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeEvents' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'event' smart constructor. +data Event = Event' + { _eSourceType :: !(Maybe SourceType) + , _eSourceARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _eSourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _eDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _eEventCategories :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _eMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Event' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'eSourceType' - Specifies the source type for this event. +-- +-- * 'eSourceARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. +-- +-- * 'eSourceIdentifier' - Provides the identifier for the source of the event. +-- +-- * 'eDate' - Specifies the date and time of the event. +-- +-- * 'eEventCategories' - Specifies the category for the event. +-- +-- * 'eMessage' - Provides the text of this event. +event + :: Event +event = + Event' + { _eSourceType = Nothing + , _eSourceARN = Nothing + , _eSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _eDate = Nothing + , _eEventCategories = Nothing + , _eMessage = Nothing + } + + +-- | Specifies the source type for this event. +eSourceType :: Lens' Event (Maybe SourceType) +eSourceType = lens _eSourceType (\ s a -> s{_eSourceType = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. +eSourceARN :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eSourceARN = lens _eSourceARN (\ s a -> s{_eSourceARN = a}) + +-- | Provides the identifier for the source of the event. +eSourceIdentifier :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eSourceIdentifier = lens _eSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_eSourceIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Specifies the date and time of the event. +eDate :: Lens' Event (Maybe UTCTime) +eDate = lens _eDate (\ s a -> s{_eDate = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the category for the event. +eEventCategories :: Lens' Event [Text] +eEventCategories = lens _eEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_eEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Provides the text of this event. +eMessage :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eMessage = lens _eMessage (\ s a -> s{_eMessage = a}) + +instance FromXML Event where + parseXML x + = Event' <$> + (x .@? "SourceType") <*> (x .@? "SourceArn") <*> + (x .@? "SourceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "Date") + <*> + (x .@? "EventCategories" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EventCategory")) + <*> (x .@? "Message") + +instance Hashable Event where + +instance NFData Event where + +-- | Contains the results of a successful invocation of the 'DescribeEventCategories' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'eventCategoriesMap' smart constructor. +data EventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap' + { _ecmSourceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ecmEventCategories :: !(Maybe [Text]) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'EventCategoriesMap' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ecmSourceType' - The source type that the returned categories belong to +-- +-- * 'ecmEventCategories' - The event categories for the specified source type +eventCategoriesMap + :: EventCategoriesMap +eventCategoriesMap = + EventCategoriesMap' {_ecmSourceType = Nothing, _ecmEventCategories = Nothing} + + +-- | The source type that the returned categories belong to +ecmSourceType :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap (Maybe Text) +ecmSourceType = lens _ecmSourceType (\ s a -> s{_ecmSourceType = a}) + +-- | The event categories for the specified source type +ecmEventCategories :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap [Text] +ecmEventCategories = lens _ecmEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_ecmEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance FromXML EventCategoriesMap where + parseXML x + = EventCategoriesMap' <$> + (x .@? "SourceType") <*> + (x .@? "EventCategories" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EventCategory")) + +instance Hashable EventCategoriesMap where + +instance NFData EventCategoriesMap where + +-- | Contains the results of a successful invocation of the 'DescribeEventSubscriptions' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'eventSubscription' smart constructor. +data EventSubscription = EventSubscription' + { _esStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esCustomerAWSId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esCustSubscriptionId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esSNSTopicARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esEventSubscriptionARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _esSourceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esSubscriptionCreationTime :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esEventCategoriesList :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _esSourceIdsList :: !(Maybe [Text]) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'EventSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'esStatus' - The status of the RDS event notification subscription. Constraints: Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission | topic-not-exist The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created. +-- +-- * 'esCustomerAWSId' - The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription. +-- +-- * 'esCustSubscriptionId' - The RDS event notification subscription Id. +-- +-- * 'esSNSTopicARN' - The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. +-- +-- * 'esEventSubscriptionARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. +-- +-- * 'esEnabled' - A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates the subscription is enabled. +-- +-- * 'esSourceType' - The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. +-- +-- * 'esSubscriptionCreationTime' - The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. +-- +-- * 'esEventCategoriesList' - A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. +-- +-- * 'esSourceIdsList' - A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. +eventSubscription + :: EventSubscription +eventSubscription = + EventSubscription' + { _esStatus = Nothing + , _esCustomerAWSId = Nothing + , _esCustSubscriptionId = Nothing + , _esSNSTopicARN = Nothing + , _esEventSubscriptionARN = Nothing + , _esEnabled = Nothing + , _esSourceType = Nothing + , _esSubscriptionCreationTime = Nothing + , _esEventCategoriesList = Nothing + , _esSourceIdsList = Nothing + } + + +-- | The status of the RDS event notification subscription. Constraints: Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission | topic-not-exist The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic was deleted after the subscription was created. +esStatus :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esStatus = lens _esStatus (\ s a -> s{_esStatus = a}) + +-- | The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription. +esCustomerAWSId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esCustomerAWSId = lens _esCustomerAWSId (\ s a -> s{_esCustomerAWSId = a}) + +-- | The RDS event notification subscription Id. +esCustSubscriptionId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esCustSubscriptionId = lens _esCustSubscriptionId (\ s a -> s{_esCustSubscriptionId = a}) + +-- | The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. +esSNSTopicARN :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSNSTopicARN = lens _esSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_esSNSTopicARN = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. +esEventSubscriptionARN :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esEventSubscriptionARN = lens _esEventSubscriptionARN (\ s a -> s{_esEventSubscriptionARN = a}) + +-- | A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates the subscription is enabled. +esEnabled :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Bool) +esEnabled = lens _esEnabled (\ s a -> s{_esEnabled = a}) + +-- | The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. +esSourceType :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSourceType = lens _esSourceType (\ s a -> s{_esSourceType = a}) + +-- | The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. +esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSubscriptionCreationTime = lens _esSubscriptionCreationTime (\ s a -> s{_esSubscriptionCreationTime = a}) + +-- | A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. +esEventCategoriesList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] +esEventCategoriesList = lens _esEventCategoriesList (\ s a -> s{_esEventCategoriesList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. +esSourceIdsList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] +esSourceIdsList = lens _esSourceIdsList (\ s a -> s{_esSourceIdsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance FromXML EventSubscription where + parseXML x + = EventSubscription' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "CustomerAwsId") <*> + (x .@? "CustSubscriptionId") + <*> (x .@? "SnsTopicArn") + <*> (x .@? "EventSubscriptionArn") + <*> (x .@? "Enabled") + <*> (x .@? "SourceType") + <*> (x .@? "SubscriptionCreationTime") + <*> + (x .@? "EventCategoriesList" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EventCategory")) + <*> + (x .@? "SourceIdsList" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "SourceId")) + +instance Hashable EventSubscription where + +instance NFData EventSubscription where + +-- | A filter name and value pair that is used to return a more specific list of results from a describe operation. Filters can be used to match a set of resources by specific criteria, such as IDs. The filters supported by a describe operation are documented with the describe operation. +-- +-- +-- The following actions can be filtered: +-- +-- * 'DescribeDBClusterBacktracks' +-- +-- * 'DescribeDBClusters' +-- +-- * 'DescribeDBInstances' +-- +-- * 'DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' +-- +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'filter'' smart constructor. +data Filter = Filter' + { _fName :: !Text + , _fValues :: ![Text] + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Filter' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'fName' - The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive. +-- +-- * 'fValues' - One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive. +filter' + :: Text -- ^ 'fName' + -> Filter +filter' pName_ = Filter' {_fName = pName_, _fValues = mempty} + + +-- | The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive. +fName :: Lens' Filter Text +fName = lens _fName (\ s a -> s{_fName = a}) + +-- | One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive. +fValues :: Lens' Filter [Text] +fValues = lens _fValues (\ s a -> s{_fValues = a}) . _Coerce + +instance Hashable Filter where + +instance NFData Filter where + +instance ToQuery Filter where + toQuery Filter'{..} + = mconcat + ["Name" =: _fName, + "Values" =: toQueryList "Value" _fValues] + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'ipRange' smart constructor. +data IPRange = IPRange' + { _irStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _irCIdRIP :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'IPRange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'irStatus' - Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". +-- +-- * 'irCIdRIP' - Specifies the IP range. +ipRange + :: IPRange +ipRange = IPRange' {_irStatus = Nothing, _irCIdRIP = Nothing} + + +-- | Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". +irStatus :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) +irStatus = lens _irStatus (\ s a -> s{_irStatus = a}) + +-- | Specifies the IP range. +irCIdRIP :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) +irCIdRIP = lens _irCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_irCIdRIP = a}) + +instance FromXML IPRange where + parseXML x + = IPRange' <$> (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "CIDRIP") + +instance Hashable IPRange where + +instance NFData IPRange where + +-- | Option details. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'option' smart constructor. +data Option = Option' + { _oOptionName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _oPermanent :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _oPersistent :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _oOptionDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _oOptionSettings :: !(Maybe [OptionSetting]) + , _oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [VPCSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [DBSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _oOptionVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _oPort :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Option' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'oOptionName' - The name of the option. +-- +-- * 'oPermanent' - Indicate if this option is permanent. +-- +-- * 'oPersistent' - Indicate if this option is persistent. +-- +-- * 'oOptionDescription' - The description of the option. +-- +-- * 'oOptionSettings' - The option settings for this option. +-- +-- * 'oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships' - If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows access to the port. +-- +-- * 'oDBSecurityGroupMemberships' - If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows access to the port. +-- +-- * 'oOptionVersion' - The version of the option. +-- +-- * 'oPort' - If required, the port configured for this option to use. +option + :: Option +option = + Option' + { _oOptionName = Nothing + , _oPermanent = Nothing + , _oPersistent = Nothing + , _oOptionDescription = Nothing + , _oOptionSettings = Nothing + , _oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _oOptionVersion = Nothing + , _oPort = Nothing + } + + +-- | The name of the option. +oOptionName :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) +oOptionName = lens _oOptionName (\ s a -> s{_oOptionName = a}) + +-- | Indicate if this option is permanent. +oPermanent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) +oPermanent = lens _oPermanent (\ s a -> s{_oPermanent = a}) + +-- | Indicate if this option is persistent. +oPersistent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) +oPersistent = lens _oPersistent (\ s a -> s{_oPersistent = a}) + +-- | The description of the option. +oOptionDescription :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) +oOptionDescription = lens _oOptionDescription (\ s a -> s{_oOptionDescription = a}) + +-- | The option settings for this option. +oOptionSettings :: Lens' Option [OptionSetting] +oOptionSettings = lens _oOptionSettings (\ s a -> s{_oOptionSettings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows access to the port. +oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] +oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows access to the port. +oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [DBSecurityGroupMembership] +oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The version of the option. +oOptionVersion :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) +oOptionVersion = lens _oOptionVersion (\ s a -> s{_oOptionVersion = a}) + +-- | If required, the port configured for this option to use. +oPort :: Lens' Option (Maybe Int) +oPort = lens _oPort (\ s a -> s{_oPort = a}) + +instance FromXML Option where + parseXML x + = Option' <$> + (x .@? "OptionName") <*> (x .@? "Permanent") <*> + (x .@? "Persistent") + <*> (x .@? "OptionDescription") + <*> + (x .@? "OptionSettings" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionSetting")) + <*> + (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "VpcSecurityGroupMembership")) + <*> + (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBSecurityGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "OptionVersion") + <*> (x .@? "Port") + +instance Hashable Option where + +instance NFData Option where + +-- | A list of all available options +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionConfiguration' smart constructor. +data OptionConfiguration = OptionConfiguration' + { _ocOptionSettings :: !(Maybe [OptionSetting]) + , _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _ocOptionVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ocPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ocOptionName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ocOptionSettings' - The option settings to include in an option group. +-- +-- * 'ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships' - A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. +-- +-- * 'ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships' - A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. +-- +-- * 'ocOptionVersion' - The version for the option. +-- +-- * 'ocPort' - The optional port for the option. +-- +-- * 'ocOptionName' - The configuration of options to include in a group. +optionConfiguration + :: Text -- ^ 'ocOptionName' + -> OptionConfiguration +optionConfiguration pOptionName_ = + OptionConfiguration' + { _ocOptionSettings = Nothing + , _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _ocOptionVersion = Nothing + , _ocPort = Nothing + , _ocOptionName = pOptionName_ + } + + +-- | The option settings to include in an option group. +ocOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [OptionSetting] +ocOptionSettings = lens _ocOptionSettings (\ s a -> s{_ocOptionSettings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. +ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] +ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. +ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] +ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The version for the option. +ocOptionVersion :: Lens' OptionConfiguration (Maybe Text) +ocOptionVersion = lens _ocOptionVersion (\ s a -> s{_ocOptionVersion = a}) + +-- | The optional port for the option. +ocPort :: Lens' OptionConfiguration (Maybe Int) +ocPort = lens _ocPort (\ s a -> s{_ocPort = a}) + +-- | The configuration of options to include in a group. +ocOptionName :: Lens' OptionConfiguration Text +ocOptionName = lens _ocOptionName (\ s a -> s{_ocOptionName = a}) + +instance Hashable OptionConfiguration where + +instance NFData OptionConfiguration where + +instance ToQuery OptionConfiguration where + toQuery OptionConfiguration'{..} + = mconcat + ["OptionSettings" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "OptionSetting" <$> _ocOptionSettings), + "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships), + "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "DBSecurityGroupName" <$> + _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships), + "OptionVersion" =: _ocOptionVersion, + "Port" =: _ocPort, "OptionName" =: _ocOptionName] + +-- | +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionGroup' smart constructor. +data OptionGroup = OptionGroup' + { _ogOptionGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogEngineName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogOptionGroupARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogMajorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogOptions :: !(Maybe [Option]) + , _ogOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ogOptionGroupDescription' - Provides a description of the option group. +-- +-- * 'ogVPCId' - If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is @false@ , this field is blank. If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is @true@ and this field is blank, then this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances that are in the VPC indicated by this field. +-- +-- * 'ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships' - Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. The value @true@ indicates the option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. +-- +-- * 'ogEngineName' - Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to. +-- +-- * 'ogOptionGroupARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group. +-- +-- * 'ogMajorEngineVersion' - Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. +-- +-- * 'ogOptions' - Indicates what options are available in the option group. +-- +-- * 'ogOptionGroupName' - Specifies the name of the option group. +optionGroup + :: OptionGroup +optionGroup = + OptionGroup' + { _ogOptionGroupDescription = Nothing + , _ogVPCId = Nothing + , _ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships = Nothing + , _ogEngineName = Nothing + , _ogOptionGroupARN = Nothing + , _ogMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ogOptions = Nothing + , _ogOptionGroupName = Nothing + } + + +-- | Provides a description of the option group. +ogOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogOptionGroupDescription = lens _ogOptionGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_ogOptionGroupDescription = a}) + +-- | If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is @false@ , this field is blank. If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is @true@ and this field is blank, then this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances that are in the VPC indicated by this field. +ogVPCId :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogVPCId = lens _ogVPCId (\ s a -> s{_ogVPCId = a}) + +-- | Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. The value @true@ indicates the option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. +ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Bool) +ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships = lens _ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships (\ s a -> s{_ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships = a}) + +-- | Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to. +ogEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogEngineName = lens _ogEngineName (\ s a -> s{_ogEngineName = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group. +ogOptionGroupARN :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogOptionGroupARN = lens _ogOptionGroupARN (\ s a -> s{_ogOptionGroupARN = a}) + +-- | Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. +ogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogMajorEngineVersion = lens _ogMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ogMajorEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | Indicates what options are available in the option group. +ogOptions :: Lens' OptionGroup [Option] +ogOptions = lens _ogOptions (\ s a -> s{_ogOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Specifies the name of the option group. +ogOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogOptionGroupName = lens _ogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ogOptionGroupName = a}) + +instance FromXML OptionGroup where + parseXML x + = OptionGroup' <$> + (x .@? "OptionGroupDescription") <*> (x .@? "VpcId") + <*> (x .@? "AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships") + <*> (x .@? "EngineName") + <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupArn") + <*> (x .@? "MajorEngineVersion") + <*> + (x .@? "Options" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Option")) + <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupName") + +instance Hashable OptionGroup where + +instance NFData OptionGroup where + +-- | Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionGroupMembership' smart constructor. +data OptionGroupMembership = OptionGroupMembership' + { _ogmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogmOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroupMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ogmStatus' - The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: @in-sync@ , @pending-apply@ , @pending-removal@ , @pending-maintenance-apply@ , @pending-maintenance-removal@ , @applying@ , @removing@ , and @failed@ . +-- +-- * 'ogmOptionGroupName' - The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. +optionGroupMembership + :: OptionGroupMembership +optionGroupMembership = + OptionGroupMembership' {_ogmStatus = Nothing, _ogmOptionGroupName = Nothing} + + +-- | The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: @in-sync@ , @pending-apply@ , @pending-removal@ , @pending-maintenance-apply@ , @pending-maintenance-removal@ , @applying@ , @removing@ , and @failed@ . +ogmStatus :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +ogmStatus = lens _ogmStatus (\ s a -> s{_ogmStatus = a}) + +-- | The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. +ogmOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +ogmOptionGroupName = lens _ogmOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ogmOptionGroupName = a}) + +instance FromXML OptionGroupMembership where + parseXML x + = OptionGroupMembership' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupName") + +instance Hashable OptionGroupMembership where + +instance NFData OptionGroupMembership where + +-- | Available option. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionGroupOption' smart constructor. +data OptionGroupOption = OptionGroupOption' + { _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogoOptionsConflictsWith :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _ogoPermanent :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogoPersistent :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions :: !(Maybe [OptionVersion]) + , _ogoEngineName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogoMajorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogoName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogoDefaultPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: !(Maybe [OptionGroupOptionSetting]) + , _ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogoPortRequired :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogoDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogoOptionsDependedOn :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _ogoVPCOnly :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroupOption' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion' - The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. +-- +-- * 'ogoOptionsConflictsWith' - The options that conflict with this option. +-- +-- * 'ogoPermanent' - Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'ogoPersistent' - Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option group. +-- +-- * 'ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions' - The versions that are available for the option. +-- +-- * 'ogoEngineName' - The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. +-- +-- * 'ogoMajorEngineVersion' - Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. +-- +-- * 'ogoName' - The name of the option. +-- +-- * 'ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade' - If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This only applies to options that have different versions available. +-- +-- * 'ogoDefaultPort' - If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. +-- +-- * 'ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings' - The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option in an option group. +-- +-- * 'ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade' - If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance later. +-- +-- * 'ogoPortRequired' - Specifies whether the option requires a port. +-- +-- * 'ogoDescription' - The description of the option. +-- +-- * 'ogoOptionsDependedOn' - The options that are prerequisites for this option. +-- +-- * 'ogoVPCOnly' - If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC. +optionGroupOption + :: OptionGroupOption +optionGroupOption = + OptionGroupOption' + { _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ogoOptionsConflictsWith = Nothing + , _ogoPermanent = Nothing + , _ogoPersistent = Nothing + , _ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions = Nothing + , _ogoEngineName = Nothing + , _ogoMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ogoName = Nothing + , _ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = Nothing + , _ogoDefaultPort = Nothing + , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = Nothing + , _ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _ogoPortRequired = Nothing + , _ogoDescription = Nothing + , _ogoOptionsDependedOn = Nothing + , _ogoVPCOnly = Nothing + } + + +-- | The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. +ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = lens _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | The options that conflict with this option. +ogoOptionsConflictsWith :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [Text] +ogoOptionsConflictsWith = lens _ogoOptionsConflictsWith (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionsConflictsWith = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance. +ogoPermanent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoPermanent = lens _ogoPermanent (\ s a -> s{_ogoPermanent = a}) + +-- | Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option group. +ogoPersistent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoPersistent = lens _ogoPersistent (\ s a -> s{_ogoPersistent = a}) + +-- | The versions that are available for the option. +ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [OptionVersion] +ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions = lens _ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionGroupOptionVersions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. +ogoEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoEngineName = lens _ogoEngineName (\ s a -> s{_ogoEngineName = a}) + +-- | Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. +ogoMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoMajorEngineVersion = lens _ogoMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ogoMajorEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | The name of the option. +ogoName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoName = lens _ogoName (\ s a -> s{_ogoName = a}) + +-- | If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This only applies to options that have different versions available. +ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = lens _ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade (\ s a -> s{_ogoSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = a}) + +-- | If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. +ogoDefaultPort :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Int) +ogoDefaultPort = lens _ogoDefaultPort (\ s a -> s{_ogoDefaultPort = a}) + +-- | The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option in an option group. +ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [OptionGroupOptionSetting] +ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = lens _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance later. +ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = lens _ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_ogoRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = a}) + +-- | Specifies whether the option requires a port. +ogoPortRequired :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoPortRequired = lens _ogoPortRequired (\ s a -> s{_ogoPortRequired = a}) + +-- | The description of the option. +ogoDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoDescription = lens _ogoDescription (\ s a -> s{_ogoDescription = a}) + +-- | The options that are prerequisites for this option. +ogoOptionsDependedOn :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [Text] +ogoOptionsDependedOn = lens _ogoOptionsDependedOn (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionsDependedOn = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC. +ogoVPCOnly :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoVPCOnly = lens _ogoVPCOnly (\ s a -> s{_ogoVPCOnly = a}) + +instance FromXML OptionGroupOption where + parseXML x + = OptionGroupOption' <$> + (x .@? "MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion") <*> + (x .@? "OptionsConflictsWith" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionConflictName")) + <*> (x .@? "Permanent") + <*> (x .@? "Persistent") + <*> + (x .@? "OptionGroupOptionVersions" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionVersion")) + <*> (x .@? "EngineName") + <*> (x .@? "MajorEngineVersion") + <*> (x .@? "Name") + <*> (x .@? "SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade") + <*> (x .@? "DefaultPort") + <*> + (x .@? "OptionGroupOptionSettings" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionGroupOptionSetting")) + <*> (x .@? "RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade") + <*> (x .@? "PortRequired") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + <*> + (x .@? "OptionsDependedOn" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionName")) + <*> (x .@? "VpcOnly") + +instance Hashable OptionGroupOption where + +instance NFData OptionGroupOption where + +-- | Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each option with their default values and other information. These values are used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionGroupOptionSetting' smart constructor. +data OptionGroupOptionSetting = OptionGroupOptionSetting' + { _ogosApplyType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogosSettingName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogosDefaultValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogosIsModifiable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogosSettingDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogosAllowedValues :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroupOptionSetting' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ogosApplyType' - The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. +-- +-- * 'ogosSettingName' - The name of the option group option. +-- +-- * 'ogosDefaultValue' - The default value for the option group option. +-- +-- * 'ogosIsModifiable' - Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed from the default value. +-- +-- * 'ogosSettingDescription' - The description of the option group option. +-- +-- * 'ogosAllowedValues' - Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. +optionGroupOptionSetting + :: OptionGroupOptionSetting +optionGroupOptionSetting = + OptionGroupOptionSetting' + { _ogosApplyType = Nothing + , _ogosSettingName = Nothing + , _ogosDefaultValue = Nothing + , _ogosIsModifiable = Nothing + , _ogosSettingDescription = Nothing + , _ogosAllowedValues = Nothing + } + + +-- | The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. +ogosApplyType :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosApplyType = lens _ogosApplyType (\ s a -> s{_ogosApplyType = a}) + +-- | The name of the option group option. +ogosSettingName :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosSettingName = lens _ogosSettingName (\ s a -> s{_ogosSettingName = a}) + +-- | The default value for the option group option. +ogosDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosDefaultValue = lens _ogosDefaultValue (\ s a -> s{_ogosDefaultValue = a}) + +-- | Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed from the default value. +ogosIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Bool) +ogosIsModifiable = lens _ogosIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_ogosIsModifiable = a}) + +-- | The description of the option group option. +ogosSettingDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosSettingDescription = lens _ogosSettingDescription (\ s a -> s{_ogosSettingDescription = a}) + +-- | Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. +ogosAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosAllowedValues = lens _ogosAllowedValues (\ s a -> s{_ogosAllowedValues = a}) + +instance FromXML OptionGroupOptionSetting where + parseXML x + = OptionGroupOptionSetting' <$> + (x .@? "ApplyType") <*> (x .@? "SettingName") <*> + (x .@? "DefaultValue") + <*> (x .@? "IsModifiable") + <*> (x .@? "SettingDescription") + <*> (x .@? "AllowedValues") + +instance Hashable OptionGroupOptionSetting where + +instance NFData OptionGroupOptionSetting where + +-- | Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups. For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER that can have several different values. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionSetting' smart constructor. +data OptionSetting = OptionSetting' + { _osIsCollection :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _osApplyType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osDefaultValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osIsModifiable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _osDataType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osAllowedValues :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionSetting' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'osIsCollection' - Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. +-- +-- * 'osApplyType' - The DB engine specific parameter type. +-- +-- * 'osValue' - The current value of the option setting. +-- +-- * 'osName' - The name of the option that has settings that you can set. +-- +-- * 'osDefaultValue' - The default value of the option setting. +-- +-- * 'osIsModifiable' - A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified from the default. +-- +-- * 'osDataType' - The data type of the option setting. +-- +-- * 'osAllowedValues' - The allowed values of the option setting. +-- +-- * 'osDescription' - The description of the option setting. +optionSetting + :: OptionSetting +optionSetting = + OptionSetting' + { _osIsCollection = Nothing + , _osApplyType = Nothing + , _osValue = Nothing + , _osName = Nothing + , _osDefaultValue = Nothing + , _osIsModifiable = Nothing + , _osDataType = Nothing + , _osAllowedValues = Nothing + , _osDescription = Nothing + } + + +-- | Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. +osIsCollection :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) +osIsCollection = lens _osIsCollection (\ s a -> s{_osIsCollection = a}) + +-- | The DB engine specific parameter type. +osApplyType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osApplyType = lens _osApplyType (\ s a -> s{_osApplyType = a}) + +-- | The current value of the option setting. +osValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osValue = lens _osValue (\ s a -> s{_osValue = a}) + +-- | The name of the option that has settings that you can set. +osName :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osName = lens _osName (\ s a -> s{_osName = a}) + +-- | The default value of the option setting. +osDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osDefaultValue = lens _osDefaultValue (\ s a -> s{_osDefaultValue = a}) + +-- | A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified from the default. +osIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) +osIsModifiable = lens _osIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_osIsModifiable = a}) + +-- | The data type of the option setting. +osDataType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osDataType = lens _osDataType (\ s a -> s{_osDataType = a}) + +-- | The allowed values of the option setting. +osAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osAllowedValues = lens _osAllowedValues (\ s a -> s{_osAllowedValues = a}) + +-- | The description of the option setting. +osDescription :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osDescription = lens _osDescription (\ s a -> s{_osDescription = a}) + +instance FromXML OptionSetting where + parseXML x + = OptionSetting' <$> + (x .@? "IsCollection") <*> (x .@? "ApplyType") <*> + (x .@? "Value") + <*> (x .@? "Name") + <*> (x .@? "DefaultValue") + <*> (x .@? "IsModifiable") + <*> (x .@? "DataType") + <*> (x .@? "AllowedValues") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +instance Hashable OptionSetting where + +instance NFData OptionSetting where + +instance ToQuery OptionSetting where + toQuery OptionSetting'{..} + = mconcat + ["IsCollection" =: _osIsCollection, + "ApplyType" =: _osApplyType, "Value" =: _osValue, + "Name" =: _osName, "DefaultValue" =: _osDefaultValue, + "IsModifiable" =: _osIsModifiable, + "DataType" =: _osDataType, + "AllowedValues" =: _osAllowedValues, + "Description" =: _osDescription] + +-- | The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the 'DescribeOptionGroupOptions' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionVersion' smart constructor. +data OptionVersion = OptionVersion' + { _ovVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ovIsDefault :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionVersion' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ovVersion' - The version of the option. +-- +-- * 'ovIsDefault' - True if the version is the default version of the option, and otherwise false. +optionVersion + :: OptionVersion +optionVersion = OptionVersion' {_ovVersion = Nothing, _ovIsDefault = Nothing} + + +-- | The version of the option. +ovVersion :: Lens' OptionVersion (Maybe Text) +ovVersion = lens _ovVersion (\ s a -> s{_ovVersion = a}) + +-- | True if the version is the default version of the option, and otherwise false. +ovIsDefault :: Lens' OptionVersion (Maybe Bool) +ovIsDefault = lens _ovIsDefault (\ s a -> s{_ovIsDefault = a}) + +instance FromXML OptionVersion where + parseXML x + = OptionVersion' <$> + (x .@? "Version") <*> (x .@? "IsDefault") + +instance Hashable OptionVersion where + +instance NFData OptionVersion where + +-- | Contains a list of available options for a DB instance. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' action. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'orderableDBInstanceOption' smart constructor. +data OrderableDBInstanceOption = OrderableDBInstanceOption' + { _odioEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _odioMinIOPSPerGib :: !(Maybe Double) + , _odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance :: !(Maybe Int) + , _odioMultiAZCapable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioMaxStorageSize :: !(Maybe Int) + , _odioEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _odioMinStorageSize :: !(Maybe Int) + , _odioSupportsIOPS :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioSupportsPerformanceInsights :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _odioLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _odioAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [AvailabilityZone]) + , _odioSupportsStorageEncryption :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioReadReplicaCapable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioMaxIOPSPerGib :: !(Maybe Double) + , _odioVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance :: !(Maybe Int) + , _odioStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'OrderableDBInstanceOption' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'odioEngineVersion' - The engine version of a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioMinIOPSPerGib' - Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication' - Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication. +-- +-- * 'odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance' - Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioMultiAZCapable' - Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable. +-- +-- * 'odioMaxStorageSize' - Maximum storage size for a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioEngine' - The engine type of a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioMinStorageSize' - Minimum storage size for a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioSupportsIOPS' - Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. +-- +-- * 'odioSupportsPerformanceInsights' - True if a DB instance supports Performance Insights, otherwise false. +-- +-- * 'odioDBInstanceClass' - The DB instance class for a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioLicenseModel' - The license model for a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioAvailabilityZones' - A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioSupportsStorageEncryption' - Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage. +-- +-- * 'odioReadReplicaCapable' - Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica. +-- +-- * 'odioMaxIOPSPerGib' - Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioVPC' - Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC. +-- +-- * 'odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring' - Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals from 1 to 60 seconds. +-- +-- * 'odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance' - Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. +-- +-- * 'odioStorageType' - Indicates the storage type for a DB instance. +orderableDBInstanceOption + :: OrderableDBInstanceOption +orderableDBInstanceOption = + OrderableDBInstanceOption' + { _odioEngineVersion = Nothing + , _odioMinIOPSPerGib = Nothing + , _odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = Nothing + , _odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance = Nothing + , _odioMultiAZCapable = Nothing + , _odioMaxStorageSize = Nothing + , _odioEngine = Nothing + , _odioMinStorageSize = Nothing + , _odioSupportsIOPS = Nothing + , _odioSupportsPerformanceInsights = Nothing + , _odioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _odioLicenseModel = Nothing + , _odioAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _odioSupportsStorageEncryption = Nothing + , _odioReadReplicaCapable = Nothing + , _odioMaxIOPSPerGib = Nothing + , _odioVPC = Nothing + , _odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring = Nothing + , _odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance = Nothing + , _odioStorageType = Nothing + } + + +-- | The engine version of a DB instance. +odioEngineVersion :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioEngineVersion = lens _odioEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_odioEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. +odioMinIOPSPerGib :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Double) +odioMinIOPSPerGib = lens _odioMinIOPSPerGib (\ s a -> s{_odioMinIOPSPerGib = a}) + +-- | Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication. +odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = lens _odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = a}) + +-- | Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. +odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Int) +odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance = lens _odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_odioMinIOPSPerDBInstance = a}) + +-- | Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable. +odioMultiAZCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioMultiAZCapable = lens _odioMultiAZCapable (\ s a -> s{_odioMultiAZCapable = a}) + +-- | Maximum storage size for a DB instance. +odioMaxStorageSize :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Int) +odioMaxStorageSize = lens _odioMaxStorageSize (\ s a -> s{_odioMaxStorageSize = a}) + +-- | The engine type of a DB instance. +odioEngine :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioEngine = lens _odioEngine (\ s a -> s{_odioEngine = a}) + +-- | Minimum storage size for a DB instance. +odioMinStorageSize :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Int) +odioMinStorageSize = lens _odioMinStorageSize (\ s a -> s{_odioMinStorageSize = a}) + +-- | Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. +odioSupportsIOPS :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioSupportsIOPS = lens _odioSupportsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsIOPS = a}) + +-- | True if a DB instance supports Performance Insights, otherwise false. +odioSupportsPerformanceInsights :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioSupportsPerformanceInsights = lens _odioSupportsPerformanceInsights (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsPerformanceInsights = a}) + +-- | The DB instance class for a DB instance. +odioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioDBInstanceClass = lens _odioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_odioDBInstanceClass = a}) + +-- | The license model for a DB instance. +odioLicenseModel :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioLicenseModel = lens _odioLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_odioLicenseModel = a}) + +-- | A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance. +odioAvailabilityZones :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption [AvailabilityZone] +odioAvailabilityZones = lens _odioAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_odioAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage. +odioSupportsStorageEncryption :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioSupportsStorageEncryption = lens _odioSupportsStorageEncryption (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsStorageEncryption = a}) + +-- | Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica. +odioReadReplicaCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioReadReplicaCapable = lens _odioReadReplicaCapable (\ s a -> s{_odioReadReplicaCapable = a}) + +-- | Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. +odioMaxIOPSPerGib :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Double) +odioMaxIOPSPerGib = lens _odioMaxIOPSPerGib (\ s a -> s{_odioMaxIOPSPerGib = a}) + +-- | Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC. +odioVPC :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioVPC = lens _odioVPC (\ s a -> s{_odioVPC = a}) + +-- | Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals from 1 to 60 seconds. +odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring = lens _odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsEnhancedMonitoring = a}) + +-- | Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. +odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Int) +odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance = lens _odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_odioMaxIOPSPerDBInstance = a}) + +-- | Indicates the storage type for a DB instance. +odioStorageType :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioStorageType = lens _odioStorageType (\ s a -> s{_odioStorageType = a}) + +instance FromXML OrderableDBInstanceOption where + parseXML x + = OrderableDBInstanceOption' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "MinIopsPerGib") + <*> (x .@? "SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication") + <*> (x .@? "MinIopsPerDbInstance") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZCapable") + <*> (x .@? "MaxStorageSize") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "MinStorageSize") + <*> (x .@? "SupportsIops") + <*> (x .@? "SupportsPerformanceInsights") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") + <*> + (x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "AvailabilityZone")) + <*> (x .@? "SupportsStorageEncryption") + <*> (x .@? "ReadReplicaCapable") + <*> (x .@? "MaxIopsPerGib") + <*> (x .@? "Vpc") + <*> (x .@? "SupportsEnhancedMonitoring") + <*> (x .@? "MaxIopsPerDbInstance") + <*> (x .@? "StorageType") + +instance Hashable OrderableDBInstanceOption where + +instance NFData OrderableDBInstanceOption where + +-- | This data type is used as a request parameter in the 'ModifyDBParameterGroup' and 'ResetDBParameterGroup' actions. +-- +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' and 'DescribeDBParameters' actions. +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'parameter' smart constructor. +data Parameter = Parameter' + { _pApplyType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pParameterValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pApplyMethod :: !(Maybe ApplyMethod) + , _pMinimumEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pSource :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pIsModifiable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _pDataType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pAllowedValues :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pParameterName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Parameter' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pApplyType' - Specifies the engine specific parameters type. +-- +-- * 'pParameterValue' - Specifies the value of the parameter. +-- +-- * 'pApplyMethod' - Indicates when to apply parameter updates. +-- +-- * 'pMinimumEngineVersion' - The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. +-- +-- * 'pSource' - Indicates the source of the parameter value. +-- +-- * 'pIsModifiable' - Indicates whether (@true@ ) or not (@false@ ) the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from being changed. +-- +-- * 'pDataType' - Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. +-- +-- * 'pAllowedValues' - Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. +-- +-- * 'pParameterName' - Specifies the name of the parameter. +-- +-- * 'pDescription' - Provides a description of the parameter. +parameter + :: Parameter +parameter = + Parameter' + { _pApplyType = Nothing + , _pParameterValue = Nothing + , _pApplyMethod = Nothing + , _pMinimumEngineVersion = Nothing + , _pSource = Nothing + , _pIsModifiable = Nothing + , _pDataType = Nothing + , _pAllowedValues = Nothing + , _pParameterName = Nothing + , _pDescription = Nothing + } + + +-- | Specifies the engine specific parameters type. +pApplyType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pApplyType = lens _pApplyType (\ s a -> s{_pApplyType = a}) + +-- | Specifies the value of the parameter. +pParameterValue :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pParameterValue = lens _pParameterValue (\ s a -> s{_pParameterValue = a}) + +-- | Indicates when to apply parameter updates. +pApplyMethod :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe ApplyMethod) +pApplyMethod = lens _pApplyMethod (\ s a -> s{_pApplyMethod = a}) + +-- | The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. +pMinimumEngineVersion :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pMinimumEngineVersion = lens _pMinimumEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_pMinimumEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | Indicates the source of the parameter value. +pSource :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pSource = lens _pSource (\ s a -> s{_pSource = a}) + +-- | Indicates whether (@true@ ) or not (@false@ ) the parameter can be modified. Some parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from being changed. +pIsModifiable :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Bool) +pIsModifiable = lens _pIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_pIsModifiable = a}) + +-- | Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. +pDataType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pDataType = lens _pDataType (\ s a -> s{_pDataType = a}) + +-- | Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. +pAllowedValues :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pAllowedValues = lens _pAllowedValues (\ s a -> s{_pAllowedValues = a}) + +-- | Specifies the name of the parameter. +pParameterName :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pParameterName = lens _pParameterName (\ s a -> s{_pParameterName = a}) + +-- | Provides a description of the parameter. +pDescription :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pDescription = lens _pDescription (\ s a -> s{_pDescription = a}) + +instance FromXML Parameter where + parseXML x + = Parameter' <$> + (x .@? "ApplyType") <*> (x .@? "ParameterValue") <*> + (x .@? "ApplyMethod") + <*> (x .@? "MinimumEngineVersion") + <*> (x .@? "Source") + <*> (x .@? "IsModifiable") + <*> (x .@? "DataType") + <*> (x .@? "AllowedValues") + <*> (x .@? "ParameterName") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +instance Hashable Parameter where + +instance NFData Parameter where + +instance ToQuery Parameter where + toQuery Parameter'{..} + = mconcat + ["ApplyType" =: _pApplyType, + "ParameterValue" =: _pParameterValue, + "ApplyMethod" =: _pApplyMethod, + "MinimumEngineVersion" =: _pMinimumEngineVersion, + "Source" =: _pSource, + "IsModifiable" =: _pIsModifiable, + "DataType" =: _pDataType, + "AllowedValues" =: _pAllowedValues, + "ParameterName" =: _pParameterName, + "Description" =: _pDescription] + +-- | A list of the log types whose configuration is still pending. In other words, these log types are in the process of being activated or deactivated. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'pendingCloudwatchLogsExports' smart constructor. +data PendingCloudwatchLogsExports = PendingCloudwatchLogsExports' + { _pcleLogTypesToEnable :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _pcleLogTypesToDisable :: !(Maybe [Text]) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'PendingCloudwatchLogsExports' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pcleLogTypesToEnable' - Log types that are in the process of being deactivated. After they are deactivated, these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. +-- +-- * 'pcleLogTypesToDisable' - Log types that are in the process of being enabled. After they are enabled, these log types are exported to CloudWatch Logs. +pendingCloudwatchLogsExports + :: PendingCloudwatchLogsExports +pendingCloudwatchLogsExports = + PendingCloudwatchLogsExports' + {_pcleLogTypesToEnable = Nothing, _pcleLogTypesToDisable = Nothing} + + +-- | Log types that are in the process of being deactivated. After they are deactivated, these log types aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs. +pcleLogTypesToEnable :: Lens' PendingCloudwatchLogsExports [Text] +pcleLogTypesToEnable = lens _pcleLogTypesToEnable (\ s a -> s{_pcleLogTypesToEnable = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | Log types that are in the process of being enabled. After they are enabled, these log types are exported to CloudWatch Logs. +pcleLogTypesToDisable :: Lens' PendingCloudwatchLogsExports [Text] +pcleLogTypesToDisable = lens _pcleLogTypesToDisable (\ s a -> s{_pcleLogTypesToDisable = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance FromXML PendingCloudwatchLogsExports where + parseXML x + = PendingCloudwatchLogsExports' <$> + (x .@? "LogTypesToEnable" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "member")) + <*> + (x .@? "LogTypesToDisable" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "member")) + +instance Hashable PendingCloudwatchLogsExports where + +instance NFData PendingCloudwatchLogsExports where + +-- | Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'pendingMaintenanceAction' smart constructor. +data PendingMaintenanceAction = PendingMaintenanceAction' + { _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _pmaAction :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmaOptInStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmaDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmaForcedApplyDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _pmaCurrentApplyDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'PendingMaintenanceAction' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate' - The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after this date. If this date is specified, any @next-maintenance@ opt-in requests are ignored. +-- +-- * 'pmaAction' - The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. +-- +-- * 'pmaOptInStatus' - Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. +-- +-- * 'pmaDescription' - A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. +-- +-- * 'pmaForcedApplyDate' - The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance window for the resource. If this date is specified, any @immediate@ opt-in requests are ignored. +-- +-- * 'pmaCurrentApplyDate' - The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 'ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' API, the @AutoAppliedAfterDate@ , and the @ForcedApplyDate@ . This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing has been specified as @AutoAppliedAfterDate@ or @ForcedApplyDate@ . +pendingMaintenanceAction + :: PendingMaintenanceAction +pendingMaintenanceAction = + PendingMaintenanceAction' + { _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = Nothing + , _pmaAction = Nothing + , _pmaOptInStatus = Nothing + , _pmaDescription = Nothing + , _pmaForcedApplyDate = Nothing + , _pmaCurrentApplyDate = Nothing + } + + +-- | The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after this date. If this date is specified, any @next-maintenance@ opt-in requests are ignored. +pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) +pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = lens _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate (\ s a -> s{_pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. +pmaAction :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) +pmaAction = lens _pmaAction (\ s a -> s{_pmaAction = a}) + +-- | Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. +pmaOptInStatus :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) +pmaOptInStatus = lens _pmaOptInStatus (\ s a -> s{_pmaOptInStatus = a}) + +-- | A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. +pmaDescription :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) +pmaDescription = lens _pmaDescription (\ s a -> s{_pmaDescription = a}) + +-- | The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance window for the resource. If this date is specified, any @immediate@ opt-in requests are ignored. +pmaForcedApplyDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) +pmaForcedApplyDate = lens _pmaForcedApplyDate (\ s a -> s{_pmaForcedApplyDate = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 'ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' API, the @AutoAppliedAfterDate@ , and the @ForcedApplyDate@ . This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing has been specified as @AutoAppliedAfterDate@ or @ForcedApplyDate@ . +pmaCurrentApplyDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) +pmaCurrentApplyDate = lens _pmaCurrentApplyDate (\ s a -> s{_pmaCurrentApplyDate = a}) . mapping _Time + +instance FromXML PendingMaintenanceAction where + parseXML x + = PendingMaintenanceAction' <$> + (x .@? "AutoAppliedAfterDate") <*> (x .@? "Action") + <*> (x .@? "OptInStatus") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + <*> (x .@? "ForcedApplyDate") + <*> (x .@? "CurrentApplyDate") + +instance Hashable PendingMaintenanceAction where + +instance NFData PendingMaintenanceAction where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'ModifyDBInstance' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'pendingModifiedValues' smart constructor. +data PendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues' + { _pmvEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pmvDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvCACertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvPendingCloudwatchLogsExports :: !(Maybe PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) + , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pmvMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _pmvAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pmvPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pmvStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'PendingModifiedValues' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pmvEngineVersion' - Indicates the database engine version. +-- +-- * 'pmvMasterUserPassword' - Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials for the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'pmvDBSubnetGroupName' - The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'pmvIOPS' - Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. +-- +-- * 'pmvDBInstanceClass' - Contains the new @DBInstanceClass@ for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. +-- +-- * 'pmvLicenseModel' - The license model for the DB instance. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ +-- +-- * 'pmvCACertificateIdentifier' - Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'pmvDBInstanceIdentifier' - Contains the new @DBInstanceIdentifier@ for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. +-- +-- * 'pmvPendingCloudwatchLogsExports' - Undocumented member. +-- +-- * 'pmvBackupRetentionPeriod' - Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained. +-- +-- * 'pmvMultiAZ' - Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. +-- +-- * 'pmvAllocatedStorage' - Contains the new @AllocatedStorage@ size for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. +-- +-- * 'pmvPort' - Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. +-- +-- * 'pmvStorageType' - Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. +pendingModifiedValues + :: PendingModifiedValues +pendingModifiedValues = + PendingModifiedValues' + { _pmvEngineVersion = Nothing + , _pmvMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _pmvDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _pmvIOPS = Nothing + , _pmvDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _pmvLicenseModel = Nothing + , _pmvCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _pmvPendingCloudwatchLogsExports = Nothing + , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _pmvMultiAZ = Nothing + , _pmvAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _pmvPort = Nothing + , _pmvStorageType = Nothing + } + + +-- | Indicates the database engine version. +pmvEngineVersion :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvEngineVersion = lens _pmvEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_pmvEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials for the DB instance. +pmvMasterUserPassword :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvMasterUserPassword = lens _pmvMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_pmvMasterUserPassword = a}) + +-- | The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. +pmvDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvDBSubnetGroupName = lens _pmvDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_pmvDBSubnetGroupName = a}) + +-- | Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. +pmvIOPS :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvIOPS = lens _pmvIOPS (\ s a -> s{_pmvIOPS = a}) + +-- | Contains the new @DBInstanceClass@ for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. +pmvDBInstanceClass :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvDBInstanceClass = lens _pmvDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_pmvDBInstanceClass = a}) + +-- | The license model for the DB instance. Valid values: @license-included@ | @bring-your-own-license@ | @general-public-license@ +pmvLicenseModel :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvLicenseModel = lens _pmvLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_pmvLicenseModel = a}) + +-- | Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. +pmvCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvCACertificateIdentifier = lens _pmvCACertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_pmvCACertificateIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Contains the new @DBInstanceIdentifier@ for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. +pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Undocumented member. +pmvPendingCloudwatchLogsExports :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe PendingCloudwatchLogsExports) +pmvPendingCloudwatchLogsExports = lens _pmvPendingCloudwatchLogsExports (\ s a -> s{_pmvPendingCloudwatchLogsExports = a}) + +-- | Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained. +pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = a}) + +-- | Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. +pmvMultiAZ :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Bool) +pmvMultiAZ = lens _pmvMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_pmvMultiAZ = a}) + +-- | Contains the new @AllocatedStorage@ size for the DB instance that will be applied or is currently being applied. +pmvAllocatedStorage :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvAllocatedStorage = lens _pmvAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_pmvAllocatedStorage = a}) + +-- | Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. +pmvPort :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvPort = lens _pmvPort (\ s a -> s{_pmvPort = a}) + +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. +pmvStorageType :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvStorageType = lens _pmvStorageType (\ s a -> s{_pmvStorageType = a}) + +instance FromXML PendingModifiedValues where + parseXML x + = PendingModifiedValues' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> + (x .@? "MasterUserPassword") + <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "Iops") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") + <*> (x .@? "CACertificateIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "PendingCloudwatchLogsExports") + <*> (x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "Port") + <*> (x .@? "StorageType") + +instance Hashable PendingModifiedValues where + +instance NFData PendingModifiedValues where + +-- | A range of integer values. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'range' smart constructor. +data Range = Range' + { _rTo :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rFrom :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rStep :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Range' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rTo' - The maximum value in the range. +-- +-- * 'rFrom' - The minimum value in the range. +-- +-- * 'rStep' - The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000... +range + :: Range +range = Range' {_rTo = Nothing, _rFrom = Nothing, _rStep = Nothing} + + +-- | The maximum value in the range. +rTo :: Lens' Range (Maybe Int) +rTo = lens _rTo (\ s a -> s{_rTo = a}) + +-- | The minimum value in the range. +rFrom :: Lens' Range (Maybe Int) +rFrom = lens _rFrom (\ s a -> s{_rFrom = a}) + +-- | The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000... +rStep :: Lens' Range (Maybe Int) +rStep = lens _rStep (\ s a -> s{_rStep = a}) + +instance FromXML Range where + parseXML x + = Range' <$> + (x .@? "To") <*> (x .@? "From") <*> (x .@? "Step") + +instance Hashable Range where + +instance NFData Range where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeReservedDBInstances' and 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' actions. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'recurringCharge' smart constructor. +data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge' + { _rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rcRecurringChargeAmount :: !(Maybe Double) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'RecurringCharge' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rcRecurringChargeFrequency' - The frequency of the recurring charge. +-- +-- * 'rcRecurringChargeAmount' - The amount of the recurring charge. +recurringCharge + :: RecurringCharge +recurringCharge = + RecurringCharge' + {_rcRecurringChargeFrequency = Nothing, _rcRecurringChargeAmount = Nothing} + + +-- | The frequency of the recurring charge. +rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Text) +rcRecurringChargeFrequency = lens _rcRecurringChargeFrequency (\ s a -> s{_rcRecurringChargeFrequency = a}) + +-- | The amount of the recurring charge. +rcRecurringChargeAmount :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Double) +rcRecurringChargeAmount = lens _rcRecurringChargeAmount (\ s a -> s{_rcRecurringChargeAmount = a}) + +instance FromXML RecurringCharge where + parseXML x + = RecurringCharge' <$> + (x .@? "RecurringChargeFrequency") <*> + (x .@? "RecurringChargeAmount") + +instance Hashable RecurringCharge where + +instance NFData RecurringCharge where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeReservedDBInstances' and 'PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering' actions. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedDBInstance' smart constructor. +data ReservedDBInstance = ReservedDBInstance' + { _rdiDBInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdiState :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiStartTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _rdiProductDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiReservedDBInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiReservedDBInstanceARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) + , _rdiOfferingType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rdiFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rdiDuration :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedDBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdiDBInstanceCount' - The number of reserved DB instances. +-- +-- * 'rdiState' - The state of the reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdiCurrencyCode' - The currency code for the reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdiStartTime' - The time the reservation started. +-- +-- * 'rdiProductDescription' - The description of the reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdiReservedDBInstanceId' - The unique identifier for the reservation. +-- +-- * 'rdiReservedDBInstanceARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdiDBInstanceClass' - The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdiMultiAZ' - Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. +-- +-- * 'rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' - The offering identifier. +-- +-- * 'rdiRecurringCharges' - The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdiOfferingType' - The offering type of this reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdiUsagePrice' - The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdiFixedPrice' - The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdiDuration' - The duration of the reservation in seconds. +reservedDBInstance + :: ReservedDBInstance +reservedDBInstance = + ReservedDBInstance' + { _rdiDBInstanceCount = Nothing + , _rdiState = Nothing + , _rdiCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _rdiStartTime = Nothing + , _rdiProductDescription = Nothing + , _rdiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing + , _rdiReservedDBInstanceARN = Nothing + , _rdiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _rdiRecurringCharges = Nothing + , _rdiOfferingType = Nothing + , _rdiUsagePrice = Nothing + , _rdiFixedPrice = Nothing + , _rdiDuration = Nothing + } + + +-- | The number of reserved DB instances. +rdiDBInstanceCount :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) +rdiDBInstanceCount = lens _rdiDBInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_rdiDBInstanceCount = a}) + +-- | The state of the reserved DB instance. +rdiState :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiState = lens _rdiState (\ s a -> s{_rdiState = a}) + +-- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance. +rdiCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiCurrencyCode = lens _rdiCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rdiCurrencyCode = a}) + +-- | The time the reservation started. +rdiStartTime :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +rdiStartTime = lens _rdiStartTime (\ s a -> s{_rdiStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time + +-- | The description of the reserved DB instance. +rdiProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiProductDescription = lens _rdiProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_rdiProductDescription = a}) + +-- | The unique identifier for the reservation. +rdiReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiReservedDBInstanceId = lens _rdiReservedDBInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_rdiReservedDBInstanceId = a}) + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance. +rdiReservedDBInstanceARN :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiReservedDBInstanceARN = lens _rdiReservedDBInstanceARN (\ s a -> s{_rdiReservedDBInstanceARN = a}) + +-- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. +rdiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiDBInstanceClass = lens _rdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdiDBInstanceClass = a}) + +-- | Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. +rdiMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +rdiMultiAZ = lens _rdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdiMultiAZ = a}) + +-- | The offering identifier. +rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}) + +-- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. +rdiRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance [RecurringCharge] +rdiRecurringCharges = lens _rdiRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_rdiRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The offering type of this reserved DB instance. +rdiOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiOfferingType = lens _rdiOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_rdiOfferingType = a}) + +-- | The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. +rdiUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) +rdiUsagePrice = lens _rdiUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_rdiUsagePrice = a}) + +-- | The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. +rdiFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) +rdiFixedPrice = lens _rdiFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_rdiFixedPrice = a}) + +-- | The duration of the reservation in seconds. +rdiDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) +rdiDuration = lens _rdiDuration (\ s a -> s{_rdiDuration = a}) + +instance FromXML ReservedDBInstance where + parseXML x + = ReservedDBInstance' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstanceCount") <*> (x .@? "State") <*> + (x .@? "CurrencyCode") + <*> (x .@? "StartTime") + <*> (x .@? "ProductDescription") + <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstanceId") + <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstanceArn") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") + <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId") + <*> + (x .@? "RecurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "RecurringCharge")) + <*> (x .@? "OfferingType") + <*> (x .@? "UsagePrice") + <*> (x .@? "FixedPrice") + <*> (x .@? "Duration") + +instance Hashable ReservedDBInstance where + +instance NFData ReservedDBInstance where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedDBInstancesOffering' smart constructor. +data ReservedDBInstancesOffering = ReservedDBInstancesOffering' + { _rdioCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioProductDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) + , _rdioOfferingType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rdioFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rdioDuration :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedDBInstancesOffering' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdioCurrencyCode' - The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. +-- +-- * 'rdioProductDescription' - The database engine used by the offering. +-- +-- * 'rdioDBInstanceClass' - The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdioMultiAZ' - Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. +-- +-- * 'rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' - The offering identifier. +-- +-- * 'rdioRecurringCharges' - The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. +-- +-- * 'rdioOfferingType' - The offering type. +-- +-- * 'rdioUsagePrice' - The hourly price charged for this offering. +-- +-- * 'rdioFixedPrice' - The fixed price charged for this offering. +-- +-- * 'rdioDuration' - The duration of the offering in seconds. +reservedDBInstancesOffering + :: ReservedDBInstancesOffering +reservedDBInstancesOffering = + ReservedDBInstancesOffering' + { _rdioCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _rdioProductDescription = Nothing + , _rdioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdioMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _rdioRecurringCharges = Nothing + , _rdioOfferingType = Nothing + , _rdioUsagePrice = Nothing + , _rdioFixedPrice = Nothing + , _rdioDuration = Nothing + } + + +-- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. +rdioCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioCurrencyCode = lens _rdioCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rdioCurrencyCode = a}) + +-- | The database engine used by the offering. +rdioProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioProductDescription = lens _rdioProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_rdioProductDescription = a}) + +-- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. +rdioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioDBInstanceClass = lens _rdioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdioDBInstanceClass = a}) + +-- | Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. +rdioMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Bool) +rdioMultiAZ = lens _rdioMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdioMultiAZ = a}) + +-- | The offering identifier. +rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}) + +-- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. +rdioRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering [RecurringCharge] +rdioRecurringCharges = lens _rdioRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_rdioRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The offering type. +rdioOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioOfferingType = lens _rdioOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_rdioOfferingType = a}) + +-- | The hourly price charged for this offering. +rdioUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) +rdioUsagePrice = lens _rdioUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_rdioUsagePrice = a}) + +-- | The fixed price charged for this offering. +rdioFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) +rdioFixedPrice = lens _rdioFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_rdioFixedPrice = a}) + +-- | The duration of the offering in seconds. +rdioDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Int) +rdioDuration = lens _rdioDuration (\ s a -> s{_rdioDuration = a}) + +instance FromXML ReservedDBInstancesOffering where + parseXML x + = ReservedDBInstancesOffering' <$> + (x .@? "CurrencyCode") <*> + (x .@? "ProductDescription") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") + <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId") + <*> + (x .@? "RecurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "RecurringCharge")) + <*> (x .@? "OfferingType") + <*> (x .@? "UsagePrice") + <*> (x .@? "FixedPrice") + <*> (x .@? "Duration") + +instance Hashable ReservedDBInstancesOffering where + +instance NFData ReservedDBInstancesOffering where + +-- | Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'resourcePendingMaintenanceActions' smart constructor. +data ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' + { _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails :: !(Maybe [PendingMaintenanceAction]) + , _rpmaResourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails' - A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the resource. +-- +-- * 'rpmaResourceIdentifier' - The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. +resourcePendingMaintenanceActions + :: ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions +resourcePendingMaintenanceActions = + ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' + { _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = Nothing + , _rpmaResourceIdentifier = Nothing + } + + +-- | A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the resource. +rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails :: Lens' ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions [PendingMaintenanceAction] +rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = lens _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails (\ s a -> s{_rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. +rpmaResourceIdentifier :: Lens' ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Text) +rpmaResourceIdentifier = lens _rpmaResourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rpmaResourceIdentifier = a}) + +instance FromXML ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + where + parseXML x + = ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' <$> + (x .@? "PendingMaintenanceActionDetails" .!@ mempty + >>= may (parseXMLList "PendingMaintenanceAction")) + <*> (x .@? "ResourceIdentifier") + +instance Hashable ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + where + +instance NFData ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + where + +-- | Contains an AWS Region name as the result of a successful call to the 'DescribeSourceRegions' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'sourceRegion' smart constructor. +data SourceRegion = SourceRegion' + { _srStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _srRegionName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _srEndpoint :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'SourceRegion' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'srStatus' - The status of the source AWS Region. +-- +-- * 'srRegionName' - The name of the source AWS Region. +-- +-- * 'srEndpoint' - The endpoint for the source AWS Region endpoint. +sourceRegion + :: SourceRegion +sourceRegion = + SourceRegion' + {_srStatus = Nothing, _srRegionName = Nothing, _srEndpoint = Nothing} + + +-- | The status of the source AWS Region. +srStatus :: Lens' SourceRegion (Maybe Text) +srStatus = lens _srStatus (\ s a -> s{_srStatus = a}) + +-- | The name of the source AWS Region. +srRegionName :: Lens' SourceRegion (Maybe Text) +srRegionName = lens _srRegionName (\ s a -> s{_srRegionName = a}) + +-- | The endpoint for the source AWS Region endpoint. +srEndpoint :: Lens' SourceRegion (Maybe Text) +srEndpoint = lens _srEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_srEndpoint = a}) + +instance FromXML SourceRegion where + parseXML x + = SourceRegion' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "RegionName") <*> + (x .@? "Endpoint") + +instance Hashable SourceRegion where + +instance NFData SourceRegion where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the 'DescribeDBSubnetGroups' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'subnet' smart constructor. +data Subnet = Subnet' + { _sSubnetStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sSubnetIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe AvailabilityZone) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Subnet' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sSubnetStatus' - Specifies the status of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'sSubnetIdentifier' - Specifies the identifier of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'sSubnetAvailabilityZone' - Undocumented member. +subnet + :: Subnet +subnet = + Subnet' + { _sSubnetStatus = Nothing + , _sSubnetIdentifier = Nothing + , _sSubnetAvailabilityZone = Nothing + } + + +-- | Specifies the status of the subnet. +sSubnetStatus :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) +sSubnetStatus = lens _sSubnetStatus (\ s a -> s{_sSubnetStatus = a}) + +-- | Specifies the identifier of the subnet. +sSubnetIdentifier :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) +sSubnetIdentifier = lens _sSubnetIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sSubnetIdentifier = a}) + +-- | Undocumented member. +sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe AvailabilityZone) +sSubnetAvailabilityZone = lens _sSubnetAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sSubnetAvailabilityZone = a}) + +instance FromXML Subnet where + parseXML x + = Subnet' <$> + (x .@? "SubnetStatus") <*> (x .@? "SubnetIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "SubnetAvailabilityZone") + +instance Hashable Subnet where + +instance NFData Subnet where + +-- | Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'tag' smart constructor. +data Tag = Tag' + { _tagValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _tagKey :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Tag' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'tagValue' - A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). +-- +-- * 'tagKey' - A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). +tag + :: Tag +tag = Tag' {_tagValue = Nothing, _tagKey = Nothing} + + +-- | A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). +tagValue :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) +tagValue = lens _tagValue (\ s a -> s{_tagValue = a}) + +-- | A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). +tagKey :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) +tagKey = lens _tagKey (\ s a -> s{_tagKey = a}) + +instance FromXML Tag where + parseXML x + = Tag' <$> (x .@? "Value") <*> (x .@? "Key") + +instance Hashable Tag where + +instance NFData Tag where + +instance ToQuery Tag where + toQuery Tag'{..} + = mconcat ["Value" =: _tagValue, "Key" =: _tagKey] + +-- | A time zone associated with a 'DBInstance' or a 'DBSnapshot' . This data type is an element in the response to the 'DescribeDBInstances' , the 'DescribeDBSnapshots' , and the 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' actions. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'timezone' smart constructor. +newtype Timezone = Timezone' + { _tTimezoneName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'Timezone' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'tTimezoneName' - The name of the time zone. +timezone + :: Timezone +timezone = Timezone' {_tTimezoneName = Nothing} + + +-- | The name of the time zone. +tTimezoneName :: Lens' Timezone (Maybe Text) +tTimezoneName = lens _tTimezoneName (\ s a -> s{_tTimezoneName = a}) + +instance FromXML Timezone where + parseXML x = Timezone' <$> (x .@? "TimezoneName") + +instance Hashable Timezone where + +instance NFData Timezone where + +-- | The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'upgradeTarget' smart constructor. +data UpgradeTarget = UpgradeTarget' + { _utEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _utIsMajorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _utEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _utAutoUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _utDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'UpgradeTarget' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'utEngineVersion' - The version number of the upgrade target database engine. +-- +-- * 'utIsMajorVersionUpgrade' - A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version. +-- +-- * 'utEngine' - The name of the upgrade target database engine. +-- +-- * 'utAutoUpgrade' - A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. +-- +-- * 'utDescription' - The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. +upgradeTarget + :: UpgradeTarget +upgradeTarget = + UpgradeTarget' + { _utEngineVersion = Nothing + , _utIsMajorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _utEngine = Nothing + , _utAutoUpgrade = Nothing + , _utDescription = Nothing + } + + +-- | The version number of the upgrade target database engine. +utEngineVersion :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Text) +utEngineVersion = lens _utEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_utEngineVersion = a}) + +-- | A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version. +utIsMajorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Bool) +utIsMajorVersionUpgrade = lens _utIsMajorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_utIsMajorVersionUpgrade = a}) + +-- | The name of the upgrade target database engine. +utEngine :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Text) +utEngine = lens _utEngine (\ s a -> s{_utEngine = a}) + +-- | A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. +utAutoUpgrade :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Bool) +utAutoUpgrade = lens _utAutoUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_utAutoUpgrade = a}) + +-- | The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. +utDescription :: Lens' UpgradeTarget (Maybe Text) +utDescription = lens _utDescription (\ s a -> s{_utDescription = a}) + +instance FromXML UpgradeTarget where + parseXML x + = UpgradeTarget' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> + (x .@? "IsMajorVersionUpgrade") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "AutoUpgrade") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +instance Hashable UpgradeTarget where + +instance NFData UpgradeTarget where + +-- | This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security group membership. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcSecurityGroupMembership' smart constructor. +data VPCSecurityGroupMembership = VPCSecurityGroupMembership' + { _vsgmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCSecurityGroupMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vsgmStatus' - The status of the VPC security group. +-- +-- * 'vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId' - The name of the VPC security group. +vpcSecurityGroupMembership + :: VPCSecurityGroupMembership +vpcSecurityGroupMembership = + VPCSecurityGroupMembership' + {_vsgmStatus = Nothing, _vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId = Nothing} + + +-- | The status of the VPC security group. +vsgmStatus :: Lens' VPCSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +vsgmStatus = lens _vsgmStatus (\ s a -> s{_vsgmStatus = a}) + +-- | The name of the VPC security group. +vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId :: Lens' VPCSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId = lens _vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId = a}) + +instance FromXML VPCSecurityGroupMembership where + parseXML x + = VPCSecurityGroupMembership' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupId") + +instance Hashable VPCSecurityGroupMembership where + +instance NFData VPCSecurityGroupMembership where + +-- | Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. Contains the result of a successful call to the 'DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications' action. You can use this information when you call 'ModifyDBInstance' . +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'validDBInstanceModificationsMessage' smart constructor. +newtype ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage' + { _vdimmStorage :: Maybe [ValidStorageOptions] + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vdimmStorage' - Valid storage options for your DB instance. +validDBInstanceModificationsMessage + :: ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage +validDBInstanceModificationsMessage = + ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage' {_vdimmStorage = Nothing} + + +-- | Valid storage options for your DB instance. +vdimmStorage :: Lens' ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage [ValidStorageOptions] +vdimmStorage = lens _vdimmStorage (\ s a -> s{_vdimmStorage = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +instance FromXML ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage + where + parseXML x + = ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage' <$> + (x .@? "Storage" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "ValidStorageOptions")) + +instance Hashable ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage + where + +instance NFData ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage + where + +-- | Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. Contains the result of a successful call to the 'DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications' action. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'validStorageOptions' smart constructor. +data ValidStorageOptions = ValidStorageOptions' + { _vsoStorageSize :: !(Maybe [Range]) + , _vsoProvisionedIOPS :: !(Maybe [Range]) + , _vsoIOPSToStorageRatio :: !(Maybe [DoubleRange]) + , _vsoStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Data, Typeable, Generic) + + +-- | Creates a value of 'ValidStorageOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vsoStorageSize' - The valid range of storage in gibibytes. For example, 100 to 16384. +-- +-- * 'vsoProvisionedIOPS' - The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000. +-- +-- * 'vsoIOPSToStorageRatio' - The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gibibytes of storage multiplier. For example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10 times storage. +-- +-- * 'vsoStorageType' - The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1. +validStorageOptions + :: ValidStorageOptions +validStorageOptions = + ValidStorageOptions' + { _vsoStorageSize = Nothing + , _vsoProvisionedIOPS = Nothing + , _vsoIOPSToStorageRatio = Nothing + , _vsoStorageType = Nothing + } + + +-- | The valid range of storage in gibibytes. For example, 100 to 16384. +vsoStorageSize :: Lens' ValidStorageOptions [Range] +vsoStorageSize = lens _vsoStorageSize (\ s a -> s{_vsoStorageSize = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000. +vsoProvisionedIOPS :: Lens' ValidStorageOptions [Range] +vsoProvisionedIOPS = lens _vsoProvisionedIOPS (\ s a -> s{_vsoProvisionedIOPS = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gibibytes of storage multiplier. For example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10 times storage. +vsoIOPSToStorageRatio :: Lens' ValidStorageOptions [DoubleRange] +vsoIOPSToStorageRatio = lens _vsoIOPSToStorageRatio (\ s a -> s{_vsoIOPSToStorageRatio = a}) . _Default . _Coerce + +-- | The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1. +vsoStorageType :: Lens' ValidStorageOptions (Maybe Text) +vsoStorageType = lens _vsoStorageType (\ s a -> s{_vsoStorageType = a}) instance FromXML ValidStorageOptions where parseXML x diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Sum.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Sum.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Sum.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Sum.hs @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Sum --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Waiters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Waiters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Waiters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Waiters.hs @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Waiters --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots import Network.AWS.RDS.Types import Network.AWS.Waiter @@ -27,105 +29,176 @@ dbInstanceAvailable :: Wait DescribeDBInstances dbInstanceAvailable = Wait - { _waitName = "DBInstanceAvailable" - , _waitAttempts = 60 - , _waitDelay = 30 - , _waitAcceptors = - [ matchAll - "available" - AcceptSuccess - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "deleted" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "deleting" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "failed" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "incompatible-restore" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "incompatible-parameters" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "incompatible-parameters" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "incompatible-restore" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - ] - } + { _waitName = "DBInstanceAvailable" + , _waitAttempts = 60 + , _waitDelay = 30 + , _waitAcceptors = + [ matchAll + "available" + AcceptSuccess + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "deleted" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "deleting" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "failed" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "incompatible-restore" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "incompatible-parameters" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + ] + } -- | Polls 'Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. dbSnapshotCompleted :: Wait DescribeDBSnapshots dbSnapshotCompleted = Wait - { _waitName = "DBSnapshotCompleted" - , _waitAttempts = 40 - , _waitDelay = 15 - , _waitAcceptors = - [ matchError "DBSnapshotNotFound" AcceptSuccess - , matchAll - "available" - AcceptSuccess - (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - ] - } + { _waitName = "DBSnapshotCompleted" + , _waitAttempts = 40 + , _waitDelay = 15 + , _waitAcceptors = + [ matchError "DBSnapshotNotFound" AcceptSuccess + , matchAll + "available" + AcceptSuccess + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + ] + } +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots' every 30 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 60 failed checks. +dbSnapshotDeleted :: Wait DescribeDBSnapshots +dbSnapshotDeleted = + Wait + { _waitName = "DBSnapshotDeleted" + , _waitAttempts = 60 + , _waitDelay = 30 + , _waitAcceptors = + [ matchAll + "deleted" + AcceptSuccess + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchError "DBSnapshotNotFound" AcceptSuccess + , matchAny + "creating" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "modifying" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "rebooting" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "resetting-master-credentials" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + ] + } + + -- | Polls 'Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances' every 30 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 60 failed checks. dbInstanceDeleted :: Wait DescribeDBInstances dbInstanceDeleted = Wait - { _waitName = "DBInstanceDeleted" - , _waitAttempts = 60 - , _waitDelay = 30 - , _waitAcceptors = - [ matchError "DBInstanceNotFound" AcceptSuccess - , matchAll - "deleted" - AcceptSuccess - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "creating" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "modifying" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "rebooting" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - , matchAny - "resetting-master-credentials" - AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . - diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) - ] - } + { _waitName = "DBInstanceDeleted" + , _waitAttempts = 60 + , _waitDelay = 30 + , _waitAcceptors = + [ matchAll + "deleted" + AcceptSuccess + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchError "DBInstanceNotFound" AcceptSuccess + , matchAny + "creating" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "modifying" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "rebooting" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "resetting-master-credentials" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + ] + } + + +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots' every 30 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 60 failed checks. +dbSnapshotAvailable :: Wait DescribeDBSnapshots +dbSnapshotAvailable = + Wait + { _waitName = "DBSnapshotAvailable" + , _waitAttempts = 60 + , _waitDelay = 30 + , _waitAcceptors = + [ matchAll + "available" + AcceptSuccess + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "deleted" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "deleting" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "failed" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "incompatible-restore" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "incompatible-parameters" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + ] + } diff --git a/test/Main.hs b/test/Main.hs --- a/test/Main.hs +++ b/test/Main.hs @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Main --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated diff --git a/test/Test/AWS/Gen/RDS.hs b/test/Test/AWS/Gen/RDS.hs --- a/test/Test/AWS/Gen/RDS.hs +++ b/test/Test/AWS/Gen/RDS.hs @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ -- | -- Module : Test.AWS.Gen.RDS --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2017 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay -- Stability : auto-generated @@ -100,6 +100,9 @@ -- , requestDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes $ -- describeDBSnapshotAttributes -- +-- , requestBacktrackDBCluster $ +-- backtrackDBCluster +-- -- , requestPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster $ -- promoteReadReplicaDBCluster -- @@ -145,6 +148,9 @@ -- , requestDeleteEventSubscription $ -- deleteEventSubscription -- +-- , requestDescribeDBClusterBacktracks $ +-- describeDBClusterBacktracks +-- -- , requestDescribeDBParameterGroups $ -- describeDBParameterGroups -- @@ -295,6 +301,9 @@ -- , requestDescribeDBInstances $ -- describeDBInstances -- +-- , requestRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 $ +-- restoreDBInstanceFromS3 +-- -- , requestDownloadDBLogFilePortion $ -- downloadDBLogFilePortion -- @@ -373,6 +382,9 @@ -- , responseDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes $ -- describeDBSnapshotAttributesResponse -- +-- , responseBacktrackDBCluster $ +-- dbClusterBacktrack +-- -- , responsePromoteReadReplicaDBCluster $ -- promoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse -- @@ -418,6 +430,9 @@ -- , responseDeleteEventSubscription $ -- deleteEventSubscriptionResponse -- +-- , responseDescribeDBClusterBacktracks $ +-- describeDBClusterBacktracksResponse +-- -- , responseDescribeDBParameterGroups $ -- describeDBParameterGroupsResponse -- @@ -568,6 +583,9 @@ -- , responseDescribeDBInstances $ -- describeDBInstancesResponse -- +-- , responseRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 $ +-- restoreDBInstanceFromS3Response +-- -- , responseDownloadDBLogFilePortion $ -- downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse -- @@ -696,6 +714,11 @@ "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes" "fixture/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes.yaml" +requestBacktrackDBCluster :: BacktrackDBCluster -> TestTree +requestBacktrackDBCluster = req + "BacktrackDBCluster" + "fixture/BacktrackDBCluster.yaml" + requestPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster :: PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster -> TestTree requestPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = req "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster" @@ -771,6 +794,11 @@ "DeleteEventSubscription" "fixture/DeleteEventSubscription.yaml" +requestDescribeDBClusterBacktracks :: DescribeDBClusterBacktracks -> TestTree +requestDescribeDBClusterBacktracks = req + "DescribeDBClusterBacktracks" + "fixture/DescribeDBClusterBacktracks.yaml" + requestDescribeDBParameterGroups :: DescribeDBParameterGroups -> TestTree requestDescribeDBParameterGroups = req "DescribeDBParameterGroups" @@ -1021,6 +1049,11 @@ "DescribeDBInstances" "fixture/DescribeDBInstances.yaml" +requestRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 :: RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 -> TestTree +requestRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 = req + "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3" + "fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3.yaml" + requestDownloadDBLogFilePortion :: DownloadDBLogFilePortion -> TestTree requestDownloadDBLogFilePortion = req "DownloadDBLogFilePortion" @@ -1196,6 +1229,13 @@ rds (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes) +responseBacktrackDBCluster :: DBClusterBacktrack -> TestTree +responseBacktrackDBCluster = res + "BacktrackDBClusterResponse" + "fixture/BacktrackDBClusterResponse.proto" + rds + (Proxy :: Proxy BacktrackDBCluster) + responsePromoteReadReplicaDBCluster :: PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse -> TestTree responsePromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = res "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResponse" @@ -1301,6 +1341,13 @@ rds (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteEventSubscription) +responseDescribeDBClusterBacktracks :: DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse -> TestTree +responseDescribeDBClusterBacktracks = res + "DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBClusterBacktracksResponse.proto" + rds + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBClusterBacktracks) + responseDescribeDBParameterGroups :: DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse -> TestTree responseDescribeDBParameterGroups = res "DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse" @@ -1650,6 +1697,13 @@ "fixture/DescribeDBInstancesResponse.proto" rds (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBInstances) + +responseRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 :: RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response -> TestTree +responseRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 = res + "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response" + "fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Response.proto" + rds + (Proxy :: Proxy RestoreDBInstanceFromS3) responseDownloadDBLogFilePortion :: DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse -> TestTree responseDownloadDBLogFilePortion = res diff --git a/test/Test/AWS/RDS.hs b/test/Test/AWS/RDS.hs --- a/test/Test/AWS/RDS.hs +++ b/test/Test/AWS/RDS.hs @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ {-# LANGUAGE TemplateHaskell #-} -- Module : Test.AWS.RDS --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of -- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or diff --git a/test/Test/AWS/RDS/Internal.hs b/test/Test/AWS/RDS/Internal.hs --- a/test/Test/AWS/RDS/Internal.hs +++ b/test/Test/AWS/RDS/Internal.hs @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} -- Module : Test.AWS.RDS.Internal --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2018 Brendan Hay -- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of -- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or